Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

I. General Invasive Species Information

The citations listed below represent the results of a literature review conducted by the Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project. The citations are general topics associated with aquatic and terrestrial invasive species issues. When available, the abstracts are included.

Baskin, Y. 1996. Curbing undesirable invaders. Bioscience. 46(10): 732-736. Benson A.J. 2000. Documenting over a century of aquatic introductions in the United States. IN Nonindigenous Freshwater Organisms: Vectors, Biology, and Impacts (R. Claudi and J.H. Leach eds.), pp. 1-31. CRC Press LLC, Boca Raton, FL.

Bigsby, H. and C. Whyte. 2001. Quantifying phytosanitary barriers to trade. In N. Hooker and E. Murano (Eds.), Interdisciplinary Food Safety Research. New York, NY: CRC Press. Carlton, J.T. 1985. Transoceanic and interoceanic dispersal of coastal marine organisms: the biology of ballast water. Oceanographic and Marine Biology Annual Review 23: 313-371. Carlton, James T. 1989. Man’s role in changing the face of the ocean: biological invasions and implications for conservation of near-shore environments. Conservation biology. 3(3): 265- 273. ABSTRACT: Human activities, primarily the global movement of organisms associated with ocean-going vessels and with commercial fishery products, have lead to the redistribution of a vast number of marine organisms over the past five centuries. Most biological surveys postdated these transport events, so the distribution of many of these now cosmopolitan species has been interpreted as the result of natural processes, leading to underestimates of the role of humans in altering patterns of natural diversity and distribution of marine organisms along the coastal margins of the world. Perceptions of the natural state of some systems versus their recent ecological alteration are illustrated by the National Estuarine Reserve Research System, within which many “natural” sanctuaries have been highly altered by exotic species. The modern scale and rate of new human-mediated invasions in the ocean are difficult to recognize due to the lack of communication among scientists working with different groups of organisms, different habitats, and different regions. Available evidence suggests that introductions continue unabated on a large scale throughout the world. Despite the existence since 1973 of a number of international conventions to control the movement of exotic marine organisms, adequate control still occurs largely at the regional and local levels. Carlton, J.T. 1991. Marine species introductions by ships' ballast water: an overview. In: DeVoe M.R., editor. Introductions and transfers of marine species: achieving a balance between economic development and resource protection: proceedings; 1991 Oct30 - Nov 2; Hilton Head Island, S.C. S.C. Sea Grant Consortium. 23-25. Carlton, J.T. 1991. Overview of the issues concerning marine species introductions and transfers. In: DeVoe M.R., editor. Introductions and transfers of marine species: achieving a balance between economic development and resource protection: proceedings; 1991 Oct30 - Nov 2; Hilton Head Island, S.C. S.C. Sea Grant Consortium. 65-67. Carlton, J.T. and J.B. Geller. 1993. Ecological roulette: the global transfer of nonindigenous marine organisms. Science 261(Jul 2): 78-82.

1 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Carlton J.T., J.K. Thompson, L.E. Schemel, and F.H. Nichols. 1990. Remarkable invasion of San Francisco Bay (California, USA) by the Asian clam Potamocorbula amurensis. Introduction and dispersal. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 66 (1-1): 81-95. Coblentz, Bruce E. 1990. Exotic organisms: a dilemma for conservation biology. Conservation Biology. 4(3): 261-265. ABSTRACT: Human-induced problems in resource conservation fall into three categories: (1) inappropriate resource use, (2) pollution, and (3) exotic organisms. Problems of resource use and pollution are correctible; exotic organisms are frequently permanent and may be the most pervasive influence affecting biodiversity in many systems, particularly on oceanic islands. Invasive exotic organisms often have effects far in excess of what might be predicted by equilibrium island biogeography theory; a single exotic species may cause numerous extinctions in addition to altering the physical environment. Exotic organisms frequently cause environmental crises, calls for more research are commonplace, but research results may be an unaffordable luxury, providing information only for the eulogy. Programs to eradicate exotic organisms provide an opportunity to combine good science and good conservations into functioning conservation into functioning conservation biology. Cohen, A.N. and J.T. Carlton. 1995. Biological Study Nonindigenous Aquatic Species in a United States Estuary: A Case Study of the Biological Invasions of the San Francisco Bay Delta. USFWS, Washington DC and the National Sea Grant College Program, Connecticut Sea Grant. December, 1995. 283 pp. Cohen, A.N. and J.T. Carlton. 1998. Accelerating invasion rate in a highly invaded estuary. Science 279(Jan 23): 555-557. D’antonio, Carla M.; Peter M. Vitousek. 1992. biological invasions by exotic grasses, the grass/fire cycle, and global change. Annual review of ecology and systematics. 23: 63-87. David, Peter G. 1999. Response of Exotics to Restored Hydroperiod at Dupuis Reserve, Florida Restoration Ecology 7(4): 407. Dessoff, Alan. 2000. U.S. GAO: Invasive species a serious threat. Water environment and technology. 12(12) Dec.: 18-21. Doelle, M. 2003. The Quiet Invasion: legal and policy responses to aquatic invasive species in North America. The International Journal of Marine and Coastal Law 18(2): 261-294. Evans, E.A. 2003, June. Economic Dimensions of Invasive Species. Choices. Available on the World Wide Web: http://www.choicesmagazine.org/current/2003-2-02.htm.

Evans, E., Spreen, T., and Knapp, J. 2002, November. Economic issues of invasive pests and diseases and food safety. The 2nd International Agricultural Trade and Policy Conference, Gainesville, FL.

[FAO] Food and Agricultural Organization. 2001. The state of food and agriculture 2001. Rome, Italy. Available on the World Wide Web: http://www.fao.org/docrep/003/x9800e/x9800e14.htm. [Florida DEP]Florida Department of Environmental Protection. 2003. Invasive Plant Management. Accessed online December 1, 2003 http://www.dep.state.fl.us/lands/invaspec/inv3/text.htm. Last updated November 25, 2003.

2 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Florida Sea Grant College Program. 1999. Ballast Water Management in the Gulf of Mexico Region. October 6, 1999. New Orleans, LA. Technical Paper - 102. Florida Sea Grant College Program, Gainesville, FL. 57p. Fritschi, Felix B.; Kenneth J. Boote; Lynn E. Sollenberger; L. Hartwell Allen; Thomas R. Sinclair. 1999. Carbon dioxide and temperature effects on forage establishment: photosynthesis and biomass production. Global Change Biology 5(4): 441. Fritschi, Felix B.; Kenneth J. Boote; Lynn. E. Sollenberger; L. Hartwell. 1999. Carbon dioxide and temperature effects on forage establishment: tissue composition and nutritive value. Global Change Biology 5(7): 743. GAO (U.S. General Accounting Office). 2000. Invasive Species: Federal and Selected State Funding to Address Harmful, Nonnative Species. GAO/RCED-00-219. August 2000. Goldberg, Edward D. 1995. Emerging problems in the coastal zone for the twenty-first century. Marine pollution bulletin. 31(4): 152-158. ABSTRACT: The continued availability of some marine resources is threatened by the increased fluxes to the oceans of identifiable and measurable collections of pollutants, which include plant nutrients, plastics, environmental estrogens, and organisms contained in ship-ballast waters. Characteristic of these societal discards that will guide research progress are long residence times; slow accumulation rates; increasing fluxes with time; and dissemination over large areas. The resolution of these problems will require data collections over decadal timescales. Finally, come classical and some perceived marine pollution problems, such as those involving specific metals, can now be discontinued in the face of the absence of unacceptable impacts on living organisms. Hay, C.H. and D. Tanis. 1998. Mid-ocean ballast water exchange: procedures, effectiveness, and verification. For BAL9701 examination of efficiency of ballast water exchange practices and degree of ship compliance with New Zealand ballast water mandatory controls and voluntary guidelines. Submitted to the New Zealand Ministry of Fisheries. Prepared by Cawthron (Nelson, New Zealand) and Battelle (Duxbury, Massachusetts).

Hayes, K.R. 1998. Ecological risk assessment for ballast water introductions: a suggested approach. ICES Journal of Marine Sciences 55: 201-212. Haynes, J. L.; R. C. Cashner. 1995. Life history and population dynamics of the western mosquito fish: a comparison of natural and introduced populations. Journal of fish biology. 46: 1026- 1041. ABSTRACT: life history and population dynamic patterns of Gambusia affinis in southeastern Louisiana varied spatially and temporally in 1990 and 1991, but were consistent with previous reports of this species in the southern regions of its natural range. Several differences exist among populations in different geographic regions within the Untied States, as reported in the literature which do not follow a ‘native v. introduced’ dichotomy: (1) brood size decreases and offspring size increases from north to south; (2) large over wintering females in northern areas produce more broods within a season than those in southern populations, while the reverse is true for young-of-year females; (3) minimum size at first reproduction follows a seasonal pattern within populations, but tends to be smaller in southern and larger in northern and Hawaiian populations; (4) synchronous reproduction early in the season is characteristic of northern populations, but does not occur in southern areas; and (5) mosquito fish reproduce year-round in Hawaii, while ‘southern’ populations within the continental U.S. cease reproduction during winter. Howells, R.G. 1999. Guide to Identification of Harmful and Potentially Harmful Fishes, Shellfishes, and Aquatic Plants Prohibited in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Heart of the Hills Research station Island fisheries Division Fisheries Research. Special publication.

3 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Austin, TX: Texas Parks and Wildlife Special Publication. Report nr PWD BK T3200-376. 370 p. Howery, L. D.; James A. Pfister; Stephen. Demarais. 1989. Seasonal reproductive activity of 4 exotic ungulates in Texas. Journal of Wildlife Management. 53(3): 613-617. Hulsmann, N.; B. S. Galil. 2001. The effects of freshwater flushing on marine heterotrophic protests-implications for ballast water management. Marine pollution bulletin. 42(11): 1082-1086. ABSTRACT: Survivorship of ballast-entrained marine heterotrophic protists was examined following freshwater flushing. The recovered taxa, including typical marine rhizopods such as Platyamoeba murchelanoi, Labyrinthula spp., Pontifex maximus, Thecamoeba orbis, and the ciliate Condylostoma arenarium, were reared in waters of various salinities. After 2 months the original salinity subsample retained five protist taxas, the freshwater six, including the amoeba Cochliopodium bilimbosum, the brackish water 22 taxa, and the seawater 19 taxa. Since protists form a major component of marine food webs, their survival may be instrumental in supporting complex ballast-entrained food webs. Our study raises questions as to the reliability of open- ocean exchange (OOE) or freshwater flushing as effective control measures. ISC (National Invasive Species Council). 2000. United States Invasive Species Draft Management Plan: Preparing for the Future. July 10, 2000 Draft. Washington, D.C. Jelmert, A.; J. H. van Leeuwen. 2000. Harming local species or preventing the transfer of exotics? Possible negative and positive effects of using zinc anodes for corrosion protection of ballast water tanks. Water Resources. 34(6): 1937-1940. ABSTRACT: Ballast water tanks in ships are today often corrosion-protected by sacrificial zinc anodes in addition to protective coating. Dissolved zinc has been found to be toxic to early life stages of many freshwater and marine organisms. We have therefore examined if the zinc released into ballast water could reach concentrations previously known to affect aquatic biota. When assuming a simplistic model for the release of zinc form the anodes, the zinc concentrations in ballast water could reach from 1.16 mg/L at pH 8.2 to 28 mg/L as pH 7.5. The former corresponds roughly to one, and the latter corresponds to two orders of magnitude times the levels found to kill or injure early life stages of various aquatic organisms. The use of zinc anodes in corrosion protection may thus have possible negative impacts on the biots in enclosed harbour waters, but can reduce the numbers of nonindigenous aquatic organisms surviving in ballast water. Jenkins, Peter T. 1996. Free trade and exotic species introductions. Conservation Biology. 10(1) Feb.: 300-302. JSA (Joint Subcommittee on Aquaculture Shrimp Virus Work Group). 1997. An Evaluation of Potential Shrimp Virus Impacts on Cultured Shrimp and Wild Shrimp Populations in the Gulf of Mexico and Southeastern U.S. Atlantic Coastal Waters. Prepared by the JSA Shrimp Virus Work Group. June 5, 1997. Kumpf, H.E., B. Holland, and A. Walters. 1999. Overview of the Nonindigenous Species of the Gulf of Mexico. From the Proceedings of the National Conference on Marine Bioinvasions, January 24-27, 1999, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Lafferty, Kevin D.; Armand M. Kuris. 1996. Biological control of marine pests. Ecology. 77(7) Oct.: 1989-2000. ABSTRACT: Biological control, as used in terrestrial systems, may hold promise for use against exotic marine species. We first review some marine pests, displaying their diversity, the damage they cause, and possible controls. We then contrast approaches for marine and terrestrial pest

4 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... control, providing guidelines for adapting terrestrial controls to the marine environment. Although several of the same principles apply in terrestrial and marine environments, marine systems differ with respect the types of control agents available, the degree of pest-population reduction needed for effective control, the spatial scale over which biological control must operate effectively, the practicality of implementation, and the nature and degree of concern over safety. As an example, we propose a strategy for developing a biological control program against the European green crab, Carcinus maenas, which has had substantial negative impacts where previously introduced (New England, Atlantic Canada, South Africa, south Australia) and which has recently been introduced to central California, and to Tasmania. We conclude that biological control may be possible for some marine pests, but that existing strategies and expectations will require modification. Leach, J.H. 2000. Climate Change and the Future Distribution of Aquatic Organisms in North America. In: Claudi, R. and J.H Leach (eds). 2000. Nonindigenous Freshwater Organisms:Vectors, Biology, and Impacts. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida. Lightner, D.V. (ed.). 1996b. A handbook of shrimp pathology and diagnostic procedures for diseases of cultured penaied shrimp. Section 3: Viruses. World Aquaculture Soc., Baton Rouge, LA. Litvak, M.K. and N.E. Mandrak. 2000. Baitfish Trade as a Vector of Aquatic Introductions. In: Claudi, R. and J.H. Leach (eds). 2000. Nonindigenous Freshwater Organisms: Vectors,Biology, and Impacts. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton, Florida. Lockwood, Julie L.; Daniel Simberloff; Michael L. Mckinney; Betsy von Holle. 2001. How many, and which, plants will invade natural areas? Biological invasions. 3: 1-8. ABSTRACT: Of established nonindigenous plant species in California, Florida, and Tennessee, 5.8%, 9.7%, and 13.4%, respectively, invade natural areas according to designations tabulated by states Exotic Pest Plant Councils. Only Florida accords strictly with the tens rule, though California and Tennessee fall within the range loosely viewed as obeying the rule. The species that invaded natural areas in each state were likely, if they invaded either of the other states at all, to have invaded natural areas there. There was a detectable but inconsistent tendency for species that invade natural areas to come from particular families. At the genus level in California and Florida, and the family level in California, there was also a tendency for all natural area invaders to come from taxa that were not represented in the native flora. All three of the above patterns deserve further studies to determine management implications. Only the first (that natural area invaders of one state are likely to invade natural areas if they invade another state) seems from enough from our data to suggest actions on the part of managers. Mack, R.N., D. Simberloff, W.M. Lonsdale, H. Evans, M. Clout, and F.A. Bazzaz. 2000. Biotic invasions: causes, epidemiology, global consequences, and control. Ecological Applications 10(3): 689-710.

Madsen, J.D. 1997. Methods for Management of Nonindigenous Aquatic Plants. In: Luken J.O. and J.W. Thieret (eds.) Assessment and Management of Plant Invasions. Springer, New York.

McKinney, L. 2000. Nonindigenous Species in Texas: Status Report. Presentation summary distributed at the Nonindigenous Species Focus Group Panel Session at the Gulf of Mexico Symposium, Mobile, Alabama, April 10-12, 2000.

Meyerson, Laura A.; Jamie K. Reaser. 2002. Biosecurity: moving toward a comprehensive approach. BioScience. 52(7) July: 593. Summary: “A comprehensive approach to Biosecurity is necessary to minimize the risk of harm

5 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... caused by non-native organisms to agriculture, the economy, the environment, and human health.” Miller, James H. Exotic invasive plants in southeastern forests. USDA Forest service. Accessed: October 1, 2002. ABSTRACT: Invasive exotic plants usurp forest productivity, hinder forest-use activities, and limit diversity on millions of acres of forest land in the Southeast. Infestations of these plants and their range are constantly expanding. This paper examines the various aspects of the problem. Outlined are the biology, origin, range, uses, and herbicide control for 14 of the most prevalent exotic trees, shrubs, vines, and grasses. Losses on forest lands will continue to increase until importation of new exotic species is controlled, Integrated Weed Management Programs are organized, and effective control procedures are implemented. Biological control technology using insect and pathogenic predators form the plant’s home country offers the best long-term solution for subduing exotic invasive species. Mills, E.L., J.R. Chrisman, and K.T. Holeck. 1999. The role of canals in the spread of nonindigenous species in North America. IN Nonindigenous Freshwater Organisms: Vectors, Biology, and Impacts (R. Claudi and J.H. Leach eds.), pp. 347-379. CRC Press LLC, Boca Raton, FL.

Ministry of Defence. 1987. Ocean Passages of the World, Fourth Edition. Prepared by Lieutenant Commander CJ de C Scott RN, Hydrographer of the Navy. Hydrographic Department, British Ministry of Defence. Tauton, Somerset England. 314pp. Morinaga, Toshitaro. 1926. Effect of alternating temperatures upon the germination of seeds. American journal of botany. 13(2) Feb.: 141-158. Morinaga, Toshitaro. 1926. The favorable effect of reduced oxygen supply upon the germination of certain seeds. American journal of botany. 13(2) Feb: 159-166. Moyle, P.B., H.W. Li, and B.A. Barton. 1986. The Frankenstein effect: Impact of introduced fishes on native fishes in North America. In: Stroud, R.H. (ed.) Fish Culture in Fisheries Management. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland. National Research council (US). 1996. Stemming the tide: controlling introductions of nonindigenous species by ships' ballast water. Pre-publication report. Washington (DC): National academy Press. 152 p. Neyland, Ray; Harry A. Meyer. 1997. Species diversity of Louisiana chenier woody vegetation remnants. Journal of the Torrey Botanical Society. 124(3) Jul-Sep.: 254-261. ABSTRACT: The cheniers of southwester Louisiana are linear arrayed ridges up to 3 meters high and 450 meters wide. These prehistoric shorelines now stand as relict “islands” surrounded by coastal marsh. Although the chenier woodlands were once extensive, most have now been converted to rangeland, roads, and home sites, and therefore presently exist only as remnants. The woody species in six remnant sites were sampled in order to determine species diversity and importance. High numbers of the introduced species, Sapium sebiferum (L.) Roxb., resulted in species diversity in the two Little Chenier sites being significantly lower than those on Grand Chenier, Tiger Island, and Pecan Island. This appears to be due to the higher level of habitat destruction in the Little Chenier than in the other cheniers. Importance values suggest a high degree of heterogeneity among the sites chosen for study. For example, Quercus virginiana L., Celtis laevigata, Cephalanthus occidentalis L and Sapium were each the most important species in at least one of the sampled sites. An ordination of the six sites suggests that only three sites form an ecologically meaningful cluster and the remaining three sites are clearly segregated from

6 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... all others. The ordination pattern may be due primarily to varying levels of habitat destruction as a result of historic anthropogenic activity. Nico, L.G. and P.L. Fuller. 1999. Spatial and temporal patterns of nonindigenous fish introductions in the United States. Fisheries 24(1): 16-27. January 1999. Office of Technology Assessment (U.S. Congress). 1993. Harmful non-indigenous species in the United States. Washington (DC): U.S. Government Printing Office; Sep 1993. Report nr OTA-F-565. 391 p. Available from: NTIS, Springfield, VA; PB94-107679; GPO, Washington, DC; 052-01347-9. Parker, I.M., D. Simberloff, W.M. Lonsdale, K. Goodell, M. Wonham, P.M. Kareiva, M.H. Williamson, B. Von Holle, P.B. Moyle, J.E. Byers, and L. Goldwasser. 1999. Impact: toward a framework for understanding the ecological effects of invaders. Biological Invasions 1:3-19.

Perrings, C., Williamson, M., Barbier, E., Delfino, D., Dalmazzone, S., Shogren, J., Simmons, P., and Watkinson, A. 2002. Biological invasion risks and the public good: An economic perspective. Conservation Ecology 6(1), 1. Available on the World Wide Web: http://www.consecol.org/vol6/iss1/art1.

Pimentel, D., L. Lach, R. Zuniga, and D. Morrison. 1999. Environmental and economic costs associated with non-indigenous species in the United States. College of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. June 12, 1999.

Pimm, S. L. 1991. The Balance of Nature?: Ecological Issues in the Conservation of Species and Communities. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. 434 pp.

Ray, M., R. Silcox, J. Gray, D. Buzan, and L. McKinney. 1998. Exotic Shrimp Viruses in Texas – A History and Status. A publication of the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department. July 28, 1998. Ricciardi, Anthony; William W. M. Steiner; Richard N. Mack; Daniel Simberloff. 2000. Toward a global information system for invasive species. BioScience. 50(3) March: 239. SUMMARY: “In October 1998, a workshop was convened at the University of Tennessee at Knoxville to discuss the creation of an Internet-based global information system that would provide comprehensive and readily accessible information to aid monitoring, risk assessment, and control of invasive species. The goals of the workshop were to determine how this system should address management and research needs and to identify the system’s key elements. Participating in this meeting was a diverse group of resource managers, database managers, and academic researchers. In this article we briefly summarize their ideas in the hope of encouraging concerted action against the invasive species problem.” Ruesink, J.L., I.M. Parker, M.J. Groom, and P.M. Kareiva. 1995. Reducing the risks of nonindigenous species introductions: guilty until proven innocent. Bioscience, Vol. 45, No.7, pp. 465-477. Ruiz, G.M.; J.T. Carlton; E.D. Grosholz; A.H. Hines. 1997. Global invasions of marine and estuarine habitats by non-indigenous species: mechanisms, extent, and consequences. American zoologist. 37(6): 621-632. ABSTRACT: Non-indigenous species (NIS) are increasingly conspicuous in marine and estuarine habitats throughout the world, as the number, variety, and effects of these species continue to accrue. Most of these NIS invasions result from anthropogenic dispersal. Although the relative importance of different dispersal mechanisms varies both spatially and temporally,

7 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... the global movement of ballast water by ships appears to be the largest single vector for NIS transfer today, and many recent invasions have resulted from this transfer. The rate of new invasions may have increased in recent decades, perhaps due to changes in ballast water transport. Estuaries have been especially common sites of invasions, accumulating from tens to hundreds of NIS per estuary that include most major taxonomic and trophic groups. We now know of approximately 400 NIS along the Pacific, Atlantic and Gulf coasts of the U.S., and hundreds of marine and estuarine NIS are reported from other regions of the world. Although available information about invasions is limited to a few regions and underestimates the actual number of NIS invasions, there are apparent differences in the frequency of NIS among sites. Mechanisms responsible for observed patterns among sites likely include variation in supply of NIS, and perhaps variation in properties of recipient or donor communities, but the role of these mechanisms has not been tested. Although our present knowledge about the extent, patterns and mechanisms of marine invasions is still in its infancy, it is clear that NIS are a significant force of change in marine and especially estuarine communities globally. Taxonomically diverse NIS are having significant effects on many, if not most, estuaries that fundamentally alter population, community, and ecosystems processes. The impacts of most NIS remain unknown, and the predictability of their direct and indirect effects remains uncertain. Nonetheless, based upon the documented extent of NIS invasions and scope of their effects, studies of marine communities that do not include NIS are increasingly incomplete. Ruiz, G.M., T.K. Rawlings, F.C. Dobbs, L.A. Drake, T. Mullady, A. Huq, and R.R. Colwell. 2000. Global spread of microorganisms by ships. Nature, Vol. 408, November 2, 2000. Schmits, Don C.; Daniel Simberloff. 1997. biological invasions: a growing threat. Issues in science and technology online. Summer. INTERNET: Simberloff, D. 2000. Introduced Species: The Threat to Biodiversity & What Can Be Done. Accessed online November 13, 2003 http://www.actionbioscience.org/biodiversity/simberloff.html. Sindermann, C.J. 1991. The introduction of marine species: what the future holds. In: DeVoe M.R., editor. Introductions and transfers of marine species: achieving a balance between economic development and resource protection: proceedings; 1991 Oct30 - Nov 2; Hilton Head Island, S.C. S.C. Sea Grant Consortium. 143-148. Smith, L.D., M. Wonham, L. McCann, D. Reid, J. Carlton. 1996. Biological invasions by nonindigenous species in United States waters: quantifying the role of ballast water and sediments (Parts I and II). Smithsonian Environmental Research Center, Report no.. CG- D-02-97. Prepared for the U.S. Coast Guard and the U.S. Dept. of Transportation. Soule, Michael E. 1990. The onslaught of alien species, and other challenges in the coming decades. Conservation biology. 4(3) Sep.: 233-239. ABSTRACT: Among the many environmental challenges faced by conservation scientists and managers in the coming decades, the inexorable invasion of alien species from distant land masses and between heretofore isolated regions within continents may be the most revolutionary. Although these invasions will homogenize and impoverish the world’s biota, they will lead to a deeper understanding of ecological communities. One consequence of the current biotic interchange is that the public’s use of the outdoors will continue to decline as new and alien pathogens and parasites, their distributions and survival enhanced by climate warming and other anthropogenic factors, reduce safety and enjoyment of hunting, fishing, and hiking. The forthcoming and massive ecological disruptions are bound to produce misunderstanding and conflict among environmentalists. Attempts by conservation biologists to manage wild and feral animals, including vector species, will be blocked by animal’s rights groups. Even within the

8 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... conservation biology movement there are many real and potential conflicts, especially over turf and resources. Such conflicts are a serious threat to biological diversity. Tolerance and compromise are essential if conservation biology is to accomplish its mission. Temple, S.A. 1992. Exotic birds: A growing problem with no easy solution. Auk 109: 395-397. Texas Sea Grant Program. 1998. Conference Report: Aquatic Nonindigenous Species Workshop for the Gulf of Mexico. March 4, 1998. Houston, Texas. Sponsored by the Gulf of Mexico Sea Grant College Programs. Thompson, B.A. 2000. Intruders in the House: An Update on Some of the Exotic Species of Louisiana. Slides from presentation at the Nonindigenous Species Focus Group Panel Session at the Gulf of Mexico Symposium, Mobile, Alabama, April 10-12, 2000. TNCL (The Nature Conservancy of Louisiana). 1999. “Invasion of Alien Species” in Louisiana Legacy, a publication of The Nature Conservancy of Louisiana. Spring 1999. Traweeck, M. and R. Welch. 1992. Exotics in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Austin, Texas, April 1992. 4 pp. Accessed online January 4, 2004 http://www.tpwd.state.tx.us/conserve/publications/media/exotics_in_tx.pdf. Trexler, Joel C.; William F. Lotus; Frank Jordan; Jerome F. Lorenz; John H. Chick; Robert M. Kobza. 2000. Empirical assessment of fish introductions in a subtropical wetland: an evaluation of contrasting views. Biological invasions. 2: 265-277. ABSTRACT: We summarized data from the quantitative fish surveys conducted in southern Florida to evaluate the distribution and relative abundance of introduced fishes across a variety of habitats. These surveys encompassed marsh and canal habitats throughout most of the Everglades region, including the mangrove fringe of Florida Bay. Two studies provided systematically collected density information over a 20-year period, and documented the first local appearance of four introduced fishes based on their repeated absence in prior surveys. Those species displayed a pattern of rapid population growth followed by decline, then persistence at lower densities. Estuarine areas in the southern Everglades, characterized by natural tidal creeks surrounded by mangrove-dominated marshes, and canals held the largest introduced fish populations. Introduced fish were also common, at times exceeding 50% of the fish community, in solution holes that serve as dry-season refuges in short-hydroperiod rockland habitats of the eastern everglades. Wet prairies and alligator ponds distant from canals generally held few individuals of introduced fishes. These patterns suggest that the introduced fishes in southern Florida at present may not be well-adapted to persist in freshwater marshes of the Everglades, possibly because of an interaction of periodic cold temperature stress and hydrologic fluctuation. Our analyses indicated low densities of these fishes in central or northern everglades wet-prairie communities, and, in the absence of experimental data, little evidence of biotic effects in this spatially extensive habitat. There is no guarantee that this condition will be maintained, especially under the cumulative effects of future invasions or environmental change. University of Wisconsin Sea Grant Institute. 1998. Sea lamprey/Fish of the Great Lakes. Accessed online January 12, 2004 at http://www.seagrant.wisc.edu/greatlakesfish/sealamprey.html. Last updated February 11, 2002.

University of Wisconsin Sea Grant Institute. 2001. Zebra mussels and other nonindigenous species. Accessed online January 12, 2004 at http://www.seagrant.wisc.edu/greatlakes/glnetwork/exotics.html. Last updated September 17, 2001.

9 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... US Census Bureau. 2003. US Census Bureau State and County Quick Facts. Accessed online January 14, 2004 at http://quickfacts.census.gov/qfd/.

[USDA] US Department of Agriculture Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service. 2001. APHIS strategic plan 2000-2005. Available on the World Wide Web: http://www.aphis.usda.gov/oa/aphissp/spextfaclhtml. [USEPA] US Environmental Protection Agency. 2000. Aquatic nuisance species. Annual Report 2000. Stennis Space Center (MS): Gulf of Mexico Program Nonindigenous Species Focus Team. Batelle Coastal Resources and Ecosystem Management. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Report nr EPA 855-R-01-002. Contract nr 68-C-00-121 (work assignment WA0-07). 30p. [USEPA] US Environmental Protection Agency. 2001. An Initial Survey of Aquatic Invasive Species in the Gulf of Mexico Region. Stennis Space Center (MS): Gulf of Mexico Program. Batelle Coastal Resources and Ecosystem Management. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Report nr EPA 855-R-00-003. Contract nr EPA/OCPD 68-C-00-121 (work assignment WA0-07, WA1-07) 146p. [USGAO] US General Accounting Office. 2003. Invasive species: Clearer Focus and Greater Commitment Needed to Effectively Manage the Problem. Highlights of GAO-03-1, a Report to Executive Agency Officials. http://www.gao.gov/highlights/d031high.pdf

[USGS] United States Geological Survey. 2001. Summary Report of Nonindigineous Aquatics Species in U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Region 4. USGS Florida Caribbean Research Center. 68 pp. Accessed online http://cars.er.usgs.gov/R4finalreport.pdf November 15, 2003. Van Den Bergh, Jeroen C. J. M.; Paulo A. L. D. Nunes; Harm M. Dotinga; Wiebe H. C. F. Kooistra; Engel G. Vrieling; Louis Peperzak. 2002. Exotic harmful algae in marine ecosystems: an integrated biological-economic-legal analysis of impacts and policies. Marine policy. 26: 59-74. ABSTRACT: Harmful algal blooms (HABs) are the cause of important damages to marine living resources and human beings. HABs are generated by micro-algae. These marine species are primarily introduced through ballast water of ships and, to a lesser extent, through import of living fish, in particular, shellfish. Effective and efficient regulation of HABs requires an integration of insights from biological, economic, and legal sciences. Such an integration consists of (a) a clear identification of the bio-ecological pathways and overall consequences related to the damages of HABs; (b) an assessment of monetary costs of HABs; and (c) an understanding of the set of complementary legal-institutional and economic instruments dealing with HABs through prevention, restoration and amelioration. This paper discusses each element in detail, in which biological, economic, and legal aspects come together, drawing conclusions for decision making in marine management. In order to move away form the general level of discussion, an example of HABs is presented in which, biological, economic, and legal aspects are combined. Westman, Walter E. 1990. Park management of exotic plant species: problems and issues. Conservation Biology. 4(3): 251-260 ABSTRACT: Vegetation management policies in public parks in the United States call for the removal of exotic species to the extent feasible. The underlying goal is to preserve samples of wilderness by restoring plant communities to the “natural state” that existed prior to extensive human influence. With limited budgets, park managers are necessarily selective in targeting exotic species for control. If the focus is on the more readily controlled species, however, park landscapes may gradually become populated by more resistant exotics. Further, because plants

10 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... exhibit some redundancy in ecosystem function, exotic plant species can substitute in part for natives in performing a range of ecosystem functions, including wildlife support and soil binding. Consequently the removal of exotics can result in significant perturbations to certain ecosystem functions during the period of transition to native cover. The individualistic paradigm of plant distribution implies that the impact of exotic plant species on invaded communities will vary. Choosing which species to remove requires careful evaluation of the impact of the removal on ecosystem structure and function. The effective balancing of park management goals for wilderness maintenance and recreational use requires clearer recognition of the adaptive response of ecosystems to invasion and a rethinking of the bases for prioritizing which species are to be removed. Vitousek, P.M., C.M. D’Antonio, L.L. Loope, and R. Westbrook. 1996. Biological invasions as global environmental change. American Scientist 84: 468-478. Williams, J.D. and G.K. Meffe. 1999. Status and Trends of the Nation's Biological Resources. Volume 1. Chapter "Factors Affecting Biological Resources – Williamson, M. and A. Fitter 1996. The varying success of invaders. Ecology 77(6): 1661-1666.

11 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... II. Invasive Animals

The citations listed below represent the results of a literature review conducted by the Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project. The citations are associated with aquatic and terrestrial invasive species of the Kingdom Animalia. When available, the abstracts are included.

Common Name Kingdom Phylum/Division Class Genus species

Boccardiella Polychaete worm Animalia Annelida Polychaeta ligerica

Wern, J. O. 1985. First Record of the Spionid Polychaete Boccardiella ligerica (Ferronniere, 1898) From the Gulf of Mexico. Contributions in Marine Science 28 :123-128.

Daphnia Water flea Animalia Arthropoda Branchiopoda lumholtzi

Goulden, C.L., D. Tomljanovich, D. Kreeger, and E. Corney. 1995. The invasion of Daphnia lumholtzi Sars (Cladocera, Daphniidae) into a North American reservoir. Pages 9-38 In: Hamilton, S.W., D.S. White, E.W. Chester, and A.F. Scott (eds.). Proceedings of the sixth symposium on the natural history of the lower Tennessee and Cumberland River Valleys. The Center for Field Biology, Austin Peay State University, Clarksville, Tennessee. Havel, J.E., and P.D.N. Hebert. 1993. Daphnia lumholtzi in North America: another exotic zooplankter. Limnol. Oceanogr. 38:1837-1841. Havel, J.E., W.R. Mabee, and J.R. Jones. 1995. Invasion of the exotic cladoceran Daphnia lumholtzi into North American reservoirs. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 52: 151-160. Havel, John E., Paul D. N. Hebert. 1993. Daphnia lumholtzi in North America: another exotic zooplankter. Limnology and oceanography. 38(8) Dec.: 1823-1827. ABSTRACT: Daphnia lumholtzi, whose natural distribution is restricted to Australia, southwest Asia, and Africa, has been detected recently at numerous localities in the southern U.S. The present study establishes that D. lumholtzi populations from two of these localities are allozymically distinct from an Australian populations but genetically similar to each other, suggesting they share a common origin not from Australia. The inland distribution of D. lumholtzi suggests it was not introduced in ballast water of large ships. One of the first localities known to have D. lumholtzi is also the first North American site where Nile perch were introduced in 1983. If D. lumholtzi was introduced at this time, it has colonized sites across the southern U.S. extremely rapidly, suggesting that it will soon be common in lakes and reservoirs in warm temperate regions of North America.

Havel, J.E., and J. Stelzleni-Schwent. 2000. Zooplankton community structure: The role of dispersal. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 27: 3264-3268.

12 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Havel, J.E., J.K. Colbourne, and P.D.N. Hebert. 2000. Reconstructing the history of intercontinental dispersal in Daphnia lumholtzi by the use of genetic markers. Limnol. Oceanogr. 45: 1414-1419. ABSTRACT: After its appearance in 1989, the cladoceran Daphnia lumholtzi rapidly dispersed throughout the southern United States. In the current study, we used allozyme and mitochondrial deoxyribonucleic acid sequence data to infer the past dispersal of this species. Both genetic markers revealed the similarity among all U.S. populations and those from Uganda and Nepal but their divergence from Australian lineages. The extent of genetic divergence among populations, when coupled with estimates of rates of molecular evolution, suggests that the distribution of this species reflects a series of long-distance dispersal events over the last 4 million years.

Havel, J.E., J.B. Shurin, and J.R. Jones. 2002. Estimating dispersal from patterns of spread: spatial and local control of lake invasions. Ecology. 83(12): 3306–3318. ABSTRACT: The spread of exotic species can be limited by dispersal or by constraints imposed by the local environment. Using data collected from 152 Missouri (USA) lakes over seven years, we asked whether models based on dispersal or local-scale processes best predicted invasion by the exotic cladoceran Daphnia lumholtzi. We used multiple logistic regression to test the relative importance of 10 local physicochemical features and proximity to all known potential source populations for predicting which lakes were invaded. The decline in invasion likelihood with distance to source populations was used to estimate the shape of the dispersal kernel. Between 1992 and 1998 the cumulative prevalence of D. lumholtzi increased from 6% to 34% of lakes sampled, with frequent appearances of populations in new watersheds. Spatial position and physical factors were both important for predicting the new colonization events. The probability of colonization increased with lake surface area and epilimnetic temperature, declined with increasing conductivity, and was unaffected by variation in lake fertility. Invasion likelihood declined sharply as a nonlinear function of distance to source populations up to around 30 km, and was relatively constant at greater distances. The results suggest that dispersal and local abiotic constraints jointly limit the spread of D. lumholtzi. This approach illustrates how range expansion can be used to estimate dispersal rates at broad spatial scales.

Johnson, J.L., and J.E. Havel. 2001. Competition between exotic and native Daphnia: In situ experiments. J. Plankton Res. 23: 373-387. ABSTRACT: The recently introduced exotic cladoceran Daphnia lumholtzi offers an excellent opportunity to study the interactions between exotic and native species in invaded communities. Lake surveys in Missouri have indicated a seasonal succession between native Daphnia and D. lumholtzi. In the current study, we examined competition between D. lumholtzi and the native Daphnia parvula by conducting seasonal in situ field experiments in 1.6 l enclosures. Competition was assessed by comparing the rates of increase (r) and birth rates (b) of each species when grown alone versus when grown together in these enclosures. At high densities, D. lumholtzi suppressed D. parvula rates of increase during the late summer and fall experiments, but did not appear to suppress D. parvula birth rates. The rates of increase of D. lumholtzi did not appear to be affected by the presence of D. parvula. The results of these experiments indicate that although competition between the two species occurs seasonally at high densities, the effects are asymmetrical. The lack of competitive effects on D. lumholtzi by D. parvula suggests that factors other than competition are involved in explaining the absence of D. lumholtzi in spring zooplankton assemblages.

Muzinic, Christopher J. 2000. First record of Daphnia lumholtzi Sars in the Great Lakes. J. Great Lakes Res. 26(3):352-354. ABSTRACT: Adults of the cladoceran Daphnia lumholtzi, native to Australia, Africa, and parts

13 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... of Asia, were first collected in August 1999 in Lake Erie. Individuals were collected near East Harbor State Park, Lakeside, Ohio from vertical plankton net tows. The average number of D. lumholtzi that were found (0.03/L) indicate that D. lumholtzi is beginning to establish itself in Lake Erie. The morphology of this Daphnia differs greatly from native species because of its elongated head and tail spine. This sighting is important because it acknowledges yet another exotic invader into the Great Lakes basin and it also shows that this, normally, warm water species continues to expand its range northward.

Pattinson, K.R., J.E. Havel, and R.G. Rhodes. 2003. Invasibility of a reservoir to exotic Daphnia lumholtzi: Experimental assessment of diet selection and life history responses to Cyanobacteria. Freshwater Biology, in press.

Stoeckel, James A., Patrice M. Charlebois. 1999. Daphnia lumholtzi: The Next Great Lakes Exotic? Sea Grant Publication IISG-99-10. 2 pages. ? http://www.miseagrant.org/pubs/on/msg-99- 500.html. INTRODUCTION: Daphnia lumholtzi, an exotic zooplankton species, has been well established in the Illinois River since 1995, and now appears poised to invade Lake Michigan. This invasion will likely be facilitated by the system of locks, dams, and artificial canals connecting Lake Michigan and the Illinois River. Construction of this connection between two major drainage basins, the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence and the Mississippi, was initiated in the late 1800s and now, unintentionally, provides a conduit for exotic species established in one basin to invade the other. For example, zebra mussels invaded the Great Lakes in the 1980s and are now well established in the Mississippi River and several of its tributaries. Daphnia lumholtzi, already common in the Illinois River, is now found in the canal system near Lake Michigan, and may soon be another unwelcome addition to the long list of non-native species that have become established in the Great Lakes. Stoeckel, J. A., L. Camlin, K. D. Blodgett, and R.E. Sparks. “Establishment of Daphnia lumholtzi (an Exotic Zooplankter) in the Illinois River," Journal of Freshwater Ecology, Volume 11, Number 3, September 1996. Tamme, Tina M. 2002. Master's thesis: Environmental limits to invasion of ponds by the exotic zooplankter Daphnia lumholtzi Sars. Southwest Missouri State University. Springfield, Missouri. John E. Havel, major professor.

Palaemon African prawn Animalia Arthropoda Crustacea africanus

Asian tiger mosquito Animalia Arthropoda Insecta Aedes albopictus

Alto, B.W., S.A. Juliano. 2001. Precipitation and Temperature Effects on Populations of Aedes albopictus (Diptera: Culicidae): Implications for Range Expansion. Journal of Medical Entomology 38(5): 646-656. ABSTRACT We investigated how temperature and precipitation regime encountered over the lifecycle of Aedes albopictus (Skuse)affects populations. Caged populations of A. albopictus were maintained at 22,26,and 30 C... Cages were equipped with containers that served as sites for oviposition and larval development. All cages were assigned to one of three simulated

14 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... precipitation regimes:(1)low fluctuation regime -water within the containers was allowed to evaporate to 90% of its maximum before being refilled,(2)high fluctuation regime -water was allowed to evaporate to 25% of its maximum before being refilled, and (3)drying regime -water was allowed to evaporate to complete container dryness before being refilled. Greater temperature and the absence of drying resulted in greater production of adults. Greater temperature in combination with drying were detrimental to adult production. These precipitation effects on adult production were absent at 22 degrees C. Greater temperatures and drying treatments yielded higher and lower eclosion rates, respectively and, both yielded greater mortality. Development time and size of adults decreased with increased temperatures, and drying produced larger adults. Greater temperatures resulted in greater egg mortality. These results suggest that populations occurring in warmer regions are likely to produce more adults as long as containers do not dry completely. Populations in cooler regions are likely to produce fewer adults with the variability of precipitation contributing less to variation in adult production. Predicted climate change in North America is likely to extend the northern distribution of A.albopictus and to limit further its establishment in arid regions.

Alto, B.W., S.A. Juliano. 2001. Temperature Effects on the Dynamics of Aedes albopictus (Diptera: Culicidae) Populations in the Laboratory. Journal of Medical Entomology 38(4): 548-556. ABSTRACT We investigated how constant temperatures of 22, 24, and 26 C experienced across the full life cycle affected the dynamics of caged populations of Aedes albopictus (Skuse). All cages were equipped with plastic beakers that served as sites for oviposition and larval development. We measured the per capita daily mortality and emergence rates of the adults and size of adult females, and estimated the intrinsic rate of increase (r) and asymptotic density (K) for each caged population. Populations at 26 C had greater intrinsic rates of increase and lower asymptotic densities than populations at 22 and 24 C. Populations at high temperatures initially had greater daily per capita emergence rates, and steeper declines in per capita emergence rate as density increased over the course of the experiment. There was no temperature effect on the size of adult females nor on the per capita daily mortality rate of adults. Results indicated that populations of Ae. albopictus occurring in regions with relatively high summer temperatures are likely to have high rates of population growth with populations of adults peaking early in the season. These populations may attain relatively low peak densities of adults. Populations occurring in regions with low summer temperatures are likely to experience slow, steady production of adults throughout the season with population size peaking later in the season, and may attain higher peak densities of adults. High temperature conditions, associated with climate change, may increase the rate of spread of Ae. albopictus by increasing rates of increase and by enhancing colonization due to rapid population growth.

Andreadis, T.G., J.F. Anderson, Leonard E. Munstermann, Roger J. Wolfe, David A. Florin. 2001. Discovery, distribution, and abundance of the newly introduced mosquito Ochlerotatus japonicus (Diptera: Cuclidae) in Connecticut, USA. Journal of med. entomol. 38(6): 774- 779. ABSTRACT: The earliest documented specimen of an exotic east Asian mosquito Ochlerotatus (Finlaya japonicus japonicus (Theobald)in the Western Hemisphere is reported along with the results of a state wide survey to determine the distribution and abundance of this mosquito in Connecticut. Ochlerotatus japonicus was collected from 87 locations in eight counties. It is established throughout the state and occurs in a variety of natural and artificial container habitats including discarded tire casings, bird baths, wooden barrels, porcelain bath tubs (used for watering animals), plastic milk cartons, toys, vinyl tarpaulins (covering wood piles and swimming pools),exposed rock holes in stream beds, tree holes, subterranean catch basins,

15 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... surface water rain pools, and spring-fed depressions. Larvae were particularly common in containers with water, decaying leaves, and algae, in shaded and sunlit areas and, in rock-pool habitats along streambeds, in association with Ochle-rotatus atropalpus (Coquillett). Adult females were collected in sod grass-infused gravid and CO 2 - baited light traps, from early June through October, with peak collections in September. Biting females were collected by human bait method augmented with CO 2 ,verifying its capacity to feed on humans. The ovitraps used in this study were not effective for recovering this species. Our results suggest that Oc. japonicus was introduced into Connecticut between 1992 and 1998.Because of the ability of Oc. japonicus to transmit West Nile virus, and because of the recent detection of this virus in field-collected specimens, the introduction of Oc. japonicus is considered a significant public health development.

Chen, W. , M. Fan-Chiang. 2001. Directed migration of Ascogregarina taiwanensis (Apicomplexa: Lecudinidae) in its natural host Aedes albopictus (Diptera: Culicidae). The journal of eukaryotic microbiology 48(5): 537-541. ABSTRACT: Directed migration of trophozoites from the midgut toward the Malpighian tubules is essential for Ascogregarina taiwanensis (Apicomplexa: Lecudinidae) to complete its developmental cycle within the natural host Aedes albopictus. We have obtained a 275-bp actin cDNA fragment amplified from extracted mRNAs of migrating trophozoites, suggesting the involvement of actin in trophozoite motility. Down-regulation on the migration of the trophozoite was seen in mosquito larvae fed with cytochalasin D, ML-7, and BDM, indicating that myosin, in the form of an actomyosin system, may also be involved in driving motility of the trophozoite. The “protruding apparatus” (PA) formed at the anterior end of trophozoites during the migrating stage had significant deposits of actin by immunofluorescent microscopy. Moreover, PA formation was enhanced in response to elevated levels of 20-hydroxyecdysone (20-HE) in cultures of alimentary canals in which the trophozite was contained. Thus, 20-HE may also promote expression of actin and perhaps myosin simultaneously.

Daugherty, M.P. , B.W. Alto, S.A. Juliano. 2000. Invertebrate carcasses as a Resource for Competing Aedes albopictus and Aedes aegypti (Diptera: Culicidae). Journal of Medical Entomology 37(3): 364-372. Dobson, Stephen L. , Wanchai Rattanadechakul. 2001. A Novel Technique for Removing Wolbachia Infections from Aedes albopictus (Diptera: Culicidae). Journal of Medical Entomology 38(6): 844-849. Erwin, Paul C., Timothy F. Jones, Reid R. Gerhardt, Sandy K. Halford, A. Brent Smith, Lori E. R. Patterson, Kristy L. Gottfried, Kristen L. Burkhalter, Roger S. Nasci, and William Schaffner. 2002. La Crosse Encephalitis in Eastern Tennessee: Clinical, Environmental, and Entomological Characteristics from a Blinded Cohort Study. American Journal of Epidemiology, 155(11): 1060-6 Je 1. ABSTRACT: A blinded cohort study was conducted in 2000 to better understand the emergence of La Crosse virus infection in eastern Tennessee, with special emphasis on the potential mosquito vector(s). Children with suspected central nervous system infection were enrolled at the time of clinical presentation at a large pediatric referral hospital. Clinical, environmental, and entomological data were collected prior to case confirmation. Sixteen of the 40 children included in the final analysis were confirmed to have La Crosse infection by a fourfold increase in antibody titers between collection of acute- and convalescent-phase sera. Factors significantly associated with La Crosse infection included average number of hours per day spent outdoors (5.9 for La Crosse virus cases vs. 4.0 for noncases, p = 0.049), living in a residence with one or more tree holes within 100 m (relative risk = 3.96 vs. no tree holes within 100 m, p = 0.028), and

16 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... total burden of Aedes albopictus (number of female and male larvae and adults collected at a site), which was more than three times greater around the residences of La Crosse virus cases versus noncases (p = 0.013). Evidence is accumulating that the newly introduced mosquito species Ae. albopictus may be involved in the emergence of La Crosse virus infection in eastern Tennessee. Fukuda, T., O.R Willis, D.R. Barnard. 1997. Parasites of the Asian Tiger Mosquito and Other Container-Inhabiting Mosquitoes (Diptera: Culicidae) in North central Florida. Journal of medical entomology. 34(2): 226. Gerhardt, Reid R., Kristy L. Gottfried, Charles S. Apperson, Brent S. Davis, Paul C. Erwin, A. Brent Smith, Nicholas A. Panella, Eugene E. Powell, and Roger S. Nasci. 2001. First Isolation of La Crosse Virus from Naturally Infected Aedes albopictus. Emerging Infectious Diseases 7(5): 807-11 S/O. ABSTRACT: La Crosse virus (LAC), a California serogroup bunyavirus, is the leading cause of pediatric arboviral encephalitis in the United States and an emerging disease in Tennessee, West Virginia, and North Carolina. Human cases of LAC encephalitis in Tennessee and North Carolina have increased above endemic levels during 1997 to 1999 and may represent an expansion of a new southeastern endemic focus. This report describes the isolation of LAC virus from the exotic mosquito Aedes albopictus. The discovery of LAC virus in wild populations of Ae. albopictus, coupled with its expanding distribution in the southeastern United States, suggests that this mosquito may become an important accessory vector, potentially increasing the number of human cases in endemic foci or expanding the range of the disease. George, E. 2000. Introduction of Nonindigenous Arthropod Pests of Animals. J. Med. Entomol. 37(1): 1–8. ABSTRACT: A variety of pathways exist for the introduction of nonindigenous insects, ticks, and mites of veterinary importance into the United States. The most prominent includes the natural migration of mosquitoes and flies by the flight of adults, ectoparasites entering the country on wildlife transport hosts, and accidental introductions on animals legally imported through United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) quarantine facilities. Examples of the establishment and sub-sequent eradication of exotic pests of livestock are presented to illustrate the critical role of the USDA in protecting American agriculture with particular emphasis on the southern cattle tick, Boophilus microplus (Canestrini), the cattle tick, B. annulatus (Say), and the screwworm, Cochliomyia homi-nivorax (Coquerel). Priority group rating of nonindigenous arthropod pests and disease vectors are discussed. Although the primary responsibility for preventing the introduction and establishment of arthropods that affect livestock and poultry rests on the shoulders of USDA professionals, insect surveys by extension entomologists along with observations by research specialists and producers are also important in detecting exotic arthropod species. Animal health professionals from all sectors of the livestock and poultry industries may well be the first line of defense from the introduction of nonindigenous arthropods and the diseases they transmit.

Lounibos, L.P., G.F. O'Meara, R.L. Escher, N. Nishimura, M. Cutwa, T. Nelson, R.E. Campos, S.A. Juliano. 2001. Testing Predictions of Displacement of Native Aedes by the Invasive Asian Tiger Mosquito Aedes Albopictus in Florida, USA. Biological Invasions 3(2): 151-166. ABSTRACT: The Asian Tiger Mosquito Aedes albopictus arrived in the USA in 1985 in used automobile tires from Japan and became established in Texas. This species has since spread to become the most abundant container-inhabiting mosquito in the southeastern USA, including Florida, where it has reduced the range of another non-indigenous mosquito, Aedes aegypti. To assess the accuracy of predictions that A. albopictus would competitively exclude the native Eastern Treehole Mosquito Aedes triseriatus from tires but not from treeholes (Livdahl and

17 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Willey (1991) Science 253: 189–191), we extensively monitored the abundances of mosquito immatures before and after the Asian Tiger invaded these habitats in south Florida. These field data failed to demonstrate exclusion of A. triseriatus from treeholes following the establishment of A. albopictus in this microhabitat in 1991. However, A. albopictus had significantly higher metamorphic success and showed a significant increase in mean crowding on A. triseriatus in treeholes monitored from 1991 to 1999. In urban and suburban sites, A. triseriatus was uncommon in abandoned tires even before the arrival of A. albopictus. In some wooded sites, there is evidence for a decline in numbers of A. triseriatus in used tires and cemetery vases, but the native species has not been excluded from these habitats. Overall, the negative effect of A. albopictus on A. triseriatus has been less severe than that on A. aegypti. Experiments outdoors in surrogate treeholes showed that A. albopictus was more successful than A. triseriatus in survival to emergence in the presence of predatory larvae of the native mosquito Toxorhynchites rutilus when first instar predators encountered both prey species shortly after their hatch. Eggs of A. albopictus also hatched more rapidly than those of A. triseriatus, giving larvae of the invasive species an initial developmental advantage to escape predation. Biological traits that may favor A. albopictus are offset partly by greater treehole occupancy by A. triseriatus and the infrequency of the invasive mosquito species in undisturbed woodlands, which mitigates against displacement of the native mosquito in these habitats.

McLain, Denson K., Karamjit S. Rai. 1986. Reinforcement for ethological isolation in the southeast Asian Aedes albopictus subgroup (Diptera: Culicidae). Evolution. 40(6) Nov.: 1346-1350. SUMMARY: “The present study examines ethological isolation between three sibling species of the Aedes albopictus subgroup (A. scutellaris group). The species, A. albopictus, A. pseudalbopictus, and A. seatoi are sympatric in Malaysia and southeastern Asia . . . A. albopictus is very widespread geographically, making it possible to contrast the degree of ethological isolation expressed by sympatric and allopatric strains. . . In conclusion, the data support the contention that selection for reinforcement of ethological isolation can occur in sympatric populations where strong postmating reproductive isolation already exists.” Moncayo, Abelardo C. , John D. Edman, Michael J. Turell. 2000. Effect of Eastern Equine Encephalomyelitis Virus on the Survival of Aedes albopictus, Anopheles quadrimaculatus, and Coquillettidia perturbans (Diptera: Culicidae). J. Med. Entomol. 37(5): 701–706. ABSTRACT: The effect of eastern equine encephalomyelitis (EEE) virus on the survivorship of Aedes albopictus (Skuse), Anopheles quadrimaculatus Say, and Coquillettidia perturbans (Walker) was determined experimentally. Female mosquitoes were allowed to feed on EEE viremic chicks, and survival rates were compared for infected and uninfected mosquitoes. Additionally, the survival of female Cq. perturbans and An. quadrimaculatus intrathoracically (IT) inoculated with EEE was compared with controls receiving diluent inoculations. Infection with EEE significantly reduced survival in Cq. perturbans compared with uninfected individuals in per os infection experiments. IT infections of Cq. perturbans did not reduce survival when compared with diluent inoculated groups. In contrast, infection with EEE did not affect the survival of Ae. albopictus after per os infection or An. quadrimaculatus after either IT or per os infections.

Moore, Chester G., Carl J. Mitchell. 1997. Aedes albopictus in the United States: Ten-Year presence and public health implications. Emerging Infectious Diseases. 3.: 329-334 JI/S. ABSTRACT: Since its discovery in Houston, Texas, in 1987, the Asian “tiger mosquito” Aedes albopictus has spread to 678 counties in 25 states. This species, which readily colonizes container habitats in the peridomestic environment, was probably introduced into the continental United States in shipments of scrap tires from northern Asia. The early pattern of dispersal followed the interstate highway system, which suggests further dispersal by human activities. The Public

18 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Health Service Act of 1988 requires shipments of used tires from countries with Ae. albopictus to be treated to prevent further importations. Given the extensive spread of the mosquito in the United States, it is questionable whether such a requirement is still justified. Ae. albopictus, a major biting pest throughout much of its range, is a competent laboratory vector of at least 22 arboviruses, including many viruses of public health importance. Cache Valley and eastern equine encephalomyelitis viruses are the only human pathogens isolated from U.S. populations of Ae. albopictus. There is no evidence that this mosquito is the vector of human disease in the United States. Shirai, Y, H Funada, K Kamimura, T Seki, M Morohashi. 2002. Landing Sites on the Human Body Preferred by Aedes albopictus. Journal of the American Mosquito Control Association. 18(2): 97. Suwanchaichinda, Chansak, L Brattsten. 2001. Effects of Exposure to Pesticides on Carbaryl Toxicity and Cytochrome P450 Activities in Aedes albopictus Larvae (Diptera: Culicidae). Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology 70(2): 63-73. Taubes, Cary. 1998. Tales of a Bloodsucker - The Asian tiger mosquito is teaching us what it takes to be a world-class vector of disease--and what we need not fear. Discover. July: 124 Urbanelli, Sandra , Romeo Bellini, , Marco Carrieri, , Pina Sallicandro, , Giorgio Celli. 2000. Population structure of Aedes albopictus (Skuse): the mosquito which is colonizing Mediterranean countries. Heredity 84(3): 331. ABSTRACT: Multilocus electrophoresis analysis has been used to study the genetic structure of 18 populations of Aedes albopictus newly introduced to Italy, in comparison with two populations in the United States, four in Japan, and four in Indonesia. Allozyme analysis revealed that 15 out of the 18 studied loci were polymorphic among the 28 populations. No significant deviations from Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium were found at polymorphic loci. High genetic affinity was observed between the Italian populations and those from the United States and Japan. The analysis of variance in allele frequencies showed that variance among subpopulations accounted for most of the total variance, suggesting that isolation of the Italian populations is not related to distance. Analysis of linkage disequilibrium using Ohta's method shows that the variance in the frequency of allele combinations could be explained by the action of the genetic drift which accompanies the establishment of new populations. The colonization process of Ae. albopictus in Italy is following a trend similar to that previously observed in the U.S.A., probably because both infestations derive from several successive introductions, each with large numbers of individuals Xue, R. D., D. R. Barnard, A Ali. 2001. Laboratory and field evaluation of insect repellents as oviposition deterrents against the mosquito Aedes albopictus. Medical & Veterinary Entomology 15(2): 126-131. Yuill, Thomas M. 1986. The ecology of tropical arthropod-borne viruses. Annual review of ecology and systematics. 17: 189-219. SUMMARY: “There are three critical events that determine the efficiency of an arthropod as an arbovirus vector . . .(a) The arthropod must ingest a sufficient amount of viremic blood to infect gut cells. A threshold of infection (a minimum quantity of ingested virus) is required to infect a given arthropod vector species consistently. (b) Sufficient replication must occur in gut cells for progeny virus to enter into the hemocoel and be carried to salivary glands and ovarian tissue. (c) Salivary gland and ovarian tissue must become infected, and infectious virus must be shed in saliva in order to transmit the virus to new vertebrate hosts. A similar cycle of virus uptake and replication must take place in ovarian tissue for virus to be transmitted to developing eggs.”

19 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Anastrepha Mexican fruit fly Animalia Arthropoda Insecta ludens

Baker, A.C., W.E. Stone, C.C. Plummer, and M. McPhail. 1944. A review of the Mexican fruitfly and related species. USDA Misc. Pub. No. 531, Washington, DC. 155 p. Dickens, J.C., E. Solis and W.G. Hart. 1982. Sexual development and mating behavior of the Mexican fruit fly, Anastrepha ludens (Loew). The Southwestern Entomologist. 7: 9-15. Ebeling, Walter. 1959. Subtropical fruit pests. Univ. of Calif., Div. of Agr. Sci. 436 p. Malo, E.A., Zapien, G.I. 1994 McPhail trap captures of Anastrepha obliqua and Anastrepha ludens (Diptera: Tephritidae) in relation to time of day. Flor. Ent. 77: 290-4. SUMMARY: McPhail trap capture of Anastrepha fruit flies in relation to time of day was studied. Six species were caught, with Anastrepha obliqua and Anastrepha ludens being the predominant species. The first capture was obtained at 0800 hours and catches increased throughout the day up to a maximum between 1400 and 1600 hours. More females than males of both species were captured. Phillips, Venia Tarris. 1946. The biology and identification of trypetid larvae (Diptera: Trypetidae). Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 12:161. Pruitt, J.H. 1953. Identification of fruit fly larvae frequently intercepted at ports of entry of the United States. Masters thesis. University of Florida, Gainesville. 69 p. Robacher, D., and R.L. Magan. 1993. ARS Program on Anastrepha species to meet APHIS Plant Quarantine requirements. University of Florida seminar. Stone, Alan. 1942. The fruitflies of the genus Anastrepha. USDA Misc. Pub. No. 439, Washington, DC. 112 p. White, I.M., and M.M. Elson-Harris. 1994. Fruit Flies of Economic Significance: Their Identification and Bionomics. CAB International. Oxon, UK. 601 p.

Asian long- Anoplophora horned beetle Animalia Arthropoda Insecta glabripennis

Berenbaum, May R. 2000. Two Horns, Six Legs & One Voracious Appetite. What's eating our trees? Recently discovered in New York and Chicago, the terrible Asian long-horned beetle may munch its way into your neighborhood soon. Audubon. 102, no. 1, (January 01): 74. Cavey, J.F., E.R. Hoebeke, S. Passoa, and S.W. Lingafelter. 1998. A new exotic threat to North American hardwood forests: an Asian longhorned beetle, Anoplophora glabripennis (Motschulsky) (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). I. Larval description and diagnosis. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. 100(2):373-381. Childs, R. D., R. F Kujawski. 2000. Asian Long-Horned Beetle: Profile of a New Pest. Combined proceedings / 50: 398-399. Combined proceedings - International Plant Propagators' Society Preceding Title: Plant Propagators' Society. Combined proceedings. ISSN: 0538-9143. Dubois, Thomas, Ann E. Hajek, Susan Smith. 2002. methods for rearing the Asian longhorned beetle (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) on artificial diet. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 95(2): 223- 230.

20 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... ABSTRACT: The Asian longhorned beetle, Anoplophora glabripennis (Motschulsky),was recently introduced to the United States and has the potential to destroy many urban and forest trees. A successful artificial diet and rearing protocol are urgently needed, because research with this wood- boring beetle can be conducted only in the confined areas of quarantines. We compared larval growth and adult parameters using three artificial diets, one developed in China for A. glabripennis and two developed for other members of the Lamiini. The only difference in performance of larvae and adults reared on the three diet types was that nondiapausing larvae reared on Monochamus carolinensis (Olivier)diet needed less time to pupate than nondiapausing larvae on A. glabripennis diet. We further evaluated substituting the phloem-cambium of sugar maple, Acer saccharum Marshall, with sawdust or cellulose. Males grew fastest on diets with sawdust or phloem-cambium and remained as pupae for the shortest period of time on A. glabripennis diet. Females grew faster on diets with cellulose than sawdust and lived longest on A. glabripennis diet. The published A. glabripennis artificial diet, modified by increasing the water content from 50.0 to 64.6%(wt:wt)and substituting the phloem-cambium component with cellulose, was the optimal diet tested. A rearing protocol used to maintain our colony is included. Frank, Peter. 2001. The Asian longhorned beetle. New York state conservationist. 55(4) Feb.: 19-21. SUMMARY: A short summary of the life history and ecology of this beetle. Also describes how it arrived in the United States. Gao, R., X. Qin, D. Chen., and W. Chen. 1993. A study on the damage of poplar caused by Anoplophora glabripennis. Forest Research 6: 189-193. Haack, R.A., K.R. Law, V.C. Mastro, H.S. Ossenbruggen, and B.J. Raimo. 1997. New York’s Battle with the Asian Long-Horned Beetle. Journal of Forestry 95(12):11-15. ABSTRACT: The Asian long-horned beetle (Anoplophora glabripennis) was discovered in Amityville and Brooklyn on Long Island, New York, in late 1996. Because of its threat to North American hardwood forests, an eradication program was initiated in 1997, with more than 1,500 infested trees detected so far. Hardest hit were the maples, but also attacked were species of birch, elm, horse chestnut, poplar, and willow. Biological, political, and social aspects of the eradication program are described. He, P. and J.-F. Huang. 1993. Adult behavior of Anoplophora glabripennis. Acta Entomol. Sinica. 36: 51-55. Keena, M.A. 2002. Anoplophora glabripennis (Coleoptera: cerambycidae) fecundity and longevity under laboratory conditions: comparison of populations from new York and Illinois on Acer saccarum. Environ. Entomol. 31(3): 490-498. ABSTRACT: Reproductive traits and longevity of Anoplophora glabripennis (Motschulsky) from the Ravenswood, Chicago, IL, and Bayside, Queens, NY, populations were compared for first-generation adults that emerged from cut infested wood and for second-generation adults that were reared on artificial diet. Illinois females were significantly more fecund than those from New York when they emerged from infested wood and tended to be more fecund when reared on artificial diet. Weights of adult females that emerged from infested wood varied with the hosts they emerged from, but when reared on artificial diet, Illinois females were significantly heavier than New York females. There were no significant differences between the two populations in egg viability or adult longevity. In general, females laid more eggs and survived longer in the laboratory on sugar maple, Acer saccharum Marshall, than has generally been reported for this tree species. Larval food source and quality had significant effects on female fecundity and longevity. The above differences between the two populations and the effects of host quality and host species should be taken into account when management decisions are made in the current eradication program for A. glabripennis in the United States.

21 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Li, D., Y. Liu, M. Tokoro, T. Nacashima. 1999. Distinguishing mechanism in the selection of hosts of Anoplophora glabripennis (Motsch.). J. Beijing For. Univ. 21:28-32. Li, F., R. Liu, S. B, T. Wu. 1999. Selection of trap trees for controlling Anoplophora glabripennis and A. nobilis. J. Beijing Forestry Univ. 21: 85-89. Liang, C., G. Li, G. Li, R. Gao, Z. Zhao, J. Sun. 1997. Study on the use of systemic and pyrethroid insecticides to control Anoplophora glabripennis and Apriona germari. Forest Research 10: 189-193. Liang, C., G. Li, G. Li, R. Gao. 1997. Toxicity analysis of ten pesticides on controlling Anoplophora glabripennis. Forest Research 10: 325-327. Ludwig, Scott W, Laura Lazarus,-, Deborah G McCullough. 2002. Methods to evaluate host tree suitability to the Asian longhorned beetle, Anoplophora glabripennis. Journal of Environmental Horticulture 20(3) Sept.: 175-80. Nowak, David J., Judith E. Pasek, Ronaldo A. Sequeira, Daniel E. Crane, Victor C. Mastro. 2001. Potential effect of Anoplophora glabripennis (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) on urban trees in the united states. J. econ. entomol. 94(1): 116-122. ABSTRACT: Anoplophora glabripennis Motschulsky, a wood borer native to Asia, was recently found in New York City and Chicago. In an attempt to eradicate these beetle populations, thousands of infested city trees have been removed. Field data from nine U.S. cities and national tree cover data were used to estimate the potential effects of A. glabripennis on urban resources through time. For the cities analyzed, the potential tree resources at risk to A. glabripennis attack based on host preferences, ranges from 12 to 61% of the city tree population, with an estimated value of $72 million-$2.3 billion per city. The corresponding canopy cover loss that would occur if all preferred host trees were killed ranges from 13-68%. The estimated maximum potential national urban impact of A. glabripennis is a loss of 34.9% of total canopy cover, 30.3% tree mortality (1.2 billion trees) and value loss of $669 billion. Peterson, A. Townsend, David A. Vieglais. 2001. Predicting species invasions using ecological niche modeling: new approaches from bioinformatics attack a pressing problem. BioScience. 51(5) May: 363. Description: A new approach to ecological niche modeling, based on new tools drawn from biodiversity informatics, is applied to the challenge of predicting potential species invasions. Qin, X., R. Gao, H. Yang and G. Zhang. 1988. Study on the application of entomopathogenic nematodes, Steinernema bibionis and S. feltiae, to control Anoplophora glabripennis and Holocercus insularis. Forest Science and Research 1: 179-185. Smith, Michael T., Jay Bancroft, Guohong Li, Ruitong Gao, Stephen Teale. 2001. Dispersal of Anoplophora glabripennis (Cerambycidae). Environ. Entomol. 30(6): 1036-1040. ABSTRACT: As a basis for the development of both eradication and management strategies for control of Anoplophora glabripennis Motschulsky (Asian longhorned beetle) investigations of A. glabripennis dispersal were undertaken in Gansu Province, China, in 1999.Data analysis of the first year study of population dispersal, in which >16000 adult A. glabripennis were marked and released (mass-mark recapture method),has shown that the mean dispersal distance for A. glabripennis was ≈ 266 m, whereas the 98% A. glabripennis recapture radius was 560 m. More notably, A. glabripennis dispersal potential over a single season was found to be 1,029 m and 1,442 m, for male and gravid female beetles, respectively, which is well over the previously reported distances. There was also a directional bias in dispersal. These results indicate that surveys for adult beetles and infested trees at a minimum of 1,500 m from previously infested trees would assist in preventing continued colonization in the current U.S. infestations in New

22 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... York and Chicago, and therefore enhance efforts to eradicate A. glabripennis from the United States. Data from the second year of this study (2000) will be used to enhance a predictive model of invasion by A. glabripennis in landscapes at risk in the United States. Smith, Michael T., Jay Bancroft, Joseph Tropp. 2002. Age-specific fecundity of Anoplophora glabripennis (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) on three tree species infested in the united states. Environ. Entomol. 31(1): 76-83. ABSTRACT: The spread of Anoplophora glabripennis Motschulsky (Asian long horned beetle),in the United States is dependent on its rates of reproduction and dispersal among host- tree species. Therefore, investigations of the reproductive characteristics of A. glabripennis, including preovipositional period, age specific fecundity and survival, on Norway maple (Acer platanoides L.), red maple (Acer rubrum L.),and black willow (Salix nigra Marshall) were undertaken to quantify its reproductive capacity among these host-tree species under laboratory conditions. Differences were found in preovipositional period, fecundity, egg viability and survival among the host-tree species. Oviposition rate was positively correlated with beetle body size, but negatively correlated with beetle age, bolt area, diameter, and bark thickness. Collectively, results show that in terms of adult female A. glabripennis survival and reproductive capacity, Norway and red maple were more suitable than black willow, with Norway maple somewhat more suitable than red maple. We hypothesize bark thickness and woody-tissue characteristics (i.e., nutritional substances, secondary substances, structural features) caused, at least in part, the observed differences in A. glabripennis survival and reproduction. Comparison of the various measures of A. glabripennis reproductive capacity was made with other cerambycids, specifically species of the subfamily Lamiinae, and implications for development of management strategies in U.S. ecosystems are discussed.

Solter, Leellen, Melody Keena, James Cate, Michael McManus, Lawrence Hanks. 2001. Infectivity of Four Species of Nematodes (Rhabditoidea: Steinernematidae, Heterorhabditidae) to the Asian Longhorn Beetle, Anoplophora glabripennis (Motchulsky) (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Biocontrol Science and Technology 11(4): 547-552. ABSTRACT: Four species of entomopathogenic nematodes, Steinernema carpocapsae, Heterorhabditis bacteriophora, H. indica and H. marelatus, were tested for their ability to kill and reproduce in larvae of the Asian longhorn beetle, Anoplophora glabripennis (Motchulsky). The larvae were permissive to all four species but mortality was higher and production of infective juveniles was greater for S. carpocapsae and H. marelatus. The lethal dosage of H. marelatus was determined to be 19 infective juveniles for second and third instar larvae and 347 infective juveniles for fourth and fifth instar larvae. H. marelatus infective juveniles, applied via sponges to oviposition sites on cut logs, located and killed host larvae within 30 cm galleries and reproduced successfully in several of the larvae.

TunyaLee Morisawa. 2000. Asian Longhorned Beetle: Anoplophora glabripennis (Motschulsky). The Nature Conservancy Wildland Invasive Species Team. June 22. http://tncweeds.ucdavis.edu/moredocs/anogla01.html. Wang, B., V.C. Mastro, and W.H. McLane. 2000, Impacts of chipping on surrogates for the longhorned beetle Anoplophora glabripennis (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in logs. J. Econ. Entomol. 93: 1832-1836. ABSTRACT: As part of the eradication program for recent introductions of the longhorned beetle Anoplophora glabripennis (Motschulsky) in the United States, wood from infested trees is chipped and incinerated. Two tests were conducted to evaluate the efficiency of chipping wood from infested trees on the survival of the beetle. In the first test, plastic worms were used as surrogates for larvae of the beetle. Plastic worms of different sizes were placed in holes drilled in

23 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... logs of sugar maple, Acer saccharum Marsh. In a second test, in addition to plastic worms, we used different instars and pupae of gypsy moth, Lymantria dispar (L.) (Lepidoptera: Lymantriidae), larvae of the beetle Phyllophaga annina Lewis (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae), and larvae of an unidentified weevil (Coleoptera: Cur- culionidae). Although chipping did not result in an obvious damage to all plastic worms, it did kill all larvae and pupae of insects placed in holes of maple logs. The overall recovery rate (percent recovered) for the plastic worms was 96% in the first (1997) test, and 71 and 98% for 10 and 40 mm long plastic worms in the second (1998) test, respectively. Logistic regression analysis of the data from the first experiment indicates that larger worms receive more severe damage. Size of logs did not have a significant effect on the level of damage received by plastic worms. All recovered insects were severely damaged after chipping logs and we could not determine recovery rates. Results of the two tests indicate that chipping wood from infested trees without incineration of the resulting chips provides a highly effective method for destroying wood inhabiting insect pests such as A. glabripennis. The elimination of incineration saves considerable resources while effectively eliminating risks associated with movements of wood containing living wood-boring insects. Wang, Baode, Victor C. Mastro, Win H. McLane. 2000. Impacts of chipping on surrogates for the longhorned beetle Anoplophora glabripennis (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in logs. J. econ. Entomol. 93(6): 1832-1836. ABSTRACT: As part of the eradication program for recent introductions of the longhorned beetle Anoplophora glabripennis (Motschulsky) in the United States, wood from infested trees is chipped and incinerated. Two tests were conducted to evaluate the efficiency of chipping wood from infested trees on the survival of the beetle. In the first test, plastic worms were used as surrogates for larvae of the beetle. Plastic worms of different sizes were placed in holes drilled in logs of sugar maple, Acer saccharum Marsh. In a second test, in addition to plastic worms, we used different instars and pupae of gypsy moth, Lymantria dispar (L.) (Lepidoptera: Lymantriidae), larvae of the beetle Phyllophaga annina Lewis (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae), and larvae of an unidentified weevil (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Although chipping did not result in an obvious damage to all plastic worms, it did kill all larvae and pupae of insects placed in holes of maple logs. The overall recovery rate (percent recovered) for the plastic worms was 96% in the first (1997) test, and 71 and 98% for 10 and 40 mm long plastic worms in the second (1998) test, respectively. Logistic regression analysis of the data from the first experiment indicates that larger worms receive more severe damage. Size of logs did not have a significant effect on the level of damage received by plastic worms. All recovered insects were severely damaged after chipping logs and we could not determine recovery rates. Results of the two tests indicate that chipping wood from infested trees without incineration of the resulting chips provides a highly effective method for destroying wood inhabiting insect pests such as A. glabripennis. The elimination of incineration saves considerable resources while effectively eliminating risks associated with movements of wood containing living wood-boring insects. Woodsen, Mary M. 2000. Departments - Communities - Cities Under Siege -Scientists battle the dreaded Asian long-horned beetle. American forests. 106(2): 7. Zhang, A, J E Oliver, J R Aldrich, B Wang, V C Mastro. 2002. Original Communications - Stimulatory Beetle Volatiles for the Asian Long-horned Beetle, Anoplophora glabripennis (Motschulsky). Zeitschrift für Naturforschung. Section C, A journal of biosciences. 57(5): 553.

Anthonomus Boll weevil Animalia Arthropoda Insecta grandis

24 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Beerwinkle, K. R., J. D. Lopez, Jr. and G. H. McKibben. Seasonal response of boll weevils to pheromone traps in cropped and uncropped areas of East-Central Texas. Southwest. Entomol. 21:407-419. 1996. Beerwinkle, K. R., J. R. Coppedge and T. M. O'Neil. "KISS"- A new portable pneumatic 'Keep It Simple Sampler' for row crop insects. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. pp.1330-1333. 1997. Beerwinkle, K. R., J. R. Coppedge, J. R. Raulston and D. W. Spurgeon. An improved tractor- mounted pneumatic insect collector. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. pp.1181-1185. 1997. Beerwinkle, K. R., J. R. Coppedge and T. M. O'Neil. Efficiency comparisons of the KISS, a tractor- mounted sampler, and hand sampling for detecting boll weevils in prebloom cotton. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. 1998. Carlton, J. B., L. F. Bouse and I. W. Kirk. 1995. Electrostatic charging of aerial spray over cotton. Trans. of the ASAE. 38(6): 1641-1645. Carlton, J. B., I. W. Kirk and M. A. Latheef. Cotton pesticide deposition from aerial electrostatic charged sprays. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. 2:1036-1040. 1996. Coleman, R. J., E. G., J. A. Morales-Ramos and L. Wood. 1996. Suppression of the boll weevil in organic cotton by augmentative releases of Catolaccus grandis as part of the Southern Rolling Plains Boll Weevil Eradication Program, pp. 1094. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Prod. Res. Conf. (ABSTRACT)

Cunningham, G., B. Grefenstette. 1998. Boll Weevil Eradication - a Beltwide Prospectus. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Production and Research Conf. National Cotton Council of America. San Diego, CA. 999-1000 pp.

El-Lissy, O., F. Myers, R. Frisbie, T. Fuchs, D. Rummel, R. Smathers, E. King, F. Planer, C. Bare, F. Carter, G. Busse, N. Niehus, and J. Hayes. 1996. Boll Weevil Eradication Status in Texas. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Production and Research Conf. National Cotton Council of America. Nashville, TN. 831-837 pp.

El-Lissy, O., Fr. Myers, R. Frisbie, T. Fuchs, D. Rummel, R. Parker, D. Dippel, E. King, G. Cunningham, F. Carter, J. Boston, and J. Hayes. 1997. Boll Weevil Eradication Update- Texas, 1996. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Production and Research Conf. National Cotton Council of America. New Orleans, LA. 973-979 pp.

El-Lissy, O., L. Patton, R. Frisbie, T. Fuchs, D. Rummel, R. Parker, D. Dippel, J.R. Coppedge, G. Cunningham, F. Carter, J. Boston, and Jack Hayes. 1998. Boll Weevil Eradication Update- Texas, 1997. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Production and Research Conf. National Cotton Council of America. San Diego, CA. 1001-1006 pp.

El-Lissy, O., L. Patton, D. Kiser. 1999. Boll weevil eradication update -Texas, 1998. Texas Boll Weevil Eradication Foundation, Inc. National Cotton Council, Memphis TN. Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Beltwide Cotton Conference Volume 2:818-823. Accessed on December 21, 2002 at http://www.tpma.org/bwe/texas_program.html. ABSTRACT: The boll weevil eradication program in Texas was initiated in 1994 in an effort to rid the state of the cotton boll weevil, Anthonomus grandis Boheman. The program was first initiated in the Southern Rolling Plains (SRP) on 220,000 acres of cotton in September of 1994 with the diapause phase, followed by a season-long phase of the program in 1995, 1996, 1997 and 1998. The SRP is the first zone to advance to eradication status in the state of Texas. Boll weevil populations were almost non-existent during the 1998 cotton growing season. The seasonal mean number of boll weevils captured per trap per week in 1998 was significantly less than in 1997, 1996 and 1995. The mean in 1998 was 0.04, in 1997 it was 1.3, in 1996 it was 2.9, and in 1995 it

25 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... was 10.6. This represents a reduction rate of 99.6% in 1998 as compared to 1995, 96.9% as compared to 1997, and 98.6% as compared to 1996. Insecticide applications in 1998 were reduced by 95.5% as compared to 1995. In 1996, the program was initiated with the diapause phase in the South Texas/Winter Garden (ST/WG) and in the Rolling Plains Central (RPC) zones on approximately 350,000 and 700,000 acres respectively. In 1997, due to the suspension of field activity during the legal and the legislative process (May - June 1997), program plans in the ST/WG and RPC had to be altered. A second diapause phase was implemented in 1997 instead of the season-long phase. The first season-long phase was implemented in both zones in 1998. In the ST/WG zone, the seasonal mean number of boll weevils per trap per week in 1998 was significantly less than in 1996. The 1998 mean was 1.4, and in1996 it was 15.3, a reduction rate of 90.9% in 1998 as compared to 1996. In the RPC zone, the seasonal mean number of boll weevils per trap per week in 1998 was significantly less than in 1996. The 1998 mean was 1.1, and in1996 it was 18.3, a reduction rate of 94.0% in 1998 as compared to 1996. These results demonstrate that the area-wide eradication approach, utilizing pheromone traps with sound cultural, mechanical and chemical controls, represents an effective strategy in reducing boll weevil populations as planned, subsequently eliminating the most destructive cotton pest in the state. The plan is to sequentially implement the program in all of the cotton growing regions to achieve statewide eradication.

Franz, E., L. F. Bouse, J. B. Carlton, I. W. Kirk and M. A. Latheef. 1998. Aerial spray deposit relations with plant canopy and weather parameters. Trans. of the ASAE. 41(4):959-966. Hardin, M. J., J. L. Willers and T. L. Wagner. 1996. Nonparametric multiple comparisons of survivorship distributions. J. Econ. Entomol. 89: 715-721.

Hunter, W. D., W. E. Hinds, 1905. The Mexican cotton boll weevil. U. S. Dept. of Agric. Bull. No. 51, 181 pp. Knipling, E. F. 1979. The Basic Principles of Insect Population Suppression and Management. U.S. Dept. of Agric. Agriculture Handbook No. 512, 58-59 pp.

Jones, Robert W. 2001. Evolution of the Host Plant Associations of the Anthonomus grandis Species Group (Coleoptera: Curculionidae): Phylogenetic Tests of Various Hypotheses. ANNALS OF THE Entomological Society of America. 94(1): 51-58. ABSTRACT: A phylogenetic analysis was conducted of the Anthonomus grandis species group (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) and used to test various hypotheses concerning the evolution of these weevil species with their host plants. Phylogenetic analysis indicated that the five species of the A. grandis species group comprise two major classes. In the first class, A. grandis Boheman is the sister taxon of A. hunteri Burke & Cate and A. mallyi Jones & Burke, and the second class contains A. townsendi Jones & Burke and A. palmeri Jones & Burke. The proposed weevil phylogeny and knowledge of host associations strongly support the hypothesis that the genus Hampea (Malvales: Malvaceae), and not cotton (Gossypium), is the original host plant genus of the A. grandis species group. Comparison of the phylogeny of the A. grandis group with that of a previously published phylogeny of Hampea showed little congruence, suggesting that the species of weevils are associated with Hampea as a result of host shifts and colonization processes, as opposed to co-speciation or coevolution (parallel cladogenesis). Mapping habitat associations and geographic distributions onto the phylogeny of the A. grandis group indicate that weevil preference for general habitat type (montane versus lowland habitats) and geographic proximity of species of Hampea were probably the principal factors responsible for observed associations of the weevils with their respective host plants. Possible characteristics of the A. grandis group, which may favor colonization as opposed to cospeciation processes in the association of its host plants, are discussed in light of these results.

26 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Jones, Robert W., Deborah Baro Peruyero. 2002. Reproductive Ecology of Two Species of the Anthonomus grandis Species Group (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) on Hampea (Malvaceae: Gossypieae) Host Plants in Southern Mexico. Environmental Entomology. 31(4):693-701. ABSTRACT: The phenology, spatial distribution, and reproductive ecology of Anthonomus palmeri Jones & Burke and Anthonomus townsendi Jones & Burke (Anthonomus grandis group, Coleoptera: Curculionidae)were studied over a period of 2 yr on three species of Hampea (Malvaceae: Gossypieae)in southern Mexico. These weevil species are closely related to the cotton pest Anthonomus grandis Boheman, and Hampea is the probable ancestral host of the group. The three species of Hampea studied, H. montebellensis Fryxell, H. longipes Miranda, and H. mexicana Fryxell, are small to medium sized, dioecious trees that occur in montane habitats above 500 m in elevation in the central portion of the state of Chiapas, Mexico. All three species had limited reproductive periods, with flowering beginning with the rains during June and ended during August for H. longipes and H. mexicana and mid-September for H. montebellensis. Only male flower buds were found infested with weevils. Infestation levels of male flower buds were relatively low (<30%) for all species and years except for H. longipes during 1990. During that year, >90% of the buds of H. longipes were infested. Weevil populations on each of the Hampea species had specific and distinct size preferences in the flower buds chosen for oviposition. No flower buds were found with multiple oviposition punctures, indicating that female weevils were able to distinguish previously infested flower buds and avoided ovipositing in them. Weevils were aggregated on branches with the greatest number of buds. The ecology of the species of Anthonomus studied is compared with their close relative, the cotton boll weevil when on cotton and wild hosts, and the factors that may have lead this one species to be a pest of cotton are discussed.

Kirk, I. W. and H. H. Tom. 1996. Precision GPS flow control for aerial spray applications. In: Precision Agriculture, Proc. of the 3rd Intl. Conf. 815-817. ASA/CSSA/SSSA. Kirk, I. W., V. S. House and J. E. Mulrooney. 1997. Influence of dew on leaf surfaces at time of application of ULV malathion – chemical residue and boll weevil mortality. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. 2:1212-1213. Kirk, I. W. 1997. Application parameters for CP nozzles. Am. Soc. Agric. Engr. Paper No. AA97- 006. Kirk, I. W. 1998. Managing spray drift from aerial fixed-wing applications. Proc. North American Conference on Pesticide Spray Drift Management. pp. 88-100. Maynard, R. A. II, A. R. Womac and I. W. Kirk. 1996. Nozzle classification factors for ground applications. Am. Soc. Agric. Eng. Paper No. 96-1074. McGovern, W. L., E. J. Villavaso and G. H. McKibben. 1996. Final Evaluation of 1994 Boll Weevil Bait Stick Test in Noxubee County, MS. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. pp. 994-997. McKibben, G. H., P. A. Hedin, E. J. Villavaso, T. L. Wagner and D. A. Dollar. 1998. How do boll weevils locate overwintering sites? Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. 2:1015-1016. McKibben, G. H., E. J. Villavaso and J. C. McCarty. 1997.Effect of transgenic cotton on development of the boll weevil. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. p. 876. Morales-Ramos, J. A., M. G. Rojas, R. J. Coleman, S. M. Greenberg, K. R. Summy and E. G. King. 1996. Comparison of in vivo versus in vitro reared Catolaccus grandis in the field, pp. 1099- 1104. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. Morales-Ramos, J.A., M.G. Rojas, R.J. Coleman and E.G. King. 1998. Potential use of in vitro- reared Catolaccus grandis (Hymenoptera: Pteromalidae) for biological control of the boll weevil (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). J. Econ. Entomol. 91:101-109. ABSTRACT: The biological characteristics of the ectoparasitoid Catolaccus grandis (Burks)

27 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... were evaluated after 1, 2, 5, and 10 generations of in vitro-rearing and compared with parasitoids reared on boll weevil, Anthonomus grandis Boheman, larvae. Pupal weight of females was not significantly affected after 10 generations of in vitro-reared wasps. Fecundity of C. grandis was not significantly reduced after 5 generations of in vitro-rearing. However, the in vitro F 10 showed a significant reduction in fecundity. Females reared on boll weevils had a higher pupal weight and fecundity than females reared in vitro, but in vitro-reared females exhibited significantly higher survival during the period of most intensive reproductive activity. The movement, searching capacity, and survival under field conditions of in vitro and in vivo-reared C. grandis were compared in Ricardo and Lyford, TX. Dispersal ability and searching capacity was not significantly different within a 30-m radius for parasitoid females reared by either method. However, a significantly higher proportion of stations with parasitism was recorded from in vivo-reared C. grandis at a 60-m radius from the release point. Nevertheless, no significant difference in boll weevil mortality induced by parasitism was recorded between the 2 methods. This shows that the use of artificial diets is a promising method for mass propagating C. grandis. Mulrooney, J.E. and K.D. Howard. 1996. Efficacy of ULV insecticides against boll weevils. pp. 720- 721. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. Mulrooney, J.E. and Lars Skjoldager. 1997. Control of boll weevil and beet armyworm with air- assisted ground sprayer. pp. 1213-1216. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. Mulrooney, J.E., K.D. Howard, J.E. Hanks and R.G. Jones. 1997. Application of ultra-low-volume malathion by air-assisted ground sprayer for boll weevil (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) control. J. Econ. Entomol. 90: 640 - 645. Mulrooney, J.E. and Lars Skjoldager. 1997. Evaluation of an air-assisted ground sprayer for control of boll weevil (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) and beet armyworm (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Southwest. Entomol. 22: 315 - 322. Mulrooney, J.E. 1998. Greasing the weevil: Oil diluents for ultra-low-volume application in the eradication program, pp. 1265 - 1266. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. Mulrooney, J.E. 1998. Ultra-low volume application of insecticides in oil diluents for boll weevil control, pp 305-310. In: Proceedings of the International Symposium on Agricultural Adjuvants.

National Cotton Council of America. 1994. Boll Weevil Eradication: A National Strategy for Success.

Raulston, J. R., D. W. Spurgeon, K. R. Beerwinkle and J. R. Coppedge. 1997.Evaluation of a tractor-mounted sampler for boll weevil sampling. pp.1183-1185. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf.

Stadler, T., G. H. McKibben. Dose-mortality response of the cotton boll weevil, Anthonomus grandis Boheman, 1843 to selected insecticides. Interpretive Summary: Toxicities of several insecticides were measured against the boll weevil in the laboratory. Five to seven-day-old laboratory-reared weevils were used in the study. The pyrethroids deltamethrin, beta- cypermethrin, cypermethrin, lambda-cyhalothrin, cis-permethrin, and permethrin were more toxic than the organophosphates malathion and methyl parathion.

USDA. 1991. Final Environmental Impact Statement. National Boll Weevil Eradication Program, USDA-APHIS. Volume 1, S-3 pp

Vargas-Camplis, J., R.J. Coleman, J. Gonzalez and L. Rodriguez del B. 1997. Life table analysis of cotton boll weevil in the tropics of Tamaulipas Mexico after Catolaccus grandis releases. pp. 1194-1197. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf.

28 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Vargas-Camplis, J., R.J. Coleman, J. Gonzalez and L. Rodriguez del B. 1998. Outcome of two-year study of boll weevil control with inundative releases of Catolaccus grandis (Hymenoptera: Pteromalidae) in Tamaulipas, Mexico. pp. 1292-1296 Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. Villavaso, E. J., J. E. Mulrooney, W. L. McGovern and K. Howard. 1996.Lower dosages of malathion for boll weevil eradication. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. pp. 727-729. Villavaso, E. J., A. C. Bartlett and M. L. Laster. Genetic Control. In E. G. King , J. R. Phillips, and R. J. Coleman (eds.). 1996.Cotton Insects and Mites: Characterization and Management, Cotton Foundation Reference Book Series No. 3, Memphis, TN. pp. 539-562. Villavaso, E. J., W. L. McGovern, T. L. Wagner and J. L. Willers. 1998. Components of competitiveness in sterile male boll weevils (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). J. Econ. Entomol. 91: 631-636. Villavaso, E. J., W. L. McGovern and T. L. Wagner. 1998. Efficacy of bait sticks versus pheromone traps for removing boll weevils (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) from released populations. J. Econ. Entomol. 91: 637-640. Wagner, T. L. and E. J. Villavaso. 1996. Diapause Induction in the Boll Weevil. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Conf. pp. 957-963. Wagner, T. L., R. L. Olson, J. L. Willers and M. R. Williams. 1996. Chapter 6, Modeling and Computerized Decision Aids. In: E.G. King, J.R. Phillips and R.J. Coleman [eds.], Cotton Insects and Mites: Characterization and Management, Cotton Foundation Ref. Book Series. No. 3, Cotton Foundation Publ., Memphis, TN. (Invited Book Chapter) Womac, A. R., R. A. Maynard, II and I. W. Kirk. 1998. Reference spray measurements for nozzle classification. Trans. of the ASAE. 41(5).

Africanized Apis mellifera honeybee Animalia Arthropoda Insecta scutellata

Brand, D. 1988. The honeybee in new Spain and Mexico. Journal of cultural geography. 9: 71-81. INTRODUCTION: This study has as its objectives to provide a brief background statement on the nature and status of the native honey bee in New Spain and Mexico, and to present a discussion of the probable manner and chronology of the introduction of the European honey bee. Brown, D.E., C.H. Lowe, C.P. Pase. 1979. A digitized classification system for the biotic communities of North America, with community (services) and association examples for the Southwest. Journal of the Arizona Nevada Academy of Science 14 (Supplement 1):1-16. Buchmann, S.L., M.K. O'Rourke, C.W. Shipman, S.C. Thoenes, J.O. Schmidt. 1992. Pollen harvest by honeybees in Saguaro National Monument: potential effects on plant reproduction. Pages 149-156 in C.P. Stone and E.S. Bellantoni, eds. Proceedings of the Symposium on Research in Saguaro National Monument, Tucson, AZ. Clarke, K.E., T.E. Rinderer, P. Franck, J.G. Quezada-Euan, B.P. Oldroyd. 2002. The Africanization of honeybees (Apis mellifera L.) of the Yucatan: a study of a massive hybridization event across time. Evolution. 56(7): 1462-1474. ABSTRACT: Until recently, African and European subspecies of the honeybee (Apis mellifera L.) had been geographically separated for around 10,000 years. However, human-assisted introductions have caused the mixing of large populations of African and European subspecies in

29 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... South and Central America, permitting an unprecedented opportunity to study a large-scale hybridization event using molecular analyses. We obtained reference populations from Europe, Africa, and South America and used these to provide baseline information for a microsatellite and mitochondrial analysis of the process of Africanization of the bees of the Yucatan Peninsula, Mexico. The genetic structure of the Yucatecan population has changed dramatically over time. The pre-Africanized Yucatecan population (1985) comprised bees that were most similar to samples from southeastern Europe and northern and western Europe. Three years after the arrival of Africanized bees (1989), substantial paternal gene flow had occurred from feral Africanized drones into the resident European population, but maternal gene flow from the invading Africanized population into the local population was negligible. However by 1998, there was a radical shift with both African nuclear alleles (65%) and African-derived mitochondria (61%) dominating the genomes of domestic colonies. We suggest that although European mitochondria may eventually be driven to extinction in the feral population, stable introgression of European nuclear alleles has occurred. Delgado, R. Marco, R. Silvia del Amo. 1984. Dinamica de poblaciones de apis mellifera L., en una zone tropica humeda. Biotica. 9(4): 351. SUMMARY: The purposes of this investigation are to determine some of the factors that affect Apis mellifora L. unsuccessful development in humid tropical zones and to find if honey production is sufficient for regional consumption. The introduction of some beehives in Uxpanapa, Ver. shows that temperature, rainfall, and relative humidity were correlated with population size or the amount of food (honey and pollen) inside beehives. The difficulties and risks of apiculture in these areas are discussed. Gore, R. 1976. Those fiery Brazilian bees. National Geographic Magazine, volume 149, number 4, pages 491-501. Guzman-Novoa, Ernesto, Robert E. Page, Jr. 1994. The impact of Africanized bees on Mexican beekeeping. American bee journal. 134(2) Feb.: 101-106. INTRODUCTION: “. . . The objective of this paper is to give an overview of the current status of Africanized bees and their effects on the Mexican beekeeping industry, as well as to describe how Africanized bees have affected a particular commercial operation and what this operation is doing to cope with the problem. Beekeeping operations in Mexico are sophisticated and modern. The best businesses rival any in the world for methods of queen rearing, breeding, honey production, and pollination services. This was true before the invasion of Africanized bees and is still true today. Several larger companies employ specialists to deal with disease problems and technicians skilled in instrumental insemination to produce controlled stocks for queen production. The impression that Mexican beekeeping is “Third World” and, therefore, defenseless against invasion by Africanized bees is totally unfounded.” Kerr, W.E. 1967. The history of the introduction of African bees to brazil. The south African bee journal. 39: 3-5. Liebert, M.A. 1992. Killer bees: what every allergist should know. Pediatric asthma, allergy and immunology. 6(4): 275. Lobo, J.A., M.A. del Lama, M.A. Mestriner. 1989. Population differentiation and racial admixture in the Africanized honeybee (Apis mellifera L.). Evolution. 43(4) Jul.: 794-802. ABSTRACT: To study the degree of interpopulational differentiation and racial admixture in Africanized honeybees, we collected worker bees from three regions of brazil (the northeast, the state of Sao Paulo, and Porto Alegre) and from Uruguay and determined their genotypes for 10 enzyme loci. We also performed a morphometric analysis on forewing measurements of worker bees from the northeast and Porto Alegre regions of Brazil and from Payasandu, Uruguay.

30 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Comparative analysis of interpopulational heterogeneity showed that there are significant differences, especially at the Mdh locus, among the populations from different regions. An increase in the frequency of the Mdh allele was observed from north to south, with predominance in the Uruguayan populations. A small component of interpopulational variability was detected in the populations studied. Racial admixture was calculated from information obtained for Mdh in Africa and Europe. The percentages of racial admixture differed slightly but significantly among Brazilian regions. The morphometric study based on canonical variables exhibited a similar pattern. The greater proportions of Apis mellifers adansonii alleles in the admixture may be explained by selection during the initial stage of migration of Africanized bees and by preferential mating between individuals of the same race. Differences in the proportions of A. m. adansonii alleles between regions indicated incipient populational differentiation of Africanized bees. We suggest that greater gene flow from the European races in the south of brazil could be one of the causes of this phenomenon. McKenna, W.R. 1992. Killer bees: what the allergist should know. Pediatric Asthma, Allergy and Immunology 6(4):19-26. ABSTRACT: Africanized honey bees (AHB), often referred to as “killer bees, extended their northern range to the United States in the fall of 1990. Although the venom components of AHB and European honey bees (EHB) are similar, more human-bee contact and reactions are expected because of the general increase in total bees per geographic area (in established regions of AHB). Increased aggressive-defensive behavior, and continued northward spread, which exposes an increasing population. Even though AHB do not establish well in freezing climates, much of the continental United States could be threatened to some degree by AHB during warm seasons because of transport, i.e., trucking, rail, and shipping. Many multiple stinging incidents and several massive (100+ stings) stinging incidents have occurred in south Texas. Children present an increased risk group to massive attacks of AHB due both to their decreased ability to recognize potential imminent singing situations and to the toxicity of large amounts of venom relative to their smaller bodies, Testing and treatment of patients with IgE-mediated reactions caused by AHB and EHB should be the same. Treatment of toxic and combined allergic-toxic reactions is supportive, occasionally necessitating aggressive intervention, and is relatively predictable based on the number of stings, bee venom allergic status, victim’s body size, and general health. Allergists likely will become a source of information and treatments for patients, the public, and the media. This will become increasingly important when AHB are identified in new geographic locations, especially as stinging incidents occur. Michener, C. C. 1975. The Brazilian bee problem. Annual Review of Entomology, volume 20, pages 399-416. Rinderer, T. E. 1986: Africanized Bees: The Africanization Process and Potential Range in the United States. Bulletin of the Entomological Society of America, Winter, 1986, pages 222- 227. Roubik, D.W. 1989. Ecology and natural history of tropical bees. Cambridge University Press, England. 514 pp. Roubik, D.W. 1980. Foraging behavior of competing Africanized honeybees and stingless bees. Ecology. 61(4) Aug.: 836-845. ABSTRACT: The colonizing success and potential influence of immigrant Africanized honeybees in the neotropics depends on their foraging style and competitive ability. Experiments were performed to compare the foraging tactics of this invading species to those of its most abundant competitors, highly social stingless bees of the genera Melipona and Trigona. In the area containing a rich assemblage of stingless bees in French Guiana, Africanized honeybees

31 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... were significantly more abundant on honey-water feeders during a high “nectar flow” period than combined stingless bee and wasp species. During the last 15 min. of the experiments, when bait was not replenished on feeders, Africanized honeybees abandoned the feeders but native foragers continued to arrive. None of the stingless bees, including four aggressive Trigona, displaced from the feeders the foragers of several (two to seven) colonies of Africanized honeybees. The cost of attacking Africanized honeybees at feeders apparently exceeded the benefit for large, aggressive Trigona williana and T. hyalinata bronneri. These bees abandoned feeders visited by nonaggressive Africanized honeybees. Single, small Africanized honeybee colonies were displaced from feeders by aggressive foragers of T. pallens and T. h. branneri. In one instance Africanized honeybees shifted almost immediately to a floral source, while abandonment of the feeders by T. williana was not followed by a shift to a natural food source. Reduction of competitive interaction with Africanized honeybees was accomplished by foragers of T. clavipes and T. p. pallens that partitioned four feeders by visiting only two, leaving the others to Africanized bees. Interspecific displacement was never absolute, a few foragers from a displaced colony always visited the feeders. Africanized honeybees and Melipona fulva foraged nonaggressively both at feeders and flowers, but Africanized bees at feeders exhibited low levels of aggression toward Melipona and polybiine wasps on one occasion. Unlike other aggressive Trigona, T. clavipes was at times unaggressive. Colonies of T. h. branneri and Africanized honeybees, the bees most successful in displacing other species from feeders, were comprised of many more workers than colonies of the other bees. The combined advantages of (1) the ability to communicate the distance and direction of a food source from the nest, (2) large forager size, and (3) large colony size provide Africanized honeybee colonies with a competitive ability superior to that of stingless bees at rich compact resources. Schaffer, W.M., D.W. Zeh, S.L. Buchmann, S. Kleinhans, M. V. Schaffer, J. Antrim. 1983. Competition for nectar between introduced honeybees and native North American bees and ants. Ecology 64:564-577. ABSTRACT: Previous studies (Schaffer et al. 1979) of introduced honey bees foraging at Agave schotti Engel. Flowers suggest that Apis preferentially exploits the most productive patches of flowers and thereby reduces the standing crop of available nectar and the utilization of these sites by native bees. In the present paper, we report the results of experiments undertaken to evaluate this hypothesis. A single ≈ 1-ha site was studied. Visitation rates by Apis and native bees were determined, as were rates of nectar secretion and amounts of nectar available to the bees. Nectar available to bees was increased by excluding ants, which foraged on the stalks both during the day and at night. A. schotti flowers secrete 90% of their nectar at night. Prior to this exclusion, ant consumed ≈ 85% of the nightly accumulation. At first, the ants were excluded from only 10 flower stalks out of ≈ 130. These stalks were visited by greater numbers of both honey bees and bumble bees than were the controls. The experimental stalks also had higher standing crops of available nectar. Next, and were excluded from all of the stalks on and surrounding the study site by treating them with Tree Tanglefoot. Following this manipulation the number of honey bees again increased, but the numbers of Bombus remained at the level of the controls of the first experiment. A significant increase in the numbers of small solitary bees on the stalks was also observed. These species generally foraged later in the day than Apis and Bombus, which were both active primarily early in the morning and before dusk. During these manipulations, two hives of Cordovan honey bees, a light-colored strain of Apis mellifera, were present at the site. The subsequent introduction of two additional hives had no discernable effect on the number of honey bees visiting the flowers.

32 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... The final experiment consisted of removing the Cordovan hives. Thereafter the number of darker feral honey bees observed on the flowers increased until it approached the previous combined total of Cordovans (≈ 75% of the total) and ferals. Concomitantly, the numbers of Bombus and small solitary bees first increased and then declined. Schmalzel, R.J. 1980. The diet breadth of Apis (Hymenoptera: Apidae). M.S. thesis, University of Arizona, Tucson. 79 pp. Seeley, T.D. 1985. Honeybee ecology: a study of adaptation in social life. Monographs in Behavior and Ecology, Princeton University Press, NJ. 201 pp. Southwick, E.E., L. Southwick, Jr. 1992. Economic value of honeybees (Hymenoptera: Apidae) in the United States. Journal of Economic Entomology 85(3):621. Spivak, M. 1992. The relative success of Africanized and European honey-bees over a range of life- zones in Costa Rica. Journal of applied ecology. 29(1): 150-162. ABSTRACT: 1. The reproductive success and biology of Africanized and European boney-bees (Apis mellifera) were compared for a year over three life-zones from 900m to 2800m in Costa Rica, with the aim of identifying the factors which might limit the distribution of both bee types in tropical highlands. 2. determinations of colony success and comparative biology included survivorship during the rainy season, causes of colony mortality, frequency of swarming, absconding, seasonal patterns of weight gain, brood-rearing (worker and drone), and nectar and pollen storage. 3. There was a significant difference in survivorship during the rainy season between European colonies given supplemental feedings and those not so fed, however, there was no significant differences in survivorship between the fed and unfed Africanized colonies. 4. More European than Africanized colonies died from gradual weakening, and only Africanized colonies absconded. However, colony deaths and absconding occurred with approximately equal frequency over all elevation during the year. 5. Almost three times as many Africanized as European colonies swarmed over the year. Although the majority of swarms occurred in the dry season at the lowest apiary, both bee types issued swarms at the highest elevation. 6. Africanized colonies weighed more and maintained significantly larger worker brood areas than European colonies across all elevations for most months of the year, except at 2800m from March through June. 7.africanized colonies reared more drones than European colonies, except during the dry season at the highest elevation. 8. There were no significant differences in pollen storage between bee types across all elevations for 10 months of the year, and there were no significant differences in nectar storage throughout the year. 9. The most pronounced differences between the bee types were observed in the lowlands, which accounts for the rapid population growth and range expansion of Africanized bees, and their displacement of European bees in these areas. 10. The differences between the bee types in the highlands (2200m-2800m) were not as pronounced for any of the determinations, indicating that neither was better adapted than the other to the climatic and resource conditions of tropical highlands. Possible reasons for the similarities in survival and performance between the bee types in the highlands as well as the implications of these findings on the potential distribution of Africanized bees are discussed. Taylor, O.R., Jr. 1977. The past and possible future spread of Africanized honey bees in the Americas. Bee World. 58: 19-30. INTRODUCTION: The rate of spread of the Africanized honeybees into new areas in the Americas – and their possible effects on beekeeping, agriculture, and public health – concern people associated with these endeavors as well as the general public. The many sensationalized stories in the popular press have made it difficult for anyone to obtain a proper perspective of past and possible future events. The intention of this article is to analyze what has already happened (as well as this can be ascertained) and, from this and our knowledge of the adaptability of this honeybee to different climates, throw some light on its potential future spread in the Americas.

33 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... The impact of Africanized honeybees on beekeeping on south America seems to vary according to place and time to such a degree, and to be so complex, that no concise summary or reliable prediction is yet possible. Taylor, O.R., Jr. 1985. African Bees: Potential Impact in the United States. Bulletin of the Entomological Society of America. 31(4): 15-24. USDA. 1994. African honeybee fact sheet. U.S. Department of Agriculture. Villanueva, R. 1984. Plantas de importancia apicola en el ejido de Plan del Rio. Veracruz, Mexico. Biotica 9: 279-340. Visscher, P. K., T.D. Seeley. 1982. Foraging strategy of honeybee colonies in a temperate deciduous forest. Ecology. 63(6) Dec.: 1790-1801. ABSTRACT: To understand the foraging strategy of honeybee colonies, we measured certain temporal and spatial patterns in the foraging activities of a colony living in a temperate deciduous forest. We monitored foraging activities by housing the colony in an observation hive and reading its recruitment dances to map its food source patches. We found that the colony routinely foraged several kilometers from its nest (median 1.7 km, 95% of foraging within 6.0 km), frequently (at least daily) adjusted its distribution of foragers on its patches, and worked relatively few patches each day (mean of 9.7 patches accounted for 90% of each day’s forage). These foraging patterns, together with prior studies on the mechanisms of honeybee recruitment communication, indicate that the foraging strategy of a honeybee colony involves surveying the food source patches within a vast area around its nest, pooling the reconnaissance of its many foragers, and using this information to focus its forager force on a few high-quality patches within its foraging area. Winston, M.L. 1987. The biology of the honeybee. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA. 281 pp.

Sugarcane Blastobasis Borer Animalia Arthropoda Insecta graminea

Adamski, D. 1999. Blastobasis graminea, new species (Lepidoptera: Gelechioidea: Coleophoridae: Blastobasinae), a stem borer of sugar cane in Colombia and Venezuela. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington 101(1): 164-174. SUMMARY: With the expansion of world trade, the threat posed by aquatic invasive species has increased dramatically. Doelle reviews recent efforts, both internationally and domestically, to prevent, eradicate, and control aquatic invasive species and surveys the existing legal tools which are available to address invasions.

Oriental Cockroach Animalia Arthropoda Insecta Blatta orientalis

Edwards, J.P., J.E. Short. 1993. Elimination of population of the Oriental cockroach (Dictyoptera:Blattidae) in a simulated domestic environment with the insect hormone analogue (S)-Hydroprene. Journal of Economic Entomology. 86: 436-443. Koehler, P.G., D.E. Short, T.R. Fasulo. 1998. Pests In and Around the Home. UF/IFAS. SW-126. CD-ROM.

34 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Suiter, D.R., P.G. Koehler. (October 1991). Oriental cockroach, Blattella orientalis. UF/IFAS. ENY- 239. http://edis.ifas.ufl.edu/MG235 (22 June 2000). Thoms, E.M., W.H. Robinson. 1987. Distribution and Movement of the Oriental Cockroach (Orthoptera: Blattidae) Around Apartment Buildings. Journal of Environmental Entomology. 16: 731-737. Thoms, E.M., W.H. Robinson. 1986. Distribution, Seasonal Abundance, and Pest Status of the Oriental Cockroach (Orthoptera: Blattidae) and an Evaniid Wasp (Hymenoptera: Evaniidae) in Urban Apartments. Journal of Economic Entomology. 79: 431-436. Thoms, E.M., W.H. Robinson. 1987. Insecticide and structural modifications strategies for management of oriental cockroach (Orthoptera: Blattidae) populations. Journal of Economic Entomology. 80: pp131-135.

German Blattella cockroach Animalia Arthropoda Insecta germanica

Bennett, G.W., J.M. Owens. 1986. Advances in Urban Pest Management. Van Nostrand, New York. Cornwell, P.B. 1968. The Cockroach, Volume I. Hutchinson of London, London. Koehler, P.G., D.E. Short and T.R. Fasulo. 1998. Pests In and Around the Home. UF/IFAS, CD- ROM. Kunkel, J. G. 1966. Development and the availability of food in the German cockroach, Blattella germanica (L.). J. Insect Physiol. 12: 227-235. Miller, D. 1998. "IPM for Cockroaches in Schools." School Integrated Pest Management. http://www.ifas.ufl.edu/~schoolipm/tp4.htm. March. Rust, M.K., J.M. Owens, D.A. Reierson. 1995. Understanding and Controlling the German Cockroach. Oxford University Press, Oxford.

Field cockroach Animalia Arthropoda Insecta Blattella vaga

Suiter, D. R., P. G. Koehler. Field Cockroach, Blattella vaga (http://edis.ifas.ufl.edu/MG238). This document is Fact Sheet ENY-236, a series of the Entomology and Nematology Department, Florida Cooperative Extension Service, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, University of Florida. Publication date: October 1991. This document is copyrighted by the University of Florida, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences (UF/IFAS) for the people of the State of Florida. Texas A&M University Cooperative Extension. http://insects.tamu.edu/images/insects/fieldguide/aimg25.html

Cactoblastis Cactus moth Animalia Arthropoda Insecta cactorum

35 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Annecke, D.P., W.A. Burger, H. Coetzee. 1976. Pest status of Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg) (Lepidoptera: Phycitidae) and Dactylopius opuntiae (Cockerell) (Coccoidea: Dactylopiidae) in spineless Opuntia plantations in South Africa. J. Entomol. Soc. South Africa. 39:111-116. Badii, Mohammad H., Flores, Adriana E. 2001. Prickly Pear Cacti Pests and Their Control in Mexico . Florida Entomologist. December. 84(4): 503. ABSTRACT: Opuntia spp., known by Mexicans as nopal, represents historically one of the most important biotic elements of Mexico. This natural resource has been and is being used for multiple purposes. Some of the current uses include: food for humans as both vegetable and fruit, forage for animals, source for alcoholic beverages, sweetener, live fences, industrial products such as cosmetics and dye, and as a medical source against diabetes and other diseases. Its cultural and natural values have been reflected in paintings, ancestral Indian codes, and old writings, thus its historic relevance is quite apparent. Furthermore, it is depicted both in the Mexican national seal and flag where it represents the very characteristic feature of Mexican culture and society. Opuntia spp. are distributed throughout the American continent and Mexico is considered a center of diversity as these species are well adapted to the arid and semiarid conditions of Mexico. Here we summarize and discuss briefly the most important insect pest species and one snail species which currently are considered as serious pests of cultivated Opuntia spp. in Mexico, and, thus require control measures. The control of these pest species is mainly through chemical pesticides and currently at least a dozen types of insecticides are being applied. Bennett, F.D., M.J.W. Cock, I.W. Hughes, F.J.S. Simmonds, M. Yaseen. [M.J.W. Cock (ed.)]. 1985. A review of biological control of pests in the Commonwealth Caribbean and Bermuda up to 1982. Commonwealth Inst. Biol. Contr. Tech. Com. 9. 218 p. Carpenter, J. E., Bloem, S., Bloem, K. A.. 2001. Inherited Sterility in Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) . Florida Entomologist. December. 84(4): 537. ABSTRACT: Newly emerged male and female adult cactus moths, Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg), were treated with increasing doses of gamma radiation, and the moths were outcrossed to fertile counterparts. Fecundity of the moth pairs was not affected by increasing doses of radiation. The minimum dose at which treated females were found to be 100% sterile when mated to untreated males was 200 Gy. Fertility of treated males declined with increasing doses of radiation to approach 0% near 500 Gy. Inherited effects resulting from irradiation of P males and females were expressed in the F1 generation as increased developmental time from ovi-position to larval eclosion, increased egg mortality, and increased neonate to adult stage mortality. A shift in the F1 sex ratio in favor of males was not observed.

Carpenter, James E., Bloem Kenneth A., Bloem, Stephanie. 2001. Applications of F1 Sterility for Research and Management of Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) . Florida Entomologist. December. 84(4): 531. http://www.fcla.edu/FlaEnt/fe844.htm. ABSTRACT: The unintentional arrival of the cactus moth, Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg), in Florida has raised concerns for the safety of native and rare Opuntia species in the Florida Keys and the potential spread of C. cactorum to the Opuntia-rich areas of the western United States and Mexico. In addition to threatening the biodiversity of these native ecosystems, such non-tar-get effects would generate negative publicity that could heighten public concern over the use of exotic natural enemies and jeopardize future biological control programs against weeds. In this paper we discuss the use of inherited (F1 ) sterility in Lepidoptera to study, predict, and manage the expanding populations of C. cactorum. Research areas in which the use of F1 sterility would be most applicable include (1) elucidation of the host range of C. cactorum for key native Opuntia species from across the U.S., (2) prediction of the geographic range of C. cactorum in

36 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... the U.S. and Mexico, and (3) delineation of the impact of native natural enemies on the spread of C. cactorum. The use of F1 sterility for control of C. cactorum would be most appropriate for (1) eradication of C. cactorum from areas of new introductions, or from isolated and/or environmentally sensitive areas such as the Florida Keys, (2) establishment of a barrier by means of release of irradiated moths along the leading edge of the C. cactorum geographical range, and (3) provisioning sterile C. cactorum in the field as hosts for released natural enemies to increase their initial survival and establishment. Garcia-Tuduri, J.C. Martorell, S. Medina Gaud. 1971. Geographical distribution and host plant list of the cactus moth Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg) in Puerto Rico and the United States Virgin Islands. J. Agri. Univ. Puerto Rico. 55:130-134.

Irish, Mary. 2001. The Ornamental Prickly Pear Industry in the Southwestern United States . Florida Entomologist. 84(4) December: 484. http://www.fcla.edu/FlaEnt/fe844.htm. Leibee, Gary L., Osborne, Lance S.. 2001. Chemical Control of Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) . Florida Entomologist. December. 84(4): 510. http://www.fcla.edu/FlaEnt/fe844.htm. ABSTRACT: Chemical control of Cactoblastis cactorum is hampered by the lack of data to support usage of many available pesticides. The application of pesticides to infested cacti is severely limited by the fact that these infested plants occur on sites in urban habitats, on public lands or in areas that are difficult to access. The use of such materials is governed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and pesticide usage patterns, including allowable sites, must be specified on the pesticide label. There are an array of materials that could potentially be used to manage this insect with minimal impact on the environment and non-target organisms. However, there is very little research being conducted to determine the efficacy and safety of these pesticides.

Mahr, Daniel L. 2001. Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) in North America: A Workshop of Assessment and Planning . Florida Entomologist 84(4). December: 465. http://www.fcla.edu/FlaEnt/fe844.htm. ABSTRACT: The cactus moth, Cactoblastis cactorum Berg (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae), has been an important biological control agent of introduced and weedy prickly pear cacti (Opuntia spp., Cac-taceae) in many parts of the world. Cactoblastis, a native of Argentina, was introduced into the Caribbean in 1957 to control weedy, but native species of prickly pear infesting range-land. It has spread through the Caribbean and in 1989 was first found in Florida. It has now spread as far north as coastal Georgia. There is a continuous distribution of acceptable host species of Opuntia from southern Florida across the southern United States to the Pacific Coast. Mexico is a center of endemism and has many species of Opuntia. Prickly pear cacti constitute a highly important and uniquely desert-adapted subsistence food and cash crop in Mexico. Prickly pears have other valuable uses, such as in the production of cochineal dye and in desert landscaping. Because Cactoblastis readily attacks many novel hosts within Opuntia, it will likely have serious impacts on the ecology of desert environments and on the agricultural and horticultural uses of prickly pears. Further, if Cactoblastis does result in significant damage, it is likely to serve as another source of criticism of classical biological control. Cactoblastis cactorum in North America, A Workshop of Assessment and Planning, was held in Tampa, Florida in September 2000. Major subject areas covered include the biology and economic importance of Opuntia, the biology, biological control history, and cur-rent status of Cactoblastis, and potential methods of controlling Cactoblastis in North America. This paper summarizes findings of the workshop and provides an introduction to the workshop proceedings.

37 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Pemberton, Robert W., Cordo, Hugo A.. 2001. Nosema (Microsporida: Nosematidae) Species as Potential Biological Control Agents of Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae): Surveys for the Microsporidia in Argentina and South Africa .. Florida Entomologist. December. 84(4): 527 http://www.fcla.edu/FlaEnt/fe844.htm.

Pemberton, Robert W., Cordo, Hugo A.. 2001. Potential and Risks of Biological Control of Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) in North America . Florida Entomologist. December. 84(4): 513. http://www.fcla.edu/FlaEnt/fe844.htm. Perez-Sandi C., Mayra. 2001. Addressing the Threat Of Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae), To Opuntia In Mexico . Florida Entomologist. December. 84(4): 499. http://www.fcla.edu/FlaEnt/fe844.htm. ABSTRACT: The South American cactus-feeding moth, Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae), is a serious threat to the high diversity of native Opuntia species in Mexico, both wild growing and cultivated. An action plan has been compiled and submitted to the FAO for funding. The objectives are to collate all available information on the insect, to evaluate the risks to Mexico, to verify the presence of the insect and the most likely route of entry, also to mobilize the cactus pear industry, cactus and related societies, and government officials into the action plan, to embark on an extensive publicity campaign, and to consult international experts, including those in neighboring countries. The final goal is to generate a strategy that will be followed by the Mexican government with a medium- to long-term plan to ensure the protection of the cactus pear industry and the native cactus flora.

Rebman, Jon P., Donald J. Pinkava. 2001.Opuntia Cacti of North America--An Overview. Florida Entomologist. 84(4) December: 474. Robertson, H.G. 1985. Egg predation by ants as a partial explanation of the difference in the performance of Cactoblastis cactorum on cactus weeds in South Africa and Australia. Proceedings of the VI International Symposium on the Biological Control of Weeds, 19-25 August 1984, Vancouver, Canada (ed. E.S. Delfosse), pp. 83-88. Robertson, H.G. 1987. Oviposition site selection in Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera): constraints and compromises. Oecologia 73: 601-608. Robertson, H.G. 1988. Spatial and temporal patterns of predation by ants on eggs of Cactoblastis cactorum. Ecological Entomology 13: 207-214. Robertson, H.G. 1989. Seasonal temperature effects on fecundity of Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae): differences between South Africa and Australia. Journal of the Entomological Society of Southern Africa. 52: 71-80. Robertson, H.G., Hoffmann, J.H. 1989. Mortality and life-tables of Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) compared on two host-plant species. Bulletin of Entomological Research 79: 7-17. Simmonds, F.J., F.D. Bennett. 1966. Biological control of Opuntia spp. by Cactoblastis cactorum in the Leeward Islands (West Indies). Entomophaga 11:183-189.

Soberon, J., J. Golubov, J. Sarukhán. 2001. The Importance of Opuntia in Mexico and Routes of Invasion and Impact of Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) . Florida Entomologist. 84(4) December: 486. Soberón, Jorge. 2002. The routes of invasion of Cactoblastis cactorum. Comisión Nacional para el Conocimiento y uso de la Biodiversidad (CONABIO), Mexico. NAPPO PRA Symposium. Puerto Vallarta, Mexico. March. 19 pages. Presentation.

38 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... SUMMARY: Biological control has often been considered an appropriate method for pest control. However, there have been recent concerns regarding threats to non-target species. The cactus moth Cactoblastis cactorum Berg. a native to northern Argentina and parts of Peru and Paraguay, has been released into many parts of the world for the control of several Opuntia species. C. cactorum was introduced into the Caribbean islands in the 70’s and has found its way to Florida and pose a threat to native Opuntia species in the USA and Mexico the latter holding the largest number of Opuntia species of the world. In this paper we apply two bioinformatic tools for the prediction of the most likely route of invasion of C. cactorum into Mexico: 1) Museum label databases and 2) bioclimatic algorithms. On the basis of 2,150 specimen labels coming from 27 herbaria and museums, we used two different bioclimatic algorithms to predict species distributions of C. cactorum and Opuntia species. Maps generated by both algorithms were overlaid to produce a joint risk factor that included the probability of similarity between C. cactorum localities and areas in Mexico and areas with high species richness. Our results suggest that the areas with high Opuntia species diversity will only be marginally affected, and that most of the invasion area will be associated to regions with low Opuntia diversity. Although our results are preliminary, bioclimatic modeling appears to be a useful tool for designing programmes for the evaluating and mitigating the effect of invasive exotic species. Starmer, W.T., V. Aberdeen, M.A. Lachance. 1987. The yeast community associated with decaying Opuntia stricta (Haworth) in Florida with regard to the moth, Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg). Fla. Sci. 51:7-11. Stiling, Peter. 2000. A worm that turned. Natural history. 109(5): 40-43.

Stiling, Peter, Moon, Daniel C. 2001. Protecting Rare Florida Cacti from Attack by the Exotic Cactus Moth, Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae). Florida Entomologist. December. 84(4): 506.

Vigueras G., A. L., L. Portillo. 2001. Uses of Opuntia Species and the Potential Impact of Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) in Mexico . Florida Entomologist. December. 84(4): 493.

Zimmermann, H. G., Moran, V. C., Hoffmann, J. H.. 2001. The Renowned Cactus Moth, Cactoblastis cactorum (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae): Its Natural History and Threat to Native Opuntia Floras in Mexico and the United States of America . Florida Entomologist. December. 84(4): 543.

Formosan subterranean Coptotermes termite Animalia Arthropoda Insecta formosanus

Cornelius, Mary L., Donald J. Daigle, William J. Connick, Jr., Alesia Parker, Kenneth Wunch. 2002. Responses of Coptotermes formosanus and Reticulitermes flavipes (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) to Three Types of Wood Rot Fungi Cultured on Different Substrates. Journal of Economic Entomology. 95(1):121-128. ABSTRACT This study examined the responses of two termite species, the Formosan subterranean termite, Coptotermes formosanus Shiraki, and the eastern subterranean termite, Reticulitermes flavipes (Kollar),to three types of wood decay fungi: a brown rot fungus, Gloeophyllum trabeum (Person: Fries) Murrill, a white rot fungus, Phanerochaete chrysosporium

39 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Burdsall, and a litter rot fungus, Marasmiellus troyanus (Murrill) Singer. We also examined the responses of termites to these three types of fungi grown on different substrates. For all three fungal species, both termite species showed a strong preference for fungus-infected sawdust over uninfected sawdust. In choice tests, both termite species preferred sawdust infected with either M. troyanus or P. chrysosporium over G. trabeum. However, termites did not show any preference for fungus-infected potato dextrose agar over uninfected potato dextrose agar. Tunneling activity of C. formosanus was greater in sand treated with methanol extracts of fungus-infected sawdust than in sand treated with extracts of uninfected sawdust. Because chemicals in the fungal extracts caused termites to tunnel further into treated sand than untreated sand, these chemicals could potentially be used to direct termite foraging toward bait stations in the field. Grace, J.K., C.H.M. Tome, T.G. Shelton, R.J. Oshiro. 1996. Baiting studies and considerations with Coptotermes formosanus (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) in Hawaii. Sociobiology 28: 511-520. Osbrink, Weste L. A., Alan R. Lax, Richard J. Brenner. 2001. Insecticide Susceptibility in Coptotermes formosanus and Reticulitermes virginicus (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae). Journal of Economic Entomology. 94(5):1217-1228. ABSTRACT Lethal time to mortality responses were established for eight insecticides against workers and soldiers of the Formosan subterranean termite, Coptotermes formosanus Shiraki, and workers of Reticulitermes virginicus (Banks).There were significant differences in the tolerance ratios between workers of C. formosanus colonies to all toxicants tested except fipronil. One colony was 16 times more tolerant than another to deltamethrin. C. formosanus soldiers had significant differences in tolerance ratios among colonies exposed to all toxicants except chlorpyrifos. Methoxychlor, permethrin, deltamethrin, and fipronil did not kill soldiers from two, one, one, and three colonies, respectively, within 8 h. Seventy-five percent of R. virginicus colonies were significantly less susceptible than the most susceptible colony to chlordane, methoxychlor, chlorpyrifos, cypermethrin, and fipronil, with 50%of the colonies less susceptible to permethrin and bendiocarb. In 50% of C. formosanus colonies the worker lethal time curves displayed substantial flattening in response to permethrin, and deltamethrin. Lethal time curves for C. formosanus soldiers exposed to chlordane, chlorpyrifos, permethrin, cypermethrin, deltamethrin, and bendiocarb showed substantial flattening. R. virginicus workers demonstrated substantial curve flattening when exposed to chlordane, methoxychlor, chlorpyrifos, deltamethrin, and fipronil. These findings indicate substantial inter-colony and intra-colony differences in susceptibility to insecticides. Su, N. Y., M. Tamashiro. 1987. An overview of the Formosan subterranean termite in the world, pp. 3-15. In: M. Tamashiro and N.-Y. Su [eds.], Biology and control of the Formosan subterranean termite. College of Trop. Agr. Human Resources, Univ. of Hawaii, Honolulu, HI. Su, N. Y., R. H. Scheffrahn. 1998. A review of subterranean termite control practices and prospects for integrated pest management programs. Integrated Pest Management Reviews 3: 1- 13. Su, N. Y., R.H. Scheffrahn. 1987. Current status of the Formosan subterranean termite in Florida, pp. 27-31. In: M. Tamashiro and N.-Y. Su [eds.], Biology and control of the Formosan subterranean termite. College of Trop. Agr. Human Resources, Univ. of Hawaii, Honolulu, HI. Suszkiw, J. 1998. The Formosan termite: A formidable foe. Agricultural Research 46: 4-9.

Animalia Arthropoda Insecta Diuraphis noxia Russian wheat

40 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... aphid

Bernal, J., D. González, E. T. Natwick, J. G. Loya, R. León-Lopez, and W. E. Bendixen. 1993. Natural enemies of Russian wheat aphid identified in California. California Agric. 47:24-28. Chen, K., K. R. Hopper. 1997. Diuraphis noxia (Homoptera: Aphididae) Population Dynamics and Impact of Natural Enemies in the Montpellier Region of Southern France. Environ. Entomol. 26: 886-875. Durr, H. J. R. 1983. Diuraphis noxia (Mordvilko) (Hemiptera: Aphididae), a recent addition to the aphid fauna of South Africa. Phytophylactica 15:81-83. Hopper, K. R., T. Randolf, J. Boylan, A. Cepaitis, X. Fauvergue, J. Gould, D. Prokrym. 1994. Natural enemy impact on Diuraphis noxia (Mordvilko) (Homoptera: Aphididae) in northeastern Colorado compared to southern France. Proceedings 6th Russian Wheat Aphid Workshop, 23-25 January 1994, Fort Collins, Colorado: 223-228. Hopper, K.R., D. Coutinot, K. Chen, S. E. Halbert, D. J. Kazmer, G. Mercadier, R. H. Miller, K. S. Pike, L. K. Tanigoshi. 1998 Exploration for natural enemies to control Diuraphis noxia (Homoptera: Aphididae) in the United States,pp166-182. In S.S. Quisenberry and F.B. Peairs (Eds), Response model for an introduced pest-The Russian wheat aphid. Thomas Say Publications in Entomology, Entomological Society of America, Lanham, MD. Stoetzel, M. B. 1987. Information on and identification of Diuraphis noxia (Homoptera: Aphididae) and other aphid species colonizing leaves of wheat and barley in the United States. J. Economic Entomol. 80:696-704. Zhang, G. X., W. Y. Zhang, T. S. Zhong. 1991. A review of Diuraphis Aizenberg with descriptions of two new species (Homoptera: Aphidoidea): pp. 121-133, 129-133. In: Scientific Treatise on Systematic and Evolutionary Zoology.

Linepithema humile (syn Iridomyrmex Argentine ant Animalia Arthropoda Insecta humilis)

Abedrabbo, S. 1994. Control of the little fire ant, Wasmannia auropunctata, on Santa Fe Island in the Galapagos Islands. Pages 219-227 in D. F. Williams, editor. Exotic Ants: Biology, Impact, and Control of Introduced Species. Westview Press, Boulder, Colorado. Apperson, C. S., R. B. Leidy, and E. E. Powell. 1984. Effects of Amdro in the red imported fire ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) and some nontarget ant species and persistence of Amdro on a pasture habitat in North Carolina. J. Econ. Entom. 77:1012-1018. Aron, S., J.M Pasteels,. 1989. Spatial organization in the argentine ant Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr. Actes des Colloques Insectes Sociaux 5: 189-197. Aron, S. 1992. Queen retrieval in the Argentine ant. Experientia (Basel) 48: 694-697. Aron, S. 2001. Reproductive strategy: an essential component in the success of incipient colonies of the invasive Argentine ant. Insectes Sociaux 48: 25-27.

41 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Aron, S., J.M. Pasteels, S. Goss, J.L Deneubourg. 1990. Self-organizing spatial patterns in the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr).In: Applied myrmecology, a world perspective. Aron, S., J. M. Pasteels, and J. L. Deneubourg. 1989. Trail-laying behavior during exploratory recruitment in the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr). Biology of Behavior 14:207- 217. Baker, T. C., S. E. Van Vorhis Key, and L. K. Gaston. 1985. Bait-preference tests for the Argentine ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. Econ. Entomol. 78:1083-1088. Barber, E.R. 1916. The Argentine ant: distribution and control in the United States. United States Department of Agriculture Bulletin no. 377, 23 p. Bartels, P.J. 1988. Reproductive caste inhibition by Argentine ant queens : new mechanisms of queen control. Insectes Sociaux 35: 70-81. Beardsley, J. W. 1980. Haleakala National Park Crater District resources basic inventory: insects. Technical Report 31. Cooperative National Park Resources Studies Unit, Department of Botany, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA. Bernays, E.A., M. L. Cornelius. 1989. Generalist caterpillar prey are more palatable than specialists for the generalist predator Iridomyrmex humilis. Oecologia (Berlin) 79: 427-430. Bond, W. and P. Slingsby. 1984. Collapse of an ant-plant mutualism: the Argentine ant (Iridomyrmex humilis) and myrmecochorous proteaceae. Ecology 65(4):1031-1037. Bristow, C.M. 1991. Are ant-aphid associations a tritrophic interaction? Oleander aphids and Argentine ants. Oecologia (Berlin) 87: 514-521. Buys, B. 1990. Relationships Between Argentine Ants and Honeybees in South Africa. Pages 519- 524 in R. K. Vander Meer, K. Jaffe, and A. Cedeno, editors. Applied Myrmecology: A world perspective. Westview Press, Boulder, Colorado. Cavill, G.W.K., N.W. Davies, F. J. McDonald. 1980. Characterization of aggregation factors and associated compounds from the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis. Journal of Chemical Ecology 6: 371-384. Cavill, G.W.K., P.L. Robertson, N.W. Davies. 1979. An Argentine ant Iridomyrmex humilis aggregation factor. Experientia (Basel) 35: 989-990. Cherix, D., L. Keller. 1987. Queen competition in polygynous colonies and other implications of polygyny in the Argentine ant. In: Chemistry and biology of social insects. Eder, J. & Rembold, H. (eds). Verlag J. Peperny, München pp. 563-563. Clark, D. B., C. Guayasamin, O. Pazamino, C. Donoso, and Y. Paez De Villacis. 1982. The tramp ant Wasmannia auropunctata: Autecology and effects on ant diversity and distribution on Santa Cruz Island, Galapagos. Biotropica, 14:196-207. Cole, F. R., A. C. Medeiros, L. L. Loope, and W. W. Zuehlke. 1992. Effects of the Argentine ant on arthropod fauna of Hawaiian high-elevation shrubland. Ecology 73(4):1313-1322. Costa, H.S., M. K. Rust. 1999. Mortality and foraging rates of Argentine ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) colonies exposed to potted plants treated with fipronil. J. Agric. Urban Entomol. 16(1): 37-48. ABSTRACT: Individual colonies of Argentine ants, Linepithema humile (Mayr), were collected and maintained in plastic containers and randomly selected to receive a potted oleander (Nerium oleander L.) plant with one of eight different soil treatments of fipronil, diazinon, or an untreated

42 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... control. Foraging and mortality rates were observed in each colony. Reductions in the rates of ants foraging on plants were similar with all treatments, however, the mortality rates of the colonies varied among treatments. For example, 1 wk after exposure to treatments, the foraging rates on plants in all treatments except the control had dropped to zero. Soil-mix treatments of fipronil had killed >90% of worker ants at 1 wk, whereas broadcast treatments of fipronil and diazinon killed <50% of workers. The soil-mix treatments of fipronil killed all queens in 4 wk, whereas broadcast treatments of fipronil took 8 wk to kill all queens. The diazinon broadcast treatment did not kill any queens. Only fipronil soil-mix treatments prevented ants from establishing colonies in the pot. These results suggest that when studying pesticide effectiveness against Argentine ant in the field, equivalent short-term reductions in foraging rates should not be assumed to indicate equivalent mortality of ant colonies. Creighton, W. S. 1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. (Harv.) 104: 1-585. Dechene, R. 1970. Studies of some behavioral patterns of Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr (Formicidae, Dolichoderinae). Wasmann J Biol 28: 175-184. Deneubourg, J.L., S. Goss. 1989. Collective patterns and decision-making. Ethology Ecology & Evolution 1: 295-311. Deneubourg, J.L., S. Aron, S. Goss, J.M. Pasteels. 1990. The self-organizing exploratory pattern of the Argentine ant. Journal of Insect Behavior 3: 159-168. Donnelly, D. and J. H. Giliomee. 1985. Community structure of epigaeic ants (Hymenoptera Formicidae) in fynbos vegetation in the Jonkershoek Valley. J. Entomol. Soc. South Africa 48:247-257. Dreistadt, S.H., K.S. Hagen, D.L Dahlsten. 1986. Predation by Iridomyrmex humilis [Hym.: Formicidae] on eggs of Chrysoperla carnea [Neu.: Chrysopidae] released for inundative control of Illinoia liriodendri [Hom.: Aphididae] infesting Liriodendron tulipifera. Entomophaga 31: 397-400. Dürr, H.J.R. 1952. The Argentine ant Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr). Farm. S. Africa 54: 381-384, 390. Edwards, J. P. 1986. Control of Monomorium pharaonis (L) with Methoprene baits: implications for the control of other pest species. Pages 119-123 in M. D. Bread, C. D. Michener and H. E. Evans eds. The Biology of Social Insects. Westview Press. Erickson, J.M. 1971 (1972). The displacement of native ant species by the introduced Argentine ant Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr. Psyche (Cambridge) 78: 257-266. Fellers, J. H. and G. M. Fellers. 1982. Status and distribution of ants in the Crater District of Haleakala National Park. Pacific Science 36:427-437. Fluker, S. S. and J. W. Beardsley. 1970. Sympatric associations of three ants: Iridomyrmex humilis, Pheidole megacephala, and Anoplolepis longipes in Hawaii. Annals of the Entomological Society of America 63:1290-1296. Forschler, B. T. and G. M. Evans. 1994. Argentine ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) foraging activity response to selected containerized baits. Journal of Entomological Science 29(2):209-214. Forschler, B.T., and G. M. Evans. 1994. Perimeter treatment strategy using containerized baits to manage Argentine ants, Linepithema humile (Mayr) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Journal of Entomological Science 29: 264-267.

43 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Foster, E. 1908. The introduction of Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr) into New Orleans. Journal of Economic Entomology 1: 289-293. Fowler, H.G., J.V.E. Bernardi, , J.C.Delabie, L.C. Forti, V. Pereira-da-Silva. 1990. Major ant problems of South America. In: Applied myrmecology: a world perspective. Vander Meer, R.K., Jaffe, K. & Cedeno, A. (eds). Westview Press, Boulder. xv + 741 p. pp. 3-14. Gaston, L. K. and T. C. Baker. 1984. Toxic bait to control Argentine ant field tested. Citrograph 69(7):188. Gambino, P. 1990. Argentine ant Iridomyrmex humilis (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) predation on yellow jackets (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) in California. Sociobiology 17 (2): 287-298. Gillespie, R. G. and N. Reimer. 1993. The effect of alien predatory ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) on Hawaiian endemic spiders (Araneae: Tetragnathidae). Pacific Science 47(1):21-33. Glancey, B.M., D.P. Wojcik, C.H. Craig, J.A. Mitchell. 1976. Ants of Mobile County, AL, as monitored by bait transects. Journal of the Georgia Entomological Society 11: 191-197. SUMMARY: A survey in Mobile County, AL, made along three north-south transects at 0.5- mile intervals) ca. 25 to 40 miles long showed that the red imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta Buren, was the dominant species. A total of 16 species of ant was collected including the once dominant species, the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr). The native North American fire ants, S. xyloni McCook, and S. germinata (F.) were not collected. Gordon, D.M. 1995. The expandable network of ant exploration. Animal Behaviour 50: 995-1007. Goss, S., S. Aron, J.L. Deneubourg, J.M. Pasteels. 1989. Self-organized shortcuts in the Argentine ant. Naturwissenschaften 76: 579-581. Haney, P. 1984. A different approach to the Argentine ant problem. Citrograph 69(6):140-146. Haskins, C. P. and E. F. Haskins. 1965. Pheidole megacephala and Iridomyrmex humilis in Bermuda equilibrium or slow replacement. Ecology 46:736-740.

Hee, J.J.. D.A. Holway, A.V. Suarez, T.J. Case. 2000. Role of propagule size in the success of incipient colonies of the invasive Argentine ant. Conservation Biology 14: 559-563. ABSTRACT: Factors that contribute to the successful establishment of invasive species are often poorly understood. Propagule size is considered a key determinant of establishment success, but experimental tests of its importance are rare. We used experimental colonies of the invasive Argentine ant ( Linepithema humile) that differed both in worker and queen number to test how these attributes influence the survivorship and growth of incipient colonies. All propagules without workers experienced queen mortality, in contrast to only 6% of propagules with workers. In small propagules (10-1,000 workers), brood production increased with worker number but not queen number. In contrast, per capita measures of colony growth decreased with worker number over these colony sizes. In larger propagules ( 1,000-11,000 workers), brood production also increased with increasing worker number, but per capita brood production appeared independent of colony size. Our results suggest that queens need workers to establish successfully but that propagules with as few as 10 workers can grow quickly. Given the requirements for propagule success in Argentine ants, it is not surprising how easily they spread via human commerce.

Heimpel, G.E., J.A. Rosenheim, M. Mangel. 1997. Predation on adult Aphytis parasitoids in the field. Oecologia (Berlin) 110: 346-352. Heinze, J. 1993. Queen-queen interactions in polygynous ants. In: Queen number and sociality in insects. Keller, L. (eds). Oxford University Press, Oxford. 439 p. pp. 334-361.

44 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Hertzer, L. 1930. Response of the Argentine ant (Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr) to external conditions. Annals of the Entomological Society of America 23: 597-600. Holldobler, B. and E. O. Wilson. 1990. The Ants. The Belknap Press of the Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Holway, D.A. 1998. Factors governing rate of invasion: a natural experiment using Argentine ants. Oecologia (Berlin) 115: 206-212. Holway, D.A. 1999. Competitive mechanisms underlying the displacement of native ants by the invasive Argentine ant. Ecology 80: 238-251. Holway, D.A., Suarez, A.V. & Case, T.J. 1998. Loss of intraspecific aggression in the success of a widespread invasive social insect. Science 282: 949-952. *[See discussion by: Strauss, E., 1998, Mutual nonaggression pact may aid ant spread, Science 282: 854. Human, K.G., D. M. Gordon. 1996. Exploitation and interference competition between the invasive Argentine ant, Linepithema humile, and native ant species. Oecologia (Berlin) 105: 405-412. Human, K.G., D. M. Gordon. 1999. Behavioral interactions of the invasive Argentine ant with native ant species. Insectes Sociaux 46: 159-163. Human, K.G., S. Weiss, A Weiss. B. Sandler, D.M. Gordon. 1998. Effects of abiotic factors on the distribution and activity of the invasive Argentine ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Environmental Entomology 27: 822-833. Kaufmann, B., J.J. Boomsma, L. Passera, K.N. Petersen. 1992. Relatedness and inbreeding in a French population of the unicolonial ant Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr). Insectes Sociaux 39: 195-200. Keller, L., D. Cherix. 1984. Experimental monogyny and its implications with the Argentine ant. Social Insect Meeting, Diepenbeek: 85 - 86. Keller, L., D. Cherix. 1987. Queen competition in polygynous societies and other implications of polygyny in the Argentine ant. In: Chemistry and biology of social insects. Eder, J. & Rembold, H. (eds). Peperny, Munich pp. 563. Keller, L., L. Passera. 1990. Fecundity of ant queens in relation to their age and the mode of colony founding. Insectes Sociaux 37: 116-130. Keller, L., L. Passera 1993. Incest avoidance, fluctuating asymmetry, and the consequences of inbreeding in Iridomyrmex humilis, an ant with multiple queen colonies. Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology 33(3): 191-199. Keller, L. 1988. Evolutionary implications of polygyny in the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae): an experimental study. Animal Behaviour 36: 159 - 165. Keller, L. 1995. Social life: the paradox of multiple-queen colonies. Trends in Ecology & Evolution 10: 355-360. Keller, L. 1997. Indiscriminate altruism: Unduly nice parents and siblings. Trends in Ecology & Evolution 12: 99-103.See discussion: Goodwin, B., & S. Harding, 1997, Indiscriminate altruism - time for a more discriminating approach?, Trends Ecol. Evol. 12: 274. Keller, L., 1997, Indiscriminate altruism - time for a more discriminating approach? Reply, Trends Ecol. Evol. 12: 274-275.

45 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Keller, L., (ed.) 1991. Queen number, mode of colony founding, and queen reproductive success in ants (Hymenoptera Formicidae). Ethology Ecology & Evolution 3: 307-316. Keller, L., L. Passera, J. P. Suzzoni. 1989. Queen execution in the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis. Physiological Entomology 14: 157 - 163. Kennedy, T.A. 1998. Patterns of an invasion by Argentine ants (Linepithema humile) in a riparian corridor and its effects on ant diversity. American Midland Naturalist 140: 343-350. Klotz, J., L. Greenberg, E. C. Venn. 1998. Liquid boric acid bait for control of the argentine ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Journal of Economic Entomology 91: 910-914. *[0.5% boric acid baits in 25% sucrose baits reduced ant populations by 80%.] Klotz, J., L. Greenberg, E. C. Venn. 2000. Evaluation of two hydramethylnon granular baits for control of Argentine ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Sociobiology 36: 201-207. Klotz, J.H., D. F. Williams. 1995. Ant baits: a case of fatal attraction. Pest Cont. 63(10): 82-84. Klotz, J.H., D. F. Williams. 1996. New approach to boric acid ant baits. IPM Practitioner 18(8): 1-4. *[1% boric acid baits in 10% sucrose baits were effective with continuous exposure.] Klotz, J.H., L. Greenberg, H. H. Shorey, D. F. Williams. 1997. Alternative control strategies for ants around homes. Journal of Agricultural Entomology 14(3): 249-257. Klotz, J.H., J.R. Mangold, K.M. Vail, L.R. Davis, Jr., R.S. Patterson. 1995. A survey of the urban pest ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) of peninsular Florida. Florida Entomologist 78: 109- 118. *[Major pests were S. invicta (14%), T. melanocephalum (14%), P. longicornis (14%), C. abdominalis floridanus (12%), M. pharaonis (11%), C. tortuganus (8%), P. megacephala (7%), & P. bourbonica (4%).] Klotz, J.H., D.H. Oi, K.M. Vail, D.F. Williams. 1996. Laboratory evaluation of a boric acid liquid bait on colonies of Tapinoma melanocephalum, Argentine ants and pharaoh ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Journal of Economic Entomology 89(3): 673-677.*[1% boric acid baits in 10% sucrose baits were effective with continuous exposure for all three species. Hydramethylnon bait was effective against argentine and pharaoh ants, but not against T. melanocephalum.] A 1% boric acid-sucrose water bait and 0.9% hydramethylnon granular bait were evaluated for efficacy against small laboratory colonies of Tapinoma melanocephalum (F.), Argentine ants, Linepithema humile (Mayr), and Pharaoh ants, Monomorium pharaonis (L.). T melanocephalum workers were reduced by 97% in the 1st wk and brood reduced by 96% in the 3rd wk when colonies were exposed to boric acid bait for as few as 3 d. The hydramethylnon bait did not significantly affect colony growth. L. humile colonies exposed to boric acid bait for 3 d resulted in reductions of 75 and 88% for workers and brood, respectively by the 3rd wk. L. humile colonies exposed continuously caused a 90% reduction of workers and brood by the 3rd wk. Workers and brood in colonies exposed to hydramethylnon bait were reduced 86 and 77%, respectively, after 3 wk. After exposure to boric acid bait for 3 d, M. pharaonis workers and brood were reduced 73 and 50%, respectively, by 8 wk. A continuous exposure of boric acid or hydramethylnon baits caused reductions of 90 and 60% for workers and brood, respectively, by 3 wk. Klotz, J.H., D.F. Williams, K.M.Vail, D.H. Oi, J.I. Moss. 1996. Laboratory and field evaluation of a liquid boric acid ant bait. Proceedings of the National Conference on Urban Entomology, Arlington, TX, Feb. 18-20, 1996, p. 71-72. meeting abstract.*[Low concentrations (less than/equal 1%) of boric acid are capable of eliminating ant colonies & there is reduced repellency.]

46 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Knight, R.L., M. K. Rust. 1990. Repellency and efficacy of insecticides against foraging workers in laboratory colonies of Argentine ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Journal of Economic Entomology 83(4): 1402-1408. Laboratory studies were done to evaluate the repellency and efficacy of 25 insecticides against foraging workers of the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr). The trail pheromone of I. humilis, cis-9 hexadecenal, was used to induce trailing and movement through sections of glass tubing treated with insecticides. General repellency of formulations was ranked as granular < emulsifiable concentrate < dust < wettable powder. As the repellency of the insecticide increased, mortality increased. Potential field efficacy of 25 insecticides as barrier treatments is discussed. Knight, R.L., M.K. Rust. 1991. Efficacy of formulated baits for control of Argentine ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Journal of Economic Entomology 84(2): 510-514. We developed a laboratory method to determine the potential efficacy of baits formulated for control of the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr). Possible effects as insect growth regulators were not examined. Of the 10 formulated baits tested, only mirex applied to granulated silkworm pupae had delayed toxicity. Hydramethylnon applied to granulated silkworm pupae also provided excellent kill of workers but did not exhibit delayed toxicity. In field tests, this bait provided faster control than did a chemical barrier of granular diazinon. Krushelnycky, Paul, Stephanie Joe. 1997. HNIS Report for Linepithema humile: A product of the Hawaiian Ecosystems at Risk Project. http://www.hear.org/hnis/reports/HNIS-LinHum.pdf Jenkins, C. F. H. and P. N. Forte. 1973. Chemicals for Argentine ant control. J. Agric. West. Aust.14(2):195-196. Majer, J. D. 1990. Control of Argentine ants (Iridomyrmex humilis) in Western Australia: the past, present and future. Paper presented at the International Course Update in Pest Ant Control, Campo Grande, Mato Grosso do Sul 12-14 October 1989 (in press). Majer, J.D. 1993. Control of argentine ants, Linepithema humile ( Mayr), in Western Australia-the past, present and future. Harvest 15: 10-12. Majer, J.D. 1994. Spread of Argentine Ants (Linepithema humile), with Special Reference to Western Australia. In: Exotic ants: Biology, impact, and control of introduced species. D.F.Williams (eds). Westview Press, Boulder, CO. 332 p. pp. 163-173. Markin, G.P., C.W McCoy. 1968. The occurrence of a nematode, Diploscapter lycostoma, in the pharyngeal glands of the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis. Annals of the Entomological Society of America 61: 505-509. Markin, G. P. 1968. Nest relationship of the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Journal of Kansas Entomological Society 41(4):511-516. Markin, G. P. 1970. Food distribution within laboratory colonies of the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr). Insectes Sociaux 17(2):127-158. Markin, G. P. 1970. The seasonal life cycle of the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), in southern California. Annals of the Entomological Society of America 63(5): 1238-1243. Markin, G. P., J. O'Neal and H. L. Collins. 1974. Effects of Mirex on the general ant fauna of a treated area in Louisiana. Environmental Entomology 3(6): 895-898. Mally, C.W. 1918. Natural enemies of the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr. South African Journal of Science 14: 244-247.*Cited from: Buys, B., 1990, Relationships between argentine ants and honeybees in South Africa, p. 519-524, In R.K. Vander Meer, K. Jaffe & C.

47 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Cedeno (ed), Applied myrmecology, a world perspective, Westview Press, Boulder, CO. 741 p. Medeiros, A. C., L. L. Loope, and F. R. Cole. 1986. Distribution of ants and their effects on endemic biota of Haleakala and Hawaii Volcanoes National Parks: a preliminary assessment. Proceedings of the Sixth Conference in Natural Sciences, Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. Cooperative National Park Resources Studies Unit, Department of Botany, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA.

McGlynn, T.P. 1999. Non-native ants are smaller than related native ants. American Naturalist 154: 690-699. ABSTRACT: I compare the sizes of non-native and native ants to evaluate how worker size may be related to the ability of a species to invade new habitats. I compare the size of 78 non-native ant species belonging to 26 genera with the size of native congeneric species, native ants are larger than non-native ants in 22 of 26 genera. Ants were sorted by genera into fighting and nonfighting groups, based on observations of interspecific interactions with other ant species. In all of the genera with monomorphic worker castes that fight during competition, the non-native species were smaller than the native species. The genera that engage in combat had a higher frequency of significantly smaller size in non-native ants. I selected Wasmannia auropunctata for further studies, to compare native and non-native populations. Specimens of W. auropunctata from non- native populations were smaller than conspecific counterparts from its native habitat. I consider hypotheses to explain why non-native ants are smaller in size than native ants, including the role of colony size in interspecific fights, changes in life history, the release from intraspecific fighting, and climate. The discovery that fighting non-natives are smaller than their closest native relatives may provide insight into the mechanisms for success of non-native species, as well as the role of worker size and colony size during interspecific competition.

Moller, H. 1996. Lessons for invasion theory from social insects. Biol. Conser. 78: 125-142. *[Fundamentally different models are required for social insects than for non-social animals.] Montllor, C.B., E.A Bernays. 1993. Invertebrate predators and caterpillar foraging. In: Caterpillars: ecological and evolutionary constraints on foraging. Stamp, N.E. & Casey, T.M. (eds). Chapman & Hall, New York. 587 p pp. 170-202. Montllor, C.B., E.A. Bernays, M.L Cornelius. 1991. Responses of two hymenopteran predators to surface chemistry of their prey: significance for an alkaloid-sequestering caterpillar. Journal of Chemical Ecology 17(2): 391-399. Newell, W. 1908. Notes on the habits of the Argentine or 'New Orleans' ant, Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr. Journal of Economic Entomology 1: 21-34. Newell, W. 1908. The life history of the Argentine ant. Journal of Economic Entomology 2:174-192. Newell, W. and Barber. 1913. The Argentine ant. U. S. Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology, Bulletin 122. Nonacs, P., J.L Soriano. 1998. Patch sampling behaviour and future foraging expectations in Argentine ants, Linepithema humile. Animal Behaviour 55: 519-527. ABSTRACT: Nests of Argentine ants, L. humile, were exposed to pairs of foraging patches of varying quality. These patches varied from never having food to having food for 4 h every day. After 15 days, colonies were allowed an added access to a new patch. The new patch, however, never contained food. The sampling behaviour of nests towards the initial patches and the new patch suggested that the nests were using a sampling rule based on maximizing net benefits of finding food minus the cost of sampling. The behaviour of the nests towards the new patch was

48 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... also significantly affected by what the foraging workers had previously encountered in the foraging patches. The behaviour of the L. humile colonies is similar in pattern to what would result by Bayesian updating of expectations for success in novel foraging opportunities. These data are the first suggestions of such an ability in an insect. Orr, M.R., S.H Seike. 1998. Parasitoids deter foraging by Argentine ants (Linepithema humile) in their native habitat in Brazil. Oecologia (Berlin) 117: 420-425. Pasfield, G. 1968. Argentine ants. Aust. Nat. Hist. 16: 12-15. Passera, L., S. Aron. 1993. Factors controlling dealation and egg laying in virgin queens of the Argentine ant Linepithema humile (Mayr) (=Iridomyrmex humilis). Psyche (Cambridge) 100: 51-63. Passera, L., L. Keller. 1990. Shift in reproductive strategies and its consequences in sexuals of a polygynous ant Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr).In: Social insects and the environment. Veeresh, G.K., Mallik, B. & Viraktamath, C.A. (eds). Oxford & IBH Publ. Co. Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, India. 765 p pp. 247-8. Passera, L., L Keller. 1992. The period of sexual maturation and the age at mating in Iridomyrmex humilis, an ant with intranidal mating. J. Zool. (Lond.) 228: 141-153. Passera, L., L. Keller. 1994. Mate availability and male dispersal in the Argentine ant Linepithema humile (Mayr) (=Iridomyrmex humilis). Animal Behaviour 48(2): 361-369. ABSTRACT. In the Argentine ant Linepithema humile (= Iridomyrmex humilis ) only males disperse whereas female sexuals (unmated winged queens) stay in their mother nest where they mate. This study investigated (1) whether dispersing males are accepted into foreign colonies, (2) whether they can mate with resident female sexuals, and (3) whether the propensity of males to disperse is affected by the expectation of mating in their mother nest. Field experiments demonstrated that males were accepted into foreign colonies only when these colonies contained female sexuals or queen pupae. Before and after the time of production of female sexuals, workers attacked and killed most of the foreign males. Laboratory experiments showed that males that successfully enter foreign colonies can mate with resident female sexuals. The propensity of males to disperse was significantly influenced by the presence of female sexuals in their nest. Males were more likely to fly out from colonies containing no female sexuals than from those with them. These results are consistent with males preferentially dispersing when there is little or no opportunity to mate in their mother nest. Thus there are two mating strategies available for males: staying in their mother nest when an opportunity to mate arises or dispersing and attempting to mate in a foreign nest when there are no female sexuals in their mother nest. This latter behaviour could mediate gene flow between colonies and account for the lack of significant inbreeding previously documented in this species. Passera, L. 1994. Characteristics of tramp species. In: Exotic ants: Biology, impact, and control of introduced species. Williams, D.F. (eds). Westview Press, Boulder, CO. 332 p. pp. 23-43. Passera, L., S. Aron, D Bach. 1995. Elimination of sexual brood in the Argentine ant Linepithema humile: queen effect and brood recognition. Entomologia Experimentalis et Applicata 75: 203-212. Passera, L., L.Keller, J.P Suzzoni. 1988. Queen replacement in dequeened colonies of the Argentine ant Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr). Psyche (Cambridge) 95: 59-65. Patterson, R.S. 1994. Biological Control of Introduced Ant Species. In: Exotic ants: Biology, impact, and control of introduced species. Williams, D.F. (eds). Westview Press, Boulder, CO. 332 p. pp. 293-307.

49 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Phillips, P.A., C. J. Sherk. 1991. To control mealybugs, stop honeydew-seeking ants. California Agriculture 45(2): 26-28. Pinto, L. 1997. The argentine ant: bad news all the way. Pest Cont. 65(6): 9-10. *[Summarizes biology, distribution and control of argentine ants, sanitation, application of indoor sprays, dusts, baits, perimeter and broadcast treatments.] Quarles, W. 1995. Baiting Pharaoh or Argentine ants. Common sense pest control quarterly 11(4): 5-13. Quarles, W. 1999. Integrated control of the Argentine ant. Common Sense Pest Control Quarterly 25(2): 7-17. Reimer, N. J. 1989. Bait efficacy, reinfestation rates and colony composition for Pheidole megacephala (F.) in pineapple in Hawaii. 1989 ADAP Crop Protection Conference pg. 16- 18. Reimer, N. J., J. W. Beardsley, and G. Jahn. 1990. Pest ants in the Hawaiian Islands. Pages 40-50 in R. K. Vander Meer, K. Jaffe, and A. Cedeno, editors. Applied Myrmecology: A world perspective. Westview Press, Boulder, Colorado. Reimer, N. J., B. M. Glancey, and J. W. Beardsley. 1991. Development of Pheidole megacephala (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) colonies following ingestion of fenoxycarb and pyriproxyfen. Journal of Economic Entomology 84(1):56-60. Robinson, W. 1999. What's the top pest? Ants are the answer. Pest Cont. 67(4): 46-48, cover. *[Homeowners & PCOs rank ants Number 1 pest ahead of cockroaches.] Rust, M.K., R.L Knight. 1990. Controlling Argentine ants in urban situations. In: Applied Myrmecology: A World Perspective. Vander Meer, R.K., Jaffe, K. & Cedeno, A. (eds). Westview Press Inc., Boulder, CO pp. 663-670. Rust, M.K., K. Haagsma, D.A Reierson. 1996. Barrier sprays to control Argentine ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Journal of Economic Entomology 89(1): 134-137. SUMMARY: Insecticide was applied to the perimeter of homes and adjacent areas likely to be visited by Argentine ants, Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr). Treatment configuration consisted of a 1.8- to 2.4-m-wide band of spray around the exterior of the structure. Margins of sidewalks and pathways and around stepping stones, bases of trees, potted plants, and garbage cans were sprayed with 1.2- to 1.8-m-wide bands. Based on monitoring with traps, significant and relevant control was achieved when the number of ants trapped posttreatment declined at least 80%. Barrier sprays of 237 mg (AI)/m2 chlorpyrifos, 14.5 mg (AI)/m2 cyfluthrin and 67.2 mg (AI)/m2 cypermethrin provided > 80% reductions in the number of ants trapped at 7 d. Chlorpyrifos provided > 82% reductions for at least 30 d. The combination of cyfluthrin spray + granules provided > 85% reductions in ant trap counts at day 7. Only the combination treatment provided > 80% reductions at 60 d. Cypermethrin and permethrin sprays failed to provide > 80% reductions for 30 d. Factors that likely contribute to decreased performance of barrier sprays against ants include heavy irrigation, dense ground cover, exposure to direct sunlight, alkaline nature of the stucco and concrete surfaces, and extremely high temperature.

Shattuck, S. O. 1992. Review of the Dolichoderine ant genus Iridomyrmex Mayr with descriptions of three new genera (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. Aust. Ent. Soc. 31:13-18. Shorey, H.H., L.K.Gaston, R.G.Gerber, P.A. Phillips, D.L. Wood. 1992. Disruption of

50 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... foraging by Argentine ants, Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), in citrus trees through the use of semiochemicals and related chemicals. Journal of Chemical Ecology 18(11): 2131-2142. SUMMARY: Foraging in trees by the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr), was disrupted by a variety of synthetic chemicals, with the most effective chemical being farnesol. Testing of substrates for presentation of the disruptant chemicals gave some success with rubber or Tygon tubing, although best results were obtained through incorporation of the material into Stikem, which was then banded around tree trunks. Amounts of farnesol used for effective, long residual ant control were between 0.8 and 2 g per tree. Shorey, H.H., L.K.Gaston, R.G.Gerber, C. B. Sisk, D. L. Wood. 1996. Formulating farnesol and other ant-repellent semiochemicals for exclusion of Argentine ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) from citrus trees. Environmental Entomology 25(1): 114-119.*[The better formulations of farnesol tested have given 2-3 months of complete ant exclusion.] Lemon trees banded with experimental formulations of farnesol and other natural ant repellents were examined for efficacy of disruption of the foraging of the Argentine ant, Linepithema humile (Mayr), at varying periods of time after application. Excellent disruption of foraging was achieved by the use of a band constructed from a single strand of cotton twine permeated with 40 mg each of farnesol and Stiekem per centimeter of twine. An ant tape, consisting of twine similarly permeated with farnesol and Stickem and covered with a strip of waxed paper, was under some conditions superior in duration of disruption of ant foraging to the noncovered, treated twine. Efforts to produce an effective barrier from farnesol mixed with Stickem and beeswax and formulated into a paste, which was then applied around tree trunks, have not been successful. The better formulations of farnesol tested have given between 2 and 3 mo of complete ant exclusion from banded trees. Other tested repellent compounds have not been as active or provided as long a duration of effectiveness as farnesol. Skaife, S.H. 1955. The Argentine ant Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 34: 355-377. Smith, S. 1998. Better ant baiting. Service Technician 6(5): 14, 16-18. *[Ants have become the number one pest in urban areas. Need to match bait material to species.] Strauss, E. 1998. mutual nonaggression pact may aid ant spread. Science 282: 854. *[Discusses Holway et al., 1998, Loss of intraspecific aggression in the success of a widespread invasive social insect, Science 282: 949-952.] Su, T. H., J. W. Beardsley, and F. L. McEwen. 1980. AC-217,300, a promising new insecticide for use in baits for control of the bigheaded ant in pineapple. J. Econ. Entomol. 73(6):755-756. Suarez, A. V., N. D. Tsutsui, D. A. Holway, T.J. Case. 1999. Behavioral and genetic differentiation between native and introduced populations of the Argentine ant. BIOLOGICAL INVASIONS 1:43-53. Suarez, A.V., D.T. Bolger, T.J. Case. 1998. Effects of fragmentation and invasion on native ant communities in coastal southern California. Ecology 79: 2041-2056. *[Collected 46 native species & 4 exotics. Argentine ant does better with disturbance, including more moisture because of human activities. It invaded fragments within 3 years of disturbance. S. molesta has a kleptoparasitic relationship with argentine ant. Pitfall was 250 ml jar w/50:50 water : Sierra brand antifreeze (Propolyene glycol?) , 5 pitfalls in each transect, open for 5 days, + visual sampling. Winged ants not counted.] **P. 2046: Pheidole pacifica (n. stat.?)

51 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Suarez, A.V., D.A. Holway, T.J. Case. 2001. Patterns of spread in biological invasions dominated by long-distance jump dispersal: Insights from Argentine ants. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (US): 1095-1100. Suarez, A.V., N.D.Tsutsui, D.A. Holway, T.J. Case. 1999. Behavioral and genetic differentiation between native and introduced populations of the Argentine ant. Biol. Invasions 1: 43-53. ABSTRACT: In this paper, we examine the hypothesis that reduced intraspecific aggression underlies the competitive prowess of Argentine ants in their introduced range. Specifically, we test three predictions of this hypothesis by comparing the genetic diversity, behavior, and ecology of Argentine ants in their native range to introduced populations. Differences between native and introduced populations of Argentine ants were consistent with our predictions. Introduced populations of the Argentine ant appear to have experienced a population bottleneck at the time of introduction, as evidenced by much reduced variation in polymorphic microsatellite DNA markers. Intraspecific aggression was rare in introduced populations but was common in native populations. Finally, in contrast to the Argentine ant‘s ecological dominance throughout its introduced range, it did not appear dominant in the native ant assemblages studied in Argentina. Together these results identify a possible mechanism for the widespread success of the Argentine ant in its introduced range. Thompson, C.R. 1990. Ants that have pest status in the United States. In: Applied myrmecology: a world perspective. Vander Meer, R.K., Jaffe, K. & Cedeno, A. (eds). Westview Press, Boulder, CO. 741 p. pp. 51-67. Titus, E.S.G. 1905. Report on the 'New Orleans' ant (Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr). U.s. Bur. Entomol. Bull. 52: 79-84. Tremper, B. S. 1976. Distribution of the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr, in relation to certain native ants of California: ecological, physiological, and behavioral aspects. Ph.D. Thesis, U.C. Berkeley. Tsutsui, N. D., T. J. Case. 2001. Population genetics and colony structure of the Argentine ant (Linepithema humile) in its native and introduced ranges. EVOLUTION 55:976-985. ABSTRACT: Introduced species often possess low levels of genetic diversity relative to source populations as a consequence of the small population sizes associated with founder events. Additionally, native and introduced populations of the same species can possess divergent genetic structuring at both large and small geographic scales. Thus, genetic systems that have evolved in the context of high diversity may function quite differently in genetically homogeneous introduced populations. Here we conduct a genetic analysis of native and introduced populations of the Argentine ant (Linepithema humile) in which we show that the population-level changes that have occurred during introduction have produced marked changes in the social structure of this species. Native populations of the Argentine ant are characterized by a pattern of genetic isolation by distance, whereas this pattern is absent in introduced populations. These differences appear to arise both from the effects of recent range expansion in the introduced range as well as from differences in gene flow within each range. Relatedness within nests and colonies is lower in the introduced range than in the native range as a consequence of the widespread genetic similarity that typifies introduced populations. In contrast, nestmates and colony-mates in the native range are more closely related, and local genetic differentiation is evident. Our results shed light on the problem posed for kin selection theory by the low levels of relatedness that are characteristic of many unicolonial species and suggest that the loss of genetic variation may be a common mechanism for the transition to a unicolonial colony structure.

52 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Tsutsui, N. D., A. V. Suarez, D. A. Holway, T. J. Case. 2000. Reduced genetic variation and the success of an invasive species. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, USA 97:5948-5953. Tsutsui, N. D., A. V. Suarez, D. A. Holway, T. J. Case. 2001. Relationships among native and introduced populations of the Argentine ant, Linepithema humile and the source of introduced populations. MOLECULAR ECOLOGY 10: 2151-2161. Tsutsui, N.D., A.V. Suarez, D.A. Holway, T.J. Case. 2000. Reduced genetic variation and the success of an invasive species. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97: 5948-5953. Van Schagen, J. J., P. R. Davis and M. A. Widmer. 1994. Ant pests of Western Australia, with particular reference to the Argentine ant (Linepithema humile). Pages 174-180 in D. F. Vander Meer, R.K., Jaffe, K. & Cedeno, A. (eds). Westview Press, Boulder, CO., pp. 438-51. Van Vorhis Key, S. E. and T. C. Baker. 1986. Observations on the trail deposition and recruitment behaviors of the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Annals of the Entomological Society of America 79(20):283-288. Vargo, E.L., L. Passera. 1990. Role of overwintering and queen control in caste determination in the Argentine ant, Iridomyrmex humilis. In: Social insects and the environment. Veeresh, G.K., Mallik, B. & Viraktamath, C.A. (eds). Oxford & IBH Publ. Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, India. 765 p. pp. 174-175. Ward, P.S. 1987. Distribution of the introduced Argentine ant (Iridomyrmex humilis) in natural habitats of the lower Sacramento Valley and its effects on the indigenous ant fauna. Hilgardia 55 (2): 1-16. SUMMARY: This study was designed to determine the extent to which the introduced argentine ant (Iridomyrmex humilis), a pest in urban and agricultural environments, has invaded natural habitats in the Lower Sacramento Valley, and its effects on the native ant fauna. Of 4 natural habitats surveyed (valley riparian woodland, foothill riparian woodland, blue oak-digger pine woodland, and chaparral) at 46 sites in Yolo and Solano counties, only valley riparian woodland was found to have been colonized by I. humilis. Riparian woodland sites occupied by I. humilis have permanent sources of water and tend to be environmentally degraded. Populations of I. humilis are common but patchily distributed along 4 principal riparian systems in Yolo and Solano counties (Ulatis Creek, Putah Creek, Cache Creek and the Sacramento River). Observations indicated that patches of semidisturbed riparian woodland provide refuges from which populations of I. humilis may invade adjacent agricultural land, and vice versa. The species richness of native ants is markedly reduced at riparian woodland sites occupied by I. humilis. Among the common native ants, epigeic (above ground foraging) species are more susceptible to displacement by I. humilis than are hypogeic species. The 3 most adversely affected species (L. occidentale, T. sessile, and F. occidua [=moki]), which are absent from sites colonized by I. humilis, are dominant epigaeic ants, 2 of the 3 least displaced species (S. diecki and S. californicum) are timid, cryptobiotic ants that forage in soil and leaf litter. (Hamish Robertson) Way, M.J., K.C Khoo. 1992. Role of ants in pest management. Annual Review of Entomology 37: 479-503. Way, M.J. 1963. Mutualism between ants and honeydew-producing Homoptera. Annual Review of Entomology 8: 307-344.

53 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Way, M.J., M.E. Cammel, M.R. Paiva, C.A. Collingwood. 1997. Distribution and dynamics of the Argentine ant Linepithema (Iridomyrmex) humile (Mayr) in relation to vegetation, soil conditions, topography and native competitor ants in Portugal. Insectes Sociaux 44: 415- 433. Wetterer, J. K., P. C. Banko, and L. Laniawe. In prep. Ants at high elevations on Mauna Kea, Hawaii. Wheeler, W.M. 1913. [Untitled. Description of Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr.]. Pp. 27-29 in: Newell, W., Barber, T. C. The Argentine ant. U. S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Entomol. Bull. 122:1-98. Whitehouse, S. 1988. A review of Argentine ant control in Western Australia. West. Austral. Environmental Protection Authority Bull. No. 325. Williams, editor. Exotic Ants: Biology, Impact, and Control of Introduced Species. Westview Press, Boulder, Colorado. Williams, D. F. 1994. Control of the introduced pest Solenopsis invicta in the United States. Pages 282-292 in D. F. Williams, editor. Exotic Ants: Biology, Impact, and Control of Introduced Species. Westview Press, Boulder, Colorado. Williams, D.F., K.M. Vail, D.H. Oi. 1998. A new bait attractive to multiple species of ants. Proceedings of the 1998 National Conference on Urban Entomology, p. 127 (Abstract). Wilson, E. O., and R. W. Taylor. 1967. The ants of Polynesia. Pacific Insects Monograph 14. Wilson, E. O. 1951. Variation and adaptation in the imported fire ant. Evolution 5:68-79. Wong, T.T.Y., D.O.McInnis, J.I.Nishimoto, A.K Ota, V.C.S. Chang. 1984. Predation of the Mediterranean fruit fly (Diptera: Tephritidae) by the Argentine ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in Hawaii. Journal of Economic Entomology 77: 1454-1458. *[L. humile gave appreciable fly mortality in the field. P. megacephala & L. humile observed in the lab feeding on adult flies.]

Zimmerman, E. C. 1941. Argentine ant in Hawaii. Proc. Hawaiian Entomol. Soc. 11:108.

Pectinophora Pink bollworm Animalia Arthropoda Insecta gossypiella

Akey, D. H., B. A. Kimball and J. R. Mauney. 1988. Growth and development of the pink boliworm, Pectinophora gossypiella (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae), on bolls of cotton grown in enriched carbon dioxide atmospheres. Env. Entomol. 17: 452-455. Allen, Charles T. 1994. Pink bollworm management in Texas. The Texas A&M University System, Texas Agricultural Extension Service. Bulletin B-1511. 7pp. Allen, Charles T., Emory P. Boring III, James F. Leser, and Thomas W. Fuchs, 1995. Management of cotton insects in the High Plains, Rolling Plains, and Trans Pecos Areas of Texas. The Texas A&M University System, Texas Agricultural Extension Service. Bulletin B-1209, 13pp. Bloem, S., J.E. Carpenter. 2001. Evaluation of Population Suppression by Irradiated Lepidoptera and their Progeny. Florida Entomologist 84(2) June 165. ”Major Findings and Impact of the Research Conducted During the F1 Sterility CRP: The

54 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... research conducted during this CRP re-vealed principles that were common to all species studied. These can be summarized into two major points: (1) F1 sterility is an effective and environ- mentally safe tactic for lepidopteran pest suppression that is useful under a variety of environments and crop production strategies. (2) F1 sterility is compatible with all pest control tactics. The combination of F1 sterility with pheromones, natural enemies, host plant resistance, entomopathogens and insecticides results in synergistic pest population suppression. This CRP also highlighted several areas that would benefit from further research and development to increase the economic viability of F1 sterility programs. Development of diets using locally available ingredients would reduce rearing costs, especially in locations with developing economies. Improvements in mass rearing are needed to take advantage of the economy of scale as evidenced in dipteran SIT programs. Development of genetic sexing techniques, especially those that would eliminate females at the egg or early larval stage, would reduce rearing costs, would increase the efficiency of rearing, irradiation and release by 100% and would eliminate assortative mating of released moths in the field. The FAO/IAEA sponsored CPR’s have had major impacts in the direction of future research for the control of lepidopteran pests. For example, expanded research and implementation programs on F1 sterility in combination with natural enemies are underway in Tunisia for suppression of the carob moth, Ectomyelois ceratoniae, and on the island of Mauritius for control of the diamond-back moth, Plutella xylostella. F1 sterility pro- grams for other lepidopteran pest species also are being considered. Furthermore, the research from the F1 sterility CRP’s contributed to the development of a new Coordinated Research Program on “Evaluating the Use of Nuclear Techniques for the Colonization and Production of Natural Enemies”. This new CRP was initiated in October1999, with scientific teams from fourteen countries. As one of the research objectives in this new CRP, F1 sterility is being developed as a tactic to study possible lepidopteran biocontrol agents for invasive noxious weeds (Carpenter et al. 2001).” Cheng, W. Y., and D. T. North . 1972. Inherited sterility in the F1 progeny of irradiated male pink bollworms. J. Econ. Entomol. 65: 1271-1275. Goolsby, John A. 2002. Survey of Australian Parasitoids of Pink Bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella: a feasibility study for biological control of this pest in the Southwestern USA. USDA-ARS, Australian Biological Control Laboratory, CSIRO Long Pocket Laboratories. QLD Australia. SUMMARY: Suggests several parasitoids that could be on pink bollworm. The parasitoids are found in pink bollworms that are on the plants of the genus Gossypium. These parasitoids are: Apantales nr. oenone, Apantales sp. novum, and Brachymeria sp. Henneberry, T. J., J. E. Lindegren, L. F. Jech, and R. A. Burke. 1995. Pink bollworm (Lepidoptera: Gelenchiidae): effect of steinernematid nematodes on larval mortality. Southwestern Entomologist 20: 25-31. Lindegren, J. E., T. J. Henneberry, L. J. F. Jech, and R. A. Burke. 1995. Pink bollworm suppression response and field persistence of two insect parasitic nematodes. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Prod. & Res. Conf. 2: 944-945. Lindegren, J. E., T. J. Henneberry, P. V. Vail, L. J. F. Jech, and K. A. Valero. 1994. Current status of pink bollworm control with entomopathogenic nematodes. Proc. Beltwide Cotton Prod. & Res. Conf. Vol. 2: 1242-1243. Naranjo, Steven E., George D. Butler, Jr., and Thomas J. Henneberry. A Bibliography of the Pink Bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella (Saunders). United States Department of Agriculture. Agricultural Research Service. Bibliographies and Literature of Agriculture Number 136. ABSTRACT: The pink bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella (Saunders), was described by W.W. Saunders in 1843 as Depressaria gossypiella from specimens found to be damaging cotton in

55 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... India. Infestations in the United States first occurred in Texas cotton in 1917. At present, the pink bollworm has been recorded in nearly all cotton-growing countries of the world and is a key pest in many of these areas. Existing tactics for achieving a high degree of suppression of established pink bollworm populations are well advanced and feasible on a field-by-field basis. A combination of tactics may achieve even higher levels of pest suppression if implemented on an area-wide basis. The longstanding nature of the pink bollworm problem in many areas of the world and the likely development of area-wide management programs in the future prompted us to develop this bibliography as an information base to assist those in program planning, implementation, and evaluation. The bibliography should also be a useful aid to researchers, educators, extension personnel, agricultural producers, industry, and government administrators involved in managing this serious pest. Ward, Charles R. 1994(a). Cotton insect management suggestions for 1994-1995. New Mexico State University, Cooperative Extension Service. Handbook 10-A. 18pp. Ward, Charles R. 1994(b). Insecticides for use with cotton insect management suggestions for 1994- 1995. New Mexico State University, Cooperative Extension Service. Handbook 10-B. 16pp. Wilson, F. D., H. M. Flint, W. R. Deaton, D. A. Fischhoff, F. J. Perlak, T. A. Armstrong, R. L. Fuchs, S. A. Berberich, N. J. Parks, and B. R. Stapp . 1992. Resistance of cotton lines containing a Bacillus thuringiensis toxin to pink bollworm (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) larvae. J. Econ. Entomol. 76: 219-222.

Cabbage white butterfly, cabbage worm Animalia Arthropoda Insecta Pieris rapae

Capinera, J.L. 2001. Handbook of Vegetable Pests. Academic Press, San Diego. 729 pp.

Chittenden, F.H. 1916. The common cabbage worm. USDA Farmers' Bull. 766. 16 pp.

Dickson, M.H. and C.J. Eckenrode. 1980. Breeding for resistance in cabbage and cauliflower to cabbage looper, imported cabbageworm, and diamondback moth. J. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci. 105:782-785.

Harcourt, D.G. 1962. Design of a sampling plan for studies on the population dynamics of the imported cabbageworm, Pieris rapae (L.) (Lepidoptera: Pieridae). Can. Entomol. 94:849- 859.

Harcourt, D.G. 1963. Biology of cabbage caterpillars in eastern Ontario. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Ontario. 93:61-75

Li, Z., and R. A. Humber. 1984. Erynia pieris (Zygomycetes: Entomophthoraceae), a new pathogen of Pieris rapae (Lepidoptera: Pieridae): description, host range and notes on Erynia virescens. Canadian J. of Botany 62: 653-663.

McDonald, R. C., L. T. Kok . 1992. Colonization and hyperparasitism of Cotesia rubecula (Hymen.: Braconidae), a newly introduced parasite of Pieris rapae, in Virginia. Entomophaga 37: 223- 228.

56 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Opler, P. A. and G. O. Krizek. 1984. Butterflies east of the Great Plains. Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore. 294 pages, 54 color plates. Opler, P. A. and V. Malikul. 1992. A field guide to eastern butterflies. Peterson field guide #4. Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston. 396 pages, 48 color plates. Opler, Paul A., Harry Pavulaan, and Ray E. Stanford (coordinators). 1995. Butterflies of North America. Jamestown, ND: Northern Prairie Wildlife Research Center Home Page. http://www.npwrc.usgs.gov/resource/distr/lepid/bflyusa/bflyusa.htm Version 26JUN2002).

Parker, F. D., R. E. Pinnell . 1972. Further studies of the biological control of Pieris rapae using supplemental host and parasite releases. Environ. Entomol. 1: 150-157.

Puttler, B., F. D. Parker, R. E. Pinnell, S. E. Thewke. 1970. Introduction of Apanteles rubecula Marsh. and other parasites of Pieris rapae in British Columbia. J. Econ. Entomol. 63: 304- 305.

Radcliffe, E.B. and R.K. Chapman. 1966. Varietal resistance to insect attack in various cruciferous crops. J. Econ. Entomol. 59:120-125.

Richards, O.W. 1940. The biology of the small white butterfly (Pieris rapae), with special reference to the factors controlling its abundance. J. Anim. Ecol. 9:243-288.

Tilden, J. W. 1986. A field guide to western butterflies. Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston, Mass. 370 pages, 23 color plates.

Van Driesche, R. G. 1988. Survivorship patterns of Pieris rapae (Lep.: Pieridae) larvae in Massachusetts kale with special reference to mortality due to Cotesia glomerata (Hymen.: Braconidae). Bull. Entomol. Res. 78: 199-208.

R. G. Van Driesche and C. Nunn 2002. Establishment of a Chinese strain of cotesia rubecula (hymenoptera: braconidae) in the northeastern United States. Florida Entomologist 85(2) June 386. SUMMARY: A population of Cotesia rubecula, collected from near Beijing, China and released in Massachusetts in 1988, has established and spread throughout much of New England. It has become a common parasitoid of Pieris rapae in agriculture fields and is also found in meadow habitats. Cotesia glomerata appears to have declined in abundance following establishment of C. rubecula.

Wilkinson, A. T. S. 1966. Apanteles rubecula Marsh. and other parasites of Pieris rapae in British Columbia. J. Econ. Entomol. 59: 1012-1013.

Pale-bordered Pseudomops cockroach Animalia Arthropoda Insecta septentrionalis Nathan M. Schiff,3 Terence L. Schiefefl. 1999. NEW BLATTODEA RECORDS FROM MISSISSIPPI AND ALABAMA1. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 110(4), 240-242, September & October. ABSTRACT: Pseudomops septentrionulis is reported from seven counties in Mississippi dating

57 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... back to 1987. These records suggest a gradual range extension hypothesis for this species rather than the accidental human transport hypothesis proposed to explain an apparently isolated population in Auburn, Alabama. Punchlora nivea is reported from four counties in Mississippi including two early records considered to be adventive introductions with bananas. Plectoptera picfa is reported from Alabama for the first time. Roulston, T. H., A. G. Appel. 1997. First Alabama record of the pale-bordered cockroach, Pseudomops septentrionalis (Dictyoptera: Blattellidae). Entomol. News. 108: 159-160.

Solenopsis invicta Red imported fire ant Animalia Arthropoda Insecta

Adams, C. T., J. K. Plumley, C. S. Lofgren, W. A. Banks. 1976. Economic Importance of the red imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta Buren. I. Preliminary investigations of impact on soybean harvest. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc. II: 165-169. Adams, C. T., J. K. Plumley, W. A. Banks, C. S. Lofgren. 1977. Impact of red imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta Buren (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) on harvest of soybean in North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Soc. 93: 150-152.

Allen, C. R., K. G. Rice, D. P. Wojcik, H. F. Percival . 1997. Effect of red imported fire ant envenomization on neonatal American alligators. J. Herpetol. 31: 318-321.

Allen, Craig R., Elizabeth A. Forys, Kenneth G. Rice, and Daniel P. Wojcik. 2001. Effects of fire ants (hymenoptera: formicidae) on hatching turtles and prevalence of fire ants on sea turtle nesting beaches in Florida. Florida Entomologist 84(2) June: 250. ABSTRACT: Red imported fire ants (Solenopsis invicta Buren) have increasingly been observed in logger-head (Caretta caretta L.) and green (Chelonia mydas L.) sea turtle nests in Florida, and in the nests of freshwater turtles. They may be attracted to the disturbance, mucous and moisture associated with turtle nesting and establish foraging tunnels into turtle nests shortly after egg- laying, thus increasing the vulnerability of hatchlings to fire ant predation. We conducted experiments on a freshwater turtle (Pseudemys nelsoni Carr) to determine the potential impacts of S. invicta on turtle hatchlings. Over 70% of hatchlings were killed by S. invicta during piping or shortly after hatching. To determine the extent of S. invicta infestation of sea turtle nesting beaches, we sampled known nesting beaches throughout the state of Florida. Beach surveys indicated that S. invicta are present and often abundant on most beaches and dunes along the Florida coast. Allen, Craig R., R. Scott Lutz, Stephen Demarais. 1995. Red imported fire ant impacts on northern bobwhite populations. Ecological applications. 5(3) Aug.: 632-638. ABSTRACT: The stability of Northern Bobwhite (Colinus virginianus) populations in Texas, where high density polygyne red imported fire ants (Solenopsis invicta) account for >50% of all (S. invicta) colonies, has been cited as a reason to repudiate impacts by this exotic species on Northern Bobwhite. We used two approaches to investigate the relationship between red imported fire ants and Northern Bobwhite. In the first approach, we used correlation analysis to compare Northern Bobwhite abundance trends, determined from Christmas Bird Count data in 15 Texas counties, before and after fire ant infestation. Before red imported fire ant infestation, no significant trend in Bobwhite abundance existed (r= -0.355, P= 0.314). after fire ant infestation, Northern Bobwhite abundance declined and was highly negatively correlated with years of

58 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... infestation (r=-0.867, P< 0.001). Bobwhite populations from 16 uninfested counties in Texas revealed no trend over a 27-year (1966-1992) period (r=-0.081, P=0.688). in the second approach, red imported fire ant populations were reduced on five 202-ha study areas in the Texas coastal Bend, autumn Northern Bobwhite densities were monitored for 2 yr on those reduced areas and five untreated areas. By the 2nd yr, Bobwhite autumn density was higher (P=0.028) on areas where red imported fire ants were suppressed. We concluded that polygyne red imported fire ants were negatively impacting northern bobwhite in this region of Texas. Apperson, C. S., R. B. Leidy, E. E. Powell. 1984. Effects of Amdro in the red imported fire ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) and some nontarget ant species and persistence of Amdro on a pasture habitat in North Carolina. J. Econ. Entom. 77:1012-1018. Banks, W. A. C. T. Adams, C. S. Lofgren, D. P. Wojcik. 1990. Imported fire ant infestation of soybean fields in the southern United States. Florida Enotomol. 73: 503-504. Brinkman, Mark A., and Wayne A. Gardner. 2001. Use of diatomaceous earth and entomopathogen combinations against the red imported fire ant (hymenoptera: formicidae). Florida Entomologist 84(4) December. 740. SUMMARY: Pathogen and diatomaceous earth (DE) combinations were tested on Solenopsis invicta in laboratory studies. Mortality for healthy fire ants treated with Beauveria bassiana was not greatly increased by exposure to DE. Mortality of fire ants infected with Thelohania solenopsae and ex-posed to DE was relatively high. Results suggest that T. solenopsae and DE are compatible for use against fire ants. Callcott, A. A., and H. L. Collins . 1996. Invasion and range expansion of the imported fire ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in North America from 1918-1995. Florida Entomol. 79: 240- 251. ABSTRACT: A native of South America, imported fire ants were first detected in this country in Mobile, AL around 1918. By 1958, imported fire ants had spread into all or part of 141 counties/parishes in 8 states, covering 25,272,706 ha. In 1995, this pest had expanded its range to include a total of 114,098,722 ha in all or part of 670 counties/parishes in 11 states and Puerto Rico. Collins, H. L., and A. M. A. Callcott. 1998. Fipronil: An ultra-low-dose bait toxicant for control of red imported fire ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Florida Entomologist 81(3) September: 408. ABSTRACT: Fipronil, a new broad spectrum pyrazole insecticide, was tested both in the laboratory and field as a bait toxicant for control of red imported fire ants, Solenopsis invicta Buren. Laboratory bioassays with worker ants showed that delayed toxicity occurred with baits ranging from 5 to 200 mg/ml active ingredient (AI). Tests with field-collected colonies in the laboratory confirmed the bioassay results with worker ants, and demonstrated that granular baits containing from 3.0 to 30 mg/mg (AI) eliminated colonies in 8 to 11 weeks after treatment. A field trial showed that a 15 mg/mg granular bait provided over 80% colony mortality at 6 and 12 weeks after broadcast application in non-grazed pastures. These results clearly demonstrate the potential of fipronil for use as a bait toxicant for control of red imported fire ants. Cohen, P. R. 1992. Imported fire ant stings: clinical manifestations and treatment. Pediatr. Determol. 9: 44-48.

Cokendolpher, J. C., and S. A. Phillips, Jr. 1989. Rate of spread of the red imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in Texas. Southwest. Nat. 34: 443-449.

59 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Diffie, S., C. Sheppard. 1990. Impact of imported fire ants on Georgia Homeowners. In: 1990 Imported Fire Ant Conference (M. E. Mispagel, ed.) pp. 62-71. Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas. Drees, B. M. 1997. We're all on the same team when tracking fire ants. http://fireant.tamu.edu/ (22 June 2000). Drees, B. M., C. L. Barr, S. B. Vinson, R. E. Gold, M. E. Merchant, D. Kostraun. 1996. Managing red imported fire ants in urban areas. B-6043. Texas Agric. Ext. Serv., The Texas A&M Univ. System, College Station, Texas. 18 pp. Drees, B. M., R. W. Miller, S. B. Vinson, R. Georgis. 1992. Susceptibility and behavioral response of red imported fire ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) to selected entomogenous nematodes (rhabditida: steinernematidae & heterorhabditidae). J. Econ. Entomol. 85(2):365-370. Forys, Elizabeth A., Anna Quistorff, and Craig R. Allen. 2001 potential fire ant (hymenoptera: formicidae) impact on the endangered schaus swallowtail (lepidoptera: papilionidae). Florida Entomologist 84(2) June: 254. ABSTRACT: The Schaus swallowtail, Papilio aristodemus ponceanus, historically occurred in tropical hardwood hammocks from South Miami to the upper Florida Keys and is currently listed as federally endangered. Much of the remaining hardwood hammock habitat is fragmented by roads and human development that may alter the microhabitat within the hammocks and increase the probability of invasion by non-native predators and competitors. One non-indigenous species that has recently invaded the Florida Keys, and that may impact the Schaus swallowtail is the red imported fire ant (Solenopsis invicta Buren). We estimated abundance of red imported fire ants in Schaus swallowtail habitat on Key Largo, and the decrease in red imported fire ants resulting from the application of chemical ant baits. In addition, we con-ducted laboratory experiments to determine how vulnerable swallowtail life stages are to red imported fire ant predation. We found red imported fire ants at 50% of transects in the hardwood hammock, up to 40 m from hammock edge. Chemical treatments were only partially effective in decreasing red imported fire ant abundance, and the effect was short-lived. All immature swallowtail life stages were vulnerable to predation by red imported fire ants. Habitat restoration that decreases red imported fire ant abundance may be the most cost-effective and long-term method of decreasing impacts from red imported fire ants.

Gilbert, L. E., And L. W. Morrison. 1997. Patterns of host specificity in Pseudacteon parasitoid flies (Diptera: Phoridae) that attack Solenopsis fire ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Environ. Entomol. 26: 1149-1154.

Giuliano, W. M., C. R. Allen, R. S. Lutz, and S. Demarais . 1996. Effects of imported fire ants on northern bobwhite chick survival and body mass. J. Wildl. Manage. 60: 309-313.

Hedges, S. A. 1997. Handbook of Pest Control, 8th Ed. (D. Moreland, ed.) pp. 531-535. Mallis Handbook and Technical Training Company. Hedges, S. A. 1998. Field Guide for the Management of Structure Infesting Ants, 2nd Ed.(D. Moreland, ed.) pp. 202-216. G. I. E. Publishers, Cleveland, Ohio. Holldobler, B., E. O. Wilson. 1990. The Ants. pp. 165. Belknap Press.

Jouvenaz, D. P., C. S. Lofgren, and W. A. Banks. 1981. Biological control of imported fire ants: A review of current knowledge. Bull. Entomol. Soc. Am. 27: 203-208.

60 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Lockley, Timothy. 1995. Observations of predation on alate queens of the red imported fire ant (hymenoptera: formicidae) by the black and yellow garden spider (ARANEAE: ARANEIDAE). Florida Entomologist 78(4) December. 610. SUMMARY: The serendipitous placement of an Argiope aurantia web in the direct flight path of emerging late fire ants succeeded in disrupting the mating flight of approximately 15% of the observed queens, either through direct predation or indirectly by hampering their ability to fly (capture and release). Lofgren, C. S., C. T. Adams. 1981. Reduced yield of soybeans in fields infested with the red imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta Buren. Florida Entomol. 64: 199-202. Lofgren, C. S., W. A. Banks, B. M. Glancey. 1975. Biology and Control of Imported Fire Ants. Annual Review of Entomology 20:1-30.

Morrison, L. W. 1999. Indirect effects of phorid fly parasitoids on interspecific competition between fire ants (in press). Oecologia.

Morrison, Lloyd W., Lawrence e. Gilbert. 1999. Host specificity in two additional pseudacteon spp. (diptera: phoridae), parasitoids of solenopsis fire ants (hymenoptera: formicidae) Florida Entomologist 82(3) September: 404. ABSTRACT: We tested the host specificity of two South American Pseudacteon phorid flies, P. obtusus Borgmeier and P. borgmeieri Schmitz, on North American colonies of the red imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta Buren, and the tropical fire ant, S. geminata (F.). Sequential host specificity tests conducted in the laboratory indicated that P. obtusus was highly specific to S. invicta. In individual trials, 20 females attacked S. invicta but none attacked S. geminata. Pseudacteon borgmeieri females, in contrast, attacked both Solenopsis species. Six of the eighteen known South American Pseudacteon species have now been tested for host specificity, and 4 of the 6 reveal a high degree of specificity to S. invicta, thus representing good biocontrol candidates. Morrison, L. W., E. A. Kawazoe, R. Guerra and L. E. Gilbert. 1999. Phenology and dispersal in Pseudacteon flies (Diptera: Phoridae), parasitoids of Solenopsis fire ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 92(2):198-207.

Moulis , R. A. 1997. Predation by the imported fire ant (Solenopsis invicta) on loggerhead sea turtle (Caretta caretta) nests on Wassaw National Wildlife Refuge, Georgia. Chelonian Cons. Biol. 2: 433-436.

Mount, R. H. 1981. The red imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) as a possible serious predator on some southeastern vertebrates: direct observations and subjective impressions. J. Alabama Acad. Sci. 52: 71-78. Oi, D. H., R. M. Pereira, J. L. Steimac, L. A. Wood. 1994. Field applications of Beauveria bassiana for the control of the red imported fire ant (Hymenoptra: Formicidae). J. Econ. Entomol. 87(3):623-630.

Parris, L. N., M. M. Lamont, and R. R. Carthy . 2001. Observations of predation by red imported fire ants (Solenopsis invicta) on hatching loggerhead sea turtles (Caretta caretta). Herp. Rev. (in press).

Parris, Leslie B., Margaret M. Lamont, Raymond R. Carthy. 2002. Increased incidence of red imported fire ant (hymenoptera: formicidae) presence in loggerhead sea turtle (testudines:

61 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... cheloniidae) nests and observations of hatchling mortality. Florida Entomologist 85(3) September. 514. SUMMARY: Hatching sea turtles may be at risk to fire ant predation during egg incubation, and especially at risk once pipped from the egg, prior to hatchling emergence from the nest. In addition to direct mortality, fire ants have the potential to inflict debilitating injuries that may directly affect survival of the young. The increased incidence of red imported fire ant induced mortality and envenomization of loggerhead sea turtle hatchlings on Cape San Blas suggests this invasive ant species may pose a serious threat to the future of this genetically distinct population.

Porter, Sanford D..1998. Biology and behavior of pseudacteon decapitating flies (diptera: phoridae) that parasitize solenopsis fire ants (hymenoptera: formicidae) Florida Entomologist 81(3) September, 292. ABSTRACT: Larvae of phorid flies in the genus Pseudacteon have the unusual habit of decapitating fire ant workers and pupating inside the empty head capsule which they use as a pupal case. Flies in this genus are the subject of considerable interest because they have the potential of being used as classical biological control agents against imported fire ants in North America. This paper details what is known and not known about their interesting life history, attack behavior, mating behavior, host specificity, and impacts on fire ant behavior. The biogeography, community structure, and possible impacts on fire ant populations are also considered.

Porter, S. D. 1998. Host-specific attraction of Pseudacteon flies (Diptera: Phoridae) to fire ant colonies in Brazil. Florida Entomol. 81: 423-429.

Porter, S. D., H. G. Fowler, S. Campiolo, and M. A. Pesquero. 1995. Host specificity of several Pseudacteon parasites of fire ants in South America (Diptera: Phoridae, Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Florida Entomol. 78:70-75.

Porter, S. D., R. K. Vander Meer, M. A. Pesquero, S. Campiolo, and H. G. Fowler. 1995. Solenopsis (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) fire ant reactions to attacks of Pseudacteon flies (Diptera: Phoridae) in Southeastern Brazil. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 88: 570-575.

Porter, S. D., L. E. Alonso. 1999. Host specificity of fire ant decapitating flies (Diptera: Phoridae) in laboratory oviposition tests. J. Econ. Entomol. 92(1):110-114. ABSTRACT: Host specificities of 3 species of Pseudacteon decapitating flies (P. litoralis Borgmeier, P. tricuspis Borgmeier, P. wasmanni Schmitz) were tested in quarantine facilities in Gainesville, FL. Female flies from Brazil were placed into test trays containing either red imported fire ants, Solenopsis invicta Buren, tropical fire ants, Solenopsis geminata Forel, or native ants from 6 other genera (Crematogaster, Pheidole, Aphaenogaster, Neivamyrmex, Forelius, Camponotus). Tests lasted 60-90 min. The 3 species of flies tested were all at least 15 times more likely to attack their natural host, S. invicta, than they were to attack the native fire ant, S. geminata. More than 200 larvae resulted from numerous attacks on S. invicta workers. No larvae resulted from the few possible attacks on S. geminata or the other species of ants that were tested. We induced several P. tricuspis to attack a few S. geminata workers by mixing these workers in with freeze-killed S. invicta workers. One adult fly emerged from these attacks, demonstrating that P. tricuspis can develop in S. geminata workers. This indicates that the field release of P. tricuspis poses some risk to native fire ants, however, the extremely low rates of attack on S. geminata in the laboratory and in the field indicate that this risk would be minimal. The argument is made that this small risk is acceptable because, among other things, native fire

62 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... ants are under much more risk from expanding populations of imported fire ants than they would be from imported Pseudacteon flies. Porter, Sanford D., Dolores A. Savignano. 1990. Invasion of polygyne fire ants decimates native ants and disrupts arthropod community. Ecology. 71(6) Dec.: 2095-2106. ABSTRACT: The fire ant Solenopsis invicta Buren invaded southeastern United States from South America >50 yr ago. Urban and agricultural consequences of this invasion are well documented, however, ecological effects are still poorly understood. Increasing frequencies of “polygyne” or multiple-queen fire ants in Texas and other areas of the Southeast are disturbing because densities of this new form are often ten times as great as those of the more familiar monogyne form. We studied the ecological impacts of a polygyne fire ant invasion on ants and other surface-active arthropods at a field station in central Texas. Arthropod abundance and species richness were assessed using a combination of baits, pitfall traps, and litter samples. This invasion decimated the indigenous ant fauna. Competitive replacement appears to be the primary mechanism behind this effect. Specie richness of ants in infested areas dropped by 70%, while the total number of native individuals dropped by 90%. Of 35 species of ants collected in this study, 23 were either significantly less common or absent from infested sites, only S. invicta were more common at infested sites. The most dramatic effect of the invasion was a 10-30 fold increase in the total number of ants at infested sites – of which >99% were the imported fire ant S. invicta. The impact of this invasion on other surface-active arthropods was less severs, but still substantial. The abundance of isopods, erythraeid mites, and tumblebug scarabs, declined significantly, while the abundance of ground crickets, a brachypterous roach, and a symbiotic scarab increased significantly. Overall, the species richness of non-ant arthropods was 30% lower in infested sites and individual umbers were 75% lower. Total arthropod species richness (including ants) was 40% less at infested sites. These data indicate that polygyne fie ants pose a substantial threat to the biodiversity of native arthropod communities. Shattuck, S. O., Porter, S. D., Wojcik, D. P. 1999. Solenopsis invicta Buren, 1972 (Insecta, Hymenoptera): proposed conservation of specific name. Bulletin of Zoo. Nomen. 56(1): 27- 30. Stimac, J. L., S. B. Alves. 1994. Pest Management in the Subtropics: Biological Control A Florida Perspective. (D. Rosen, F. D. Bennett, J. L. Capinera, ed) pp. 353-380. Intercept Limited, Andover, Hants SP10 1 YG, UK. Thorvilson, H. G., S. A. Philips, Jr., A. A. Sorenson & M. R. Trostle. 1987. The straw itch mite, Pyemotes tritici (Acari: Pyemotidae), as a biological control agent or red imported fire ants, Solenopsis invicta (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). The Florida Entomol. 70 (1): 440-444. ABSTRACT: The straw itch mite, Pyemotes tritici (Lagreze-Fossat and Montane) is a parasite pyemotid mite that has generated considerable interest as a biological control agent of the red imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta Buren. To evaluate the efficacy of this mite against S. invicta under conditions of central Texas, a large-scale field trial was conducted during 1985. a total of 244 S. invicta colonies was mapped and colony size and activity ratings recorded. During May, two applications of mites cultured on Angoumois grain moth-infested wheat kernels were introduced into 103 colonies, and 141 control colonies were treated with Angoumois grain moth- infested wheat kernels not infested with mites. The colonies were also twice treated in October. Throughout the test peroid, colonies were periodically inspected and rated. Analysis of the data using t-tests did not reveal significant differences in ratings between mire-treated and control colonies. Therefore, the straw itch mite, P. tritici , was not found to be an effective biological control agent of the red imported fire ant.

63 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Tschinkel, W. R. 1993. The fire ant (Solenopsis invicta): still unvanquished. Pages 121-136 in B. N. McKnight, editor. Biological pollution: the control and impact of invasive exotic species. Indiana Academy of Science, Indianapolis. 261 PP. Vinson, S. B. (ed.). 1986. Economic Impact and Control of Social Insects. Praeger Scientific, New York. Vinson, S. B. 1997. Invasion of the red imported fire ant. American Entomologist 43(1):23-39. Vinson, S. B., A. A. Sorenson. 1986. Imported Fire Ants: Life History and Impact. The Texas Department of Agriculture. P. O. Box 12847, Austin, Texas 78711. Vinson, S.B., W.P. MacKay. 1990. Effects of the fire ant, Solenopsis invicta, on electrical circuits and equipment. In: Applied Myrmecology: A World Perspective. Eds. Robert K.Vander Meer, Klaus Jaffe, and Aragua Cedeno. Boulder: Westview Press,496-503. Weaver-Missick, T. 1999. Ouch! The fire ant saga continues. Agricultural Research. September. 4-8 INTRODUCTION: The latest news in the world of fire ants: The tiny pests with a ferocious sting are spreading. Until recently, red imported fire ants occupied more than 300 million acres in 12 southern states and Puerto Rico. Now they’ve become established in California and New Mexico. As the ants spread, the race to stop them is even more intense for a team of Agricultural Research Service scientists at Gainesville, Florida. There, researchers at ARS’ Center for Medical, Agricultural, and Veterinary Entomology are seeking new ways to keep this pest in check. Williams, D. F., G. J. Knue, J. J. Becnel . 1998. Discovery of Thelohania solenopsae from the red imported fire ant, Solenopsae invicta, in the United States. J. Invertebr. Pathol. 71: 175-176. Williams, D. F., S. D. Porter. 1996. Update on USDA-ARS biological control studies on fire ants. pp 143-144. In Proceedings of the 1996 Imported Fire Ant Research Conference. New Orleans, Louisiana.

Wilmers, T. J., E. S. Wilmers, M. Miller, and P. Wells . 1996. Imported fire ants (Solenopsis invicta): a growing menace to sea turtle nests in Key West National Wildlife Refuge, pp. 341-343. In J. A. Keinath, D. E. Barnard, J. A. Musick, and B. A. Bell (eds.). Proc. Fifteenth Annual Workshop on Sea Turtle Biology and Conservation.

Williams, D.F., W. A. Banks and C. S. Lofgren. 1997. Control of Solenopsis invicta (hymenoptera:formicidae) with Teflubenzuron. Florida Entomologist 80(1) March, 84. ABSTRACT: Teflubenzuron baits were active against laboratory colonies of the red imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta Buren. Worker brood production ceased soon after treatment and by four weeks posttreatment, most colonies were devoid of brood. Worker ants did not exhibit any direct effects from treatment with teflubenzuron. As is typical with most insect growth regulators, colony mortality was slow and dependent on old-age attrition of the worker ants. A few (<25) female alates were produced in one of the laboratory colonies at 12 weeks posttreatment. The teflubenzuron baits reduced field colonies of S. invicta by 75-79% within 6 weeks after treatment, 83-86% within 13 weeks, and 77-91% within 17 weeks. At 17 weeks posttreatment, the presence of worker brood in the plots treated with the lower rates, 0.1125% and 0.0225%, gave evidence of recovery of some colonies. However, the results of the field tests indicate that teflubenzuron has excellent potential for control of field populations of S. invicta.

Wojcik , D. P. 1994. Impact of the red imported fire ant on native ant species in Florida, pp. 269- 281. In D. F. Williams (ed.). Exotic Ants: Biology, Impact, and Control of Introduced Species. Westview Press, Boulder, CO.

64 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Asian ambrosia Xylosandrus beetle Animalia Arthropoda Insecta crassiusculus

Anderson, D.M. 1974. First record of Xyleborus semiopacus in the continental United States (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). U.S. Dept. Agric. Coop. Econ. Insect Rept. 24: 863-864.

Bambara, S., K. Sorensen, J. R. Baker. 1998. "The Asian ambrosia beetle." August. http://www.ces.ncsu.edu/depts/ent/notes/Ornamentals_and_Turf/trees_contents/orn_t111/n ot111.html. (May 12, 2000).

Browne, F.G. 1961. The biology of Malayan Scolytidae and Platypodidae. Malayan Forest Records 22: 1-255.

Chapin, J.B., A.D. Oliver. 1986 New records for Xylosandrus and Xyleborus species (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 88: 680-683.

Deyrup, M.A., T.H. Atkinson. 1987. New distribution records of Scolytidae from Indiana and Florida. Great Lakes Ent. 20: 67-68.

Ellis, H.C., D.L. Horton. 2000. Asian ambrosia beetle, Xylosandrus crassiusculus (Motschulsky). January. http://www.bugwood.caes.uga.edu/factsheets/99-010.html. (May 12, 2000).

Hale, F. A., J. Oliver, and C. Mannion. 1999. Insecticide evaluation for control of the Asian ambrosia beetle, Xylosandrus crassiusculus, in vitro. Proceedings of the Southern Nursery Association Research Conference 44:176-178.

Hudson, W., R. F. Mizell. 1999. Management of Asian ambrosia beetle, Xylosandrus crassiusculus, in nurseries. Proc. So. Nurs. Grow. Assoc. 44:198-201.

Kovach, J., C.S. Gorsuch. 1985. Survey of ambrosia beetle species infesting South Carolina peach orchards and a taxonomic key for the most common species. J. Agric. Ent. 2: 238-247.

Mangold, J.R., R.C. Wilkinson, D.E. Short. 1977. Chlorpyrifos sprays for control of Xylosandrus compactus in flowering dogwood. J. Econ. Ent. 70: 789-790.

Mizell, R. F., A. Bolques, P. Crampton. 1998. Evaluation of insecticides to control the Asian ambrosia beetle, Xylosandrus crassiusculus. Proc. So. Nurs. Grow. Assoc. 43:162-165

Schedl, K.E. 1962. Scolytidae und Platypodidae Afrikas. II. Rev. Ent. Mozambique 5: 1-594.

Short, D.E., R.F. Mizell, T.R. Fasulo. (1998). Woodybug: A knowledgebase of pest and beneficial arthropods of Florida woody ornamentals. UF/IFAS. CD-ROM.

Solomon, J.D. 1995. Guide to insect borers of North American broadleaf trees and shrubs. Agric. Handbk. 706. Washington, DC: U. S. Dept. Agric., Forest Service. 735 p.

65 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Wood, S.L. 1982. The bark and ambrosia beetles of North and Central America (Coleoptera: Scolytidae), a taxonomic monograph. Great Basin Naturalist Mem. 6: 1-1359.

Mediterranean Carcinus green crab Animalia Arthropoda Malacostraca aestuarii

Fossi M.C., L. Lari, S. Casini, N. Mattei, J.C. Savelli, J.C. Sanchez-Hernandez, S. Castellani, M. Depledge, S. Bamber, C. Walker, D. Savva and O. Sparagano. 1996. Biochemical and genotoxic biomarkers in the Mediterranean crab Carcinus aestuarii experimentally exposed to polychlorobiphenyls, benzopyrene and methyl mercury. Marine Environmental Research 42: 29-32.

Yamada, S.B. and L. Hauck, 2001. Field Identification of the European Green Crab Species: Carcinus maenas and Carcinus aestuarii. Journal of Shellfish Research 20(3): 905-912 ABSTRACT: Adults of the global invaders. Carcinus maenas and C. aestuarii, can generally be distinguished in the field by three diagnostic characteristics: the shape of the copulatory appendages (pleopods) in the male, the shape of the frontal area between the eyes, and the carapace width to length ratio. The pleopods of male C. maenas are crescent-shaped and curve outward with the center of the crescents touching; those of C. aestuarii are straight and parallel to one another. The frontal area of C. maenas does not protrude and is bordered by three scalloped- shaped lobes with distinct bumps. The frontal area of C. aestuarii is flat without distinct bumps and protrudes beyond the eyes. The carapace width to length ratio of adult crabs is typically >1.29 for C. maenas and <1.27 for C. aestuarii.

European green crab Animalia Arthropoda Malacostraca Carcinus Maenas

Ashkenas, L.R., J. Atema. 1978. A salt marsh predator-prey relationship: attack behavior of Carcinus maenas (L.) and defenses of Ilyanassa obsoleta (Say). Biological Bulletin, 155: 426. Attrill, M.J., R.M. Thomas. 1996. Long-term distribution patterns of mobile estuarine invertebrates (Ctenophora, Cnidaria, Crustacea: Decapoda) in relation to hydrological parameters. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 143: 25-36. Berrill, M. 1982. The life cycle of the green crab Carcinus maenas at the northern end of its range. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 2(1): 31-39. Berrill, M., M. Arsenault. 1982. Mating behavior of the green shore crab Carcinus maenas. Bulletin of Marine Science, 32(2): 632-638.

Beukema, J.J. 1991. The abundance of shore crabs Carcinus maenas (L.) on a tidal flat in the Wadden Sea after cold and mild winters. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 153: 97-113.

66 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Carlton, J.T. 1996. Pattern, process, and prediction in marine invasion ecology. Biological Conservation, 78(1-2): 97-106.

Carlton, J.T. 1996. Biological invasion and cryptogenic species. Ecology, 77(6): 1653-1655.

Carlton, J.T. and J.B. Geller. 1993. Ecological Roulette: the global transport of nonindigenous marine organisms. Science, 261: 78-82.

Cohen, A.N. and J.T. Carlton. 1995. Nonindigenous aquatic species in a United States estuary: a case study of the biological invasions of the San Francisco Bay and Delta. . (1/31/99).

Cohen, A.N., J.T. Carlton and M.C. Fountain. 1995. Introduction, dispersal and potential impacts of the green crab Carcinus maenas in San Francisco Bay, California. Marine Biology, 122: 225-237

Cullins, V. 1997. Prevention of introduction of the European green crab Carcinus maenas to the marine environments of Hawaii: Methods to avoid marine invasions. (1/31/99).

Cunningham, P.N., and R.N. Hughes. 1984. Learning of predatory skills by shore crabs Carcinus maenas feeding on mussels and dogwhelks. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 16: 21-26. Dare, P.J., D.B. Edwards. 1981. Underwater television observations on the intertidal movements of shore crabs, Carcinus maenas, across a mudflat. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K. 61: 107-116. Dare, P.J., G. Davies, D.B. Edwards. 1983. Predation on juvenile Pacific oysters (Crassostrea gigas Thunberg) and mussels (Mytilus edulisL.) by shore crabs (Carcinus maenas [L.]). MAFF Direct. Fish. Res., Lowestoft, Fish. Res. Tech. Rep. No. 73, 15 p. Dawirs, R.R. 1984. Influence of starvation on larval development of Carcinus maenas L. (Decapoda: Portunidae). J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 80: 47-66. d'Edekem d'Acoz, C. 1993. Seasonal reproductive activities and size relationships of Carcinus maenas living in the south of North Sea. Cah. Biol. Mar. 35: 1-13. Dries, M., D. Adelung. 1982. The Schlei as a model for the distribution of the green shore crab Carcinus maenas. Helgol. Meeresunters. 35: 65-77. Dumbauld, B.R., Kauffman, B.E. 1998. The nascent invasion of green crab (Carcinus maenus) in Washington State Coastal Estuaries. 1998 Joint Shellfish Growers Annual Convention. Nanaimo, BC. Canada. Eriksson, S. and A.M. Edlund. 1977. On the ecological energetics of the O-group Carcinus maenas (L.) from a shallow sandy bottom in Gullamar Fjord, Sweden. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 30: 233-248. Grosholz, E.D. and G. M. Ruiz. 1995. Spread and potential impact of the recently introduced European green crab, Carcinus maenas, in central California. Marine Biology, 122: 239- 247.

67 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Grosholz, E.D. and G.M. Ruiz. 1996. Predicting the impact of introduced species: Lessons from the multiple invasions of the European green crab Carcinus maenas. Biological Conservation, 78: 59-66. Grosholz, E.D., D. Hedgecock, and G.M. Ruiz. 1996. Impact of the recently introduced green crab on invertebrate and shorebird populations. June 1996. . (30 March 1999). Grosholz, E.D., G.M. Ruiz. 1995. Spread and potential impact of the recently introduced European green crab, Carcinus maenas, in central California. Mar. Biol. 122: 239-247. Grosholz, E.D., G.M. Ruiz. 1996. Predicting the impact of introduced marine species: lessons from the multiple invasions of the European green crab Carcinus maenas. Biol. Conserv. 78: 59- 66. Hughes, P.N., R.N. Hughes. 1984. Learning of predatory skills by shorecrabs Carcinus maenas feeding on mussels and dogwhelks. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 16: 21-26. Hughes, R.N. and R.W. Elner. 1979. Tactics of a predator, Carcinus maenas, and morphological responses of the prey, Nucella lapillus. Journal of Animal Ecology, 48: 65-78. Johannesson, B. 1986. Shell morphology of Littorina saxatilus Olivi: The relative importance of physical factors and predation. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 102: 183-195. Jubb, C.A., R.N. Hughes, T. ap Rheinallt. 1983. Behavioral mechanisms of size-selection by crabs, Carcinus maenas (L.) feeding on mussels, Mytilus edulisL. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 66: 81-87. Kaiser, M.J., R.N. Hughes, D.G. Reid. 1990. Chelal morphometry, prey-size selection and aggressive competition in green and red forms of Carcinus maenas (L.). J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 140: 121-134. Kaiser, M.J., R.N. Hughes, R.N. Gibson. 1993. Factors affecting diet selection in the shore crab, Carcinus maenas (L.). Anim. Behav. 45: 83-92. Lafferty, K.D. and A.M. Kuris. 1996. Biological control of marine pests. Ecology, 77: 1989-2000. Lee, S.Y. and R. Seed. 1992. Ecological implications of cheliped size in crabs: Some data from Carcinus maenas and Liocarcinus holsatus. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 84: 151-160. Liat, L.B., A.W. Pike. 1980. The incidence and distribution of Profilicollis botulus (Acanthocephala), in the eider duck, Somateria mollissima, and in its intermediate host the shore crab, Carcinus maenas, in north east Scotland. J. Zool., Lond. 190: 39-51. McDonald, P.S., Jensen, G.C., Armstrong, D.A. 2000. The competitive and predatory impacts of the nonindigenous crab Carcinus maenas (L.) on the early benthic phase Dungeness crab Cancer magister Dana. School of Fisheries. University of Washington. McGaw, I.J., E. Naylor. 1992. Distribution and rhythmic locomotor patterns of estuarine and open- shore populations of Carcinus maenas. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K. 72: 599-609. MER Assessment Corporation. Enhancement of recruitment of the soft-shell clam, Mya arenaria. 2/18/97. (10 April 1999). Miller, T.W. 1996. First record of the green crab, Carcinus maenas, in Humboldt Bay, California. Calif. Fish Game 82: 93-96.

68 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Moody, K.E. and R.S. Steneck. 1993. Mechanisms of predation among large decapod crustaceans of the Gulf of Maine coast: Functional vs. phylogenetic patterns. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 168(1): 111-124. Moulton, J.M., A.H. Gustafson. 1955. Green crabs and the redistribution of Quahogs. Science 123: 992. Museum Victoria. 1999. European Shore Crab. Marine Crustaceans of Southern Australia. Naylor, E. 1962. Seasonal changes in a population of Carcinus maenas (L.) In the littoral zone. Journal of Animal Ecology, 35: 601-609. Payen, G.G., M. Hubert, Y. Turquier, C. Rubiliani, C. Chassard-Bouchaud. 1981. Experimental infestations of young Carcinus with Sacculina carcini. Can. J. Zool. 59: 1818-1826. Queiroga, H., J.D. Costlow, M.H. Moreira. 1997. Vertical migration of the crab Carcinus maenas first zoea in an estuary: implications for tidal stream transport. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 149: 121-132. ABSTRACT: The first zoea of Carcinus maenas (L.) was intensively sampled in the Canal de Mira (Ria de Aveiro, Portugal) during the winter and spring of 1990. Each sampling period included a series of 25 h fixed-station plankton sampling cycles (12 in winter and 9 in spring), conducted at 1 station located in the lower part of the Canal. Plankton samples were collected every hour, at several depths along the water column, with the use of a pump. Hydrological measurements (salinity, temperature and current velocity and direction) were taken immediately before the collection of the plankton samples. The average depth of the zoeae changed in phase with the tide: larvae reached their highest position in the water column during ebb and their lowest during flood. The extent and phasing of the vertical displacements were such that the first zoea occupied a significantly higher position during the span of the ebb than during flood (p < 0.001). It was also demonstrated that the larvae were significantly closer to the surface during the night (p < 0.05). The pattern of vertical dispersion of the zoeae changed cyclically, with a period equivalent to the tidal half-cycle. Maximum aggregation usually occurred during periods of high current velocity and was independent from water stratification. These observations support the hypothesis that C. maenas first zoea performs an active vertical migration synchronised with tidal and daily cycles. Analysis of the zoeae instantaneous velocity showed that shifts of vertical position according to the phases of tide and day influenced their transport velocity, due to vertical differences of water velocity in the estuarine shear current system. During ebb the larvae were transported at a velocity that exceeded the vertically integrated water velocity, the reverse relationship was observed during flood (p < 0.001). The larvae were also transported faster during the night than during the day (p < 0.05). These results demonstrate that selective tidal stream transport can be generalised in the sense of a unidirectional transport mechanism in estuaries that can enhance exportation. Raloff, J. 1998. European crab leaps to Pacific prominence. Science News Online (6/13/98). . 1/31/99. Reid, D.G., P. Abello, C. Warman. 1992. Size and assortive mating in the shore crab Carcinus maenas. Pages 124-125 in Proceedings of the First European Crustacean Conference, Paris, August 31 - September 5, 1992. Reid, D.G., P. Abello, M.J. Kaiser, G.G. Warman. 1997. Carapace colour, inter-moult duration and the behavioral and physiological ecology of the shore crab Carcinus maenas. Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. 44: 203-211.

69 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Ropes, J.W. 1967. The feeding habits of the green crab, Carcinus maenas (L.). Fishery Bulletin of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 67(2): 183-203. Ropes, J.W. 1968. Data on the feeding habits of the green crab, Carcinus maenas (L.). U.S. Dept. Inter., U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Data Rep. 29, 39 p. Ropes, J.W. 1989. The food habits of five crab species at Pettaquamscutt River, Rhode Island. Fish. Bull. 87: 197-204. Ruiz, G.M., J.T. Carlton, E.D. Grosholz, and A.H. Hines. 1997. Global invasions of marine and estuarine habitats by non-indigenous species: Mechanisms, extent, and consequences. American Zoologist, 37(6): 621-632. Sanchez-Salazar, M.E., C.L. Griffiths, and R. Seed. 1987. The effect of size and temperature on the predation of cockles Cerastoderma edule (L.) by the shore crab Carcinus maenas (L.). Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 111: 181-193. Stein, B.A. and S.R. Flack. 1996. "Green Crab." America's Least Wanted: Alien Species Invasions of U.S. Ecosystems. The Nature Conservancy. 1/31/99. Tangley, L. 1998. Unwelcome sea voyagers. U.S. News and World Reports Online. . (1/31/99). Thrush, S.F. 1986. Community structure on the floor of a sea-lough: Are large epibenthic predators important? Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 104(1-3): 171-183. Torchin, M.E., K.D. Lafferty, A.M. Kuris. 1996. Infestation of an introduced host, the European green crab, Carcinus maenas, by a symbiotic nemertean egg predator, Carcinonemertes epialti. J. Parasitol. 82: 449-453. Weiss, H.M. Marine Animals of Southern New England and New York. State Geological and Natural History Survey of Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection. Bulletin 115. 1995. Welch, W.R. 1969. Changes in abundance of the green crab, Carcinus maenas (L.), in relation to recent temperature changes. Fishery Bulletin of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 67(2): 337-345. Zeng, C., E. Naylor. 1996. Engogenous tidal rhythms of vertical migration in field collected zoea-1 larvae of the shore crab Carcinus maenas: implications for ebb tide dispersal. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 132: 71-82. Zeng, C., E. Naylor. 1996. Occurrence in coastal waters and endogenous tidal swimming rhythms of late megalopae of the shore crab Carcinus maenas: implications for onshore recruitment. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser. 136: 69-79.

Indo-Pacific Charybdis Swimming Crab Animalia Arthropoda Malacostraca hellerii

Campos, N. H. and M. Turkay. 1989. On a record of Charybdis helleri from the Caribbean coast of Colombia. Senck. Mar. 20: 119-123.

Kathirvel, M. and K. N.Gopalakrishnan. 1974. On the occurrence of Charybdis (Charybdis) hellerii (A. Milne Edwards) (Decapoda: Portunidae) along the west coast of India. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of India 16: 286-287.

70 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Lemaitre, R. 1995. Charybdis hellerii (Milne Edwards, 1867), a nonindigenous portunid crab (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura) discovered in the Indian River lagoon system in Florida. Proceedings from Bioliogical Society Washington. 108: 643-648.

Mantellato, F.L.M., R. Garcia. 2001. Biological aspects of the nonindigenous portunid crab Charybdis hellerii in the western tropical south Atlantic. Bulletin of Marine Science 68 (3): 469-477. ABSTRACT: The species of Indo-West Pacific origin, Charybdis hellerii, was recently introduced to the Brazilian fauna. The size of individuals, sex-ratio, sexual maturity, molting and spawning period of this species was characterized in order to better understand their occupation, reproduction and development in invasive areas in the western tropical south Atlantic. The sex ratio was 1:1.2, and estimated size at sexual maturity was 35.0 mm of carapace width. Individuals in the intermolt phase were predominant, and no crabs in the process of ecdysis were captured. Ovigerous females were present throughout most of the year, with the peak of spawning activity during the winter. The studied population, characterized by moderate densities of adult, juvenile and ovigerous female specimens, and the temporal and spatial sampling along the western Atlantic, principally along the Brazilian coast, confirm the hypothesis that C. hellerii is well established in this area, and has arrived in recent times. The rapid expansion along the southwestern Atlantic Ocean as well as the potential relationships with other brachyuran species should be monitored in order to anticipate possible negative impacts.

Stephenson W., J.J. Hudson and B. Campbell, 1957. The Australian portunids (Crustacea: Portunidae) II. The genus Charybdis. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 8(4): 491-507.

Stephenson, W. 1972. An annotated check list and key to the Indo-West-Pacific swimming crabs (Crustacea: Decapoda: Portunidae). Royal Society of New Zealand Bulletin 10: 1-64.

Chinese mitten Crab Animalia Arthropoda Malacostraca Eriocheir sinensis

Anger, K. 1991. Effects of temperature and salinity on the larval development of the Chinese mitten crab Eriocheir sinensis (Decapoda: Grapsidae). Marine Ecology Progress Series 72:103-110. Attrill, M. J. and R. M. Thomas. 1996. Long-term distribution of mobile estuarine invertebrates (Ctenophora, Cnidaria, Crustacea: Decapoda) in relation to hydrological parameters. Marine Ecology Progress Series 143: 25-36. ABSTRACT: Between 1977 and 1992, semi-quantitative samples of macroinvertebrates were taken at fortnightly intervals from the Thames Estuary (UK) utilizing the cooling water intake screens of West Thurrock power station. Samples were taken for 4 h over low water, the abundances of invertebrates recorded in 30 min subsamples and related to water volume filtered. Abundances of the major estuarine species have therefore been recorded every 2 wk for a 16 yr period, together with physicochemical parameters such as temperature, salinity and freshwater flow. Annual cycles of distribution were apparent for several species. Carcinus maenas exhibited a regular annual cycle, with a peak in autumn followed by a decrease in numbers over winter, relating to seasonal temperature patterns. Conversely, abundance of Crangon crangon was consistently lowest in summer, responding to seasonal changes in salinity, whilst Liocarcinus holsatus, Aurelia aurita and Pleurobrachia pileus were only present in summer samples, with P. pileus often in vast numbers (>100000 per 500 million l). The estuarine prawn Palaemon longirostris showed no obvious sustained annual pattern, but evidence for a longer cycle of

71 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... distribution was apparent. During 1989-1992 severe droughts in southeast England severely disrupted annual salinity patterns and coincided with a large increase in the Chinese mitten crab Eriocheir sinensis population. This included the first synchronised migration of adults in the UK. Settlement of young crabs during low-flow periods is suggested as an explanation for this population increase. Chinese mitten crab Control Committee. 2002. A Draft National Management Plan For the Genus Eriochheir. Submitted to the Aquatic Nuisance Species Task Force. February. http://www.anstaskforce.gov/Chinese-mitten-crab-plan2-02.htm. Cohen, A. N. and J. T. Carlton. 1995. Biological study. Nonindigenous aquatic species in a United States estuary: a case study of the biological invasions of the San Francisco Bay and Delta. United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D. C., and National Sea Grant College Program, Connecticut Sea Grant, NTIS report no. PB96-1666525. Cohen, A. N. and J. T. Carlton. 1997. Transoceanic transport mechanisms: introduction of the Chinese mitten crab, Eriocheir sinensis, to California. Pacific Science. 51:1-11. Du, Nan-Shan. 1998. On the Invasion of the Chinese Mitten-handed Crab Erocheir Sinensis (Decapoda, Brachyura). Acta Museum Historae Naturae Sinica, 16(1997-1998):46-47. Girard, C., 1852. A revision of the North American Astaci, with observations on their habits and geographical distribution. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 20: 87-91. Grosholz, E. D., and G. M. Ruiz. 1995. Spread and potential impact of the recently introduced European green crab, Carcinus maenas, in central California. Marine Biology 122:239-247. Halat, K. M. 1996. The distribution and abundance of the Chinese mitten crab (Eriocheir sinensis) in southern San Francisco Bay, 1995-1996. M.S. Thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 80 pp. Hieb, K. 1997. Chinese mitten crabs in the delta. IEP Newsletter 10(1):14-15. Holmes, A. and J. Osmondson. 1998. The second annual IEP monitoring survey of the Chinese mitten crab in the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta and Suisun Marsh. IEP Newsletter 12(1):24-27. Horwarth, J. L. 1988. Injurious wildlife: mitten crabs. Proposed rule. Federal Register 53(219): 45784-45787. Horwarth, J. L. 1989. Importation or shipment of injurious wildlife: mitten crabs. Final rule. Federal Register 54(98): 22285-22289. Horwath, J.L., 1989. Final Rule on importation of injurious wildlife: mitten crabs. Federal Register: Rules and Regulations,54, 22286-22289. Ingle, R. W. 1986. The Chinese mitten crab Eriocheir sinensis H. Milne Edwards – a contentious immigrant. The London Naturalist 65:101-105. Kaestner, A. 1970. Invertebrate zoology. III. Crustacea. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y. 523 p. Kim, C. H. and S. G. Hwang. 1995. The complete larval development of the mitten crab, Eriocheir sinensis H. Milne Edwards, 1853 (Decapoda, Brachyura, Grapsidae) reared in the laboratory and a key to the known zoeae of the Varuninae. Crustaceana 68(7):793-812. Marquardt, W. C. and R. S. Demaree. 1985. Parasitology. MacMillan Publishing. New York. p.

72 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... 274. Nepszy, S. J. and J. H. Leach. 1973. First records of the Chinese mitten crab, Eriocheir sinensis, (Crustacea: Brachyura) from North America. Journal of Fisheries Research Board of Canada 30(2): 1909-1910. Panning, A. 1939. The Chinese mitten crab., 1938, pp. 361-375. Panning, A., 1939. The Chinese mitten crab. Annual Report Smithsonian Institution. Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution (Washington). 3508: 361-375. Sakai, T. 1939. Studies on the Crabs of Japan. IV. Brachygnatha, Brachyrhyncha. Tokyo. 741 pp. + plates. USFWS (United States Fish and Wildlife Service). 1989. Importation or shipment of injurious wildlife: mitten crabs. Federal Register 54(98):22286-22289. Veldhuizen, T. 1997. First annual IEP monitoring survey of the Chinese mitten crab in the delta and Suisun Marsh. IEP Newsletter 10(4):21-22. Veldhuizen, T. and K. Hieb. 1998. What difference can one crab species make? The ongoing tale of the Chinese mitten crab and the San Francisco Estuary. Outdoor California 59(3):19-21. Veldhuizen, T. and K. Hieb. 1998. What’s new on the mitten crab front? IEP Newsletter 11(3):43.

Litopenaeus Blue shrimp Animalia Arthropoda Malacostraca stylirostris

Aragon-Noriega E.A., Calderon-Aquilera L.E. 2000. Does damning of the Colorado River affect the nursery area of blue shrimp Litopenaeus stylirostris (Decapoda: Penaeidae) in the Upper Gulf of California? Revista De Biologia Tropical 48(4):867-871.

Cruz-Suarez, L.E., D. Ricque-Marie and M. Tapia-Salazar . 2001.Assessment of differently processed feed pea (Pisum sativum) meals and canola meal (Brassica sp.) in diets for blue shrimp (Litopenaeus stylirostris). Aquaculture v. 196 (1/2): 87-104.

Cuzon, G., C. Rosas, G. Gaxiola, G. Taboada, and A.V. Wormhoudt. 2001. Effect of dietary carbohydrates on gluconeogenesis in premolt Litopenaeus stylirostris juveniles and pre adults. Journal of Shellfish Research 20(3) :931-937.

Goarant, C., R. Brizard and A. Marteau. 2000. A white spot disease-like syndrome in the Pacific blue shrimp (Litopenaeus stylirostris) as a form of bacterial shell disease. Aquaculture 183 (1-2) : 25-30.

Martinez-Cordova, L.R., A. Campaña Torres and M.A. Porchas-Cornejo. 2003. Dietary protein level and natural food management in the culture of blue (Litopenaeus stylirostris) and white shrimp (Litopenaeus vannamei) in microcosms. Aquaculture Nutrition 9(3): 155-160. ABSTRACT: The effect of dietary protein level and natural food management on the production parameters of blue and white shrimp, as well as on water quality, was evaluated in a microcosms system (plastic pools simulating aquaculture ponds). Two experimental trials were carried out in the facilities of DICTUS, University of Sonora, Northwest México. Treatment with low protein

73 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... diet (LP) consisted of a low protein input (diet with 250 g kg 1 crude protein) through the culture period; treatment with high protein diet (HP) consisted of a high protein input (diet with 400 g kg 1 crude protein) through the trial, and finally treatment VP consisted of an adjustment of protein input (diets with 250, 350 or 400 g kg 1 crude protein), depending on the abundance of biota (zooplankton and benthos) in the system. Each species responded differently to the treatments. For blue shrimp, low protein input resulted in the lowest final body weight (12.9 ± 0.6 g) and biomass (696.0 g pool 1). Survival and feed conversion ratio were similar in the three treatments. For white shrimp, the best growth, biomass and food conversion ratio were obtained in the low protein input treatment. Water quality parameters such as nitrate, ammonia and organic matter during the two trials, were better for LP and VP treatments. White shrimp seems to have lower protein requirements than blue shrimp. For the blue shrimp culture, adjusting protein input according to natural food abundance (zooplankton and benthos) in the system, seems to be advantageous because of the possibility of getting a production similar to that obtained with a high protein input through the farming period, but at lower feed cost, and with a lower environmental impact. It is concluded that a high protein input through the whole farming period is not the best feeding strategy for any of the two species.

Tapia-Salazar, M., T.K. Smith and A. Harris. 2001. Effect of dietary histamine supplementation on growth and tissue amine concentrations in blue shrimp Litopenaeus stylirostris. Aquaculture 193 (3/4) : 281-289

Pacific white Litopenaeus shrimp Animalia Arthropoda Malacostraca vannamei

Argue, B.J., S.M. Arce and J.M. Lotz. 2002. Selective breeding of Pacific white shrimp (Litopenaeus vannamei) for growth and resistance to Taura Syndrome Virus. Aquaculture 204(3/4): 447-460.

Aquacop. 1979. Penaeid reared brood stock: closing the cycle of P. monodon, P. stylirostris and P. vannamei. Proceedings of the World Mariculture Society 10: 445-452.

Kitani, H. 1986. Larval development of the White Shrimp Penaeus vannamei Boone reared in the laboratory and the statistical observation of its naupliar stages. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Scientific Fisheries 52(7): 1131-1139.

Saoud, I.P., D.A. Davis and D.B. Rouse. 2003. Suitability studies of inland well waters for Litopenaeus vannamei culture. Aquaculture 217 (1/4): 373-383.

Astyanax Mexican tetra Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii mexicanus

Arizona Game and Fish Department. (February, 1995). Status Designations Notebook. Heritage Data Management System (HDMS). Phoenix, AZ.

74 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Bechler, D. L., and R. C. Harrel. 1994. Notes on the biology and occurrence of Astyanax mexicanus (Characidae, Teleostei) in southeast Texas. Texas Journal of Science 46(3):293-294. Bechler, David L. 1994. Notes on the occurrence of Astyanax mexicanus in southeast Texas. The Texas Journal of Science 46:293-94. Birkhead, W. S. 1980. Astyanax mexicanus (Filippi), Mexican tetra. p139 in D. S. Lee, et al. Atlas of North American Freshwater Fishes. N. C. State Mus. Nat. Hist., Raleigh. Birkhead, W.S. 1980. Astyanax mexicanus (Filippi), Mexican tetra. N.C. Biol. Surv. Pub. 1980- 12:139. Bitter Lake National Wildlife Refuge Fish List compiled by James E. Brooks, National Fish Hatchery, 1990. Cashner, R. C., and W. J. Matthew. 1988. Changes in the known Oklahoma fish fauna from 1973 to 1988. Proceedings of the Oklahoma Academy of Science 68: 1-7. Dowell, V. E., and C. D. Riggs. 1958. Further observation on Astyanax fasciatus and Menidia audens in Lake Texoma. Proceedings of the Oklahoma Academy of Science 33(1955):52-53. Edwards, R. J. 1977. Seasonal migration of Astyanax mexicanus as an adaptation to novel environments. Copeia 1997: 770-71. Evans, W. A., and P. A. Douglas. 1950. Notes on fishes recently introduced into southern California. California Fish and Game 36:435-436. Hubbard, J.P., Conway, M.C., Campbell, H., Schmitt, G., and Hatch, M.D. 1979. Handbook of Species Endangered in New Mexico. New Mexico Department of Game and Fish. Hubbs, C. L., W. I. Follett, and L. J. Dempster. 1979. List of the fishes of California. California Academy Science Occasional Papers 133. 51 pp. Hubbs, C., T. Lucier, G. P. Garrett, R. J. Edwards, S. M. Dean, E. Marsh, and D. Belk. 1978. Survival and abundance of introduced fishes near San Antonio, Texas. Texas Journal of Science 30(4):369-376. Koster, W. J. 1957. Guide to the fishes of New Mexico. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, NM. Lambou, V. W. 1962. Fishes occurring in Lake Bistineau, Louisiana. Proceedings of the Louisiana Academy of Sciences 25:75-79. Mayden, R. L., editor. 1992. Systematics, historical ecology, and North American freshwater fishes. Stanford University Press, Stanford, CA. Miller, R. J., and H. W. Robison. 1973. The fishes of Oklahoma. Oklahoma State University Press, Stillwater, OK. Miller, R. R. 1952. Bait fishes of the lower Colorado River, from Lake Mead, Nevada, to Yuma, Arizona, with a key for identification. California Fish and Game 38(1):7-42. Minckley, W. L. 1973. Fishes of Arizona. Arizona Fish and Game Department. Sims Printing Company, Inc., Phoenix, AZ. New Mexico Department of Game and Fish (Santa Fe, NM 87503). 1988. Handbook of Species Endangered in New Mexico, C-117:1-2.

75 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... New Mexico Department of Game and Fish, 1994. Endangered Species of New Mexico -- 1994 Biennial Review and Recommendations. Authority: New Mexico Wildlife Conservation Act (NMSA 17-2-37, 1978). New Mexico Department of Game and Fish, Spring 1996. Threatened and Endangered Species of New Mexico -- 1996 Biennial Review and Recommendations. Authority: Wildlife Conservation Act (NMSA 17-2-37 through 17-2-46, 1978). New Mexico Department of Game and Fish, State Game Commission. Amended listing of endangered wildlife of New Mexico. Regulation No. 682. November 30, 1990. New Mexico Dept. of Game and Fish - Endangered Species Program. 1990. Checklist of the native fishes of New Mexico. June 26, 1990. Santa Fe, New Mexico. New Mexico Natural Heritage Database. October, 1996. List of Species of New Mexico with NHP "Tracked" Status. New Mexico Statutes Annotated Chapter 17, Game and Fish, Pamphlett #33, 1988, Replacement Pamphlet, 17-2-3. Protected wildlife species and game fish defined. Michie Co., Law Publishers, Charlottesville, VA. NM Department of Game and Fish. January 31, 1996. List of Threatened and Endangered Species. Title 19 New Mexico Administrative Code Chapter 33 Part 1 (19 NMAC 33.1). NM Natural Heritage Program (NMNHP). October, 1997. New Mexico Heritage State Ranks 10/97. Albuquerque, NM. Page, L. M., and B. M. Burr. 1991. A field guide to freshwater fishes of North America north of Mexico. The Peterson Field Guide Series, volume 42. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, MA. Propst, David L. 1999. Threatened and Endangered Fishes of New Mexico Technical Report 1. NM Department of Game and Fish, Santa Fe, NM. Propst, D.L., M.D. Hatch, and J.P. Hubbard. 1985. Mexican tetra (Astyanax mexicanus). New Mex. Dept. Game and Fish, Handbook Spec. End. in New Mexico:FISH/CH/AS/ME:1-2, Rasquin, P. 1947. Progressive pigmentary regression in fishes associated with cave environments, Zoologica 32:35-42. Riggs, C. D. 1954. The occurrence of Astyanax fasciatus mexicanus in Lake Texoma, Oklahoma. Proceedings of the Oklahoma Academy of Science 33(1952):141. Sublette, J. E., M. D. Hatch, and M. Sublette. 1990. The fishes of New Mexico. New Mexico Department of Game and Fish, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, NM. 393 pp. Sublette, J.S. 1975. A survey of the fishes of the Pecos, Canadian, and Arkansas drainages in New Mexico. New Mex. Dept. Game and Fish, contract 0696, final report:4. Sublette, James E., Sublette, Mary, and Hatch, Michael D. 1990. The fishes of New Mexico. New Mexico Dept. of Game and Fish. 1st ed. Swift, C. C., T. R. Haglund, M. Ruiz, and R. N. Fisher. 1993. The status and distribution of the freshwater fishes of southern California. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Science 92(3):101-167. Trautman, M. B. 1981. The fishes of Ohio. Ohio State University Press, Columbus, OH.

76 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... U.S. Dept. of Agric. Forest Service. 1990. Regional forester's sensitive species list southwest region-- region 3, Sept. 1990. Wilkins, Horst 1988. Evolution and genetics of Astyanax fasciatus. Evolutionary Biology 23:271-367.

Northern Snakehead Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Channa argus

Amanov, A.A. 1974. Morphology and mode of life of the Amur Snakehead (Ophiocephalus argus warpachowskii) in Chimkurgan Reservoir. Voprosy Iktiologii. (Journal of Ichthyology). 14: 713-716. Berg, L.S. 1949.Freshwater fishes of the U.S.S.R. and adjacent countries. Vol.3. pp.75-77. (Israel Programme for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem,1965). Courtenay, W.R., Jr., J.D. Williams, and L.G. Nico. 2002. Progress Report on the Snakeheads (Pisces: Channidae): A Biological Synopsis and Risk Assessment. U.S. Geological Survey, Gainesville, Florida.

Dasgupta, M. 2000. Adaptation of the alimentary tract to feeding habits in four species of fish of the genus Channa. Indian Journal of Fisheries [Indian J. Fish.]. 47(3): 265-269. SUMMARY: “The structure and morphometrics of the alimentary canal of Channa orientalis, C. punctatus, C. striatus and C. marulius are described in relation to their food and feeding habits. The general pattern of the alimentary canal was found to be similar and of carnivorous type in the four species studied. C. striatus was found to be the most carnivorous as indicated by the structure and morphometrics of the alimentary canal and nature of gut content followed by C. marulius and C. orientalis was found to be the least carnivorous. Pattern of the mucosal folds in the different regions of the alimentary canal showed inter and intra-specific variations.”

Dukravets, GM. 1991. The Amur snakehead Channa argus warpachowskii in the Talas and Chu river basins. VOPR. IKHTIOL./J. ICHTHYOL. 31(5): 864-867. SUMMARY: “The Amur snakehead found its way into the Aral Sea basin in the early 1960s and was first recorded in the basins of the Talas and Chu rivers (Kazakhstan) in the mid-80s. The paper presents data on the morphological characters, growth, condition factor and feeding of the fish from water storage reservoirs.” Finlayson, B.J., R.A. Schnick, R.L. Cailteux, L. DeMong, W.D. Horton, W. McClay, C.W. Thompson, and G.J. Tichacek. 2000. Rotenone Use in Fisheries Management: Administrative and Technical Guidelines Manual. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, Maryland. http://www.fisheries.org/rotenone/Rotenone_Manual.pdf. Finlayson, B.J., R.A. Schnick. R.L. Cailteux, L. DeMong, W.D. Horton, W. McClay, C.W. Thompson. 2002. Assessment of antimycin A use in fisheries and its potential for re- registration. Fisheries 27(6):10-18. Frank, S. 1970. Acclimatization experiments with Amur snakehead, Ophiocephalus argus warpachowskii Berg,1909. Vestnik Ceskoslovenske Spolecnosti Zoologicke. Cislo 4: 277- 283.

Guseva, LN. 1990. Food and feeding ratios of the Amur snakehead, Channo argus warpachowskii , in water bodies in the lower reaches of the Amu Darya. Journal of Ichthyology. 30(4): 11- 21.

77 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... SUMMARY: “Consideration is given to the seasonal dynamics and local differences in the feeding of the snakehead (Channa argus warpachowskii ), an introduced species, in the lower reaches of the Amu Darya. Calculations are made of daily and annual food consumption, and of the feeding ratios for various snakehead age groups.”

Liu, J, Cui, Y, Liu, J. 1998. Food consumption and growth of two piscivorous fishes, the mandarin fish and the Chinese snakehead. Journal of Fish Biology [J. Fish Biol.]. 53(5) Nov.: 1071- 1083. SUMMARY: “Rates of maximum food consumption and growth were determined for immature mandarin fish Siniperca chuatsi (47 times 2-540 times 2 g) and Chinese snakehead Channa argus (45 times 0-546 times 2 g) at 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 and 35 degree C. The relationship between maximum rate of food consumption (C sub(max)), body weight (W) and temperature (T) was described by the multiple regression equations: lnC sub(max)=-4 times 880+0 times 597 lnW+0 times 284T-0 times 0048T super(2) for the mandarin fish, and lnC sub(max)=-6 times 718+0 times 522 lnW+0 times 440T-0 times 0077T super(2) for the Chinese snakehead. The optimum temperature for consumption was 29 times 6 degree C for the mandarin fish and 28 times 6 degree C for the Chinese snakehead. The relationship between growth rate (G), body weight and temperature was ln(G+0 times 25)=-0 times 439-0 times 500 lnW+0 times 270T-0 times 0046T super(2) for the mandarin fish, and ln(G+0 times 25)=-6 times 150+(0 times 175-0 times 026T) lnW+0 times 571T-0 times 0078T super(2) for the Chinese snakehead. The weight exponent in the growth-weight relationship was -0 times 83 for the mandarin fish, but decreased with increasing temperature for the Chinese snakehead. The optimum temperature for growth was 29 times 3 degree C for the mandarin fish, but tended to decrease with increasing weight for the Chinese snakehead, being 30 times 3 degree C for a 45-g fish, and 26 times 1 degree C for a 550- g fish.” Maryland Fisheries Service. 2002. Maryland Snakehead Summary Information. Maryland Department of Natural Resources, Annapolis, Maryland. Reeves, C.D. 1927. A catalogue of the fishes of north-eastern China and Korea. Journal of the Pan- Pacific Research Institution. 2(Part.3): 3-16. Shafland, P.L. 1986. A Review of Florida’s Efforts to Regulate, Assess and Manage. Exotic Fish. Fisheries 11: 20-25. Shih, H.J. 1936. Notes on the labyrinth fishes of China. Bulletin Fan Memorial Institute Biology. (Zoology). 3(Part 3): 67-97. Snakehead Scientific Advisory Panel. 2002. Snakehead Scientific Advisory Panel First Report to the Maryland Secretary of Natural Resources July 26. Soin, S.G. 1960. Reproduction and development of Ophicephalus argus warpachowskii. Berg. Voprosy Ictiologii: 127-137. Xie, Congxin, Xiong, Chuanxi, Zhou, Jie, Wan, Xinmiao, Jin, Hui. 1997. Feeding intensity and dynamics of juvenile northern snakehead, Channa argus, under different illumination. Acta hydrobiologica sinica/Shuisheng Shengwu Xuebao. Wuhan [Acta Hydrobiol. Sin./Shuisheng Shengwu Xuebao]. 21(3): 213-218. SUMMARY: “The feeding intensity of juveniles of the Northern snakehead Channa argus was influenced by light intensity. Under the strong light of 10 super(3) lx, the feeding intensity was relatively weak, but strong under the weak light of 10 super(-3) lx. The feeding intensity increased with the continuous weakening of light intensity. The feeding rate of the juveniles varied with light intensity. The highest feeding rate was observed under 10 super(-3) lx. An optimum illumination found for the feeding. The feeding rate decreased with the feeding time.

78 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... The feeding dynamics of the juveniles in different feeding conditions, that is the curve of feeding dynamics, was similar in trends to the curves of feeding intensity and feeding rate.”

Fire-belly Cichla peacock cichlid Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii monoculus

Ash, G. Spawning Notes – Cichla monoculus (Spix, 1831) An aquarium spawning of a "Peacock Bass"!. ACARA The Printed Journal of the South American Cichlid Study Group 3(4). Fischer, G.W. and W.E. Grant. 1994. Use of a native predator to control overcrowding in warm- water polyculture ponds: Simulation of a tucunare (Cichla monoculus) - tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) system. Ecol. Modeling 72:205-227. Lowe-McConnell, R.H. 1969. The cichlid fishes of Guyana, South America, with notes on their ecology and breeding behaviour. Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 48: 255-302. Stiassny, M.L.J. 1987. Cichlid familial intrarelationships and the placement of the neotropical genus Cichla. Journal of National Hist. 21: 1311-1331. Stiassny, M.L.J. 1982. The relationships of the neotropical genus Cichla: a phyletic analysis including some functional considerations. J. Zool. Lond. 197: 427-453.

Peacock cichlid Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Cichla ocellaris

Axelrod, H. R. 1993. The most complete colored lexicon of cichlids. Tropical Fish Hobbyist Publications, Inc., Neptune City, NJ.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and C. R. Robins. 1989. Fish introductions: good management, mismanagement, or no management? CRC Critical Reviews in Aquatic Sciences 1(1):159- 172.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., H. F. Sahlman, W. W. Miley, II, and D. J. Herrema. 1974. Exotic fishes in fresh and brackish waters of Florida. Biological Conservation 6(4):292-302.

Courtenay, W.R., Jr., and C.R. Robins. 1973. Exotic aquatic organisms in Florida with emphasis on fishes: A review and recommendations. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 102(1):1-12. Garett, G.P. 1982. Status report on peacock bass (Cichla spp.) in Texas. Ann proc. Texas Chap., Amer. Fish. Soc. 5:20-28.

Garrett, G. P. 1982. Status report on peacock bass (Cichla sp.) in Texas. Presented at the Annual Proceedings of the Texas Chapter, American Fisheries Society.

Guest, W. C., B. W. Lyons, and G. Garza. 1979. Effects of temperature on survival of peacock bass fingerlings. Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies 33:620-627. Guest, W.C., B.W. Lyons. 1980. Temperature tolerance of peacock bass (Cichla temensis). Ann. Proc. Texas Chap., Amer. Fish. Soc. 3:42-48.

79 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Hidalgo, C. 1997. South Florida's peacock bass. CatFish Books, Inc., Tamarac, FL. 174 pp.

Howells, R. G., and G. P. Garrett. 1992. Status of some exotic sport fishes in Texas waters. Texas Journal of Science 44(3):317-324.

Kullander, S. O. 1986. Cichlid fishes of the Amazon River drainage of Peru. Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm, Sweden. 431 pp.

Kullander, S. O., and H. Nijssen. 1989. The cichlids of Surinam, Teleostei: Labroidei. E. J. Brill, New York, NY.

Kushlan, J.A., and T.E. Lodge. 1974. Ecological and distributional notes on the freshwater fish of southern Florida. Florida Scientist 37(2):110-128.

Larsen, L. 1993. Peacock bass explosions! Larsen's Outdoor Publishing, Lakeland, FL. 192 pp.

Ogilvie, V. E. 1966. Report on the peacock bass project including Venezuelan trip report and a description of five Cichla species. Unpublished report, Florida Game and Freshwater Fish Commission, Boca Raton. 62 pp. Page, L.M., and B.M. Burr. 1991. A Field Guide to Freshwater Fishes North America North of Mexico. Peterson Field Guide Series. Houghton Mifflin and Company. Boston. 432 pp. Schroder, S.L., and T.M. Zaret. 1979. The adaptive significance of color patterns in Cichla ocellaris. Copeia 1979(1):43-47. Shafland, P.L. 1986. A review of Florida's effort to regulate assess and manage exotic fishes. Fisheries 11(2):20-25. Shafland, P.L. 1993. An overview of Florida's introduced butterfly peacock bass (Cichla ocellaris) sport fishery. Natura 96:26-28.

Shafland, P.L. 1995. Introduction and establishment of a successful butterfly peacock fishery in southeast Florida canals. American Fisheries Society Symposium 15:443-445.

Shafland, P.L. 1996. Exotic fishes of Florida- 1994. Reviews in Fisheries Science 4(2):101-122. Shafland, P.L. 1984. A proposal for introducing peacock bass (Cichla spp.) in southeast Florida canals. Unpublished report, Florida Game and Freshwater Commission, Boca Raton, Fla. 20 pp. Shafland, P.L. 1989. Florida's peacock bass program. Introduced Fish Section Newsletter, American Fisheries Society 9(3):24-27. Swingle, H. S. 1966. Temperature tolerance of the peacock bass and a pond test of its value as a piscivorous species. Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Commissioners 20:297-299. Tucker, T. 1988. Peacock bass strut their stuff. Florida Sportsman Jan:77-80,82. Zaret, T.M. 1977. Inhibition of cannibalism in Cichla ocellaris and hypothesis of predator mimicry among South American fishes. Evolution 21:421-437.

80 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Zaret, T.M. 1980. Life history and growth relationships of Cichla ocellaris, a predatory South American cichlid. Biotropica 12:144-157. Zaret, T.M., and R.T. Paine. 1973. Species introduction in a tropical lake. Science 182:449-455.

Speckled pavon Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Cichla temensis

Axelrod, H. R. 1993. The most complete colored lexicon of cichlids. Tropical Fish Hobbyist Publications, Inc., Neptune City, NJ. Garrett, G. P. 1982. Status report on peacock bass (Cichla sp.) in Texas. Presented at the Annual Proceedings of the Texas Chapter, American Fisheries Society. Guest, W.C., B.W. Lyons. 1980. Temperature tolerance of peacock bass (Cichla temensis). Ann. Proc. Texas Chap., Amer. Fish. Soc. 3:42-48. Howells, R. G., and G. P. Garrett. 1992. Status of some exotic sport fishes in Texas waters. Texas Journal of Science 44(3):317-324. Kullander, S. O. 1986. Cichlid fishes of the Amazon River drainage of Peru. Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm, Sweden. 431 pp. Larsen, L. 1993. Peacock bass explosions! Larsen's Outdoor Publishing, Lakeland, FL. 192 pp. Taphorn, D. C., and A. Barbarino-Duque. 1993. Evaluación de la situación actual de los pavones, (Cichla spp.), en el Parque nacional Capanaparo-Cinaruco, Estado Apure, Venezuela. Natura 96:10-25.

Rio Grande Cichlasoma cichlid Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii cyanoguttatum

Birkhead, W.S. 1980. Cichlasoma cyanoguttatum (Baird and Girard) Rio Grande perch. Page 765 in D.S. Lee, C.R. Gilbert, C.H. Hocutt, R.E. Jenkins, D.E. McAllister, and J.R. Stauffer, Jr. Atlas of North American Freshwater Fishes. Publication #1980-12 of the North Carolina Biological Survey. North Carolina Museum of Natural History. 854 pp. Brown, W.H. 1953. Introduced fish species of the Guadalupe River Basin. The Texas Journal of Science 5(2):245-251. Buchannan, T. M. 1971. The reproductive ecology of the Rio Grande cichlid, Cichlasoma cyalzoguttatum (Baird and Girard). Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas, Austin. 242 pp. Buntz, J., and P. Chapman. 1970. A preliminary report on the increasing establishment of non- native fish in the Tampa Bay area. Unpublished Report to the Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission. 6 pp. Burgess, J. E. 1958. The fishes of Six Mile Creek, Hillsborough County, Florida, with particular reference to the presence of exotic species. Paper presented at the 12th annual conference of the Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Commissioners, Louisville, KY. Unpublished mimeograph. 8 pp.

81 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Burr, B. M. 1991. The fishes of Illinois: an overview of a dynamic fauna. Proceedings of our living heritage symposium. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin 34(4):417-427. Conkel, D. 1993. Cichlids of North and Central America. Tropical Fish Hobbyist Publications, Inc., Neptune City, NJ. Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and D. A. Hensley. 1979. Survey of introduced non-native fishes. Phase I Report. Introduced exotic fishes in North America: status 1979. Report Submitted to National Fishery Research Laboratory, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Gainesville, FL. Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and J. E. Deacon. 1983. Fish introductions in the American southwest: a case history of Rogers Spring, Nevada. Southwestern Naturalist 28:221-224. Courtenay, W.R., Jr., H.F. Sahlman, W.W, Miley, II, and D.J. Herrema. 1974. Exotic fishes in fresh and brackish waters of Florida. Biological Conservation 6(4): 292-302. Deacon, J. E., and J. E. Williams. 1984. Annotated list of the fishes of Nevada. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 97(1):103-118. Hubbs, C., R. J. Edwards, and G. P. Garrett. 1991. An annotated checklist of freshwater fishes of Texas, with key to identification of species. Texas Journal of Science, Supplement 43(4):1- 56. Hubbs, C., T. Lucier, G.P. Garrett, R.J. Edwards, S.M. Dean, and E. Marsh. 1978. Survival and abundance of introduced fishes near San Antonio, Texas. Texas Journal of Science 30(4):369-376. Itzkowitz, M., and J. Nyby. 1982. Field observations of parental behavior of the Texas cichlid Cichlasoma cyanoguttatum. The American Midland Naturalist 108(2):364-368. Laird, C. A., and L. M. Page. 1996. Non-native fishes inhabiting the streams and lakes of Illinois. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin 35(1):1-51. Lee, D. S., C. R. Gilbert, C. H. Hocutt, R. E. Jenkins, D. E. McAllister, and J. R. Stauffer, Jr. 1980 et seq. Atlas of North American freshwater fishes. North Carolina State Museum of Natural History, Raleigh, NC. Minckley, W. L. 1973. Fishes of Arizona. Arizona Fish and Game Department. Sims Printing Company, Inc., Phoenix, AZ. Page, L. M., and B. M. Burr. 1991. A field guide to freshwater fishes of North America north of Mexico. The Peterson Field Guide Series, volume 42. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, MA. 432 pp. Page, L. M., and C. A. Laird. 1993. The identification of the nonnative fishes inhabiting Illinois waters. Report prepared by Center for Biodiversity, Illinois Natural History Survey, Champaign, for Illinois Department of Conservation, Springfield. Center for Biodiversity Technical Report 1993(4). 39 pp. Rasmussen, J.L. 1998. Aquatic nuisance species of the Mississippi River basin. 60th Midwest Fish and Wildlife Conference, Aquatic Nuisance Species Symposium. December 7, 1998. Cincinnati, OH. Riehl, R., and H.A. Baensch. 1991. Aquarium Atlas. Mergus. Melle, Germany. 992 pp. Shafland, P.L. 1996. Exotic fishes of Florida- 1994. Reviews in Fisheries Science 4(2):101-122.

82 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Shafland, P.L., and J.M. Pestrak. 1982. Lower lethal temperatures for fourteen non-native fishes in Florida. Environmental Biology of Fishes 7(2):149-156. Siemien, M.J., J.R. Stauffer, Jr. 1989. Temperature preference and tolerance of the spotted tilapia and the Rio Grande cichlid. Archiv für Hydrobiologie 115:287-303. Sterba, G. 1983. The Aquarium Encyclopedia. The MIT Press. Cambridge Massachusetts. 605 pp.

Walking catfish Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Clarias batrachus

Colossoma Tambaqui Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii macropomum

Araujo-Lima, C., and M. Goulding. In press. So fruitful a fish: conservation biology of the Amazon's tambaqui. Columbia University Press, New York, NY. Britski, H. 1977. Sobre o género Colossoma (Pisces-Characidae). Suplemento Ciencia y Cultura, Brasil, 29(7):810. Brittan, M. R., and G. D. Grossman. 1979. A pacu (Colossoma, family Characidae) caught in the Sacramento River. California Fish and Game 65(3):170-173. Cardoza, J. E., G. S. Jones, T.W. French, and D. B. Halliwell. 1993. Exotic and translocated vertebrates of Massachusetts, 2nd edition. Fauna of Massachusetts Series 6. Massachusetts Division of Fisheries and Wildlife, Publication 17223-110-200-11/93-C.R, Westborough, MA. Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and D. A. Hensley. 1979. Survey of introduced non-native fishes. Phase I Report. Introduced exotic fishes in North America: status 1979. Report Submitted to National Fishery Research Laboratory, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Gainesville, FL. Courtenay, W. R., Jr., H. F. Sahlman, W. W. Miley, II, and D. J. Herrema. 1974. Exotic fishes in fresh and brackish waters of Florida. Biological Conservation 6(4):292-302. Devick, W. S. 1991. Patterns of introductions of aquatic organisms to Hawaiian freshwater habitats. Pages 189-213 in new directions in research, management and conservation of Hawaiian freshwater stream ecosystems. Proceedings of the 1990 symposium on freshwater stream biology and fisheries management, Division of Aquatic Resources, Hawaii Department of Land and Natural Resources. Devick, W. S. 1992. The great piranha hunt. Hawaii Fishing News 17(10)6-7. Géry, J. 1977. Characoids of the world. Tropical Fish Hobbyist Publications, Inc., Neptune City, NJ. Goulding, M. 1980. Fishes of the forest: explorations in Amazonian natural history. University of California Press, Los Angeles, CA. Goulding, M., M.L. Carvalho. 1982. Life history and management of the tambaqui (Colossoma macropomum, Characidae): An important Amazonian food fish. Revta. Bras. Zool. 1:107- 133.

83 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Hill, J. E. 2002. Exotic Fishes in Florida. Lakeline. Spring. 39-43. Howells, R. G., R. L. Benefield, and J. M. Mambretti. 1991. Records of pacus (Colossoma spp.) and piranhas (Serrasalmus spp.) in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife, Management Data Series 70, Austin, TX. 4 pp. Saint-Paul, U. 1982. Investigations on the respiration of the neotropical fish, Colossoma macropomum (Serrasalmidae). The influence of weight and temperature on the routine oxygen consumption. Amazoniana 7:433-443. Saint-Paul, U. 1984. Physiological adaptation to hypoxia of a new neotropical characoid fish Colossoma macropomum, Serrasalmidae. Environmental Biology of Fishes 11(1):53-62. Taylor, J. N. 1985. Key to the species of the genus Colossoma (Characidae: Serrasalminae) (II:26:85). Unpublished mimeograph. 3 pp.

Colossoma or Pacu Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Piaractus sp.

Anonymous. 1987. Piranha found in San Joaquin River. Monterey Peninsula Herald, 7 July 1987. p. 23. Anonymous. 1995. Fisherman pulls piranha from river near Easton. Pocono Record (August 1):5, Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania. Banek, T. J. - Fisheries Management Biologist, Missouri Department of Conservation, Springfield, MO. Britski, H.A. - Museu de Zoologia, Universidade de São Paulo, Brazil. Brittan, M. R., and G. D. Grossman. 1979. A pacu (Colossoma, family Characidae) caught in the Sacramento River. California Fish and Game 65(3):170-173. Cochran, B. 1987. Jaws: fish caught in Roanoke River resembles tough cousin but is harmless. Roanoke Times & World-News, 3 October 1987. p. B1. Courtenay, W. R., Jr. - Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, FL. Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and D. A. Hensley. 1979. Survey of introduced non-native fishes. Phase I Report. Introduced exotic fishes in North America: status 1979. Report Submitted to National Fishery Research Laboratory, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Gainesville, FL. Courtenay, W. R., Jr., D. A. Hensley, J. N. Taylor, and J. A. McCann. 1984. Distribution of exotic fishes in the continental United States. Pages 41-77 in W. R. Courtenay, Jr., and J. R. Stauffer, Jr., editors. Distribution, biology and management of exotic fishes. Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, MD. Courtenay, W. R., Jr., D. P. Jennings, and J. D. Williams. 1991. Appendix 2: exotic fishes. Pages 97- 107 in Robins, C. R., R. M. Bailey, C. E. Bond, J. R. Brooker, E. A. Lachner, R. N. Lea, and W. B. Scott. Common and scientific names of fishes from the United States and Canada, 5th edition. American Fisheries Society Special Publication 20. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD. Fletcher, D. - Warmwater Fisheries Resource Manager, Washington Department of Wildlife, Olympia, WA. Response to NBS-G nonindigenous questionnaire and other reports. 1992.

84 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Gennings, R.M. - Georgia Department of Natural Resources, Atlanta, GA. Response to NBS-G nonindigenous questionnaire. Gilmore, G. - Harbor Branch Marine Institute, Fort Pierce, FL. Gordon, B. 1987. Piranhas caught in Fresno County. San Francisco Chronicle, 8 July 1987. p. 31. Horton, T. - Arkansas Fish and Wildlife Magazine, Little Rock, AR. Howells, R. G., R. L. Benefield, and J. M. Mambretti. 1991. Records of pacus (Colossoma spp.) and piranhas (Serrasalmus spp.) in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife, Management Data Series 70, Austin, TX. 4 pp. Howells, R. G., R. L. Benefield, and J. M. Mambretti. 1991. Records of pacus (Colossoma spp.) and piranhas (Serrasalmus spp.) in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife, Management Data Series 70, Austin, TX. 4 pp. Jenkins, R. E., and N. M. Burkhead. 1994. Freshwater fishes of Virginia. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD. Logan, D. J., E. L. Bibles, and D. F. Markle. 1996. Recent collections of exotic aquarium fishes in the freshwaters of Oregon and thermal tolerance of Oriental weatherfish and pirapatinga. California Fish and Game 82(2):66-80. Marchand, N. 1998. Regional news: settling in. Outdoor Life Magazine 201(3):96. Massette, B. 1993. Florida's next game fish? the pacu? Florida Game and Fish 1993(2):28-31, 60-61. Miller, J.B. - Division of Ichthyology, Florida Museum of Natural History, Gainesville, FL. (currently with Division of Recreation and Parks, Florida Park Service, Hobe Sound, FL) Moreno, D. - Cleveland Metroparks Zoo, Cleveland, OH. Stroud, R. A. 1976. Ohio piranha. Sport Fishing Institute Bulletin 272:3. Tilyou, G.A. - Inland Fish Division, Dept. of Wildlife and Fisheries, Baton Rouge, LA. Response to NBS-G nonindigenous questionnaire. 1992. Werner, R. - School of Environmental Science and Forestry, Syracuse University, Syracuse, NY. Wright, S. 1995. Piranha or pacu? It's still a whale of a fish tale. Northwest Arkansas Times (Fayetteville), 7 June 1995, 129(350):B6.

Ctenopharyngodon Grass carp Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii idella

Alien, S. K. J., and R. J. Wattendorf 1987. The triploid grass carp: status and management implications. Fisheries 12(4):20-24. Aliyev, D. S. 1965. The reproduction of the grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idella and of the silver and bighead carps Hypophthalmichthys molitrix and Aristichthys nobilis established in the Amur Darya basin. Journal of Ichthyology. 5(4):37. Aliyev, D.S. 1976. The role of phytophagous fishes in the restoration of ichthyofauna and biological improvement of bodies of water. Journal of Ichthyology, 16(2):247-262.

85 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Aliyev, D.S., and R.Y. Bessmertnaya. 1968. Use of the grass carp [Ctenopharyngodon idella (Val.) to control the larvae of blood-sucking mosquitoes. Journal of Ichthyology 8(2):319-321. Allen, J., S.K., R. Wattendorf. 1987. Triploid grass carp: status and management implications. Fisheries, vol. 12, (4):20-24. Allen, J., S.K., R.G. Thiery, N.T. Hagstrom. 1986. Cytological evaluation of the likelihood that triploid grass carp will reproduce. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 115(6):841-848. Anishchenko, 1939. On the acclimation of Amur fish in the European areas of the USSR. Rybn. Khoz. No. 5. Anonymous. 1976. Status of grass carp. Sports. Fish. Inst. Bull. 273:4-6. Anonymous. 1977. Grass carp problems. Sport Fishing Institute Bulletin 288:5. Anonymous. 1993. Confirmed grass carp spawning. Fisheries, 18(3):36. Anonymous. 1994. Grass carp spawning in Texas. Fisheries, 19(7):48. Avault, J.W., Jr. 1965. Preliminary studies with grass carp for aquatic weed control. Progressive Fish Culturist 27(4): 207-209. Bailey, W.M. 1972. Arkansas' evaluation of the desirability of introducing the white amur (Ctenopharyngodon idella Val.) for control of aquatic weeds. Arkansas Game Fish Comm. Mimeo Rep. 59 pp. Bailey, W.M. 1978. A comparison of fish populations before and after extensive grass carp stocking. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, 107(1):181-206. Bain, M. B., D. Webb, M. Tangedal, L. Mangum. 1990. Movements and Habitat use by grass carp in a large mainstream reservoir. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, 119:553- 561. Bain, M.B. 1993. Assessing impacts of introduced aquatic species: Grass carp in large systems. Environmental Management 17(2):211-224. Bardach, J.E., J.H. Ryther, and W.O. McLarney. 1972. Aquaculture: the farming and husbandry of freshwater and marine organisms. Wiley-Interscience. New York. 868 pp. Beach, M.L., W.W. Miley II, J.M. Van Dyke, D.M. Riley. 1976. The effect of the Chinese grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella Val.) on the ecology of four Florida lakes and its use for aquatic weed control. Fl. Dep. Nat. Resour. 246 pp. Berry, P.Y. and M.P. Low. 1970. Comparative studies on some aspects of the morphology and histology of Ctenopharyngodon idellus, Aristichthys nobilis and their hybrid (Cyprinidae). Copeia 1970(4):708-726. Bettoli, P.W. 1987. The restructuring of a forage fish community following large-scale aquatic vegetation control. Ph.D. Dissertation, Texas A&M University. College Station, TX. Bettoli, P.W., J. Morris, and R.L. Noble. 1990. Changes in the abundance of two silversides species after aquatic vegetation removal. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 120:90-97. Beyers, D.W., C.A. Carlson. 1993. Movement and habitat use of triploid grass carp in a Colorado irrigation canal. North American Journal of Fisheries Management, 13:141-150.

86 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Bezrukov, V.F., G.D. Berdyshev. 1983. Variability in the muscle proteins of white amur, Ctenopharyngodon idella, silver carp, Hypophthalmichthys molitrix, and bighead, Aristichthys nobilis (Cyprinidae). Journal of Ichthyology 23(3):134-139. Bobrova, Y.P. 1968. The feeding and growth of the grass carp under pond fish farming conditions in the central zone of the RSFSR. In: Novyye isseldovaniya po ekologii i razvendeniyu rastitel'noyadnykh ryb. Moscow, Nauka Press. Bonar, S. A. 1990. Efficiency of sterile grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) for aquatic plant control in the Pacific northwest. Doctoral dissertation. University of Pullman, Washington. Bonar, S., G. Thomas, S. Thiesfeld, G, Pauley, T. Stables. 1993. Effect of triploid grass carp on the aquatic macrophyte community of Devils Lake, Oregon. North American Journal of Fisheries Management, 13:757-765. Bonar, S., H. Sehgal, G. Pauley, G. Thomas. 1990. Relationships between the chemical composition of aquatic macrophytes and their consumption by grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella. Journal of Fish Biology, 36:149-157. Bonar, S.A., G.L. Thomas, G.B. Pauley, and A. Unthank. 1984. An evaluation of ploidy separation techniques for grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella), a potential biological control of aquatic macrophytes in Washington state, pp. 158-164, IN: Proc. of the 19th Annual Mtg. Aquatic Plants Control Res. Program, Army Corps of Engineers, 26-29 Nov. 1984, Galveston, TX. Boney, S.E., W.L. Shelton, S.L. Yang, and L.O. Wilken. 1984. Sex reversal and breeding of grass carp. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 113:348-353. Bowers, K. L., G. B. Pauley, G. L. Thomas. 1987. Feeding preference on Pacific northwest plant species by diploid and triploid grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella). Pages 133-140 in Proceedings of the 21st Annual Meeting, Aquatic Plant Control Research Program. U.S. Army corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Miscellaneous paper A-87-2, Vicksburg, Mississippi. Brown, D. J., and T. G. Coon. 1991. Grass carp larvae in the lower Missouri River and its tributaries. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 11:62-66. Bryan, C. F., A. J. Doucette, J. W. Korth. 1983. Juvenile and subadult grass carp in the lower Red, Black, and Mississippi rivers. US Fish and Wildlife Service, Final Report, Research Work Order 1-0009-1415-82, Washington, D.C. Buck, H. 1979. Optimism swells with the possibility of a sterile hybrid grass carp. Fisheries 4(5):31. Canfield, D. E., Jr., Maceina, M. J., and Shireman, J. V. 1983. Effects of hydrilla and grass carp on water quality in a Florida lake. Water Resources Bulletin 19:773-778. Cassani, J. R. 1981. Feeding behavior of under yearling hybrids of the grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella, female, and the bighead, Hypophthalmichthys nobilis, male, on selected species of aquatic plants. Journal of Fish Biology 18:127-133. Cassani, J. R. 1986. Efficient production of triploid grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) utilizing hydrostatic pressure. Aquaculture 55:43-50. Cassani, J. R., E. Lasso de la Vega, H. Allaire. 1995. An assessment of triploid grass carp stocking rates in small warmwater impoundments. North American Journal of Fisheries Management, 15:400-407.

87 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Cassani, J.R. and D. Maloney. 1991. Grass carp movement in two morphologically diverse reservoirs. Journal of Aquatic Plant Management 29:83-88. Cassani, J.R. and W. E. Caton. 1985. Induced triploidy in grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella Val. Aquaculture 46:37-44. Cassani, J.R. and W. E. Caton. 1986. Efficient production of triploid grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella utilizing hydrostatic pressure. Aquaculture, 55:43-50. Chang, B. 1966. Changes in feeding intensity of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idellus) and silver carp (Hypophthalmichthys molitrix) fingerlings. J. Fish. China 3(1): 41-51. Charev, R., Aliev, D.S. 1966. Experiments on the utilization of grass carp for the control of water weeds in carp rearing ponds. Pages 77-82 in Fisheries exploitation of herbivorous fishes. Nauka, Moscow. Charyev, R. 1980. The grass carp and the phenomenon of succession in bodies of water. Ecology 61(4): 93-94. Charyev, R. 1984. Some consequences of the introduction and acclimatization of grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella (cyprinidae), in the Kara Kum Canal. Journal of Ichthyology. 24(3):1-8. Chervinski, J. 1977. Note on the adaptability of silver carp (Hypophthalmichthys molitrix) and grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) to various saline concentrations. Aquaculture 11, 179-182. Chilton, E. 1992. The grass carp in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department brochure, PWD- BR-N3200-208A-2/92. Chilton, E. W., and M. I. Muoneke. 1992. Biology and management of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella, Cyprinidae) for vegetation control: a North American perspective. Reviews in Fish Biology and Fisheries 2:283-320. Chilton, E.W., II, S.M. Poarch. 1997. Distribution and movement behavior of radio-tagged grass carp in two Texas reservoirs. Transactions of the American fisheries society. 126: 467-476. ABSTRACT: Triploid grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idella with surgically implanted radio tags were stocked in two Texas reservoirs, Lake Texana (4,453 ha) and Lake Weatherford (445ha), then tracked to determine magnitude and seasonality of movement patterns, diurnal changes in movement, and distribution relative to aquatic vegetation. After release, fish quickly became associated with macrophytes. More than 50% of observed movement during the first 3 months occurred within 1 week. Mean home range areas was observed during 24-h tracking conducted immediately after release. However, five 24-h tracking surveys that were conducted at least 3 months after release showed little movement after acclimation. Somewhat elevated movement was evident from 0400 to 1200 hours. We conclude that immediately after stocking, an acclimation period with relatively intense movement occurs followed by an extended period of quiescence. Mean duration of the acclimation period was approximately 7 weeks for Lake Texana and 8 weeks for Lake Weatherford. Although both lakes in this study contained habitat considered ably more heterogenous than other sited where 24-h radio-tracking of grass carp had been done, individual fish did not appear to take advantage of the opportunity (via diel movement) to forage in different areas. Hence, daylight tracking alone should be sufficient to determine grass carp movement trends. Cichra, M., R. Betsill, P. Bettoli. 1992. Limnological changes in a large reservoir following vegetation removal by grass carp. Journal of Freshwater Ecology,vol.7(1):81-95.

88 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Clapp, D., R. Hestand III, B. Thompson, L. Conner. 1993. Movement of triploid grass carp in large Florida lakes. North American Journal of Fisheries Management, 13:746-756. Clippinger, D. and J. A. Osborne. 1984. Surgical sterilization of grass carp, a nice idea. Aquatics 6:9-10. Clugston, J. P., and J. V. Shireman. 1987. Triploid grass carp for aquatic plant control. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C. Fish and Wildlife Leaflet 8. 3 pp. Colle D. E. and J. V. Shireman. 1995. Use of grass carp in two Florida Lakes, 1975 to 1994. Pages 111-120. in Proceedings of the grass carp symposium held in Gainesville, Florida, March, 1994. U.S. Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Ms. 242 pp. Colle, D.E., J.V. Shireman, R.W. Rottmann. 1978. Food selection by grass carp fingerlings in a vegetated pond. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 107:149-155. Conner, J. V., R. P. Gallagher, and M. F. Chatry. 1980. Larval evidence for natural reproduction of the grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) in the lower Mississippi River. Pages 1-19 in , L. A. Fuiman, editor. Proceedings of the fourth annual larval fish conference held 27-28 February 1980 in Oxford, Miss. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Ann Arbor, Mich. FWS/OBS 80/43. Courtenay, W. R., Jr., D. A. Hensley, J. N. Taylor, and J. A. McCann. 1984. Distribution of exotic fishes in the continental United States. Pages 41-77 in W. R. Courtenay, Jr., and J. R. Stauffer, Jr., editors. Distribution, biology and management of exotic fishes. Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, MD. Cross, D.G. 1969. Aquatic weed control using grass carp. Journal of Fish Biology 1:27-30. Cross, D.G. 1970. The tolerance of grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella (Valenciennes), to seawater. Journal of Fish Biology, 2:231-233. Crowder, J.P. and J.R. Snow. 1969. Use of grass carp for weed control in ponds. FAO (F.A.O.U.N.) Fish Cult. Bull. 2(1):6. De Kozlowski, S. 1991. Lake Marion sterile grass carp stocking project. Aquatics 13(1):13-15. Durocher, P. P. 1994. Status of the grass carp program in Texas. Pages 16-17 in Proceedings of the Grass Carp Symposium, March 7-9, 1994, Gainesville, Florida. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. Edwards, D.J. 1974. Weed preference and growth of young grass carp in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 8:341-350. Eggeman, D. 1995. Integrated hydrilla management plan utilizing herbicides and triploid grass carp in Lake Istokpoga. pages 164-165. in Proceedings of the grass carp symposium held in Gainesville, Florida, March, 1994. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Ms. 242 pp. Elder, Howard S., Brian R. Murphy. 1997. Grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) in the Trinity River, Texas. Journal of freshwater ecology. 12(2) Jun.: 281-289. ABSTRACT: Recent confirmation of grass carp spawning in the river systems entering Galveston Bay is a serious concern to many fisheries ecologists. Researchers suspect a portion of recent losses in submerged vegetation and marsh habitat in Galveston Bay may be due to the presence of grass carp. Grass carp captured in the Trinity River were examined to determine population structure, ploidy, fecundity, and diet. Fish captured were primarily diploids and represented a broad range of cohorts, providing strong evidence that naturally spawned grass carp

89 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... are being recruited to adult sized in the Trinity River. No evidence of submersed estuarine vegetation exclusive to Trinity Bay was found in the gut contents of grass carp examined. Etnier, D. A., and W. C. Starnes. 1993. The fishes of Tennessee. University of Tennessee Press, Knoxville, TN. Exotics Species Workgroup. 1994. Pros and cons of stocking triploid grass carp in the Chesapeake Bay Basin: technical considerations. A critical issue forum organized by the Exotic Species Workgroup of the Living Resources Subcommittee, Chesapeake Bay Program, held on January 18, 1994 in Annapolis, Maryland. Unpublished mimeograph recorded by Free State Reporting, Inc. Washington, D.C. 256 pp. Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission. 1989. Aquatic plant management utilizing triploid grass carp. 1 July 1988-30 June 1989. Performance report for herbivorous fish project. Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission. 1994. Proceedings of the Grass Carp Symposium, March 7-9, 1994, Gainesville, Florida. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 242 pp. Forester, T.S., J. Avault, Jr. 1978. Effects of grass carp on freshwater red swamp crayfish in ponds. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 107:157-160. Fowler, M. C. 1985. The results of introducing grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella Val., into small lakes. Aquaculture and Fisheries Management 16:189-201. Frodge, J.D., G.B. Pauley, G.L. Thomas. 1987. The impact of triploid grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) on water quality. Pages 179- 309 in G.B. Pauley & G.L. Thomas (eds.), An Evaluation of the Impact of Triploid Grass Carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) on Lakes in the Pacific Northwest. Third progress Report to the Washington Department of Game and WA. Dept. of Ecology f. Ganzhorn, J., J. S. Rohovec, and J. L. Fryer. 1992. Dissemination of microbial pathogens through introductions and transfers of finfish. Pages 175-192 in A. Rosenfield and R. Mann, editors. Dispersal of Living Organisms into Aquatic Ecosystems. Maryland Sea Grant, College Park, MD. Galveston Bay Foundation. 2002. Galveston Bay Grass Carp Control Study Literature Survey: Policy, Biology, Management. Galveston Bay Foundation, Webster, TX. 27 pp. Gasaway, R. D. 1977. Predation on introduced grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) in a Florida lake. Florida Scientist 40:167-173. Gasaway, R. D., and T. F. Deda. 1977. Effects of grass carp on waterfowl habitat. Transactions of the North American Wildlife Resources Conference 42:73-85. Gorbach, E.I. 1972. Fecundity of the grass carp [Ctenopharyngodon idella (Val.)] in the Amur Basin. J. Ichthyology 12(4):616-625. Gorbach, E.I., M.L. Krykhtin. 1981. Maturation times of the white amur Ctenopharyngodon idella (Val.) and the silver carp Hypophthalmichthys molitrix (Val.) in the Amur River. Vopr. ikthiologii 21(5):835-843. Gorbach, E.I., M.L. Krykhtin. 1988. Migration of the white amur, Ctenopharyngodon idella, and silver carp, Hypophthalmichthys molitrix, in the Amur river basin. Journal of Ichthyology 28(5):47-53.

90 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Goryunova, A.I. 1971. Variability in the rate of embryogensis of the grass carp [Ctenopharyngodon idella](Val.)]. Journal of Ichthyology. 11(1):44-48. Greenfield, D. W. 1973. An evaluation of the advisability of the release of the grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella in the natural waters of the United States. Trans. Ill. State. Acad. Sci. 66(1-2). Guillory, V., and R. D. Gasaway. 1978. Zoogeography of the grass carp in the United States. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 107(1):105-112. Gurova, L.A. 1972. The feeding and growth of phytophagous fishes in the ponds of Chita power station. Zap. Zabaykal'sk. fil. Geogr. o-va SSR, No. 62. Haller, W. T. 1994. Probable grass carp scenarios. Pp 236-238 in proceedings of the grass carp symposium. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Mississippi. Harberg, M.C., T. Modde. 1985. Feeding behavior, food consumption, growth, and survival of hybrid grass carp in two South Dakota ponds. American Journal of Fisheries Management 5:457-464. Hardin, S., R. Land, M. Spelman, G. Morse. 1984. Food items of grass carp, American coots, and ring-necked ducks from a central Florida lake. Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies 38:313-318. Harrell, Reginal M. 1995. Grass Carp: A Biological And Ecological Overview. Maryland Aquafarmer. Online. Internet. Accessed October 31, 2002. Available. http://www.mdsg.umd.edu/Extension/Aquafarmer/Fall95.html#CARP. Fall: 10-13. He, X., H. Xie. 1966. Feeding habits of the grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idellus) from the East Lake, Wuchang. In Collected Papers of the 9th Plenary Conference of the Fisheries Research Committee of the Western Pacific pp. 3-13. Beijing Science Press. Hestand, R. S. III, B. Z. Thompson, and C.T. Mallison. 1995. Effects of triploid grass carp and Sonar treatments on aquatic plants in Yale Lake.. Pages 129-135 in Proceedings of the grass carp symposium held in Gainesville, Florida, March. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experimental Station, Vicksburg.. Hestland, R., C. Carter. 1978. Comparative effects of grass carp and selected herbicides on macrophytes and phytoplankton communities. Journal of Aquatic Plant Management 16:43-50. Hickling, C. F. 1966. On the feeding process of the white amur Ctenopharyngodon idella Val. Journal of Zoology 148:408-419. Hickling, C. F. 1967. On the biology of herbivorious fish, the white amur, or grass carp ctenophyaryngdon idella Val. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 70B Pt. 1(4): 62-81. Hoffman, G. L., and G. Schubert. 1984. Some parasites of exotic fishes. Pages 233-261 in W. R. Courtenay, Jr., and J. R. Stauffer, Jr., editors. Distribution, biology, and management of exotic fishes. The Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, MD. Howes, G. 1981. Anatomy and phylogeny of the Chinese major carps Ctenopharyngodon Steind., 1866 and Hypophthalmichthys Blkr., 1860. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Zoology Series 41(1):1-52. Hubert, W. 1994. Exotic fish. Pages 158-174 in T. L. Parrish, and S. H. Anderson, editors. Exotic species manual. Wyoming Game and Fish Department, Laramie, WY.

91 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Jenkins, R. E., and N. M. Burkhead. 1994. Freshwater fishes of Virginia. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD. Jiang, Y., J. Zhang, X. Chen. 1966. A study on the nutrition and food of the grass carp. In collected papers of the 7th Plenary Conference of the Fisheries Research Committee of the West Pacific, pp. 88-94 Beijing Science Press. Johnsen, P. B., H. Zhou, and M. A. Adams. 1988. Olfactory sensitivity of the herbivorous grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella, to amino acids. Journal of Fish Biology 33:127-134. Kasumyan, A.O., N.I. Pashchenko. 1982. The role of olfactation in the defense reaction of grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella (Cyprinidae), to alarm pheromone. Journal of Ichthyology 22(2):122-126. Kilambi, R.V. 1980. Food consumption, growth and survival of grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idella Val at four salinities. Journal of Fish Biology, vol.17:613-618. Kilambi, R.V., A. Zdinak. 1980. Effects of acclimatation on salinity tolerance of grass carp. Journal of Fish Biology 16: 171-175. Kilambi, R.V., A. Zdinak. 1980. Food preference and growth of grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella and hybrid carp, C. idella female x Aristichthys nobilis male. Proc. Int. Symp. Biol. Contr. Weeds. Brisbane, Australia 5:281-286. Kilambi, R.V., A. Zdinak. 1981. Comparison of early developmental stages and adults of grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella, and hybrid carp (female grass carp x bighead, Aristichthys nobilis). Journal of Fish Biology 19:457-465. Kilambi, R.V., A. Zdinak. 1982. Food intake and growth of hybrid carp (female grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella x male bighead, Aristichthys (Hypophthalmichthys) nobilis) fed on zooplankton and Chara. Journal of Fish Biology 21:63-67. Kilambi, R.V., M.L. Galloway. 1985. Temperature preference and tolerance of hybrid carp (female grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella X male bighead, Aristichthys nobilis). Environmental Biology of Fishes 13(4):309-314. Kilambi, R.V., W.R. Robinson. 1979. Effects of temperature and stocking density on food consumption and growth of grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idella, Val. Journal of Fish Biology 15:337-342. Kilgen, R.H., R.O. Smitherman. 1970. Food habits of the white amur (Ctenopharyngodon idella) stocked in ponds alone and in combination with other species. Progressive Fish Culturist 33(3):123-127. Kirk, J. P., J. V. Morrow, Jr., and K. J. Killgore. 1994. Grass carp collection, aging, and growth in large water bodies-a status report for 1992-1993. Pages 210-214 in Proceedings of the Grass Carp Symposium, March 7-9, 1994, Gainesville, Florida. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. Kirk, J.P. 1992. Efficacy of triploid grass carp in controlling nuisance aquatic vegetation in South Carolina farm ponds. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 12:581-584. Klussman, W.G., R.L. Noble, R.D. Martyn, W.J. Clark, R.K. Betsill, P.W. Bettoli, M.F. Cichra, and J.M. Campbell. 1988. Control of aquatic macrophytes by grass carp in Lake Conroe, Texas, and the effect on the reservoir ecosystem. Texas Agriculture Experiment Station MP 1664, College Station, Texas.

92 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Kobayashi S. and S. Mizumoto. 1950. Studies on the hybrid of Ctenopharyngodon Idella (Val) and Cyprinus carpio L. Sci. Repts. Shiga Prefect. Fish Exptl. Stat., No. 1. Kobylinski, G.J., W.W. Miley, J.M. Van Dyke, A.J. Leslie. 1980. The effects of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella Val.) on vegetation, water quality, zooplankton, and macroinvertebrates of Deerpoint Lake, Bay County, Florida. Tallahassee, Florida, Bureau Aquat. Plant Res. Control Dept. Nat. Resources. 114 pp. Lazzaro, L. 1987. A review of planktivorous fishes: Their evolution, feeding, behavior, selectivities, and impacts. Hydrobiologia 146:97-167. Lembi, C., B. Ritenour, E. Iverson, E. Forss. 1978. The effects of vegetation removal by grass carp on water chemistry and phytoplankton. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 107:161-171. Lesel, R., C. Fromageot, M. Lesel. 1986. Cellulose digestibility in grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella, and in goldfish, Carassius auratus. Aquaculture 54: 11-17. Leslie, A. J., Jr., G.J. Kobylinski. 1985. Benthic Macroinvertebrate response to aquatic vegetation removal by grass carp in a north Florida reservoir. Florida Science 48:220-231. Leslie, A. J., Jr., J.M. Van Dyke, R.S. Hestand III, B.Z. Thompson. 1987. Management Of Aquatic Plants In Multiuse Lakes With Grass Carp (Ctenopharyngodon Idella). In: Redfield, Ed. Lake And Reservoir Management, Vol. 3, Proc. Of N.A. Lake Management Soc., Portland, Oregon. Leslie, A. J., Jr., J.M. VanDyke, L. Nall. 1982. Current velocity for transport of grass carp eggs. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, 111:99-101. Leslie, A. J., Jr., L.E. Nall, J.M. VanDyke. 1983. Effects of Vegetation Control by grass carp on selected water quality variables in four Florida lakes. Transactions of the American fisheries Society 112:777-787. Leslie, A. J., L. E. Nail, G. P. Jubinsky and J. D. Schardt. 1995. Effects of triploid grass carp on the aquatic vegetation in Lake Conway, Florida. Pages 121-128. in Proceedings of the grass carp symposium held in Gainesville, Florida, March, 1994. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Ms. 242 pp. Leslie, A.J., Jr., J.M. Van Dyke, R.S. Hestand III, and B.Z. Thompson. 1986. Management of aquatic plants in multi-use lakes with grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella. In: Redfield, ed. Lake and Reservoir Management, Vol. 3, Proc. of N.A. Lake Management Soc., Portland, Oregon. Lewis, W. 1978. Observations of the grass carp in ponds containing fingerling channel catfish and hybrid sunfish. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, 107(1):153-155. Li, S., H. Yang, W. Lu. 1980. Primary study on daily food consumption of silver carp (Hypophthalmichthys molitrix), bighead (Aristichthys nobilis) and grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idellus). J. Fish. China 4(3):275-283. Liu, W., Y. Li, S. Chen, F. Liu, S. Liu. 1963. On the digestion and utilization of some plants by fingerlings of the grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idellus (Cuv. & Val.). Acta Hydrobiologica Sinica 3:112-120. Maceina, M.J., J.V. Shireman. 1979. Grass carp: effects of salinity on survival, weight loss, and muscle tissue water content. Prog. Fish-Cult. 41:69-73.

93 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Maceina, M.J., J.V. Shireman. 1980. Effects of salinity on vegetation consumption and growth on grass carp. Progressive Fish Culturist 42:50-53. Maeceina, M.J., M.F. Cichra, R.K. Betsill, and P.W. Bettoli. 1992. Limnological changes in a large reservoir following vegetation removal by grass carp. Journal of Freshwater Ecology 7(1):81-95. Makeyeva, A. P., B. V. Verigen. 1974. Hybridization of the pond carp (Cyprinus carpio) with the grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella). Journal of Ichthyology 14(2):254-259. Malone, J.M. 1984. Triploid white amur. Fisheries (Bethesda) 9(2):36. McKnight, S., G. Hepp. 1995. Potential effects of grass carp herbivory on waterfowl foods. Journal of Wildlife Management, 59(4):720-727. Miley, W.W., A.J. Leslie, Jr., J.M. Van Dyke. 1979. The effects of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella Val.) on vegetation and water quality in three central Florida lakes. Fl. Dept. Nat. Resour. Rep. 119 pp. Mitzner, L. 1980. Evaluation of biological control of nuisance aquatic vegetation by grass carp. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 107:135-145. Molnar, K. 1979. Gill spaerosporosis in the common carp and grass carp. Acta Veterinaria Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 27:99-113. Montegut, R. S., R. D. Gasaway, D. F. DuRant, and J. L. Atterson. 1976. An ecological evaluation of the effects of grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella introduction in Lake Wales, Florida. Unpublished report, Florida Game and Freshwater Fish Commission, Tallahassee. 106 pp. Nikol'skiy, G.V., and D.S. Aliyev. 1974. The role of Far Eastern phytophagous fishes introduced into the ecosystems of natural bodies of water. Journal of Ichthyology 14(6):974-978. Nixon, D., R. Miller. 1978. Movements of the grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella, in an open reservoir system as determined by underwater telemetry. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, vol.107(1):146-148. Nobel, R.L., P.W. Bertolli, and R.J. Betsill. 1986. Considerations for the use of grass carp in large, open systems. Pages 46-48, in G. Redfield, J. F. Taggart, and L. M. Moore, (eds.). Lake and Reservoir Management, Vol. II, Proc. 5th Ann. Conf. International Symposium, North American Lake Management Society, Washington, D. C. Osborne, J.A., D.I. Richard, and J.W. Small, Jr. 1982. Environmental effect and vegetation control by grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella Val.) and herbicides in four Florida lakes. Final Report to Florida Department of Natural Resources, Bureau of Aquatic Plant Research and Control, Tallahassee. Osborne, J.A., N.M. Sassic. 1981. The size of grass carp as a factor in the control of hydrilla. Aquatic Botany 11:129-136. Page, L. M., and B. M. Burr. 1991. A field guide to freshwater fishes of North America north of Mexico. The Peterson Field Guide Series, volume 42. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, MA. Pashchenko, N.I., A.O. Kasumyan. 1986. Morpho-functional features of the olfactory organ in cyprinid fishes. 1. Morphology and function of the olfactory organ during ontogeny of the white amur, Ctenopharyngodon idella. Journal of Ichthyology 26(4):12-25.

94 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Pauley, G. B. G. L. Thomas, S. A. Bonar, J. D. Frodge, D. A. Marino, S. L. Thiesfeld, S. Vecht, 1994. An overview of the use and efficacy of triploid grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idella as a biological control of aquatic macrophytes in Oregon and Washington state lakes. Pages 46-54 in Proceedings of the Grass Carp Symposium, March 7-9, 1994, Gainesville, Florida. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. Payusova, A. N. And T. N. Tselikova. 1982. Differentiation Of Populations Of Grass Carp, Ctenopharyngodon Idella, Silver Carp, Hypophthalmichthys Molitrix, And Bighead, Aristichthys Nobilis, From Electrophoresis Myogens. Journal Of Ichthyology. (20):23-30. Petridis, D. 1990. The influence of grass carp on habitat structure and its subsequent effect on the diet of tench. Journal of Fish Biology 36:533-544. Pflieger, W. L. 1975. Observations on grass carp in Missouri streams. Mo. Dep. Conserv. mimeo rep. 6pp. Pflieger, W. L. 1978. Distribution and status of the grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) in Missouri streams. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 107(1):113-118. Pflieger, W. L. 1997. The fishes of Missouri. Missouri Department of Conservation, Jefferson City, MO. 372 pp. Pine, R.T., L.W.J. Anderson, S.S.O. Hung. 1990. Control of aquatic plants in static and flowing water by yearling triploid grass carp. Journal of Aquatic Plant Management 28:36-40. Pine, R.T., L.W.J. Anderson. 1991. Plant preference of triploid grass carp. Journal of Aquatic Plant Management 29:80-82. Prikhod'ko and Nosal', 1963. An attempt to obtain grass carp progeny at the Nivka fish farm. In: Problemy rybokhozyaystvennogo ispol'zovaniya rastitel'noyadnykh ryb v vodoyemakh SSR, Ashkhabad. Provine, W. C. 1975. The grass carp. Unpublished report, Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Austin, Texas. 51 pp. Prowse, G.A. 1971. Experimental criteria for the study of grass carp feeding in relation to weed control. Progressive Fish Culturist 33(3):128-131. Raibley, P. T., D. Blodgett, and R. E. Sparks. 1995. Evidence of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) reproduction in the Illinois and upper Mississippi rivers. Journal of Freshwater Ecology 10(1):65-74. Richard, D.I., J.W. Small, Jr., J.A. Osborne. 1984. Phytoplankton responses to reduction and elimination of submersed vegetation by herbicides and grass carp in four Florida lakes. Aquatic Botany 20:307-319. Richard, D.I., J.W. Small, Jr., J.A. Osborne. 1985. Response of zooplankton to reduction and elimination of submersed vegetation by grass carp and herbicides in four Florida lakes. Hydrobiologia 123:97-108. Riley, D. 1978. Parasites of grass carp and native fishes in Florida. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, 107(1):207-212. Robison, H. W., and T. M. Buchanan. 1988. Fishes of Arkansas. University of Arkansas Press, Fayetteville, AR. Rose, S. 1972. What about the white amur? A superfish or a supercurse? Florida Naturalist 1972 (Oct.):156-157.

95 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Rottman, R. W. 1977. Management of weedy lakes and ponds with grass carp. Fisheries 2(5):8,9,11- 3. Rottman, R.W., R.O. Anderson. 1978. Limnological and ecological effects of grass carp in ponds. Proc.30th Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish. Comm. Ryabov, I. N. 1973. Embryonic and larval development characteristics of hybrids of the silver carp Hypophthalmichthys molitrix and the grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idella x eastern bream Abramis brama orientalis. Vopr. ikhtiol., 13, No. 5. Sen, P.R., N.G.S. Rao, R.T. Chacrabarty, S.T. Kev, S. Jena. 1978. Effects of addition of fertilizers and vegetation on growth of major carps in ponds containing grass carp. Progressive Fish Culturist 40:69-70. Shireman, J. V. 1976. Ecological study of Lake Wales, Florida after introduction of grass carp. Unpublished report, Florida Department of Natural Resources, Tallahassee. 63 pp. Shireman, J. V., and C. R. Smith. 1983. Synopsis of biological data on the grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idella (Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1844). FAO Fisheries Synopsis No. 135. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), Rome, Italy. 86 pp. Shireman, J. V., and M. J. Maceina. 1991. The utilization of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) for hydrilla control in Lake Baldwin, Florida. Journal of Fish Biology 19:629-636. Shireman, J. V., C. R. Smith. 1983. Synopsis of biological data on the grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella (Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1844). FAO Fisheries Synopsis No. 135. Rome. Shireman, J. V., D. Colle, R. Rottman. 1978. Size limits to predation on grass carp by largemouth bass. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, 107(1):213-215. Shireman, J. V., D. E. Colle, and M. J. Maceina. 1980. Grass carp growth rates in Lake Wales, Florida. Aquaculture 19:379-82. Shireman, J. V., D. E. Colle, R.W. Rottmann. 1978. Growth of grass carp fed natural and prepared diets under intensive culture. Journal of Fish Biology 12:457-463. Shireman, J.V., and C. R. Smith. 1983. Synopsis of biological data on the grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella (Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1844). FAO Fisheries Synopsis 135. 86 pp. Sin, A.W., M.T.L. Chiu. 1987. Culture of silver carp, bighead, grass carp, and common carp in secondary effluents of a pilot sewage treatment plant. Resources and Conservation 13:231- 246. Singh, S.B., K.K. Sukumaran, K.K. Pillai, P.C. Chakrabarti. 1969. Observations on efficiency of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella Val.) in controlling and using aquatic weeds in ponds in India. Indo-Pac. Fish. Coun., Proc. 12(11):220-235. Singh, S.B., R.K. Dey, P.V.G.K. Reddy. 1976. Some additional notes on the piscivorous habits of the grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella). Aquaculture 9(2):195-198. Slack, H.D. 1962. The maturation of Chinese grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idellus) C. et V.) in tropical waters. Malays. Agric. J. 43(4):299-310. Small, J.W., Jr., D.I. Richards, J.A. Osborne. 1985. The effects of vegetation removal by grass carp and herbicides on the water chemistry of four Florida lakes. Freshwater Biology 15: 587- 596.

96 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Smith, C. R., and J. V. Shireman. 1981. Grass carp bibliography. Unpublished report, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Ms. 179 pp. Sneed, K.E. 1972. The history of introduction and distribution of the grass carp in the United States. Burr. Sport Fish. Wildl. mimeo rep. 5 pp. Sobolev, Yu.A. 1970. Food interrelationships of young grass carp, silver carp, and carp reared jointly in ponds in Belorussia. Journal of Ichthyology 10(4):528-533. Soin, S.G. 1963. Morphoecological development characteristics of the grass carp and the silver carp. In: Problemy rybokhozyaystvennogo ispol'zovaniya rastittel'noyadnykh ryb v vodoyemakh SSR, Ashakhadbad, Tadzhik Adad. Sci. Press. Soin, S.G. 1963. Morphological Features Of The Development Of Grass Carp And The Silver Carp. In: Problemy Rybokhozyaystvennogo Ispol'zovaniya Rastittel'noyadnykh Ryb V Vodoyemakh SSR, Ashakhadbad, Tadzhik Adad. Sci. Press. (Pages 110-119 In Problems Of The Fisheries Exploitation Of Phytophagous Fishes In Waters Of The USSR. Akad. Nauk Turkm. SSR, Ashkhabad (translated From Russian)). Soin, S.G. and A.I. Sukhanova. 1972. Comparative morphological analysis of the development of the grass carp, the black carp, the silver carp and the bighead (Cyprindidae). Journal of Ichthyology 12(1):61-71. Sport Fishing Institute. 1991. Arizona fish farmers profit from grass carp. SFI Bulletin 424:5. Stanley, J. G. 1974. Nitrogen and phosphorous balance of grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella, fed elodea, Egeria densa. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 103: 587-592. Stanley, J. G. 1976. Female homogamety in grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) determined by gynogenesis. J. Fish. Res. Board Canada, 33, No. 6. Stanley, J. G. 1976. Production of hybrid, androgenetic, and gynogenetic grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 105(1):10-16. Stanley, J. G. 1976. Reproduction of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) outside its native range. Fisheries1(3):7-10. Stanley, J. G., J. M. Martin and J.B. Jones. 1975. Gynogenesis as possible method for producing monosex grass carp (Ctenopharvngodon idella). Program Fish Cult., No.37. Stanley, J.G. 1976. Production of hybrid, androgenetic, and gynogenetic grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 15:10-16. Stanley, J.G., W.W. Miley II, and D.L. Sutton. 1978. Reproductive requirements and likelihood of naturalization of escaped grass carp in the United States. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 107:119-128. Stevenson, J. 1965. Observations on grass carp in Arkansas. Prog. Fish Cult. 27:203-206. Stocker, R.K., N.T. Hagstrom. 1986. The grass carp issue. Pages 41-45 in G. redfield, editor. Fifth annual conference and international symposium on applied lake and watershed management. North American Lake Management Society, Washington D.C. Stott, B. 1977. On the Question of the Introduction of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella Val.) into the United Kingdom. Fisheries Management 8:63-71.

97 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Stott, B., D.G. Cross, R.E. Iszard, T.O. Robson. 1971. Recent work on grass carp in the United Kingdom from the standpoint of its economics in controlling submerged aquatic plants. Proc. Eur. Weed Res. Counc. 3rd Int. Symp. Aquat. Weeds. 1971:105-116. Stott, B., D.G. Cross. 1973. A note on the effect of lowered temperatures on the survival of eggs and fry of the grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idellus (Valenciennes). Journal of Fish Biology 5(6):649-658. Stott, B., T.O. Robson. 1970. Efficiency of grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella Val.) in controlling submerged aquatic weeds. Natue, 226:870. Strelova, A.I. 1971. Nutrition of larvae of the grass carp and silver carp at different stages of their development. Tr. Vses. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Prud. Rybn. Khoz. 18:188-194 (in Russian). Stroband, H.W.J. 1977. Growth and diet dependent structural adaptations of the digestive tract in juvenile grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella, Val.). Journal of Fish Biology 11:167-174. Sugita, H., K. Tokuyama, Y. Deguchi. 1985. The intestinal microflora of carp, Cyprinus carpio, grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella and tilapia Sarotherodon niloticus. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Scientific Fisheries 51:1325-1329. Sutton, D. L. 1977. Grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella Val.) in North America. Aquatic Botany 3:157-164. Sutton, D. L. 1985. Management of hydrilla with triploid grass carp. Aquatics 7:11-13. Sutton, D. L., V.V. Vandiver, Jr. 1986. Grass carp a fish for biological management of hydrilla and other aquatic weeds. University of Florida, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, Bulletin 867, Gainesville. Sutton, D. L.1985. Management of hydrilla with triploid grass carp. Aquatics 7:11-13. Swanson, E.D. 1986. Grass carp stocking model and associated impacts on their introduction in Colorado cold-water lakes. MS thesis. Colorado State University, Fort Collins. Swingle, H.S. 1957. Control of pond weeds by the use of herbivorous fishes. Pages 11-17 in Proc. 10th Annual Meeting of Southern Week Conference. Augusta, GA. Taylor, J. N., W. R. Courtenay, Jr., and J. A. McCann. 1984. Known impact of exotic fishes in the continental United States. Pages 322-373 in W. R. Courtenay, Jr., and J. R. Stauffer, editors. Distribution, biology, and management of exotic fish. Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, MD. Tennessee Valley Authority. 1990. Final environmental assessment: demonstration of the use of grass carp in management of aquatic plants in Guntersville Reservoir. Tennessee Valley Authority, Muscle Shoals, Alabama, TVA/RDG/EQS-90/3. Terrell, J.W., A.C. Fox. 1974. Food habits, growth, and catchability of grass carp in the absence of aquatic vegetation. Proc. 28th Annu. Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 28:251-259. Terrell, J.W., T.T. Terrell. 1975. Macrophyte control and food habits of the grass carp in Georgia ponds. Internationale Vereinigung fur theoretische und angewandte Limnologie Verhandlungen 19:2415-2420. Thomas, G.L., S.L. Thiesfeld, S.A. Bonar, J.D. Frodge, G.B. Pauley. 1989. Short term effects of triploid grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) on the plant community, fish assemblage, and water quality of Devils Lake, Oregon. Washington Cooperative Fish and Wildlife

98 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Research Unit, Final Report to the Devils Lake Water Improvement District, Lincoln City Oregon. Thomas, P.W. 1994. The use of grass carp in Florida: past, present, and future. Program issue and abstracts of the 14th annual International Symposium of the North American Lake Management Society, Orlando, Florida. Lake and Reservoir Management (Washington, DC) 9(2):119. Thompson, B.Z., J.L. Underwood, R.S. Hestand II. 1988. Utilization of triploid grass carp in sewage retention ponds for control of floating vegetation. Florida Scientist 51:115-119. Thompson, B.Z., R.J. Wattendorf, R.S. Hestand, J.L. Underwood. 1987. Triploid Grass carp production. The Progressive Fish Culturist 49:213-217. Thullen, J.S., F.L. Nibling. 1986. Aquatic weed control with grass carp: effectiveness in cool water irrigation canal. Pages 277-286 in Z. Dubinsky and Y. Steinberger, (eds). Environmental Quality and Ecosystem Stability. Bar-Ilan University Press, Ramat-Gan, Israel. Trimm, D. L., G. Guillen, C. T. Menn, and G. C. Matlock. 1989. The occurrence of grass carp in Texas water. Texas Journal of Science 41(4):413-417. Truveller, K.A., N.A. Maslennikova, L.I. Moskovkin and N.I. Romanova. 1973. The variability of the electrophoretic pattern of myogens in the carp. Pages 113-119 in Biokhimicheskaya genetika ryb. [The biochemical genetics of fish]. Leningrad. Underwood, J.L., R.S. Hestand, and B.Z. Thompson. 1986. Gonad regeneration in grass carp following bilateral gonadectomy. Progressive Fish Culturist 48:54-56. Van Dyke, J. M. 1995. Long-term use of grass carp for aquatic plant control in Deer Point Lake, Bay County, Florida. Pages 146-150. in Proceedings of the grass carp symposium held in Gainesville, Florida, March, 1994. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Ms. 242 pp. Van Dyke, J.M., A.J. Leslie, Jr., L.E. Nall. 1984. The effects of grass carp on aquatic macrophytes of four Florida lakes. Journal of Aquatic Plant Management 22:87-95. Van Dyke, J.M., D.L. Sutton. 1977. Digestion of duckweed (Lemna spp.) by the grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella). Journal of Fish Biology 11:273-278. Van Zon, J.C., J.E. Van Der Zweerde, B.J. Hoogers. 1978. The grass carp, its effect and side effects. 4th Int. Symp. Biol. Control aquatic Weeds. Verigen, B. V., A. P. Makeyeva, and M. I. Zaki Mokhamed. 1978. Natural spawning of the silver carp and grass carp in the Sayr Darya River. Journal of Ichthyology 18(1):143-147. Verigen, B. V., A. P. Makeyeva, and N. G. Shubnikova. 1975. The morphology of under yearling hybrids of the bighead Aristichthys nobilis and the grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idella. Journal of Ichthyology 15(2):226-231. Verigen, B. V., R. M. Karayev, and A. P. Makeyeva. 1987. Discovery of a white amur, Ctenopharyngodon idella, with aberrant scalation. Journal of Ichthyology 27(6):128-130. Verigin, B. V., A. P. Makeyeva, and M. I. Zaki Mokhamed. 1978. Natural spawning of the silver carp, Hypophthalmichthys molitrix, the bighead caro, Aristichthys nobilis, and the grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella, in the Syr-Dar'ya River. Journal of Ichthyology 18(1):143- 147.

99 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Verigin, B.V., A.P. Makeyeva, and N.G. Shubnikova. 1975. The morphology of under yearling hybrids of the bighead Aristichthys nobilis and the grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idella. Journal of Morphology 15(2):226-231. Verigin, B.V., N. Viet, and N. Dong. 1963. Materials on food selectivity and the daily rations of the grass carp. In: Problemy rybokhozyaystvennogo ispolzovaniya rastitel'noyadnykh ryb v vodoyemakh SSR. Ashkhabad, Turkmenian SSR Acad. Sci. Press. Verigin, B.V., N. Viet, And N. Dong. 1963. Materials On Food Selectivity And The Daily Rations Of The Grass Carp. In: Problemy Rybokhozyaystvennogo Ispolzovaniya Rastitel'noyadnykh Ryb V Vodoyemakh SSR. Ashkhabad, Turkmenian SSR Acad. Sci. Press. Vincent, J., F. Sibbing. 1992. How the grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) chooses and chews its food-some clues. Journal of the Zoological Society of London, vol.226:435-444. Vinogradov, V. K. and Z. K. Zolotova. 1974. The influence of grass carp on aquatic ecosystems. Hydrobiological Journal 10:72-78. Vinogradov, V.K., and Z.K. Zolotova. 1974. The influence of the grass carp on the ecosystems of bodies of water. Journal of Hydrobiology, 10(2):90-98. Vinogradov, V.K., L.V. Yerokhina, G.I. Savin, L.V. Khromov, and A.D. Danchenko. 1968. Biological technique for the commercial propagation and rearing of phytophagous fish. In: Novyye issledovaniya po ekologii i razvedeniyu rastitel'noyadnykh ryb. Moscow, Nauka Press. Von Zon, J.C.J. 1979. The use of grass carp in comparison with other aquatic weed control methods. Pages 15-24, In: J.V. Shireman (ed.). Proc. of the Grass Carp Conference. FL, Aquatic Weeds Research Center, University of Florida. Gainesville. Von Zon, J.C.J. 1979. The use of grass carp in comparison with other aquatic weed control methods. Pages 15-24 in J.V. Shireman, ed. Proc. of the Grass Carp Conference. Fl. Aquatic Weeds Research Center, Univ. FL., Gainesville. Vovk, P.S. 1968. The results of research concerned with the development of biological technique for the propagation of grass carp in the Ukrainian forest-steppe. In: Novyye issledovaniya po ekologii i razvedeniyu rastitel' noyadnykh ryb. Moscow, Nauka Press. Waldrip, L. 1992. Grass carp increasing in Trinity River. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department. November 20, 1992:5-7. Ware, F.J., R.D. Gasaway. 1976. Effects of grass carp on native fish populations in two Florida lakes. Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the Southeastern association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies 38:319-326. Wattendorf, R. J. and P. L. Shafland. 1983. Hydrilla consumption by triploid hybrid grass carp in aquaria. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast Assoc. Fish and Wildl. Agencies 37:447-458. Wattendorf, R. J. and R. S. Anderson. 1984. Hydrilla consumption by triploid grass carp. Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies 38:319-326. Wattendorf, R. J., and C. Phillippy. 1996. Administration of a state program. Pages 130-151 in J. R. Cassani, editor. Managing Aquatic Vegetation with Grass Carp, a Guide for Water Resource Managers. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD. Wattendorf, R.J., and P.L. Shafland. 1983. Hydrilla consumption by triploid hybrid grass carp in aquaria. Proc. Annu. Conf. southeast Assoc. Fish and Wildl. Agencies 37:447-458.

100 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Wattendorf, R.J., and R.S. Anderson. 1984. Hydrilla consumption by triploid grass carp. Proc. Annu. conf. Southeast. Assoc. Fish. Wildl. Agencies 38:319-326. Webb, M. A., H. S. Elder, and R. G. Howells. 1994. Grass carp reproduction in the lower Trinity River, Texas. Pages 29-32 in Proceedings of the Grass Carp Symposium, March 7-9, 1994, Gainesville, Florida. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. Wen, Z. 1990. Studies on aquatic vegetation and rational carrying capacity of grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella Val. in Lake Niushanhu. M.Sc. thesis, Institute of Hydrobiology, Academia Sinica. Wiley, M.J., L.D. Wike. 1986. Energy balances of diploid, triploid and hybrid grass carp. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 115:853-863. Wiley, M.J., P.P. Tazik, S.T. Sobaski. 1987. Controlling aquatic vegetation with triploid grass carp. Circular 57. Illinois Natural History Survey, Champaign, Illinois. Wiley, M.J., S.M. Pescitelli, L.D. Wike. 1986. The relationship between feeding preference and consumption rates in grass carp and grass carp x bighead carp hybrids. Journal of Fish biology 29: 507-514. Woltmann, E., D. Goetke. 1989. An evaluation of aquatic vegetation control with sterile grass carp. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, Division of Fish and Wildlife Bureau of Fisheries-Region 1, Final Project Report, Albany. Yaroshenko, M.F., V.M. Shalar', A.I. Naberezhnyy, and I.F. Kubrak. 1970. The biological causes of the deterioration in the technical quality of water in the Kuchurgan cooling lagoon of the Moldavian regional power station and ways of eliminating them. In: biologischeskiye resursy vodoyemov Moldavii. No. 6, Kishinev, Shtiintsa Press. Zhukinskiy, V.N., V.R. Alekseenko. 1983. Semen quality in common carp, Cyprinus carpio, and white amur, Ctenopharyngodon idella (Cyprinidae), in different periods of the spawning season and as influenced by extraction methods. Journal of Ichthyology 23(3):124-133. Zimpfer, S. P., C. F. Bryan, and C. H. Pennington. 1987. Factors associated with the dynamics of grass carp larvae in the lower Mississippi River valley. Pages 102-108 in R. D. Hoyt, editor. 10th annual larval fish conference. American Fisheries Society Symposium 2. Zimpfer, S.P. 1983. Notes on the early life history of the grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) in the Atchafalaya Basin. Master's thesis, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. Zimpfer, S.P., C. Bryan, C. Pennington. 1987. Factors associated with the dynamics of grass carp larvae in the lower Mississippi River valley. American Fisheries Society Symposium 2:102- 108.

Common carp Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Cyprinus carpio

Al-Hamed, M.I. 1971. Salinity tolerance of common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). Bull. Iraq Nat. Hist. Mus. 5:1-7. Allen, A.W. 1980. Cyprinus carpio Linnaeus, Common carp. Page 152 in D.S. Lee, C.R. Gilbert, C.H. Hocutt, R.E. Jenkins, D.E. McAllister, and J.R. Stauffer, Jr. Atlas of the North

101 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... American Freshwater Fishes. North Carolina State Museum of Natural History. Publication # 1980-12 of the North Carolina Biological Survey. 854 pp. Ankorion, Y., R. Moav, G.W. Wohlfarth. 1992. Bidirectional mass selection for body shape in common carp. genet. Sel. Evol. 24:43-52. Anosimova, I.M. 1963. The quality of the progeny in European goldfish crossed in male with the common carp, crucian carp and tench. Dokl. Timiryazevsk s.-kh. akad., No. 85. Astanin, L.P., and L.M. Trofimova. 1969. Comparative study of the food, growth and fecundity of common carp and domesticated carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) in Yegorlyk Reservoir. Journal of Ichthyology 9(3):354-363. Avault, James W., Jr. 1990. Species profile-Chinese carp, common carp. Aquaculture magazine. 16(2): 59-64. Bakos, J. 1979. Crossbreeding Hungarian races of common carp to develop more productive hybrids. Pages 633-635, in: T.V.R. Pillay and W. Dill (eds.), Advances in Aquaculture, Fishing News Book Ltd., Farnham, Surrey, UK. Balon, E. K. 1969. Studies on the wild carp Cyprinus carpio carpio Linnaeus, 1758. I. New opinion concerning the origin of the carp. Prace Laboratoria rybarstva 2:99-120. Balon, E. K. 1974. Domestication of the carp, Cyprinus carpio L. Royal Ontario Museum, Life Sciences Miscellaneous publication, Toronto. 37pp. Balon, E. K. 1995. Origin And Domestication Of The Wild Carp, Cyprinus Carpio: From Roman Gourmets To The Swimming Flowers. Aquaculture 129:3-48. Bear River Resource Conservation and Development. A river runs through us. (Accessed 11/25/00).

Bellrichard, S. J. 1996. Effects of common carp (Cyprinus carpio on submerged macrophytes and water quality in a backwater lake on the upper Mississippi River. Master's thesis, University of Wisconsin-La Crosse. Reprinted by the National Biological Service, Environmental Management Technical Center, Onalaska, Wisconsin. LTRMP 96-R008. 44 pp.

Bellrichard, S. J. 1996. Effects of common carp (Cyprinus carpio on submerged macrophytes and water quality in a backwater lake on the upper Mississippi River. Master's thesis, University of Wisconsin-La Crosse. Reprinted by the National Biological Service, Environmental Management Technical Center, Onalaska, Wisconsin. LTRMP 96-R008. 44 pp. Beveridge, M.C.M., P.K. Sikdar, G.N. Frerichs, S. Millar. 1991. The ingestion of bacteria in suspension by the common carp Cyprinus carpio L. Journal of Fish Biology 39:825-831. Bishai, H.M., M.M. Ishak, and W. Labib. 1974. Fecundity of the mirror carp Cyprinus carpio L. at the Serow fish farm (Egypt). Aquaculture 4:257-265. Bonneau, J.L. 1999. Ecology of a fish biomanipulation in a great plains reservoir. Dissertation. University of Idaho.

Cahoon, W. G. 1953. Commercial carp removal at Lake Mattamuskeet, North Carolina. Journal of Wildlife Management 17(3):312-317.

102 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Carpenter, S.R. and K.L. Cottingham. 1997. Resilience and restoration of lakes. Conservation Ecology [online]1(1):2. (Accessed 7/16/99). Chakraborty, S.C., L.G. Ross, B. Ross. 1992. Specific dynamic action and feeding metabolism in common carp Cyprinus carpio L. Comp. Biochem. Physiol., 103A:809-815. Cherfas, N.B., B. Gomelsky, N. Ben-Dom, Y. Peretz, G. Hulata. 1994. Assessment of triploid common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) for culture. Aquaculture 127:11-18. Cherfas, N.B., G. Hulata, B. Gomelsky, N. Ben-Dom, Y. Perez. 1995. Chromosome set manipulations in the common carp Cyprinus carpio L. Aquaculture 129:217. Cherfas, N.B., O. Kozinsky, S. Rothbard, G. Hulata. 1990. Induced diploid gynogenesis and triploidy in ornamental (koi) carp, Cyprinus carpio L. Isr. J. Aquacult., Bamidgeh 42:3-9. Cherfas, N.B., S. Rothbard, G. Hulata, O. Kozinsky. 1991. Spontaneous diploidization of maternal chromosome set in ornamental (koi) carp, Cyprinus carpio L. J. Appl. Ichthyol. 7:72-77.

Cole, L. J. 1905. The German carp in the United States. Pages 523-641 in Report of the Bureau of Fisheries for 1904. U.S. Department of Commerce and Labor. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.

Courtenay, W.R., Jr., D.P. Jennings, and J.D. Williams. 1991. Appendix 2. Exotic Fishes. Pages 97- 107 in C.R. Robins, R.M. Bailey, C.E. Bond, J.R. Brooker, E.A. Lachner, R.N. Lea, and W.B. Scott. Common and Scientific names of fishes from the United States and Canada. American Fisheries Society Special Publication 20. Bethesda, Maryland. Courtenay, W.R., Jr., H.F. Sahlman, W.W. Miley, II, and D.J. Herrema. 1974. Exotic fishes in fresh and brackish waters of Florida. Biological Conservation 6(4):292-302. DeKay, J. E. 1842. Zoology of New-York, or the New-York fauna. Part IV. Fishes. W. and A. White and J. Visscher, Albany, NY Douglas, N.H. 1974. Freshwater Fishes of Louisiana. Louisiana Wildlife and Fisheries Commission. Baton Rouge, LA. 443 pp. Eddy, S. and J.C. Underhill. 1974. Northern fishes with special reference to the upper Mississippi Valley. Third Edition. University of Minnesota Press. Fajt, J.R. and J.M. Grizzle. 1993. Oral toxicity of rotenone for common carp. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 122:302-304. Fitzmaurice, P. 1983. Carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) in Ireland. Irish Fisheries Investigations Series A, No 23:5-10. French, J.R.P.III, D.A. Wilcox, and S.J. Nichols. 1999. Passing of northern pike and common carp through experimental barriers designed for use in wetland restoration. Wetlands 19:883- 888. Genetika 3(10):167-180 (in Russian). Kirpichnikov, V.S. 1971. Genetics of the common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) and other edible fishes. Pages 186-201, in FAO Seminar/Study Tour in the USSR on Genetic Selection and Hybridization of Cultivated Fishes. Rep. FAO/UNDP (TA), (2969). Gervai, J., S. Peter, A. Nagy, L. Horvath, V. Csany. 1980. Induced triploidy in carp, Cyprinus carpio L. Journal of Fish Biology 17:667-671.

103 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Gomelsky, B.I., N. Cherfas, G. Hulata, Y. Perez, N. Ben-Dom. 1995. Hormonal sex inversion in the common carp, Cyprinus carpio L. Aquaculture 129:217-219. Gromov, I.A. 1979. The fecundity of the eastern carp, Cyprinus carpio haematopterus. Journal of Ichthyology 19(1):99-103. Hanson, M.A. and M.G. Butler. 1990. Early responses of plankton and turbidity to biomanipulation in a shallow prairie lake. Hydrobiologia 200/201:317-327. Hill, K.R. 1999. Evaluation of the impact of common carp on an intensively managed largemouth bass, channel catfish, and panfish fishery. Federal aid to fish restoration completion report: small reservoir investigations, project no. F-160-R. Iowa Department of Natural Resources. Horvath, L. 1978. Experience in propagation of the common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) out the spawning season. Aquacult. Hung. (Szarvas)1:66-72. Hulata G., R. Moav, G. Wohlfarth. 1980. Genetic differences between the European and Chinese races of common carp. III. Gonadal abnormalities in the inter-racial hybrids. Journal of Fish Biology 16:369-370. Hulata, G. 1995. A review of genetic improvement of the common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) and other cyprinids by crossbreeding, hybridization and selection. Aquaculture 129:143-155. Hume, D.J., A.R. Fletcher, A.K. Morison. 1983. Interspecific hybridization between carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) and goldfish (Carassius auratus L.) from Victorian waters. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater. Res. 34:915-919. Irvine, I.A.S. 1992. Reproductive biology of common carp (Cyprinus carpio) in Minnesota: Olfactory sensitivity and environmental influences on spawning. Masters thesis, University of Minnesota, St. Paul. Irvine, I.A.S., P.W. Sorensen. 1993. Acute olfactory sensitivity of the wild common carp, Cyprinus carpio, to goldfish hormonal sex pheromones is influenced by gonadal maturity. Canadian Journal of Zoology 71:2199-2210. Ivanov, S.N. 1971. An analysis of the fecundity and intermittent spawning of the Lake Balkhash wild carp (Cyprinus carpio)(L.) Journal of Ichthyology 11(5):666-672. Ivanova, Z. A. 1978. Growth variability in the carp, Cyprinus carpio, in Siberian waters. Journal of Ichthyology 18(1):45-55. Jeney, Zs., G. Jeney. 1995. Recent achievements in studies on diseases of common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). Aquaculture 129:397-420. Jezierska, B. 1988. The influence of water pH on early stages of carp (Cyprinus carpio). Agricultural and Teachers College in Siedlce, Research Report No. 25. John, G., P.V.G.K. Reddy. 1987. A note on the Labeo rohita (Ham) x Cyprinus carpio L. hybrid. Pages 87-90, in Proceedings World Symposium on Selection, Hybridization, and Genetic Engineering in Aquaculture. Bordeaux 27-30 May, 1986. Vol. II. Berlin. Kahl, R. 1991. Restoration of canvasback migrational staging habitat in Wisconsin: a research plan with implications for shallow lake management. Technical Bulletin No. 172. Department of Natural Resources, Madison, WI. Kattasonov, V.Ya. 1971. Results of a study of the Japanese decorative common carps and their hybrids. Pages 223-225, in: Development of Pond Fish Breeding and the Rational Use of

104 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Water-basins and Artificial Lakes. All-union Research Institute of Pond Fish Culture, Moscow (in Russian). Kirpichnikov, V.S. 1967. Homologous hereditary variation and evolution of the wild carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). Kirpichnikov, V.S. 1971. Genetics of the common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) and other edible fishes. Pages 186-201, in FAO Seminar/Study Tour in the USSR on Genetic Selection and Hybridization of Cultivated Fishes. Rep. FAO/UNDP (TA), (2969). Kobayashi S. and S. Mizumoto. 1950. Studies on the hybrid of Ctenopharyngodon Idella (Val) and Cyprinus carpio L. Sci. Repts. Shiga Prefect. Fish Exptl. Stat., No. 1. Komen, J., A.B.J. Bongers, C.J.J. Richter, W.B. Van Muiswinkel, E.A, Huisman. 1991. Gynogenesis in common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) II. The production of homozygous gynogenetic clones and F1 hybrids. Aquaculture 92:127-142. Komen, J., C.J.J. Richter. 1990. Sex control in common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). Pages 141-154 in: J. Komen (Ed.) Clones of Common Carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). Agricultural University, Wageningen, The Netherlands. Komen, J., J. Duynhouwer, C.J.J. Richter, E.A. Huisman. 1988. Gynogenesis in common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) I. Effects of genetic manipulation of sexual products and incubation conditions of eggs. Aquaculture 69:227-239. Korovin, V.A. 1976. Metabolic rate of the under yearling of the carp, Cyprinus carpio, adapted to different water temperatures. Journal of Ichthyology 16(1):168-172. Korovin, V.A., N.P. Mitskevich. 1973. Growth and chemical composition of juvenile carp (Cyprinus carpio (L.)) in relation to the quality of the parents and temperature conditions in nursery ponds. Journal of Ichthyology 13(4):543-549. Korwin-Kossakowski, M. 1992. Growth and survival of carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) larvae in alkaline water. Journal of Fish Biology 40:981-982. Kuliyev, Z.M., and A.E. Agarayova. 1984. Ecological-morphometrical characteristics of wild carp, Cyprinus carpio (Cyprinidae), of the central and southern Caspian. Journal of Ichthyology 24(3):9-17. Lachner, E.A., C.R. Robins, and W.R. Courtenay, Jr. 1970. Exotic fishes and other aquatic organisms introduced into North America. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology Number 59. 29 pp.

Laird, C. A., and L. M. Page. 1996. Non-native fishes inhabiting the streams and lakes of Illinois. Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin 35(1):1-51.

Lampman, B. H. 1946. The coming of the pond fishes. Binfords and Mort, Portland, OR. Le Hoa, D.T. 1973. Variability of juvenile grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella (Val.)) and pond carp (Cyprinus carpio (L.)) reared at a hatchery in the southern Ukraine. Journal of ichthyology 13(2):305-309. Linhart, O., S. Kudo, R. Billard, V. Slechta, and E. Mikodina. 1995. Morphology, composition and fertilization of carp eggs: A review. Aquaculture 129:75-93.

105 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Liu, Y., G. Zhou. 1986. Cytological study on the gonadal development of F1 hybrid produced by crossing Carrasius auratus L. with Cyprinus carpio. Acta Hydrobiol. Sin. 10:101-103 (in Chinese). Lyakhnovich, V.P., Ye.N. Leonenko. 1971. Age related changes in some of the characteristics of the blood of the silver carp (Hypophthalmichthys molitrix (Val.)), the grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella (Val.)) and the pond carp Cyprinus carpio (L.)). Journal of Ichthyology 11(5):743-750. Makeyeva, A. P. 1968. Hybridization of the common carp with phytophagous fishes. Journal of Ichthyology 8(2):294-297. Makeyeva, A. P. 1972. Hybridization of the bighead Artstichthys nobilis and the carp Cyprinus carpio. Vopr. ikhtiol., 15, No. 1. Makeyeva, A. P. and B.V. Verigin. 1974. Hybridization of the pond carp Cyprinus carpio and the grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idella. Vopr. ikhtiol., 14, No. 2. Makeyeva, A. P., B. V. Verigen. 1974. Hybridization of the pond carp (Cyprinus carpio) with the grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella). Journal of Ichthyology 14(2):254-259. McComas, S. 1993. Lake smarts: The first lake maintenance handbook. Terrene Institute. Meijer, M.L., M.W. deHaan, AW. Breukelaar, and H. Buiteveld. 1990. Is the reduction of the benthivorous fish an important cause of high transparency following biomanipulation in shallow lakes? Hydrobiologia 200/201:303-315. 1990.

Miller, A.I., and L. G. Beckman. 1996. First record of predation on white sturgeon eggs by sympatric fishes. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 125:338-340.

Moav, R. G. Hulata, G. Wohlfarth. 1975. Genetic differences between the Chinese and European races of the common carp. I. Analysis of the genotype-environmental interaction for growth rate. Heredity 34:323-340. Moav, R., G. Wohlfarth. 1976. Two-way selection for growth rate in the common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). Genetics 82:83-101. Molnar, K. 1979. Gill spaerosporosis in the common carp and grass carp. Acta Veterinaria Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 27:99-113. Moroz, V.N. 1968. Description of the spawning stock, spawning and fertility of the carp from the Kiliya Delta of the Danube. Journal of Ichthyology 8(3):414-422. Moyle, P. B. 1976. Inland fishes of California. University of California Press, Berkeley, CA. Nagy, A., K. Rajki, L. Horvath, V. Csanyi. 1978. Investigations on carp, Cyprinus carpio L., gynogenesis. Journal of Fish Biology 13:215-224. Osipova, V.B. 1979. A contribution to the ecology of the carp, Cyprinus carpio, in the Chermshan arm of Kuybyshev Reservoir. Journal of Ichthyology 19(5):151-154. Ozima, Y. 1943. Cytological observations on fertilization in the carp, Cyprinus carpio L. Jpn. J. Genet. 19:219-228. Page, L.M., and B.M. Burr. 1991. A Field Guide to Freshwater Fishes North America North of Mexico. Peterson Field Guide Series. Houghton Mifflin and Company. Boston. 432 pp.

106 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Panek, Frank M. 1987. Biology and ecology of carp. ed. Bruce Shupp. In: Carp in North America. Pages: 1-15. Panov, D.A., L.G. Motenkova, and V.G. Chertikhin. 1973. Factors influencing predation by juvenile carp (Cyprinus carpio) (L.) on the young of phytophagous fishes in joint cultivation (Experimental studies). Journal of Ichthyology 13(6):915-920. Parameswaran, S., K.H. Alikunhi, K.K. Sukumaran. 1972. Observations on the maturation, fecundity and breeding of the common carp, Cyprinus carpio Linnaeus. Indian J. Fish 19:110-124. Penaz, M., M. Prokes, J. Kouril, J. Hamackova. 1983. Early development of the carp, Cyprinus carpio. Acta Sci. Nat. Brno. 17(2):1-39. Pullan, S., P.J. Smith. 1987. Identification of hybrids between koi (Cyprinus carpio) and goldfish (Carassius auratus). N.Z. J. Mar. Freshw. Res. 21:41-46. Recoubratsky, A.V., B.I. Gomelsky, O.V. Emaljanova, E.V. Pankratjeva. 1990. Recommendation on obtaining triploid common carp progenies. Pages 1-14. Res. Inst. Pond Fish. (Moscow). Redding, J. D. 1884. Character of the carp introduced by Capt. Henry Robinson about 1830. Bulletin of the U.S. Fish Commission 4(1884):266-267 Riehl, R., and H.A. Baensch. Aquarium Atlas. Mergus. Melle, Germany. 992 pp. Ryabov, I. N. 1975. Embryonic and larval development characteristics of hybrids of the carp Cyprinus carpio and the Korean sawbelly Hemiculter eigenmanni. Vopr. ikhttol., 15, No. 3. Ryabov, I.N. 1978. Features of the embryonic and larval development of the hybrid of the carp, Cyprinus carpio, and the fiery Puntius, Puntius chonchonius. Journal of Ichthyology 18(4):577-588. Saglio, Ph., B. Fauconneau, J.M. Blanc. 1990. Orientation of carp, Cyprinus carpio L., to free amino acids from Tubifex extract in an olfactometer. Journal of Fish Biology 37:887-898. Shafland, P.L. 1996. Exotic fishes of Florida. Reviews in Fisheries Science 4(2): 101-122. Shcherbina, M.A., O.P. Kazlauskene. 1971. The reaction of the medium and the rate of absorption of nutrients in the intestines of the carp (Cyprinus carpio (L.)). Journal of Ichthyology 11(1):81-85. Sibbing, F.A. 1988. Specializations and limitations in the utilization of food resources by the carp Cyprinus carpio: a study of oral food processing. Environmental Biology of Fishes 22:161- 178. Sin, A.W., M.T.L. Chiu. 1987. Culture of silver carp, bighead, grass carp, and common carp in secondary effluents of a pilot sewage treatment plant. Resources and Conservation 13:231- 246. Smiley, C. W. 1886. Some results of carp culture in the United States. Pages 657-890 in Report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1884, Part XII. U.S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Washington, D.C. Smith, D. September 27, 2000. Fowl waters. Minneapolis StarTribune.

Smith, H. M. 1896. A review of the history and results of the attempts to acclimatize fish and other water animals in the Pacific states. Bulletin of the U.S. Fish Commission for 1895, 40:379- 472.

107 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Soto, C.G., J.S. Zhang, Y.S. Shi. 1994. Intraspecific cleaning behaviour in Cyprinus carpio in aquaria. Journal of Fish Biology 44:172-174. Souter, B.W., R.A. Sonstegaurd, L.A. McDermott. 1972. Enteric bacteria in carp (Cyprinus carpio) and white suckers (Catostoma commersoni). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 28:1185-1189. Sugita, H., K. Tokuyama, Y. Deguchi. 1985. The intestinal microflora of carp, Cyprinus carpio, grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella and tilapia Sarotherodon niloticus. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Scientific Fisheries 51:1325-1329. Sumantadinata, K. 1995. Present state of common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) stocks in Indonesia. Aquaculture 129:205-209. Sumantadinata, K., N. Taniguchi. 1990. Studies on morphological variation on Indonesian common carp stocks. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi 59:879-886. Suzuki, R., M. Yamaguchi. 1980. Improvement of quality of the common carp by crossbreeding. Bull. Jpn. Soc. Sci. Fish. 46:1427-1434. Suzuki, R., M. Yamaguchi. 1980. Meristic and morphometric variation of five races of Cyprinus carpio. Jpn. J. Ichthyol. 27:199-206. Swee, U.B., H.R. McCrimmon. 1966. Reproduction biology of carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) in Lake St. Lawrence, Ontario. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 95(4):372-380.

Taylor, J. N., W. R. Courtenay, Jr., and J. A. McCann. 1984. Known impact of exotic fishes in the continental United States. Pages 322-373 in W. R. Courtenay, Jr., and J. R. Stauffer, editors. Distribution, biology, and management of exotic fish. Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, MD.

Taylor, J., and R. Mahon. 1977. Hybridization of Cyprinus carpio and Carassius auratus, the first two exotic species in the lower Laurentian Great Lakes. Environmental Biology of Fishes 1(2):205-208. Trautman, M. B. 1981. The fishes of Ohio. Ohio State University Press, Columbus, OH. Van Damme, P., S. Appelbaum, T. Hecht. 1989. Sibbling cannabalism in Koi carp Cyprinus carpio L. larvae and juveniles reared under controlled conditions. Journal of Fish Biology 34:855- 863. Varadi, L., A. Hidas, E. Varkonyi, L. Horvath. 1995. Interesting phenomena in hybridization of carp (Cyprinus carpio) and rosy barb (Barbus conchonius). Aquaculture 129:211-214. Vasil'chenko, O.N. 1970. The fecundity and the state of the gonads of common carp and bream used for breeding in the Volga Delta. Journal of Ichthyology 10(1):67-76. Vasil'ev, V.P., A.P. Makeyeva, I.N. Ryabov. 1975. On the triploidy of remote hybrids of carp (Cyprinus carpio) with other representatives of Cyprinidae. Genetika 11:49-65 (in Russian). Wang, J., H. Lui, H. Po, and L. Fan. 1997. Influence of salinity on food consumption, growth and energy conversion efficiency of common carp (Cyprinus carpio) fingerlings. Aquaculture 148:115-124. Weigertjes, G.F., J.G. Daly, W.B. Van Muiswinkel. 1993. Disease resistance of carp, Cyprinus carpio L.: identification of individual genetic differences by bath challenge with atypical Aeromonas salmonicida. Journal of Fish Diseases 16:569-576.

108 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Whitworth, W. R. 1996. Freshwater Fishes of Connecticut. State Geological and Natural History Survey of Connecticut, Bulletin 114.

Winfield, I.J., C.W. Bean. 1991. First record of the carp, Cyprinus carpio L., in the Lough Neagh catchment (Northern Ireland). Journal of Fish Biology 38:629-630. Wohlfarth, G.W. 1984. Common carp. Pages 375-380, in L. Mason (ed.), Evolution of Domesticated Animals. Longman, Harlow, UK. Wohlfarth, G.W., R. Moav, G. Hulata. 1986. Genetic differences between the Chinese and European races of the common carp. 5. Differential adaptation to manure and artificial feeds. Theor. Appl. Genet. 72:88-97. Wu, C., Y. Ye, R. Chen. 1986. Genome manipulation in carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). Aquaculture 54:57-61. Wydoski, R.S. and R.W, Wiley. 1999. Management of undesirable fish species. Pages 403-430 in C.C. Kohler and W.A. Hubert, Editors. Fisheries management in North America. Second Edition. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD. Yakubov, S.M., V.I. Chernyshov, Yu. P. Kozlov. B.N. Tarusov. 1971. Some physico-chemical properties of the lipids of organs of the carp (Cyprinus carpio (L.)) with inflammation of the swim bladder. Journal of Ichthyology 11(4):642-645. Yashouv, A. 1971. Interactions between the common carp (Cyprinus carpio) and the silver carp (Hypophthalmichthys molitrix) in fish ponds. Bamidgeh 23(3):85-92. Zhukinskiy, V.N., V.R. Alekseenko. 1983. Semen quality in common carp, Cyprinus carpio, and white amur, Ctenopharyngodon idella (Cyprinidae), in different periods of the spawning season and as influenced by extraction methods. Journal of Ichthyology 23(3):124-133.

Northern pike Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Esox lucius

Cordone, A.J. - Department of Fish and Game, Sacramento, CA. Response to NBS-G non- indigenous questionnaire. 1992. He, X., and J. F. Kitchell. 1990. Direct and indirect effects of predation on a fish community: a whole lake experiment. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 119:825-835. He, X., and J. F. Kitchell. 1990. Direct and indirect effects of predation on a fish community: a whole lake experiment. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 119:825-835. Howells, R. G. 1992. Annotated list of introduced non-native fishes, mollusks, crustaceans and aquatic plants in Texas waters. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Management Data Series 78, Austin, TX. 19 pp. Jones, R.A. - Fisheries Bureau, Departments of Environmental Protection, Hartford, CT. Response to NBS-G nonindigenous questionnaire. 1992. Kuhne, E. R. 1939. A guide to the fishes of Tennessee and the mid-South. Tennessee Department of Conservation, Nashville, TN. 124 pp. Lampman, B. H. 1946. The coming of the pond fishes. Binfords and Mort, Portland, OR.

109 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Lapin, W.J. - Dept. of Envir. Manag., Div. of Fish and Wildl., West Kingson, RI. Response to NBS- G nonindigenous questionnaire. 1992. Luebke, R. W. 1978. Evaluation of a multi-predator introduction. Federal Aid Project F-31-R-4. McMahon, T. E., and D. H. Bennett. 1996. Walleye and northern pike: boost or bane to northwest fisheries? Fisheries 21(8):6-13. Page, L. M., and B. M. Burr. 1991. A field guide to freshwater fishes of North America north of Mexico. The Peterson Field Guide Series, volume 42. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, MA. Pflieger, W. L. 1997. The fishes of Missouri. Missouri Department of Conservation, Jefferson City, MO. 372 pp. Polson, J. 1964. New reservoirs ? new fish species. Kansas Fish and Game 21(3):3-6. Pritchard, D. L., O. D. May, Jr., and L. Rider. 1976. Stocking of predators in the predator- stocking-evaluation reservoirs. Proceedings of the 30th annual conference of the Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Commissioners 30(1976):108-113. Rinne, J. N. 1994. The effects of introduced fishes on native fishes: Arizona, southwestern United States. World fisheries congress, May 1992, Athens, Greece. Save Lake Davis Task Force Steering Committee, The California Department of Fish and Game. 2000. Managing Northern Pike at Lake Davis: A Plan for Y2000. January http://www.dfg.ca.gov/northernpike/mgpike.htm. Executive Summary: Managing Northern Pike at Lake Davis: A Plan for Y2000 describes 12 recommended containment and control actions to be implemented during Y2000 as a way to manage the pike problem at Lake Davis. The plan also describes the monitoring program that would be undertaken in order to measure the plan's success and provide opportunities to make informed course corrections should they be needed. While the plan has been designed to be non- technical and readily understood by a broad audience, it does contain selected references in order to provide more detailed background information for those who desire it. Two appendices are also included in the report: the Steering Committee's preliminary feasibility analysis of alternatives, and a brief review of the life history and biology of the northern pike. The primary strategies outlined in this plan for Y2000 are: 1) To suppress the pike population at Lake Davis, 2) To contain the existing population in Lake Davis and prevent it from spreading into other parts of the state's waterways, and 3) To remove as many pike of all sizes from Lake Davis as possible using a combination of various activities, with implementation concentrated on the spawning season. In order to control northern pike at Lake Davis and prevent a population explosion, the number of spawning-sized fish should be kept as low as possible and a high percentage of the larval fish produced by successful spawning should be eliminated. These objectives have guided the selection of the control and containment measures recommended in this report. Treatment of the lake with formulated rotenone (rotenone with agents added to aid dispersion) and other chemicals prohibited by Proposition 65 are excluded from this plan at the instruction of the Director of the Department of Fish and Game. The plan instead concentrates on a variety of physical methods, which provide barriers to pike or offer means of destroying pike individually or in groups. Of the physical methods identified for use, a combination of barrier nets, electrofishing and detonation cord (widely used to remove unwanted fish of all sizes by underwater concussion) employed at the right time likely offers the best potential for success. The primary strategy to suppress and/or remove the pike population in Y2000 relies on an experimental approach that combines a number of different actions concentrated during the spawning season. In addition, a number of other individual physical measures should be used,

110 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... based on the belief that their cumulative effect would be effective in reaching the plan's management goals for Lake Davis. The plan also calls for increased enforcement, a public education program, and an extensive biological monitoring program. Schmidt, B. - Chief Fisheries Management, Division of Wildlife Resources, Salt Lake City, UT. Response to NBS-G non-indigenous questionnaire. 1992. Smith, H. M. 1896. A review of the history and results of the attempts to acclimatize fish and other water animals in the Pacific states. Pages 379-472 in Bulletin of the U.S. Fish Commission, Vol. XV, for 1895. Soldwedel, R.H. - Chief, Bureau of Freshwater Fisheries, Department of Environmental Protection and Energy, Division of Fish, Game and Wildlife, Trenton, NJ. Response to NBS-G non- indigenous questionnaire. 1992. Southwick, R. - District Fisheries Supervisor, Virginia Department of Game and Inland Fisheries. Richmond, VA. Response to NBS-G non-indigenous questionnaire. 1992. The California Department of Fish and Game. 2002. Use of Detonation Cord in Lake Davis to Control Population of Northern Pike Initial Study and Proposed Mitigated Negative Declaration. January. http://www.dfg.ca.gov/northernpike/ det_cord_final_doc.html. The California Department of Fish and Game. 2002. Use of Detonation Cord in Lake Davis to Control Population of Northern Pike Initial Study and Proposed Mitigated Negative Declaration. Appendix A. Impact of Detonation Cord on Northern Pike (Esox lucius) and Aquatic Life. http://www.dfg.ca.gov/northernpike/det_cord_appendix_a.html. Accessed December 30, 2002. Examines the impacts of explosives and detonation cord on Northern pike in Lake Davis, California. Todd, B. 1962. Explosive new fish in Kansas. Kansas Fish and Game 20(1):3-5. Webster, D. A. 1942. The life histories of some Connecticut fishes in State Board of Fisheries and Game. A fishery survey of important Connecticut lakes. Connecticut Geological and Natural History Survey 63. Werner, Robert. G. 1980. Freshwater Fishes of New York State. Wooding, Frederick H. 1959. The Book of Canadian Fishes. McGraw-Hill Ryerson Limited, Toronto. http://www.science.mcmaster.ca/Biology/Harbour/SPECIES/PIKE/PIKE.HTM. Werner, Robert. G. 1980. Freshwater Fishes of New York State. Wooding, Frederick H. 1959. The Book of Canadian Fishes. McGraw-Hill Ryerson Limited, Toronto. Whitworth, W. R. 1996. Freshwater Fishes of Connecticut. State Geological and Natural History Survey of Connecticut, Bulletin 114.

Tiger Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Esox lucius x muskellunge masquinongy

Brecka, B.J., C.C. Kohler, and D.H. Wahl. 1995. Effects of dietary protein concentration on growth, survival and body composition of muskellunge Esox masquinongy and tiger muskellunge Esox masquinongy x E. luscius fingerlings. Journal of the World Aquaculture Society 26:416-425.

111 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Brecka, B.J., M.L. Hooe, and D.H. Wahl. 1995. Comparison of growth, survival, and body composition of muskellunge and tiger muskellunge fed four commercial diets. Progressive Fish-Culturist 57:37-43. Chipps, S.R., L.M. Einfalt, and D.H. Wahl. 2000. Growth and food consumption by tiger muskellunge: effects of temperature and ration level on bioenergetic model predictions. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 129:186-193. McClay, W. 1981. Status of tiger muskellunge management in Michigan. Technical report (Michigan. Fisheries Division). 81-2. 12 p. Moody, R.C., J.M. Helland, and R.A. Stein. 1983. Escape tactics used by bluegills and fathead minnows to avoid predation by tiger muskellunge. Environmental biology of Fish 8:61-65. Newman, D.L., and T.W. Storck. 1986. Angler catch, growth, and hooking mortality of tiger muskellunge in small centrachid-dominated impoundments. American Fisheries Society Special Publication 15:346-351. Wahl, D.H. and R.A. Stein. 1993. Comparative population characteristics of muskellunge (Esox masquinongy), northern pike (E. lucius), and their hybrid (E. masquinongy x E. lucius). Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 50:1961-1968.

Gymnocephalus c Eurasian ruffe Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii ernuus

Berg, L. S. 1948-1949. Freshwater fishes of the U.S.S.R. and adjacent countries, 4th edition. Three volumes. Translated from Russian, 1962-1965, for the Smithsonian Institution and the National Science Foundation, by Israel Program for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem, Israel. Volume 1:504 pp., volume 2:496 pp., volume 3:510 pp. Bergstedt, R.A. and J.A. Holmes, 1997. An Overview of Potential Alternative Control Methods for Ruffe, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biology and Management of Ruffe, March 21-23. ABSTRACT: Experience gained in the successful program to control sea lamprey (Petromyzon marinus, an invasive, exotic species in the Great Lakes) may provide insights into philosophies and methods for control of ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus). The Great Lakes Fishery Commission (GLFC) mandates an integrated pest management program approach to sea lamprey control. Key features of an integrated pest management program are (1) assessment of populations and projection of damage so that treatment intensity does not exceed the level where costs balance the injury avoided, and (2) the integrated use of a suite of alternative control techniques to minimize the reliance on and potential negative effects of single methods. The sea lamprey control program still depends largely on removal of sea lamprey during their larval stage with the lampricide TFM, either alone or together with Bayer-73. Although low-head barriers and traps are currently the only operational alternative to lampricides, the large-scale release of sterilized male sea lamprey is also being tested on an experimental basis. The policy of the GLFC, however, is to continue to research and develop other effective alternative methods. Based on information gathered during the continuing search for alternatives, we will summarize pest control technologies, including ones that have been used operationally, investigated, or simply hypothesized. The objective of this presentation is to provide an overview of pest control methods to help other participants focus on knowledge and lines of inquiry within their disciplines that might lead to methods for control of ruffe.

112 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Boogaard, M.A., T.D. Bills, J.H. Selgeby, and D.A. Johnson, 1997. Evaluation of Piscicides for Control of Ruffe, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biology and Management of Ruffe, March 21-23. ABSTRACT: Toxicity tests of antimycin and rotenone (registered piscicides) and the lampricide 3-trifluoromethyl-4-nitrophenol (TFM) were conducted with Eurasian ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) and other fish species in water from several tributaries to Lake Superior. Ruffe and brown trout (Salmo trutta) were similar in their sensitivity to antimycin and rotenone, they were about five times more sensitive to antimycin and two times more sensitive to rotenone than yellow perch (Perca flavescens). However, ruffe were about three to six times more sensitive to TFM than either brown trout or yellow perch. The effects of control treatments for sea lamprey (Petromyzon marinus) on ruffe populations in the Brule and Amnicon rivers were assessed by examining the mortality of caged ruffe and other fishes in these rivers before and after scheduled treatments and by comparing pretreatment and post-treatment ruffe population estimates, based on catch per unit effort in the estuaries of each river. Ruffe mortality associated with lampricide treatment was 97% in the Brule River in 1992 and about 70% in the Amnicon River in 1994. Although significant numbers of ruffe were killed at the TFM concentrations used to control sea lampreys, a higher concentration of TFM would be needed to eradicate ruffe from a river. Even at higher concentrations, TFM treatments should allow selective removal of ruffe from river estuaries with only limited mortality among nontarget fishes. Brazner, J.C., D.K. Tanner, D.A. Jensen, and A. Lemke, 1998. Relative Abundance and Distribution of Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) in a Lake Superior Coastal Wetland Fish Assemblage, Journal of Great Lakes Research. 24(2): 293-303. ABSTRACT: Fish assemblages from Allouez Bay Wetland in the St. Louis River estuary were sampled with fyke-nets from May to October, 1995, to characterize typical use patterns in different seasons and microhabitats. The relative abundance and distribution of ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) in these habitats was of interest because their recent invasion into the Great Lakes has the potential to disrupt native fish assemblages. A total of 15,867 fish comprised of 34 species were captured in 2,300 h of netting. The majority of fish over the whole study were caught in the outer marsh (63%, 9,957 individuals), and seasonally during late June (7,384 individuals/4 net-nights) and early May (2,281 individuals). Yellow perch (Perca flavescens), brown bullhead (Ameiurus nebulosus), emerald shiner (Notropis atherinoides), and silver redhorse (Moxostoma anisurum) were the most abundant species, comprising 85 percent of the total catch. Ruffe was the seventh most abundant species captured (294 individuals), comprising only two percent of the total catch. They were the fifth most abundant species in the outer marsh, but only thirteenth most abundant in the inner marsh. Ninety-one percent of all ruffe (268 individuals) were caught in the outer marsh. Of the 75 species by life-stage combinations derived by classifying all individuals captured into one of 3 life stage categories (YOY, yearling, and adult), yearling ruffe were the twelfth most abundant, adult ruffe were sixteenth, and YOY ruffe were twenty-seventh. While ruffe have been the most abundant fish captured in bottom trawls in St. Louis River estuary during the 1990s, our results indicate the invasion of ruffe in shallow, heavily vegetated areas like those in Allouez Bay has been much less successful. Our results also suggest further degradation of coastal wetlands and other vegetated habitats would eliminate significant refugia from ruffe competition and could lead to increased dominance of ruffe in shallow water habitats in the Great Lakes. Bronte, C.R., L.M. Edwards, W.P. Brown, K.R. Mayo, and A.J. Edwards, 1997. Fish Community Changes in the St. Louis River, Lake Superior, 1989-1996: Ruffe or Population Dynamics?, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biology and Management of Ruffe, March 21-23. ABSTRACT: Introduced ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) have been implicated for the declines of native species through egg predation and competition for food. From 1989 to 1996, we

113 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... developed density-estimates of fishes in the St. Louis River estuary (SLRE) to measure changes in the fish community that may be the result of ruffe. During the study, ruffe generally increased in abundance while several native species declined. We examined and compared the declines of the resident stocks to the population dynamics of the same species from Chequamegon Bay, (an area with very few ruffe) where we had a 25-year record of density-estimates. From these data, we developed species-specific distributions of observed trends in abundance as indexed by the slopes of densities across years. From these distributions and our observed slopes from the SLRE, we estimated probabilities of measuring negative change at the magnitude observed in the SLRE. Results indicated we had a good chance of obtaining the negative slopes measured for some species, which suggests natural population dynamics rather than interaction with ruffe could explain the declines. For other species, it was unlikely that population dynamics alone could explain the declines. Variable recruitment rather than mortality of large juveniles and adults was implicated for most changes in densities of native fish. Bronte, C.R., L.M. Evrard, W.P. Brown, K.R. Mayo, and A.J. Edwards, 1998. Fish Community Changes in the St. Louis River, Lake Superior, 1989-1996: Is it Ruffe or Population Dynamics?, Journal of Great Lakes Research 24(2): 309-318. ABSTRACT: Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) have been implicated in density declines of native species through egg predation and competition for food in some European waters where they were introduced. Density estimates for ruffe and principal native fishes in the St. Louis River estuary (western Lake Superior) were developed for 1989 to 1996 to measure changes in the fish community in response to an unintentional introduction of ruffe. During the study, ruffe density increased and the densities of several native species decreased. The reductions of native stocks to the natural population dynamics of the same species from Chequamegon Bay, Lake Superior (an area with very few ruffe) were developed, where there was a 24-year record of density. Using these data, short- and long-term variations in catch and correlations among species within years were compared, and species-specific distributions were developed of observed trends in abundance of native fishes in Chequamegon Bay indexed by the slopes of densities across years. From these distributions and our observed trend-line slopes from the St. Louis River, probabilities of measuring negative change at the magnitude observed in the St. Louis River were estimated. Compared with trends in Chequamegon Bay, there was a high probability of obtaining the negative slopes measured for most species, which suggests natural population dynamics could explain, the declines rather than interactions with ruffe. Variable recruitment, which was not related to ruffe density, and associated density-dependent changes in mortality likely were responsible for density declines of native species. Brown, W.P., J.H. Selgeby, and H.L. Collins, 1997. Reproduction and Early Life History of Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) in the St. Louis River, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biology and Management of Ruffe, March 21-23, 1997. ABSTRACT: The early life history of ruffe, Gymnocephalus cernuus, was investigated in the spring of 1993 and 1994 in the St. Louis River, western Lake Superior. Ruffe had a prolonged spawning period that extended from early-May to mid-June. Peak spawning occurred in mid- to late-May when water temperatures were between 12° and 14°C. Ruffe protolarva were captured 1-2 weeks after egg deposition between mid-May and late-June and most were captured in water 0.5 m deep. Onshore-offshore movements were not observed, but diel vertical movements of larval ruffe were observed on several occasions. The greatest chance of ballast water transport of pelagic larval ruffe is between mid-May and July. This information may assist fishery managers in the development of control and management efforts, however, these efforts may be complicated because of the extended spawning and hatching period of this species. Brown, W.P., J.H. Selgeby, and H.L. Collins, 1998. Reproduction and Early Life History of Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) in the St. Louis River, a Lake Superior Tributary, Journal of

114 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Great Lakes Research (1998) 24(2): 217-227. ABSTRACT: Reproduction and early life history of ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) was investigated during April to July in 1993 and 1994 in the St. Louis River, a western Lake Superior tributary. This study was conducted to assist fishery managers in determining possible interactions among the early life stages of ruffe and other North American percids, and in obtaining information useful in developing control methods targeted at the early life stages of ruffe. Ruffe had a prolonged spawning period that extended from late April to late June with peak spawning in mid to late May when water temperatures were between 12 and 14°C. The majority of ruffe protolarva were captured 1 to 2 weeks after egg deposition between mid May and late June and most were captured in water 0.5-m deep. Onshore-offshore movements were not observed, but diel vertical movements of larval ruffe were observed on several occasions. The greatest chance of ballast water transport of pelagic larval ruffe is between mid May and July. Information on reproduction and early life history in this report will assist fishery mangers in development of ruffe control methods, and assist Great Lakes shipping in ballast water management to prevent the spread of ruffe. Busiahn, T.R., 1996. Ruffe -- A Case Study, The Sixth International Zebra Mussel and Other Aquatic Nuisance Species Conference, Dearborn, Michigan, March 1996. ABSTRACT: The first nonidigeneous species to be declared a nuisance warranting a control program under the U.S. Nonindigenous Aquatic Nuisance Prevention and Control Act (Act), is the ruffe, a Eurasian fish that colonized the Duluth-Superior harbor in Lake Superior, apparently transported to North America in the ballast water of an ocean-going ship in the early 1980s. Studies show that the ruffe population has increased to several million individuals, while several co-habiting fish species have declined. Surveillance sampling has detected range expansion through migration along Lake Superior’s south shore, and by ballast water transport in commercial lake vessels from Duluth-Superior to the Canadian port of Thunder Bay and to the U.S. port of Alpena in Lake Huron. Coordinated multi-agency management responses to ruffe have met with limited success, mostly due to lack of technologies to control free-ranging organisms in open aquatic ecosystems. The States of Wisconsin and Minnesota attempted to increase predator fish populations in hopes of limiting ruffe population growth. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and National Biological Service attempted to develop and apply chemical treatment techniques to eradicate ruffe in river mouths. These attempts appear to have failed. The Great Lakes maritime industry, in consultation with government agencies, instituted a voluntary ballast water management plan to reduce the risk that ruffe would be transported, the success of this plan is uncertain since ruffe were found in Lake Huron. Actions taken to educate the public and to regulate bait harvest from ruffe-infested waters appear successful to date in preventing transport of ruffe in commercial bait tanks and anglers’ bait buckets. Control activities and supporting studies have been coordinated since 1993 under a "Ruffe Control Program" developed under authority of the Act. The goal of the program, revised since ruffe were found in Lake Huron in 1995, is to prevent or delay their further spread through the Great Lakes and prevent their spread to other inland lakes and watersheds. This goal is supported by eight objectives developed through extensive consultation among government agencies and the private sector. Technological difficulties in implementing the control program have been exacerbated by policy conflicts regarding possible chemical treatments, and by shortcomings in the ability to predict economic impacts of ruffe expansion. The concept of "integrated pest management" (IPM) receives general support for application to ruffe, but IPM requires a variety of control techniques and reliable estimates of economic damage, neither of which are available. Two conclusions appear certain: 1) ruffe are highly successful colonizers of North American waters that will cause significant adverse effects through competition with native fishes, and 2) preventing future invasions by nonindigenous species is preferable to trying to control them after they become established.

115 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Busiahn, T.R., 1996. Ruffe Control: A Case Study of an Aquatic Nuisance Species Control Program, In: "Zebra Mussels and Other Aquatic Nuisance Species." Ed. by Frank D'itri, Ann Arbor Press, 1996. ABSTRACT: The response of society to the problem of invading aquatic nuisance species should improve as we learn from experience, from our successes and our mistakes. One intent of the Nonindigenous Aquatic Nuisance Prevention and Control Act of 1990 (Act) was to make the response faster and more effective. The first "test case" for a pest control program under the Act was the nonindigenous nuisance fish, ruffe. Since the presence of ruffe in North America was announced in 1988, a series of formal and informal groups have considered options for action, and decisions have been to act or not to act. I will review what I believe to be the most important decisions in light of what was known at the time the decisions were made. Actions that were taken in response to the invasion of ruffe have met with limited success. Could we have done better? Busiahn, T.R., 1996. Ruffe Control: A Case Study of an Aquatic Nuisance Species Control Program, The Sixth International Zebra Mussel and Other Aquatic Nuisance Species Conference, Dearborn, Michigan, March 1996. ABSTRACT: The response of society to the problem of invading aquatic nuisance species should improve as we learn from experience, from our successes and our mistakes. One intent of the Nonindigenous Aquatic Nuisance Prevention and Control Act of 1990 (Act) was to make the response faster and more effective. The first "test case" for a pest control program under the Act was the nonindigenous nuisance fish, ruffe. Since the presence of ruffe in North America was announced in 1988, a series of formal and informal groups have considered options for action, and decisions have been to act or not to act. I will review what I believe to be the most important decisions in light of what was known at the time the decisions were made. Actions that were taken in response to the invasion of ruffe have met with limited success. Could we have done better? Busiahn, T.R., 1997. Ruffe Control: A Case Study of an Aquatic Nuisance Species Control Program, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biology and Management of Ruffe, March 21-23. ABSTRACT: The first nonindigenous species to be declared a nuisance warranting a control program under the U.S. Nonindigenous Aquatic Nuisance Prevention and Control Act (Act), is the ruffe, a Eurasian fish that colonized the Duluth-Superior harbor in Lake Superior, apparently transported to North America in the ballast water of an ocean-going ship in the early 1980s. Studies show that the ruffe population has increased to several million individuals, while several cohabiting fish species have declined. Surveillance sampling has detected range expansion through migration along Lake Superior's south shore, and by ballast water transport in commercial lake vessels from Duluth-Superior to the Canadian port of Thunder Bay and to the U.S. port of Alpena in Lake Huron. Coordinated multi-agency management responses to ruffe have met with limited success, mostly due to lack of technologies to control free-ranging organisms in open aquatic ecosystems. The States of Wisconsin and Minnesota attempted to increase predator fish populations in hopes of limiting ruffe population growth. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and National Biological Service attempted to develop and apply chemical treatment techniques to eradicate ruffe in river mouths. These attempts appear to have failed. The Great Lakes maritime industry, in consultation with government agencies, instituted a voluntary ballast water management plan to reduce the risk that ruffe would be transported, the success of this plan is uncertain since ruffe were found in Lake Huron. Actions taken to educate the public and to regulate bait harvest from ruffe-infested waters appear successful to date in preventing transport of ruffe in commercial bait tanks and anglers' bait buckets. Control activities and supporting studies have been coordinated since 1993 under a "Ruffe Control Program" developed under authority of the Act. The goal of the program, revised since ruffe were found in Lake

116 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Huron in 1995, is to prevent or delay their further spread through the Great Lakes and prevent their spread to other inland lakes and watersheds. This goal is supported by eight objectives developed through extensive consultation among government agencies and the private sector. Technological difficulties in implementing the control program have been exacerbated by policy conflicts regarding possible chemical treatments, and by shortcomings in the ability to predict economic impacts of ruffe expansion. The concept of "integrated pest management" (IPM) receives general support for application to ruffe, but IPM requires a variety of control techniques and reliable estimates of economic damage, neither of which are available. Two conclusions appear certain: 1) ruffe are highly successful colonizers of North American waters that will cause significant adverse effects through competition with native fishes, and 2) preventing future invasions by nonindigenous species is preferable to trying to control them after they become established. Dawson, V.K., M.A. Boogaard, T.D. Bills, 1998. Evaluation of Piscicides for Controlling Range Expansion of Round Goby (Neogobius melanostomus) and Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) Eighth International Zebra Mussel and Other Nuisance Species Conference, Sacramento California March 16-19, 1998. ABSTRACT: The Great Lakes are becoming invaded by an ever increasing number of exotic aquatic species, presumably as a result of ballast water releases from seagoing freighters. As these unwelcome organisms become more abundant and widely distributed in the Great Lakes region, it is increasingly likely that some will expand their range to suitable portions of other interior drainage basins. Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) are spreading eastward along the south shore of Lake Superior and have been collected at Thunder Bay, Ontario and Alpena, Michigan. The Illinois Waterway System near Chicago provides a direct connection for the continuous transfer of water from Lake Michigan to the Mississippi River and is presumed responsible for the transmission of zebra mussels (Dreissena polymorpha) to the Mississippi River drainage basin. The round goby (Neogobius melanostomus) is an example of a recently introduced aquatic nuisance species that is poised to follow the path of the zebra mussel from the Great Lakes to the interior of North America. Recent surveys suggest round goby are entering the Illinois Waterway System from Lake Michigan via the Calumet River drainage. Concern for adverse impacts that could result from the introduction of additional nonindigenous species to the Mississippi River and other interior drainages has led to monitoring the spread of the organisms in this system and the suggested use of chemical toxicants if the invasion continues. However, little information is available on the relative sensitivity of ruffe and round goby to piscicides. Toxicity tests of antimycin and rotenone (registered piscicides) and the lampricides 3-trifluoromethyl-4- nitrophenol (TFM) and Bayluscide were conducted with ruffe collected from Duluth Harbor and round goby collected from the Illinois Waterway in comparison with other fish species native to the Great Lakes. LC50’s (lethal concentrations where mortality is expected among 50% of the organisms), LC25’s, LC99’s, and 95% confidence intervals were determined. The tests evaluated the potential for selective removal of ruffe and round goby by comparing their sensitivities to the piscicides with native fish species. Newly developed delayed-release formulations of Bayluscide and Antimycin were also evaluated for controlling the normally bottom-dwelling organisms without treating the entire water column. These formulations would be useful for thinning concentrated populations of the invaders to help reduce the tendency for range expansion while causing minimal impact on native fish. Dawson, V.K., T.D. Bills, and M.A. Boogaard, 1998. Avoidance Behavior of Ruffe Exposed to Selected Formulations of Piscicides, Journal of Great Lakes Research (1998) 24(2): 343- 350 . ABSTRACT: Ruffe were introduced into Duluth Harbor, Minnesota in the early 1980s, probably by release of ballast water from sea-going freighters. Since then, it has become the most abundant species in the fish community. The sensitivity of ruffe to a number of piscicides has been

117 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... demonstrated, however, the feasibility of using piscicides to control populations depends on whether ruffe can detect piscicides and move to untreated water. We used a two-choice preference testing system to evaluate avoidance or attraction reactions of ruffe during exposures to the lampricides TFM and bayluscide and the general fish toxicants rotenone and antimycin. We used a second testing system to evaluate the potential for benthic ruffe to move vertically in the water column to avoid piscicides dissolving from experimental bottom-release formulations of bayluscide and antimycin. Near-lethal concentrations of TFM and rotenone tended to repel ruffe. Antimycin and bayluscide did not seem to repel ruffe in the avoidance chamber, but bottom- release formulations (antimycin granules-0.25% a.i. and bayluscide granules-3.2% a.i.) did cause increased swimming and surfacing activity among ruffe in column tests. We conclude that TFM and rotenone could be used to treat entire bodies of water, while bottom-release formulations of antimycin and bayluscide may have more application for treating localized concentrations of ruffe. Fullerton, A.H., G.A. Lamberti, D.M. Lodge, and M.B. Berg, 1998. Prey Preferences of Eurasian Ruffe and Yellow Perch: Comparison of Laboratory Results with Composition of Great Lakes Benthos, Journal of Great Lakes Research (1998) 24(2): 319-328. ABSTRACT: The consumption of benthic macroinvertebrates by ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) and yellow perch (Perca flavescens), two potential competitors in the Great Lakes, was investigated. Laboratory experiments were conducted to determine the food preferences of ruffe and yellow perch and to compare their feeding rates on two types of substrate (sand and cobble). For comparison with natural communities, we sampled benthic macroinvertebrates from western Lake Michigan and compiled published data on invertebrate community structure from all of the Great Lakes. Ruffe and yellow perch both preferentially consumed soft-bodied taxa (e.g., chironomid midge larvae, mayflies, and non-cased caddisflies) and avoided hard-bodied taxa (e.g., cased caddisflies, snails, and clams) in laboratory studies. Prey preferences of fish in mixed- fish species treatments were more diverse than those in single-fish species treatments. Ruffe and yellow perch of similar sizes consumed approximately 5% of their body mass per 24 hours at 20°C on sand, whereas their feeding rates were reduced by over 50% on cobble, where prey were likely able to escape predation by hiding. Results from our laboratory experiments, field survey, and review of published studies indicate that oligochaetes and chironomids, the two most numerous macroinvertebrate taxa in each of the Great Lakes, are vulnerable to ruffe predation. Less abundant taxa range from vulnerable (amphipods, flatworms, and caddisflies) to invulnerable (sphaeriid clams, gastropods, and zebra mussels). Our study suggests that (1) the composition of benthic macroinvertebrate fauna in each of the Great Lakes is suitable for ruffe, and (2) ruffe and yellow perch will likely prefer similar food resources where they co-occur. Gunderson, J.L.,M.R. Klepinger,C.R. Bronte, and J.E. Marsden, 1998. Overview of the International Symposium on Eurasian Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) Biology, Impacts, and Control, Journal of Great Lakes Research (1998) 24(2): 165-169. Jensen, D., M. McLean, D.H. Ogle, and J.L. Gunderson, 1996. Ruffe: A New Threat to Our Fisheries, Fact Sheet 64 (1996): 4 Pages A fact sheet produced by the Ohio Sea Grant College Program. ABSTRACT: The ruffe (pronounced ruff), is a small but aggressive fish species native to Eurasia. It was introduced into Lake Superior in the mid-1980s in the ballast water of an ocean- going vessel. Because the ruffe matures quickly, has a high reproductive capacity, and adapts to a wide variety of environments, it is considered a serious threat to commercial and sport fishing. It also has the potential to seriously disrupt the delicate predator/prey balance vital to sustaining a healthy fishery.

118 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Keppner, S.M., T. Czapla, 1996. Comparisons of Biodiversity in Harbors With and Without Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus), The Sixth International Zebra Mussel and Other Aquatic Nuisance Species Conference, Dearborn, Michigan, March. ABSTRACT: The waters of the Great Lakes basin represent a dynamic, changing ecosystem. Throughout history, the introduction and successful establishment of nonindigneous aquatic species have induced direct and indirect effects on native organisms, populations, and communities. The indirect effects of species invasions at the community level may include alterations in species abundance and diversity. The ruffe, Gymnocephalus cernuus, first identified in North American waters in 1987, is believed to have been introduced into the St. Louis River in the early to mid-1980s. Like the zebra mussel, ruffe are believed to have been introduced through ballast water discharge. Since its discovery, surveillance programs have continued to track range expansion and monitor species abundance and diversity in areas where ruffe have already colonized as well as in areas where ruffe are likely to colonize. Surveillance efforts have targeted shipping harbors throughout the Great Lakes due to their vulnerability to introduction through inter- and intra-lake shipping activities. Trawl data from dredged shipping channels in the St. Louis River were used as the basis for species abundance and diversity in harbors already colonized by ruffe. Harbors surveyed on Lake Erie provided the basis for comparison as locations without ruffe populations. Analyses provide an indication of potential impacts to the diversity of harbor fisheries due to the introduction of ruffe. Kovae, V., 1997. Biology of Eurasian Ruffe From Slovakia and Adjacent Central European Countries, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biology and Management of Ruffe, March 21-23, 1997. ABSTRACT: Geographical distribution, habitat requirements, reproductive biology, early development, diet, morphology, age and growth, and karyotype analysis of the European ruffe, Gymnocephalus cernuus, from Slovakia (Central Europe) are reviewed briefly. Several data from countries adjacent to Slovakia are also included. In Slovakia, the European ruffe prefers limnetic to lotic environment. It is a bottom-dweller that does not prefer any special substrate, however, it requires clean and well-oxygenated water. Males attain sexual maturity at a standard length of 32 to 80 mm, females at 57 to 90 mm. Ruffe are a polycyclic species with asynchronous ripening of eggs and protractive spawning. They spawn between mid-April and mid-June at water temperatures of 7.1 to 20.2o C. Absolute individual fecundity is very variable, ranging from 1,000 to 150,000 eggs. The diameter of eggs varies from 0.97 mm to 1.07 mm. Embryos attain 3.35 mm to 3.81 mm at hatching. Ruffe feed mainly on larvae of chironomids, being active throughout the year, including winter. Most individuals attain the maximum age of 6 years, exceptionally 7 or 8 years, and maximum size of 15 cm, exceptionally 20 cm in total length. In the Danube, the abundance of ruffe ranges from 49 to 4,254 specimens/ha in side-arms, and from 378 to 14,934 specimens/ha in oxbow lakes. Ruffe are a prey species for large predators, such as pike and pikeperch. Fish eggs were not found in the stomachs of ruffe. Thus, the main impact of the species on local fish communities appears to be competition for food. Lamberti, G.A., A.H. Fullerton, D.M. Lodge, and M.B. Berg, 1997. Exploitation of Benthic Invertebrates by Ruffe: Laboratory Experiments, Field Surveys, and Predictions for the Great Lakes, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biology and Management of Ruffe, March 21-23. ABSTRACT: We investigated the potential impacts of ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) on the benthic macroinvertebrates of the Great Lakes by (1) conducting laboratory feeding preference studies with a wide variety of benthic invertebrates, (2) sampling benthic invertebrates from areas of Lake Michigan suspected to be susceptible to ruffe invasion, and (3) compiling existing data on invertebrate community structure from all of the Great Lakes. In laboratory assays, ruffe preferred soft-bodied invertebrates over those protected by shells or cases. Ivlev's electivity index revealed similar preference for chironomid midges, mayflies (Ephemeroptera), caseless

119 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... caddisflies (Trichoptera), and amphipods and complete avoidance of snails, bivalves, cased caddisflies, and beetles (Coleoptera). The preferred taxa were consistent with analyses of ruffe gut contents conducted by Ogle (1992) in Duluth Harbor of Lake Superior. Our 1996 field survey of nearshore areas and embayments of non-invaded Lake Michigan showed that 95% of the soft- sediment macrobenthic fauna by numbers consisted of chironomids and amphipods, suggesting that preferred food for ruffe is plentiful and that ruffe may have significant effects on benthic community structure in that lake. We compiled macroinvertebrate data from published studies of the other Great Lakes to predict the potential impacts of a ruffe invasion. All lakes had preferred food taxa for ruffe that ranked among the top-5 most numerous taxa. In non-invaded areas of Lake Superior, amphipods and oligochaetes are co-dominant while chironomids and oligochaetes are most abundant in Lake Huron. Lake Erie contains high densities of invulnerable bivalves (exotic zebra mussels and sphaeriid clams), but other invertebrates may show further reductions in relative abundance if ruffe invade. Nearshore areas of Lake Ontario have abundant zebra mussels and snails, which are unlikely to respond directly to ruffe, but numerous amphipods and isopods that may decline in the lake. All of the Great Lakes contain prey suitable for ruffe, but the presence of zebra mussels may mediate the impacts of ruffe on the benthic macroinvertebrate fauna. Lamberti, G.A., Ongoing Project. Potential Impacts of Invading Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) on Benthic and Pelagic Ecosystems of the Great Lakes, University of Notre Dame, Illinois- Indiana Sea Grant Program. Objectives/Abstract: (1) To identify the relationship between ruffe feeding and benthic macroinvertebrate communities. (2) To delineate the extent and nature of interactions between ruffe and native Great Lakes fishes especially yellow perch. (3) To understand the effects of ruffe on nutrient cycling in aquatic systems. (4) To predict the magnitude of impact that ruffe may have on Great Lakes ecosystems with differing physical and an trophic conditions. Methodology: We will conduct a comprehensive study of ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) effects on the benthos and aquatic food webs involving several linked scales of investigation: experimentation, observation, and modeling. We will use laboratory microcosms and field mesocosms to investigate experimentally the interactions among ruffe, yellow perch, benthic macroinvertebrates, and other food web components. Bioenergetic and population modeling will be used to depict the spread and impact of ruffe in the Great Lakes region. Surveys of the Great Lakes will be used to link experiments with model predictions. Lappalainen, J. and J. Kjellman, 1998. Ecological and Life History Characteristics of Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) in Relation to Other Freshwater Fish Species, Journal of Great Lakes Research (1998) 24(2): 228-234. ABSTRACT: Ecological and life history characteristics of ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) were studied in relation to 33 other native freshwater fish species in Finland. The descriptive ecological characteristics included 1) trophic guild, 2) species interaction, 3) adult habitat, 4) spawning habitat, 5) reproductive behavior, and 6) reproductive guild. The life history variables included 1) age at maturity, 2) length at maturity, and 3) fecundity as a number of eggs. Three different clusters of fish species were found in cluster analysis based on the ecological characteristics. The most distinct cluster of 7 species was comprised of predators. Ruffe was grouped into the largest cluster together with 20 other species and was closest to the cyprinid, gudgeon (Gobio gobio). In multidimensional scaling species were placed in two hypothetical dimensions firstly by their interaction with other species, trophic guild and adult habitat and secondly by their spawning habitat. Ruffe was placed near the center of the plot, suggesting that it has no special ecological requirement among the characteristics and species studied. Subsequent analysis of the life history characteristics revealed that ruffe was similar to the most typical r-selected species in Finland, showing high fecundity and low length at maturity, but with slightly slower growth rate. We,

120 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... therefore, concluded that adult ruffe is a potential invader species showing no special ecological requirements and with life history characteristics typical for r-selected species. Leigh, P., 1997. Benefits and Costs of the Ruffe Control Program for the Great Lakes Fishery, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biology and Management of Ruffe, March 21-23. ABSTRACT: Although data on Great Lake fish stocks and values are uncertain estimates, reasonable approximations can be made concerning economic losses for the United States from various types of management practices. Based on biometric changes that are projected to occur, it appears that early control of a non-indigenous fish species, specifically ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus), can result in significant investment returns. By instituting a ruffe control program, benefits to the public will exceed costs by 44 to 1 over the next five decades. Under a moderate case scenario, projection of benefits will yield an estimated net public savings of $513 million for the United States. Since sportfishing values are much greater than commercial fishing values, anglers will benefit the most from this program. Maitland, P. S. 1977. The Hamlyn guide to freshwater fishes of Britain and Europe. Hamlyn Publishing Group Limited, New York, NY. Maniak, P.J., R.D. Lossing, and P.W. Sorensen, 2000. Injured Eurasian Ruffe, Gymnocephalus cernuus, Release an Alarm Pheromone that Could be Used to Control their Dispersal, Journal of Great Lakes Research (2000) 26(2): 183-195. ABSTRACT: Eurasian ruffe, an undesirable species of fish that was introduced into the Great Lakes from Eurasia, employs an alarm pheromone which might be useful in bio-control. This pheromone is released from ruffe skin when it is damaged and serves to reduce the swimming and feeding activity of exposed conspecifics while repelling fish from areas treated with it. Responsiveness to this cue is mediated by the olfactory sense and highly specific: ruffe do not respond to the odor of damaged heterospecifics, and heterospecifics (goldfish) do not respond to it. The pheromone retains its activity with freezing but not with passage through the gut of a predator. Extracts of frozen ruffe skin should be considered for use as a repellant to exclude ruffe from areas where they are not wanted such as harbors where ships take on ballast water, spawning grounds, or passages connected to inland waterways. McLean, M. 1993. Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) fact sheet. Minnesota Sea Grant Program, Great Lakes Sea Grant Network, Duluth, MN. Newman, R.M., D.H. Ogle, J.D. Trexel, and F.G. Henson, 1997. Trophic Relations of Ruffe in North America: Concern for Interactions With Native Species, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biology and Management of Ruffe, March 21-23. ABSTRACT: Concern about the effects of the exotic ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) on native fishes in North America has largely centered on the ruffe's role as a predator of fish eggs or as a competitor for limited benthic food resources. We review past and current work on ruffe diet and food consumption in North America and discuss the potential for ruffe to influence benthic food resources and native benthivores. Diet surveys in the Duluth-Superior harbor indicate that young- of-the-year ruffe eat primarily benthic microcrustaceans early in the summer, but include more macrobenthos later in the summer. Age 1 and older ruffe feed predominantly on macrobenthos: chironomids, mayflies, caddisflies and amphipods. Diet surveys in two more recently colonized tributaries to Lake Superior confirm this general pattern. However, recent evidence suggests that ruffe are selective feeders, consuming greater proportions of some taxa relative to their abundance in the benthos. Selectivity differed among sites, however, the typical high occurrence of chironomids in the diet does not generally appear to be due to strong positive selection for chironomids. Ruffe daily rations in the Duluth-Superior harbor during July and August 1990 and 1991 ranged from 2-7% of wet body weight. Daily ration appeared lower in 1991 than 1990 and

121 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... was associated with reduced densities of large macrobenthos (large chironomids and caddisflies) in 1991. Comparisons of diet overlap with ruffe in the two tributaries indicated high overlap with trout perch (Percopsis omiscomaycus), but variable overlap with yellow perch (Perca flavescens). Mesocosm experiments with ruffe and perch suggest that competition for benthic food resources is important. Ogle, D. H., J. H. Selgeby, J. F. Savino, R M. Newman, and M. G. Henry. 1995. Diet and feeding periodicity of ruffe in the St. Louis River estuary, Lake Superior. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 124:356-369. Ogle, D. H., J. H. Selgeby, J. F. Savino, R M. Newman, and M. G. Henry. 1996. Predation on ruffe by native fishes of the St. Louis River estuary, Lake Superior, 1989-1991. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 16:115-123. Ogle, D.H., J.H. Selgeby, J.F. Savino, R.M. Newman, M.G. Henry, 1996. Predation on Ruffe by Native Fishes of the St. Louis River Estuary, Lake Superior, 1989-1991, North American Journal of Fisheries Management (1996) 16: 115-123. ABSTRACT: The ruffe Gymnocephalus cernuus, an exotic Eurasian percid, recently became established in the St. Louis River estuary, Lake Superior, after accidental introduction. Management actions (catch regulations and stockings) were enacted in 1989 to increase the density of top-level predators in the estuary, and thus to increase predation on ruffe. We conducted a field and laboratory study to determine if, and to what extent, native piscivores consume ruffe. Stomachs of 3,669 predators were examined in 1989-1991. Ruffe occurred in 6.7% of burbot Lota lota, 5.8% of bullheads Ictalurus spp., 4.7% of smallmouth bass Micropterus dolomieu, 2.6% of northern pike Esox lucius, 2.6% of black crappies Pomoxis nigromaculatus, and 1.3% of yellow perch Perca flavescens (4.5% after 1989) captured during the 3-year study. No ruffe were found in 967 stomachs of walleyes Stizostedion vitreum examined. Ruffe were 22.7% of the diet (by weight) of bullheads (during the only year bullheads were captured) and 0.1-17.9% of the diet of northern pike. Ruffe were 0.9-24.5% of the diet of smallmouth bass that contained fish, 1.5-6.9% of yellow perch that contained fish, and 0.0-10.9% of black crappies that contained fish. Most ruffe eaten were age-0 or small age-1 fish. In the laboratory, walleyes that were first fed soft-rayed prey or that were also offered soft-rayed prey consumed very few ruffe, whereas walleyes that were first fed spiny-rayed yellow perch or were also offered yellow perch consumed about equal numbers of ruffe and yellow perch. Northern pike and burbot consumed about equal numbers of ruffe and yellow perch in the laboratory. It is unlikely that predation will effectively control the initial expansion of ruffe in other areas of the Great Lakes because native predators initially consume few ruffe, especially if more preferred soft-rayed prey are available. Ogle, D.H., J.H. Selgeby, R.M. Newman, and M.G. Henry, 1995. Diet and Feeding Periodicity of Ruffe in the St. Louis River Estuary, Lake Superior, Transactions of the American Fisheries Society (1995) 124(3): 356-369. ABSTRACT: Ruffe Gymnocephalus cernuus, a percid native to Europe and Asia, is established in the Lake Superior drainage and could have negative impacts on native fish through competition for forage and predation on fish eggs. We investigated the diet of ruffes in the 4,654-ha St. Louis River estuary in May-October 1989-1990 and the feeding periodicity of ruffes in two adjacent habitats during five 24-h periods in summers 1990-1991. Ruffes were primarily benthophagous. Age-0 ruffes fed mostly on cladocerans and copepods in early summer and midge larvae (Chironomidae) in late summer and fall. Adult ruffes less than 12 cm fed mostly on midges and other macrobenthos but also consumed large numbers of microcrustaceans. Adult ruffes 12 cm and larger fed mostly on midges, burrowing mayflies Hexagenia spp., and caddisflies (Trichoptera). Ruffes consumed few fish eggs. Adult ruffes in deeper waters and all age-0 ruffes fed throughout the day as indicated by weight patterns of stomach contents. However, adult ruffes

122 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... generally moved to shallower waters at night to feed most heavily. Results of this study indicate that ruffes will probably compete with other benthic-feeding fishes such as yellow perch Perca flavescens and trout-perch Percopsis omiscomaycus. Ogle, D.H., 1998. A Synopsis of the Biology and Life History of Ruffe, Journal of Great Lakes Research (1998) 24(2): 170-185. ABSTRACT: The ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus), a Percid native to Europe and Asia, has recently been introduced in North America and new areas of Europe. A synopsis of the biology and life history of ruffe suggests a great deal of variability exists in these traits. Morphological characters vary across large geographical scales, within certain water bodies, and between sexes. Ruffe can tolerate a wide variety of conditions including fresh and brackish waters, lacustrine and lotic systems, depths of 0.25 to 85 m, montane and submontane areas, and oligotrophic to eutrophic waters. Age and size at maturity differ according to temperature and levels of mortality. Ruffe spawn on a variety of substrates, for extended periods of time. In some populations, individual ruffe may spawn more than once per year. Growth of ruffe is affected by sex, morphotype, water type, intraspecific density, and food supply. Ruffe feed on a wide variety of foods, although adult ruffe feed predominantly on chironomid larvae. Interactions (i.e., competition and predation) with other species appear to vary considerably between systems. Page, L. M., and B. M. Burr. 1991. A field guide to freshwater fishes of North America north of Mexico. The Peterson Field Guide Series, volume 42. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, MA. Pratt, D. M., W. H. Blust, and J. H. Selgeby. 1992. Ruffe, Gymnocephalus cernuus: newly introduced in North America. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 49:1616- 1618. Pratt, D. M., W. H. Blust, and J. H. Selgeby. 1992. Ruffe, Gymnocephalus cernuus: newly introduced in North America. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 49:1616- 1618. Raloff, J. 1992. Exotic intruders. Science News 142(4):56-58. Ruffe Task Force. 1992. Ruffe in the Great Lakes: a threat to North American fisheries. Great Lakes Fishery Commission, Ann Arbor, MI. Savino, J. F., and C. S. Kolar. 1996. Competition between nonindigenous ruffe and native yellow perch in laboratory studies. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 125(4):562-571. Savino, J.F., and C.S. Kolar, 1996. Competition Between Nonindigenous Ruffe and Native Yellow Perch in Laboratory Studies, Transactions of the American Fisheries Society(1996) 125: 562-571. ABSTRACT: The ruffe Gymnocephalus cernuus is a European percid that was accidentally introduced in Duluth Harbor, Lake Superior. This nonindigenous species is closely related to yellow perch Perca flavescens, and because the two species have similar diets and habitat requirements, they are potential competitors. Laboratory studies in aquaria and pools were conducted to determine whether ruffe can compete with yellow perch for food. Ruffe had capture rates similar to those of yellow perch when food was unlimited. Ruffe spent more time than yellow perch over a feeding container before leaving it and searching again, and they also required less time to ingest (or handle) prey. However, the presence of yellow perch shortened the time ruffe spent over foraging areas when food was more limited. In addition, yellow perch were more active than ruffe, as indicated by their more frequent visits to a feeding container. Hence, the outcome of exploitative competition was not conclusive, ruffe appear to have the advantage in some behaviors, yellow perch in others. Ruffe were much more aggressive than yellow perch, and

123 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... interference competition may be important in the interactions between these species. Our results indicate that ruffe might compete with native yellow perch. Selgeby, J., 1998. Predation by Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) on Fish Eggs in Lake Superior, Journal of Great Lakes Research (1998) 24 (1998) 24(2): 304-308. ABSTRACT: Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) were introduced to North America in the Duluth, Minnesota-Superior, Wisconsin harbor, which is the w sternmost point on the Laurentian Great Lakes. The species proliferated in the harbor and became the subject of research which has gradually revealed certain characteristics of the biology and population growth of the ruffe. In this study ruffe in Southwestern Lake Superior were found to have eaten benthic organisms and eggs of lake herring (Coregonus artedii). Overwinter predation by ruffe on eggs of lake herring and of other fall spawning Great Lakes fishes might pose a substantial new source of overwinter mortality. Sierszen, M.E., J.R. Keough, and C.A. Hagley, 1996. Trophic Analysis of Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) and White Perch (Morone americana) in a Lake Superior Coastal Food Web, Using Stable Isotope Techniques, Journal of Great Lakes Research (1996) 22(2): 436-443. ABSTRACT: We examined the trophic roles of two nonindigenous species, ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) and white perch (Morone americana), in the food web of a western Lake Superior coastal wetland, using stable isotope techniques. The §15N signature of ruffe was similar to published values for YOY yellow perch (Perca flavescens), and intermediate to those of white sucker (Catostomus commersoni), a benthivore, and alewife (Alosa pseudoharengus), a planktivore. Ruffe of all sizes sampled had an approximately 45 enrichment in 15N over published values for benthos, and a 3%15N enrichment over values for plankton. A 3-4% difference is consistent with commonly reported shifts in §15N signature between food and prey. These results suggest that ruffe in this food web feed on both benthos and plankton. White perch undergo ontogenetic shifts in nitrogen isotope signatures similar to those reported earlier for yellow perch, and appear to become piscivorous by the time they are 25 cm long. Our data suggest that interactions between ruffe and yellow perch could represent a competitive bottleneck. If yellow perch are able to grow large enough to become piscivorous, they should be able to escape competition with ruffe. In contrast, white perch appear to have the potential to compete with yellow perch throughout their lives. Snyder, F.L., 1997. Commercial Fish and Baitfish Shipments as Potential Vectors of Ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus), Proceedings of the International Symposium on Biology and Management of Ruffe, March 21-23. ABSTRACT: Recent incidents of ruffe (Gymnocephalus cernuus) range expansion in the Great Lakes have been attributed to ballast water exchange or natural migration. Concern is growing among fishery managers and researchers that shipments of live, wild-caught fish may provide another pathway for ruffe to expand their range further throughout the Great Lakes and into other unconnected watersheds. Live bait species are routinely captured from Great Lakes waters and shipped to dealers on connected waterways as well as in inland regions. Commercial fish species such as white bass (Morone chrysops) and freshwater drum (Aplodinotus grunniens) are known to be captured from Lake Erie and transported outside the watershed for stocking into lakes. Similar fish transportation activities may be occurring in other parts of the Great Lakes. Water quality in these shipments is carefully regulated to promote fish survival, raising the probability that any ruffe contaminating a shipment also would survive. Certain states already impose regulations on the capture, shipment and use of live bait to minimize the spread of exotic species. Without assurance from live fish transporters that shipments are effectively screened for unintended species, further regulations may be imminent. It is incumbent upon wild fish harvesters and transporters to cooperate with managers and researchers in developing procedures to minimize the risk of spreading ruffe and other exotic species via these shipments.

124 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Wheeler, A. 1978. Key to the fishes of northern Europe. Frederick Warne Ltd., London, England.

Suckermouth catfish, Hypostomus plecostomus Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii punctatus

Aquatic Nuisance Species Task Force (D. James Baker, Under Secretary of Commerce for Oceans and Atmosphere and Mollie Beattie, Director of U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service). 1994. Report to Congress: Findings, Conclusions, and Recommendations of the Intentional Introductions Policy Review. Armbruster, J.W. 1997. Phylogenetic relationships of the sucker-mouth armored catfishes (Loricariidae) with particular emphasis on the Ancistrinae, Hypostominae, and Neoplecostominae. Unpubl. Ph.D. dissertation. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. 409 pp. Armbruster, J.W. and L.M. Page. 1996. Redescription of Aphanotorulus (Teleostei: Loricariidae) with description of one new species, A. ammophilus, from the Río Orinoco basin. Copeia 1996:379-389. Axelrod, H.R., C.W. Emmens, D. Sculthorpe, W.V. Winkler, and N. Pronek. 1971. Exotic Tropical Fishes. TFH Publications, Inc. Jersey City, NJ. Burgess, W.E., 1989. An atlas of freshwater and marine catfishes, a preliminary survey of the Siluriformes. T.F.H. Publications, Neptune City, New Jersey. 784 pp. Carlton, J.T. 1985. Transoceanic and Interoceanic Dispersal of Coastal Marine Organisms: The Biology of Ballast Water. Oceanography and Marine Biology, An Annual Review: volume 23. Courtenay, W.R., Jr., and C.R. Robins. 1973. Exotic organisms in Florida with emphasis on fishes: A review and recommendations. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 102(1):1- 12. Courtenay, W.R., Jr., and J.R. Stauffer, Jr. 1990. The introduced fish problem and the aquarium fish industry. Journal of the World Aquaculture Society 21(3):145-159. Courtenay, W.R., Jr., D.A. Hensley, J.N. Taylor, and J.A. McCAnn. 1984. Distribution of exotic fishes in the continental United States. Pages 41-77 in W.R. Courtenay, Jr., and J.R. Stauffer, Jr. Distribution, Biology and Management of Exotic Fishes. John Hopkins University Press. Baltimore. Courtenay, W.R., Jr., D.P. Jennings, and J.D. Williams. 1991. Appendix 2. Exotic Fishes. Pages 97- 107 in C.R. Robins, R.M. Bailey, C.E. Bond, J.R. Brooker, E.A. Lachner, R.N. Lea, and W.B. Scott. Common and Scientific Names of Fishes from the United States and Canada. American Fisheries Society Special Publication 20. Bethesda, Maryland. Courtenay, W.R., Jr., H.F. Sahlman, W.W. Miley, II, and D.J. Herrema. 1974. Exotic fishes in fresh and brackish waters of Florida. Biological Conservation 6(4):292-302. Howells, R.G. 1992. Annotated list of introduced non-native fishes, mollusks, crustaceans and aquatic plants in Texas waters. Texas Parks and Wildlife Data Management Series No. 78. Austin. 19 pp.

125 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Hubbs, C., T. Lucier, G.P. Garrett, R.J. Edwards, S.M. Dean, and E. Marsh. 1978. Survival and abundance of introduced fishes near San Antonio, Texas. The Texas Journal of Science 30(4):369-376. Lachner, E.A., C.R. Robins, and W.R. Courtenay, Jr. 1970. Exotic fishes and other aquatic organisms introduced into North America. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology No. 59. 29 pp. Mazzoni, R., U. Caramaschi, and C. Weber. 1994. Taxonomic revision of the species of Hypostomus from the lower Rio Paraiba do Sul, State of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Revue Suisse de Zoologie 101(1):3-18. Miller, R.R. 1966. Geographic distribution of Central American freshwater fishes. Copeia 1966(4):773-802. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, Division of Fish and Wildlife. 1993. Nonindigenous Aquatic Species Comprehensive Management Plan. Olson, A.M., and E.H. Linen. 1997. Exotic Species and the Live Aquatics Trade. Proceedings of Marketing and Shipping Live Aquatics ’96: conference and Exhibition, Seattle, Washington, October 1996. School of Marine Affairs, University of Washington, Working Paper No. 6. Page, L.M., and B.M. Burr. 1991. A Field Guide to Freshwater Fishes North America North of Mexico. Peterson Field Guide Series. Houghton Mifflin and Company. Boston. 432 pp. Reis, R.E., C. Weber, and L.R. Malabarba. 1990. Review of the genus Hypostomus Lacepede, 1803 from southern Brazil, with descriptions of three new species (Pisces, Siluriformes, Loricariidae). Revue Suisse de Zoologie 97(3):729-766. Rivas, L.R. 1965. Florida freshwater fishes and conservation. Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Sciences 28(3):255-258. Ruiz, G.M., A.H. Hines, L.D. Smith, J.T. Carlton. 1995. An Historical Perspective on Invasion of North American Waters by Nonindigenous Aquatic Species. ANS Digest: volume 1, number 1. Sakurai, A., Y. Sakamoto, and F. Mori. 1992. Aquarium Fish of the World. The Comprehensive Guide to 650 Species. English translation by Takeshi Shimizu with Neil M. Teitler. Edited by P. V. Loiselle. Chronicle Books. San Francisco. 288 pp. Shafland, P.L. 1996. Exotic fishes of Florida- 1994. Reviews in Fisheries Science 4(2):101-122. Sterba, G. 1983. The Aquarium Encyclopedia. The MIT Press. Cambridge, Massachusetts. 605 pp. U.S. Congress, Nonindigenous Aquatic Nuisance Prevention and Control Act of 1990, Public Law 101-646. U.S. Congress, Office of Technology Assessment. 1993. Harmful Nonindigenous Species in the United States. OTA-F565. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior. 1995. Report to Congress: Great Lakes Fishery Resources Restoration Study.

Tanganyika lates Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Lates angustifrons

126 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Howells, R. G. 1992. Annotated list of introduced non-native fishes, mollusks, crustaceans and aquatic plants in Texas waters. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Management Data Series 78, Austin, TX. 19 pp.

Howells, R. G. 1992. Guide to identification of harmful and potentially harmful fishes, shellfishes and aquatic plants prohibited in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department Special Publication, Austin, TX. 182 pp. (+ appendices).

Howells, R. G., and G. P. Garrett. 1992. Status of some exotic sport fishes in Texas waters. Texas Journal of Science 44(3):317-324.

Robins, C. R., R. M. Bailey, C. E. Bond, J. R. Brooker, E. A. Lachner, R. N. Lea, and W. B. Scott. 1991. World fishes important to North Americans exclusive of species from the continental waters of the United States and Canada. American Fisheries Society Special Publication 21. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD. 243 pp.

Bigeye lates Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Lates mariae

Howells, R. G. 1992. Annotated list of introduced non-native fishes, mollusks, crustaceans and aquatic plants in Texas waters. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Management Data Series 78, Austin, TX. 19 pp. Howells, R. G. 1992. Guide to identification of harmful and potentially harmful fishes, shellfishes and aquatic plants prohibited in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department Special Publication, Austin, TX. 182 pp. (+ appendices). Howells, R. G., and G. P. Garrett. 1992. Status of some exotic sport fishes in Texas waters. Texas Journal of Science 44(3):317-324. Robins, C. R., R. M. Bailey, C. E. Bond, J. R. Brooker, E. A. Lachner, R. N. Lea, and W. B. Scott. 1991. World fishes important to North Americans exclusive of species from the continental waters of the United States and Canada. American Fisheries Society Special Publication 21. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD. 243 pp.

Nile perch Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Lates niloticus

Barlow, C.G. 1984. The Nile perch project: progress and plans. Search (SYD) 15:88-91.

Barlow, C.G., A. Lisle. 1987. Biology of the Nile perch Lates niloticus (Pisces: Centropomidae) with reference to its proposed role as a sport fish in Australia. Biological Conservation 39:269- 289.

Goldschmidt, T., F. Witte, and J. Wanink. 1993. Cascading effects of the introduced Nile perch on the detritivorous/phytoplanktivorous species in the sublittoral areas of Lake Victoria. Conservation Biology 7(3):686-700.

Hashem, M.T., K.A. Hussein. 1973. Some biological studies of the Nile perch (Lates niloticus C. & V.) in the Nozhzhydrodome. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Fish. (Cairo) 3:364-393.

127 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Howells, R. G. 1992. Annotated list of introduced non-native fishes, mollusks, crustaceans and aquatic plants in Texas waters. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Management Data Series 78, Austin, TX. 19 pp.

Howells, R. G. 1992. Guide to identification of harmful and potentially harmful fishes, shellfishes and aquatic plants prohibited in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department Special Publication, Austin, TX. 182 pp. (+ appendices).

Howells, R. G., and G. P. Garrett. 1992. Status of some exotic sport fishes in Texas waters. Texas Journal of Science 44(3):317-324.

Li, H. W., and P. B. Moyle. 1993. Management of introduced fishes. Pages 287-307 in American Fisheries Society. Inland fisheries management in North America. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD.

Robins, C. R., R. M. Bailey, C. E. Bond, J. R. Brooker, E. A. Lachner, R. N. Lea, and W. B. Scott. 1991. World fishes important to North Americans exclusive of species from the continental waters of the United States and Canada. American Fisheries Society Special Publication 21. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD. 243 pp.

Thompson, K.W., C. Hubbs, B.W. Lyons. 1977. Analysis of potential environmental factors, especially thermal, which would influence the survivorship of exotic nile perch if introduced into artificially heated reservoirs in Texas. Texas Park and Wildlife Department, Tech. Ser. 22:1-37.

Micropterus Florida salmoides largemouth bass Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii floridanus

Chew, R. L. 1973. The failure of largemouth bass, Micropterus salmoides floridanus (LeSuer), to spawn in eutrophic, overcrowded environments. Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Commissioners 26:306-319.

Dill, W. A., and A. J. Cordone. 1997. History and status of introduced fishes in California, 1871- 1996. Manuscript for Fish Bulletin of the California Department of Fish and Game 178.

Hayes, M. P., and M. R. Jennings. 1986. Decline of ranid frog species in western North America: are bullfrogs (Rana catesbeiana) responsible? Journal of Herpetology:20(4):490-509.

Howells, R. G., and J. A. Prentice. 1991. Performance of Florida largemouth bass from Cuba in Texas waters. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department Management Data Series 59, Austin, TX. 13 pp.

Jenkins, R. E., and N. M. Burkhead. 1994. Freshwater fishes of Virginia. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD.

Miller, R. R., and E. P. Pister. 1971. Management of the Owens pupfish, Cyprinodon radiosus, in Mono County, California. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 100(3):502-509.

Minckley, W. L. 1973. Fishes of Arizona. Arizona Fish and Game Department. Sims Printing Company, Inc., Phoenix, AZ.

128 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Moyle, P. B., and N. J. Holzhauser. 1978. Effects of the introduction of Mississippi silverside (Menidia audens) and Florida largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides floridanus) on the feeding habits of young-of-year largemouth bass in Clear Lake, California. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 107(4):574-582.

Page, L. M., and B. M. Burr. 1991. A field guide to freshwater fishes of North America north of Mexico. The Peterson Field Guide Series, volume 42. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, MA.

Rosen, P. C., C. R. Schwalbe, D. A. Parizek, Jr., P. A. Holm, and C. H. Lowe. 1995. Introduced aquatic vertebrates in the Chiricahua region: effects on declining native ranid frogs. Pages 251-261 in Biodiversity and Management of the Madrean Archipelago: the sky island of the southwestern United States and northwestern Mexico. USDA Forest Service General Technical Report RM-GTR-264.

Smith, H. M. 1896. A review of the history and results of the attempts to acclimatize fish and other water animals in the Pacific states. Bulletin of the U.S. Fish Commission for 1895, 40:379- 472.

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 1985. Recovery plan for the Pahranagat roundtail chub, Gila robusta jordani. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Portland, OR. 71 pp.

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 1994. White River spinedace, Lepidomeda albivallis, recovery plan. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Portland, OR. 45 pp.

Whitmore, D. H., and T. R. Hellier. 1988. Natural hybridization between largemouth and smallmouth bass (Micropterus). Copeia 1988(2):493-496.

Zale, A.V. 1987. Growth, survival and foraging abilities of early life history stages of blue tilapia, Oreochromis aureus, and largemouth bass, Micropterus salmoides. Environmental Biology of Fishes 20:113-128.

Asian swamp eel Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Monopterus albus

Carter, Patricia A., Shawn K. Alam. [No date] Management Options for Asian Swamp Eels Monopterus albus in the Southeastern United States. US Fish and Wildlife Service. http://www.ecu.edu/org/afs/st_louis/absaquaticinvaders/r953151075-60.htm. ABSTRACT #: 953151075-60: Nonindigenous aquatic nuisance species are causing significant economic and ecological problems throughout the United States. A new invader has infiltrated the Southeast. Four populations of Asian swamp eel (Monopterus albus) have been discovered in the southeastern United States. Three of these are in Florida, with a fourth population located near Atlanta, Georgia. Left unchecked, the species could impact the ecological balance of aquatic ecosystems, including those encompassing Everglades National Park, Big Cypress National Preserve, by preying on large numbers of aquatic invertebrates and larval fishes. A multi-agency workgroup has been formed to combat the spread of this exotic invader. The focus of current efforts is centered around research needs and implementation of a comprehensive strategy to eradicate or control the spread of this species. Researchers and managers believe that it may be possible to control dispersal through a combination of electric barriers, vegetation removal, and trapping. An Asian swamp eel management plan is currently under development. The Plan outlines measures that can be taken to prevent the continued spread of Asian swamp eel

129 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... populations in Florida and Georgia and identifies the roles and responsibilities of affected agencies.

Chivers, C. J. 1999. Swamp aka rice eels. Wildlife conservation. 102(2): 18.

Davidson, A., 1975 Fish and fish dishes of Laos. Imprimerie Nationale Vientiane. 202 p.).

Day, F. 1958. The fishes of India, being a natural history of the fishes known to inhabit the seas and fresh waters of India, Burma, and Ceylon, volume I. William Dawson and Sons Ltd., London, England.

Devick, W. S. 1991. Disturbances and fluctuations in the Wahiawa Reservoir ecosystem. Project F- 14-R-15, Job 4, Study I. Division of Aquatic Resources, Hawaii Department of Land and Natural Resources. 21 pp.

Devick, W. S. 1991. Patterns of introductions of aquatic organisms to Hawaiian freshwater habitats. Pages 189-213 in new directions in research, management and conservation of Hawaiian freshwater stream ecosystems. Proceedings of the 1990 symposium on freshwater stream biology and fisheries management, Division of Aquatic Resources, Hawaii Department of Land and Natural Resources.

Kottelat, M., 1998 Fishes of the Nam Theun and Xe Bangfai basins, Laos, with diagnoses of twenty- two new species (Teleostei: Cyprinidae, Balitoridae, Cobitidae, Coiidae and Odontobutidae). Ichthyol. Explor. Freshwat. 9(1):1-128.).

Kottelat, M., A. J. Whitten, S. N. Kartikasari, and S. Wirjoatmodjo. 1993. Freshwater fishes of Western Indonesia and Sulawesi. Periplus Editions, Ltd., Republic of Indonesia. 221 pp. (+ plates).

Liem, K.F. 1981. Larvae of air-breathing fishes as countercurrent flow devices in hypoxic environments. Science 211:1177-1178.

Liem, K.F. 1987. Functional design of the air ventilation apparatus and overland excursions by teleosts. Fieldiana: Zoology 37:1-29.

Maciolek, J. A. 1984. Exotic fishes in Hawaii and other islands of Oceania. Pages 131-161 in W. R. Courtenay, Jr., and J. R. Stauffer, Jr., editors. Distribution, biology, and management of exotic fishes. The Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, MD.

Masuda, H., K. Amaoka, C. Araga, T. Uyeno, and T. Yoshino, editors. 1984. The fishes of the Japanese Archipelago. Tokai University Press. Text: i-xxii + 437 pp., atlas: pls. 1-370.

Merrick, J. R., and G. E. Schmida. 1984. Australian freshwater fishes: biology and management. Griffin Press, Netley, South Australia.

Nico, L. 1999. Monopterus Albus. In: Nonindigenous Aquatic Species. Florida Caribbean Science Center, U.S. Geological Survey. Http://nas.er.usgs.gov/. 21 July, 1999.

Rainboth, W.J., 1996 Fishes of the Cambodian Mekong. FAO Species Identification Field Guide for Fishery Purposes. FAO, Rome, 265 p.

Roberts, T. R. 1989. The freshwater fishes of Western Borneo (Kalimantan Barat, Indonesia). Memoirs of the California Academy of Science 14. California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, CA. 210 pp.

130 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Smith, H. M. 1945. The fresh-water fishes of Siam, or Thailand. Bulletin of the U.S. National Museum (Smithsonian Institution) 188:1-622.

Starnes, W. - North Carolina State Museum of Natural History, Raleigh, NC.

Sterba, G. 1973. Freshwater fishes of the world. English translation and revision from German. Two volumes. Tropical Fish Hobbyist Publications, Inc., Neptune City, NJ.

Taki, Y., 1978 An analytical study of the fish fauna of the Mekong basin as a biological production system in nature. Research Institute of Evolutionary Biology Special Publications no. 1, 77 p. Tokyo, Japan.

Talwar, P. K., and A. G. Jhingran, editors. 1992. Inland fishes of India and adjacent countries. A. A. Balkema, Rotterdam, The Netherlands. Two volumes.

Yamamoto, M.N. and A.W. Tagawa, 2000 Hawai'i's native and exotic freshwater animals. Mutual Publishing, Honolulu, Hawaii. 200 p.

Round Goby Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Neogobius

Berg, L. S. 1948-1949. Freshwater fishes of the U.S.S.R. and adjacent countries, 4th edition. Three volumes. Translated from Russian, 1962-1965, for the Smithsonian Institution and the National Science Foundation, by Israel Program for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem, Israel. Volume 1:504 pp., volume 2:496 pp., volume 3:510 pp.

Crossman, E. J., E. Holm, R. Cholmondeley, and K. Tuininga. 1992. First record for Canada of the rudd, Scardinius erythrophthalmus, and notes on the introduced round goby, Neogobius melanostomus. Canadian Field-Naturalist 106(2):206-209.

Jude, D. J. 1993. The alien goby in the Great Lakes Basin. Great Lakes Information Network (Online).

Jude, D. J., R. H. Reider, and G. R. Smith. 1992. Establishment of Gobiidae in the Great Lakes Basin. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science 49:416-421. ABSTRACT: A tubenose goby (Proterorhinus marmoratus), a European endangered species native to the Black and Caspian seas, was recovered on 11 April 1990 from the traveling screens of the Belle River Power Plant located on the St. Clair River, Michigan. Subsequently, anglers caught three round gobies (Neogobius melanostomus) in the St. Clair River near Sarnia, Ontario. Thirty-one tubenose gobies and 11 round gobies were impinged or trawled at or near the Power Plant in the fall and winter of 1990–91. Nine round gobies (29–61 mm total length) are believed to be young-of-the-year. These species were probably transported to the Great Lakes in ballast water, may have successfully colonized the St. Clair River, and will probably spread throughout the Great Lakes. They are expected to impact directly other benthic fishes, such as sculpins (Cottus spp. ), darters (Etheostoma spp.), and Iogperch (Percina caprodes), and in turn act as prey for walleye (Stizostedion vitreum).

Jude, D.J., and S.F. DeBoe. 1996. Possible impact of gobies and other introduced species on habitat restoration efforts. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 53(Suppl. 1):136-141.

Jude, D.J., J. Janssen, and G. Crawford. 1995. Ecology, distribution, and impact of the newly introduced round and tubenose gobies on the biota of the St. Clair & Detroit Rivers. Pp.

131 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... 447-460 in Munawar, M., T. Edsall, and J. Leach, eds. The Lake Huron ecosystem: ecology, fisheries and management. SPB Academic Publishing, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. 503 pp.

Keppner, S.M., and E.A. Theriot. 1997. A recommended control strategy for round goby, Neogobius melanostomus, in the Illinois Waterway System. US Fish and Wildlife Service, Lower Great Lakes Fishery Resources Office, Amherst, NY. 17 pp.

Knight, C. 1994. The round goby: Lake Erie's newest invader. Ohio Chapter American Fisheries Society (OCAFS) Newsletter 21(3):5.

Marsden, J.E., and D.J. Jude. 1995. Round gobies invade North America. Great Lakes Sea Grant Program Fact Sheet IL-IN-SG-95-10. Purdue University, Illinois-Indiana Sea Grant College Program Office, West Lafayette, IN. 2 pp.

Miller, P. J. 1986. Gobiidae. Pages 1019-1085 in P. J. P. Whitehead, M.L. Bauchot., J.C. Hureau, J. Nielsen, E. Tortonese, editors. Fishes of the north-eastern Atlantic and the Mediterranean, volume III. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, Paris, France.

Mockovak, C. 1990. Mississippi River water quality mirrors metro area history. Minn. Environ.1(2):4-6.

Moskal'kova, K.I. 1996. Ecological and morphophysiological prerequisites to range extension in the round goby Neogobius melanostomus under conditions of anthropogenic pollution. J. Ichthyol.36:584-590.

Moy, P.B. 1997. An ANS dispersal barrier for the Great Lakes and Mississippi River basins. ANSUpdate 3(4):1.

Moy, P.B. 1999. An invasive species dispersal barrier for the Chicago Sanitary and Ship Canal. Dreissena! 9(6):1-7.

Steingraeber, M.T., A.L. Runstrom, and P.A. Thiel. 1996. Round goby (Neogobius melanostomus) distribution in the Illinois Waterway System of metropolitan Chicago. US Fish and Wildlife Service, Fishery Resources Office, Onalaska, WI. 16 pp. ABSTRACT: There is concern that the range of the round goby (Neogobius melanostomus), a nonindigenous fish recently introduced to the Great Lakes drainage basin from Eurasia, may expand to other drainage basins with adverse ecologic consequences. The Illinois Waterway System (IWS) connects the Great Lakes and Mississippi River basins and facilitated the spread of another exotic nuisance species, the zebra mussel (Dreissena polymorpha), to several environmentally sensitive drainages of interior North America earlier this decade. We surveyed the distribution of round goby in a portion of the IWS near metropolitan Chicago in autumn 1996 with traps, seines, trawls, set lines, and by angling. A total of 61 round goby were captured in the Little Calumet River in south Chicago at locations upstream of river mile 321.4 (12 miles inland from Lake Michigan). No round goby were captured at sites in connecting channels downstream of this point as far away as Joliet (river mile 283). Bottom trawling, particularly over rocky substrates, was the most successful means of capturing round goby and accounted for 87% of the total catch. Goby captured by trawling were significantly smaller than those captured by other gears and significantly smaller goby were captured at the sampling site furthest upstream. The length frequency distribution of the round goby we captured suggested the presence of fish from the three most recent year classes (1994-1996). The rocky substrate preferred by round goby may be less common in a short reach of the Little Calumet River downstream of river mile 321.

132 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Despite this potential habitat deficiency, population growth and human interventions are soon likely to expand the range of the round goby in the IWS.

Steingraeber, Mark T., Pamella A. Thiel. 2000. The Round Goby (Neogobius melanostomus): Another Unwelcome Invader in the Mississippi River Basin. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fishery Resources Office, 555 Lester Avenue, Onalaska, WI 54650. http://midwest.fws.gov/LaCrosseFisheries/reports/nawnrc.PDF. “Special Note: Text of paper presented 28 March 2000 at the North American Wildlife and Natural Resources Conference, Chicago, IL and currently In Press in the Transactions of the North American Wildlife and Natural Resources Conference.”

Tsepkin, E.A., L.I. Sokolov, and A.V. Rusalimchik. 1992. Ecology of the round goby Neogobiusmelanostomus (Pallas), an occasional colonizer of the basin of the Moskva River. Biol. Nauki(1):46-51.

Oreochromis Blue tilapia Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii aureus

Axelrod, H. R. 1993. The most complete colored lexicon of cichlids. Tropical Fish Hobbyist Publications, Inc., Neptune City, NJ.

Axelrod, H. R., W. E. Burgess, N. Pronek, and J. G. Walls. 1985. Dr. Axelrod's atlas of freshwater aquarium fishes. Tropical Fish Hobbyist Publications, Inc., Neptune City, NJ.

Babcock, S., and P. Chapman. 1973. Description and status of the commercial fishery for blue tilapia in Polk County with recommendations to the Commission on methods of obtaining additional revenue from this fishery. Unpublished report, Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission. Tallahassee. 35 pp.

Buntz, J., and C. S. Manooch. 1969. Tilapia aurea (Steindachner), a rapidly spreading exotic in south central Florida. Proceedings of the Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Commissioners 22:495-501.

Buntz, J., and C.S. Manooch, III. 1968. Tilapia aurea (Steindachner), a rapidly spreading exotic in south central Florida. Proc. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 22:495-501.

Burgess, G. H., C. R. Gilbert, V. Guillory, and D. C. Taphorn. 1977. Distributional notes on some north Florida freshwater fishes. Florida Scientist 40(1):33-41.

Cailteux, R.L., H.L. Schramm, Jr., J.V. Shireman. 1992. Food habitat comparison of two populations of blue tilapia, Oreochromis aureus (Steindachner), in north Central Florida. Florida Scientist 55(4):237-243.

Chervinski, J., and M. Lahav. 1976. The effect of exposure to low temperature on fingerlings of local tilapia (Tilapia aurea)(Steindachner) and imported tilapia (Tilapia vulcani)(Trewevas) and Tilapia nilotica (Linne) in Israel. Bamidgeh 28(1/2):25-29.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and C. R. Robins. 1973. Exotic aquatic organisms in Florida with emphasis on fishes: a review and recommendations. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 102:1-12.

133 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and D. A. Hensley. 1979. Survey of introduced non-native fishes. Phase I Report. Introduced exotic fishes in North America: status 1979. Report Submitted to National Fishery Research Laboratory, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Gainesville, FL.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., J. D. Williams. 1992. Dispersal of exotic species from aquaculture sources, with emphasis on freshwater fishes. Pages 49-81 in A. Rosenfield, and R. Mann, editors. Dispersal of living organisms into aquatic ecosystems. Maryland Sea Grant Publication, College Park, MD.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., D. A. Hensley, J. N. Taylor, and J. A. McCann. 1984. Distribution of exotic fishes in the continental United States. Pages 41-77 in W. R. Courtenay, Jr., and J. R. Stauffer, Jr., editors. Distribution, biology and management of exotic fishes. Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, MD.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., D. A. Hensley, J. N. Taylor, and J. A. McCann. 1986. Distribution of exotic fishes in North America. Pages 675-698 in C. H. Hocutt, and E. O. Wiley, editors. The zoogeography of North American freshwater fishes. John Wiley and Sons, New York, NY.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., D. P. Jennings, and J. D. Williams. 1991. Appendix 2: Exotic fishes. Pages 97-107 in Robins, C. R., R. M. Bailey, C. E. Bond, J. R. Brooker, E. A. Lachner, R. N. Lea, and W. B. Scott. Common and scientific names of fishes from the United States and Canada, 5th edition. American Fisheries Society Special Publication 20. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., H. F. Sahlman, W. W. Miley, II, and D. J. Herrema. 1974. Exotic fishes in fresh and brackish waters of Florida. Biological Conservation 6(4):292-302.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., C.R. Robins. 1973. Exotic aquatic organisms in Florida with emphasis on fishes: A review and recommendations. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 102:1-12.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., D.A. Hensley, J.N. Taylor, and J.A. McCann. 1984. Distribution of exotic fishes in the continental United States. Pages 41-77 in W.R. Courtenay, Jr., and J.R. Stauffer, Jr. Distribution, Biology and Management of Exotic Fishes. John Hopkins University Press. Baltimore.

Crittenden, E. 1963. Status of Tilapia nilotica Linnaeus in Florida. Proceedings of the Southeastern Association of Game and Fish Commission 16:257-262.

Crutchfield, J. U., Jr. 1995. Establishment and expansion of redbelly tilapia and blue tilapia in a power plant cooling reservoir. American Fisheries Society Symposium 15:452-461.

Edwards, R. J., S. Contreras-Balderas. 1991. Historical changes in the ichthyofauna of the lower Rio Grande (Rio Bravo del Norte), Texas and Mexico. Southwestern Naturalist 36(2):201- 212.

Foote, K. 1977. Preliminary status investigations of blue tilapia. Annual report, Florida Game and Fresh water Fish Commission. Eustis, Florida. 46 pp.

Foote, K. J. 1977. Annual performance report: blue tilapia investigations. Study I: preliminary status investigations of blue tilapia. (Job I-1 through Job I-7, period July 6, 1976-June 30, 1977). Report to the Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission. 71 pp.

134 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Gennings, R.M. - Georgia Department of Natural Resources, Atlanta, GA. Response to NBS-G nonindigenous questionnaire.

Germany, R. D. 1977. Population dynamics of the blue tilapia and its effects on the fish populations of Trinidad Lake, Texas. Ph.D. dissertation, Texas A&M University, College Station. 85 pp.

Germany, R. D., and R. L. Noble. 1978. Population dynamics of blue tilapia in Trinidad Lake, Texas. Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the Southeastern Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies 31:412-417.

Grabowski, S. J., S. D. Hiebert, and D. M. Lieberman. 1984. Potential for introduction of three species of nonnative fishes into central Arizona via the Central Arizona Project ? A literature review and analysis. REC-ERC-84-7. U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Reclamation, Denver, CO.

Habel, M. L. 1975. Overwintering of the cichlid, Tilapia aurea, produces fourteen tons of harvestable size fish in a south Alabama bass-bluegill public fishing lake. Progressive Fish- Culturist 37:31-32.

Hale, M.M., J.E. Crumpton, R.J. Schuler, Jr. 1995. From sportfishing bust to commercial fishing boon: A history of the blue tilapia in Florida. American Fisheries Society Symposium 15:425-430.

Hales, L. S., Jr. 1989. Occurrence of an introduced African cichlid, the blue tilapia, Tilapia aurea (Perciformes: Cichlidae), in a Skidaway River tidal creek. Department of Zoology and Institute of Ecology, University of Georgia, Athens, and Marine Extension Service Aquarium, Georgia Sea Grant College Program, Savanna, GA. Unpublished mimeograph. 12 pp.

Hensley, D.A., and W.R. Courtenay, Jr. 1980. Tilapia aurea (Steindachner) Blue tilapia. Page 771 in D.S. Lee., C.R. Gilbert., C.H. Hocutt, R.E. Jenkins, D.E. McAllister, and J.R. Stauffer, Jr. Atlas of North American Fresh Water Fishes. North Carolina State Museum of Natural History, Publication #1980-12 of the North Carolina Biological Survey.

Hogg, R.G. 1976. Established exotic cichlid fishes in Dade County, Florida. Florida Scientist 39(2): 97-103.

Howells, R. G. 1991. Electrophoretic identification of feral and domestic tilapia in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Management Data Series 62, Austin, TX. 11 pp.

Howells, R. G. 1992. Annotated list of introduced non-native fishes, mollusks, crustaceans and aquatic plants in Texas waters. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Management Data Series 78, Austin, TX. 19 pp.

Howells, R. G. 1992. Guide to identification of harmful and potentially harmful fishes, shellfishes and aquatic plants prohibited in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department Special Publication, Austin, TX. 182 pp. (+ appendices).

Howells, R. G. 1995. Losing the old shell game: could mussel reproductive failure be linked to tilapia? Info-Mussel Newsletter 3(8):4.

Hubbs, C., R. J. Edwards, and G. P. Garrett. 1991. An annotated checklist of freshwater fishes of Texas, with key to identification of species. Texas Journal of Science, Supplement 43(4):1- 56.

135 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Hubbs, C., T. Lucier, G. P. Garrett, R. J. Edwards, S. M. Dean, E. Marsh, and D. Belk. 1978. Survival and abundance of introduced fishes near San Antonio, Texas. Texas Journal of Science 30(4):369-376.

Hulon, M. W., and V. P. Williams. 1983. A preliminary evaluation of blue tilapia population expansion in Lake Tohopekaliga, Florida. Unpublished report, Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission, Tallahassee. 16 pp.

Kushlan, J. A. 1986. Exotic fishes of the Everglades: a reconsideration of proven impact. Environmental Conservation 13:67-69.

Langford, F. H., F. J. Ware, and R. D. Gasaway. 1978. Status and harvest of introduced Tilapia aurea in Florida lakes. Pages 102-108 in R. O. Smitherman, W. L. Shelton, J. H. Grover, editors. Proceedings of the culture of exotic fishes symposium, fish culture section, American Fisheries Society, Auburn, AL.

Lee, D. S., C. R. Gilbert, C. H. Hocutt, R. E. Jenkins, D. E. McAllister, and J. R. Stauffer, Jr. 1980 et seq. Atlas of North American freshwater fishes. North Carolina State Museum of Natural History, Raleigh, NC.

Loftus, W. F., and J. A. Kushlan. 1987. Freshwater fishes of southern Florida. Bulletin of the Florida State Museum of Biological Science 31(4):255.

McBay, L.G. 1961. The Biology of Tilapia nilotica Linnaeus. Proc. SE Assoc. Game and Fish Comm. 15: 208-218.

McGowan, E. G. 1988. An illustrated guide to larval fishes from three North Carolina piedmont impoundments. Report by Carolina Power and Light Company, Shearon Harris Energy and Environmental Center, New Hill, NC. 113 pp.

Menhinick, E. F. 1991. The freshwater fishes of North Carolina. North Carolina Wildlife Resources Commission. 227 pp.

Muoneke, M. I. 1988. Tilapia in Texas waters. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Inland Fisheries Data Series 9, Austin, TX. 44 pp.

Noble, R. L. and R. D. Germany. 1986. Changes in fish populations of Trinidad Lake, Texas, in response to abundance of blue tilapia. Pages 455-461 in R. H. Stroud, editor. Fish culture in fisheries management. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD.

Noble, R. L., R. D. Germany, And C. R. Hall. 1975. Interactions Of Blue Tilapia And Largemouth Bass In A Power Plant Cooling Reservoir. Proceedings Of The Annual Conference Of The Southeastern Association Of Game And Fish Commissioners 29:247-251.

Noble, R. L., R.B. Germany, and C.R. Hall. 1975. Interactions of blue tilapia and largemouth bass in a power plant cooling reservoir. Proc. SE Assoc. Game and Fish. Comm. 29:247-251.

Page, L. M., and B. M. Burr. 1991. A field guide to freshwater fishes of North America north of Mexico. The Peterson Field Guide Series, volume 42. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, MA.

Pelgren, D. W., and K. D. Carlander. 1971. Growth and reproduction of yearling Tilapia aurea in Iowa ponds. Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Science 78:27-29.

136 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Pigg, J. 1978. The tilapia Sarotherodon aurea (Steindachner) in the North Canadian River in central Oklahoma. Proceedings of the Oklahoma Academy of Science 58:111-112.

Rogers, W. A. 1961. Second progress report on stocking and harvesting of tilapia and channel catfish in Alabama's state-owned and managed public fishing lakes. Federal Aid Project F- 10. Alabama Department of Conservation. 10 pp.

Schramm, I-I. L., Jr., and A. V. Zale. 1985. Effects of cover and prey size on preferences of juvenile largemouth bass for blue tilapias and bluegills in tanks. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 114:725-731.

Shafland, P. L. and J. M. Pestrak. 1981. Predation by blue tilapia on largemouth bass in experimental ponds. Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the Southeast Association of Fish and Wildlife 35:442-448.

Shafland, P. L. and J. M. Pestrak. 1983. Suppression of largemouth bass production by blue tilapia in ponds. Southeast. Assoc. Game and Fish Comm., Proc. 37th Ann. Conf.:441-446.

Shafland, P. L. and R. Metzger. 1986. Annual Performance Report. Associations of blue tilapia with native fishes. Fl. Game and Fresh Water Fish Comm., Tallahassee, Florida.

Shafland, P. L., D. S. Levine, and R. J. Wattendorf. 1980. An evaluation of inter-specific interactions between blue tilapia and certain native fishes in Florida: fish population analysis. Unpublished report, Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission, Boca Raton. 31 pp.

Shafland, P. L. 1996. Exotic fishes of Florida- 1994. Reviews in Fisheries Science 4(2):101-122.

Shafland, P. L., and J.M. Pestrak. 1982. Lower lethal temperatures for fourteen non-native fishes in Florida. Environmental Biology of Fishes 7(2):149-156.

Skelton, P. H. 1993. A complete guide to the freshwater fishes of southern Africa. Southern Book Publishers, Halfway House, South Africa.

Skinner, W. F. 1984. Oreochromis aureus (Steindachner, Cichlidae), an exotic fish species, accidentally introduced to the lower Susquehanna River, Pennsylvania. Proceedings of the Pennsylvania Academy of Science 58:99-100.

Skinner, W. F. 1986. Susquehanna River tilapia. Fisheries 11(4):56-57.

Skinner, W. F. 1987. Report on the eradication of tilapia from the vicinity of the Brunner Island Steam Electric Station. Pennsylvania Power and Light Company, Allentown, PA. Unpublished mimeograph. 18 pp.

Smith-Vaniz, W. F. 1968. Freshwater fishes of Alabama. Auburn University Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, AL. 211 pp.

Spataru, P., and M. Zorn. 1978. Food and feeding habits of Tilapia aurea (Steindachner) (Cichlidae) in Lake Kinneret (Israel). Aquaculture 13:67-79.

Starling, S.M., R.M. Bruckler, R.K. Strawn, W.H. Neill. 1995. Predicting the lethality of fluctuating low temperatures to blue tilapia. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 124:112- 117.

137 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Stauffer, J. R., Jr., S. E. Boltz, and J. M. Boltz. 1988. Cold shock susceptibility of blue tilapia from the Susquehanna River, Pennsylvania. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 8:329-332.

Swift, C. C., T. R. Haglund, M. Ruiz, and R. N. Fisher. 1993. The status and distribution of the freshwater fishes of southern California. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Science 92(3):101-167.

Trewevas, E. 1983. Tilapiine Fishes of the Genera Sarotherodon, Oreochromis and Danakilia. British Museum of Natural History, Publ. Num. 878. Comstock Publishing Associates. Ithaca, New York. 583 pp.

USFWS. 2002. Final Finding of no Significant Impact. Tilapia Removal Program on the Virgin River, Clark County, Nevada and Mohave County, Arizona. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Ecological Services Southern Nevada Field Office Las Vegas, Nevada. October. FILE NO. PLAR_NEPA. http://nevadafwo.fws.gov/public/virginriverFONSI.pdf. “We have determined that the Alternative One, the Piscicide, Detoxification Station, and Barrier Alternative, with the modifications and additions included in the Final EA will not result in significant impacts to the human and natural environment and would be the best alternative to meet the purpose and need as stated above. Therefore, an Environmental Impact Statement will not be prepared. An analysis of any additional anticipated environmental impacts resulting from the modifications and additions is included in Chapter Three of the Final EA.”

Watanabe, W.O., C.M. Kuo, M.C. Huang. 1985. Salinity tolerance of the tilapias Oreochromis aureus, O. niloticus and O. mossambicusxO. niloticus hybrid. ICLARM Technical Reports 16. Council for Agricultural Planning and Development, Taipei, Taiwan, and International Center for Living Aquatic Resources Management, Manila, the Philippines, 22 pp.

Watanabe, W.O., C.M. Kuo, M.C. Huang. 1985. The ontogeny of salinity tolerance in the tilapias Oreochromis aureus, O. niloticus and an O. mossambicusx O. niloticus hybrid, spawned and reared in fresh water. Aquaculture 47:353-367.

Wattendorf, R. J. 1981. Lake Lena blue tilapia investigations: fishery analyses. Unpublished report, Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission, Boca Raton. 16 pp.

Wattendorf, R. J., D. S. Levine, and P. L. Shafland. 1980. An evaluation of inter-specific interactions between blue tilapia and certain native fishes in Florida: foods, feeding and selectivity analysis. Unpublished report, Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission, Boca Raton. 18 pp.

Zale, A. V. 1984. Applied aspects of the thermal biology, ecology, and life history of the blue tilapia, Tilapia aurea (Pisces: Cichlidae). Ph.D. dissertation, University of Florida, Gainesville. 238pp.

Zale, A. V. 1987. Periodicity of habitation of a stenothermal spring run in north-central Florida by blue tilapia. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 7:575-579.

Zale, A. V., And R. W. Gregory. 1990. Food Selection By Early Life Stages Of Blue Tilapia, Oreochromis Aureus, In Lake George, Florida: Overlap With Sympatric Shad Larvae. Florida Scientist 53(2):123-129.

138 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Zale, A.V. 1984. Applied aspects of the thermal biology, ecology, and life history of the blue tilapia, Tilapia aurea (Pisces: Cichlidae). Technical Report No. 12. Florida Coop. Fish and Wildlife Research Unit. Gainesville, Fl. 196 pp.

Zale, A.V. 1987. Growth, survival and foraging abilities of early life history stages of blue tilapia, Oreochromis aureus, and largemouth bass, Micropterus salmoides. Environmental Biology of Fishes 20:113-128.

Zale, A.V., and R.W. Gregory. 1990. Food selection by early life stages of blue tilapia, Oreochromis aureus, in Lake George, Florida: Overlap with sympatric shad larvae. Florida Scientist 53(2):123-129.

Zale, A.V., R.W. Gregory. 1989. Effect of salinity on cold tolerance of juvenile blue tilapias. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 118:718-720.

Zuckerman, L. D., and R. J. Behnke. 1986. Introduced fishes in the San Luis Valley, Colorado. Pages 435-452 in R. H. Stroud, editor. Fish culture in fisheries management. Proceedings of a symposium on the role of fish culture in fisheries management at Lake Ozark, MO, March 31-April 3, 1985. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD.

Mozambique Oreochromis tilapia Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii mossambicus

Arthington, A. H., and D. A. Milton. 1986. Reproductive biology, growth and age composition of the introduced Oreochromis mossambicus (Cichlidae) in two reservoirs, Brisbane, Australia. Environmental Biology of Fishes 16(4): 257-266.

Axelrod, H. R., W. E. Burgess, N. Pronek, and J. G. Walls. 1985. Dr. Axelrod's atlas of freshwater aquarium fishes. Tropical Fish Hobbyist Publications, Inc., Neptune City, NJ.

Bowen, S. H, and B. R. Allanson. 1982. Behavioral and trophic plasticity of juvenile Tilapia mossambica in utilization of the unstable littoral habitat. Environmental Biology of Fishes 7(4):357-362.

Bowen, S. H. 1979. A nutritional constraint in detritivory by fishes: The stunted population of Sarotherodon mossambicus in Lake Sibaya, South Africa. Ecological Monographs 1979:17- 31.

Brock, V. E. 1954. A note on the spawning of Tilapia mossambica in sea water. Copeia 1954(1):72.

Brown, C. J. D. 1971. Fishes of Montana. Montana State University, Bozeman, MT.

Brown, W. H. 1961. First record of the African mouthbreeder Tilapia mossambica Peters in Texas. Texas Journal of Science 13(3):352-354.

Bruton, M. N., and B. R. Allanson. 1974. The growth of Tilapia mossambica Peters (Pisces:Cichlidae) in Lake Sibaya, South Africa. Journal of Fish Biology 6:701-715.

Bruton, M. N., and R. E. Boltt. 1975. Aspects of the biology of Tilapia mossambica Peters (Pisces: Cichlidae) in a natural freshwater lake (Lake Sibaya, South Africa).

139 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Caulton, M. S., and B. J. Hill. 1973. The ability of Tilapia mossambica (Peters) to enter deep water. Journal of Fish Biology 5:783-788.

Chmilevskii, D. A. 1998. The influence of low temperature on the growth of Oreochromis mossambicus. Journal of Ichthyology 38(1):86-92.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr. 1989. Exotic fishes in the National Park System. Pages 237-252 in L. K. Thomas, editor. Proceedings of the 1986 conference on science in the national parks, volume 5. Management of exotic species in natural communities. U.S. National Park Service and George Wright Society, Washington, DC.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and C. R. Robins. 1973. Exotic aquatic organisms in Florida with emphasis on fishes: A review and recommendations. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 102(1):1-12.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and C. R. Robins. 1989. Fish introductions: good management, mismanagement, or no management? CRC Critical Reviews in Aquatic Sciences 1(1):159- 172.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and D. A. Hensley. 1979. Survey of introduced non-native fishes. Phase I Report. Introduced exotic fishes in North America: status 1979. Report Submitted to National Fishery Research Laboratory, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Gainesville, FL.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and J. A. McCann. 1981. Status and impact of exotic fish presently established in U.S. open waters (September 1, 1980, revised April 1981). In-House Report, National Fishery Research Laboratory, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Gainesville, FL.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., and J. R. Stauffer, Jr.. 1990. The introduced fish problem and the aquarium fish industry. Journal of the World Aquaculture Society 21(3):145-159.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., D. A. Hensley, J. N. Taylor, and J. A. McCann. 1984. Distribution of exotic fishes in the continental United States. Pages 41-77 in W. R. Courtenay, Jr., and J. R. Stauffer, Jr., editors. Distribution, biology and management of exotic fishes. Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, MD.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., D. A. Hensley, J. N. Taylor, and J. A. McCann. 1986. Distribution of exotic fishes in North America. Pages 675-698 in C. H. Hocutt, and E. O. Wiley, editors. The zoogeography of North American freshwater fishes. John Wiley and Sons, New York, NY.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., D. P. Jennings, and J. D. Williams. 1991. Appendix 2. Exotic Fishes. Pages 97-107 in C.R. Robins, R.M. Bailey, C.E. Bond, J.R. Brooker, E.A. Lachner, R.N. Lea, and W.B. Scott. Common and Scientific Names of Fishes from the United States and Canada. American Fisheries Society Special Publication 20. Bethesda, Maryland.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr., H. F. Sahlman, W. W. Miley, II, and D. J. Herrema. 1974. Exotic fishes in fresh and brackish waters of Florida. Biological Conservation 6(4):292-302.

De Silva, S. S., and J. Chandrasoma. 1980. Reproductive biology of Sarotherodon mossambicus, an introduced species, in an ancient man-made lake in Sri Lanka. Environmental Biology of Fishes 5(3):253-259.

Dial R. S., and S. C. Wainright. 1983. New distributional records for non-native fishes in Florida. Florida Scientist 46(1):1-8.

140 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Dial, R. S., and S. C. Wainright. 1983. New distributional records for non-native fishes in Florida. Florida Scientist 46(1):8-15.

Grabowski, S. J., S. D. Hiebert, and D. M. Lieberman. 1984. Potential for introduction of three species of nonnative fishes into central Arizona via the Central Arizona Project ? A literature review and analysis. REC-ERC-84-7. U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Reclamation, Denver, CO.

Hensley, D. A., and W. R. Courtenay, Jr. 1980. Tilapia aurea (Steindachner) Blue tilapia. Page 774 in D.S. Lee., C.R. Gilbert., C.H. Hocutt, R.E. Jenkins, D.E. McAllister, and J.R. Stauffer, Jr. Atlas of North American Fresh Water Fishes. North Carolina State Museum of Natural History, Publication #1980-12 of the North Carolina Biological Survey.

Heyne, T., B. Tribbey, M. Brooks, and J. Smith. 1991. First record of Mozambique tilapia in the San Joaquin Valley, California. California Fish and Game 77(1):53-54.

Hodgkiss, I. J., and H. S. H. Manson. 1978. Reproductive biology of Sarotherodon mossambicus (Cichlidae) in Plover Cove Reservoir, Hong Kong. Environmental Biology of Fishes 3(3): 287-292.

Hogg, R. G. 1976. Ecology of fishes of the family Cichlidae introduced into the fresh waters of Dade County, Florida. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. University of Miami, Coral Gables, FL. 142 pp.

Hogg, R. G. 1976. Established exotic cichlid fishes in Dade County, Florida. Florida Scientist 39(2):97-103.

Hoover, F. G. 1971. Status report on Tilapia mossambica (Peters) in southern California. California Department of Fish and Game, Inland Fisheries Administrative Report 716. Unpublished mimeograph. 32 pp.

Howells, R. G. 1991. Electrophoretic identification of feral and domestic tilapia in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Management Data Series 62, Austin, TX. 11 pp.

Howells, R. G. 1992. Annotated list of introduced non-native fishes, mollusks, crustaceans and aquatic plants in Texas waters. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Management Data Series 78, Austin, TX. 19 pp.

Howells, R. G. 1992. Guide to identification of harmful and potentially harmful fishes, shellfishes and aquatic plants prohibited in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department Special Publication, Austin, TX. 182 pp. (+ appendices).

Hubbs, C., R. J. Edwards, and G. P. Garrett. 1991. An annotated checklist of freshwater fishes of Texas, with key to identification of species. Texas Journal of Science, Supplement 43(4):1- 56.

Hubbs, C., T. Lucier, G. P. Garrett, R. J. Edwards, S. M. Dean, E. Marsh, and D. Belk. 1978. Survival and abundance of introduced fishes near San Antonio, Texas. The Texas Journal of Science 30(4):369-376.

Idaho Fish and Game. 1990. Fisheries Management Plan 1991-1995. Appendix I ? A list of Idaho fishes and their distribution by drainage. Idaho Fish and Game.

141 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Knaggs, E. H. 1977. Status of the genus Tilapia in California's estuarine and marine waters. Cal- Nevada Wildlife Transactions 1977:60-67.

Kushlan, J. A. 1986. Exotic fishes of the Everglades: a reconsideration of proven impact. Environmental Conservation 13:67-69.

Lee, D. S., C. R. Gilbert, C. H. Hocutt, R. E. Jenkins, D. E. McAllister, and J. R. Stauffer, Jr. 1980 et seq. Atlas of North American freshwater fishes. North Carolina State Museum of Natural History, Raleigh, NC.

Maciolek, J. A. 1984. Exotic fishes in Hawaii and other islands of Oceania. Pages 131-161 in W. R. Courtenay, Jr., and J. R. Stauffer, Jr., editors. Distribution, biology, and management of exotic fishes. The Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, MD.

Muoneke, M. I. 1988. Tilapia in Texas waters. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Inland Fisheries Data Series 9, Austin, TX. 44 pp.

Neil, E. H. 1966. Observations on the behavior of Tilapia mossambica (Pisces, Cichlidae) in Hawaiian ponds. Copeia 1966(1):50-56.

Price, E. E., J. R. Stauffer, Jr., and M. C. Swift. 1985. Effect of temperature on growth of juvenile Oreochromis mossambicus and Sarotherodon melanotheron. Environmental Biology of Fishes 13(2):149-152.

Rogers, W. A. 1961. Second progress report on stocking and harvesting of tilapia and channel catfish in Alabama's state-owned and managed public fishing lakes. Federal Aid Project F- 10. Alabama Department of Conservation. 10 pp.

Shafland, P. L., and J. M. Pestrak. 1982. Lower lethal temperatures for fourteen non-native fishes in Florida. Environmental Biology of Fishes 7(2):149-156.

Shapovalov, L., A. J. Cordone, and W. A. Dill. 1981. A list of freshwater and anadromous fishes of California. California Fish and Game 67(1):4-38.

Stauffer, J. R., Jr. 1986. Effects of salinity on preferred and lethal temperatures of the Mozambique tilapia, Oreochromis mossambicus (Peters). Water Resources Bulletin 22:205-208.

Swift, C. C., T. R. Haglund, M. Ruiz, and R. N. Fisher. 1993. The status and distribution of the freshwater fishes of southern California. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Science 92(3):101-167.

Tilney, R. L., C.H. Hocutt. 1987. Changes in gill epithelia of Oreochromis mossambicus subjected to cold shock. Environmental Biology of Fish 19:35-44.

Trewevas, E. 1968. The name and natural distribution of the "Tilapia from Zanzibar" (Pisces, Cichlidae). FAO Fisheries Reports 44(5):246-254.

Trewevas, E. 1983. Tilapiine Fishes of the Genera Sarotherodon, Oreochromis and Danakilia. British Museum of Natural History, Publ. Num. 878.Comstock Publishing Associates. Ithaca, New York. 583 pp.

Villegas, C. T. 1990. Evaluation of the salinity tolerance of Oreochromis mossambicus, O. niloticus and their F1 hybrids. Aquaculture 85:281-292.

142 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Whiteside, B. G. 1975. Additional distribution notes on the Mozambique tilapia in Texas. Texas Journal of Science 26(3/4):620.

Wieland, W., W. L. Shelton, and J.S. Ramsey. 1982. Biological synopsis of the Mozambique tilapia (Tilapia mossambica). Final Report submitted to the National Fisheries Research Laboratory, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Gainesville, Florida.

Zuckerman, L. D., and R. J. Behnke. 1986. Introduced fishes in the San Luis Valley, Colorado. Pages 435-452 in R. H. Stroud, editor. Fish culture in fisheries management. Proceedings of a symposium on the role of fish culture in fisheries management at Lake Ozark, MO, March 31-April 3, 1985. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD.

Perrunichthys Leopard catfish Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii perruno

Burgess, W. E. 1989. An atlas of freshwater and marine catfishes: a preliminary survey of the Siluriformes. Tropical Fish Hobbyist Publications, Inc., Neptune City, NJ.

Ferraris, C. J., Jr. 1991. Catfish in the aquarium. Tetra Press, Morris Plains, NJ.

Howells, R.G. 1992. Response to NBS-G non-indigenous questionnaire. Heart of the Hills Research Station, TX Parks and Wildl. Dept., Ingram, TX.

Schultz, L. P. 1944. The catfishes of Venezuela, with descriptions of thirty-eight new forms. Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum 94(3172):173-338.

Piaractus Pirapatinga Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii brachypomus

Bohn, J. 1988. Toothy fish puts the bite on Burke Lake angler. Washington Post, 4 June 1988. pp. G1, G3-G4. Géry, J. 1977. Characoids of the world. Tropical Fish Hobbyist Publications, Inc., Neptune City, NJ. Goulding, M. 1980. Fishes of the forest: explorations in Amazonian natural history. University of California Press, Los Angeles, CA. Hartel, K. E. 1992. Non-native fishes known from Massachusetts freshwaters. Occasional Reports of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Fish Department, Cambridge, MA. 2. September. pp. 1-9. Howells, R. G., R. L. Benefield, and J. M. Mambretti. 1991. Records of pacus (Colossoma spp.) and piranhas (Serrasalmus spp.) in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife, Management Data Series 70, Austin, TX. 4 pp. Lander, A., Jr. 1991. Woman snares piranha in Lake Cumberland. Lexington Herald-Leader (September 29):D14, Lexington, Kentucky.

143 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Lee, M.C. 1991. Angler hooks toothy catch. The Daily News, Jacksonville, NC, 18 October 1991. Pp. B1-2. Logan, D. J. 1994. A checklist of the fishes of Benton County, Oregon. American Currents 1994(Summer):16-18. Logan, D. J., E. L. Bibles, and D. F. Markle. 1996. Recent collections of exotic aquarium fishes in the freshwaters of Oregon and thermal tolerance of Oriental weatherfish and pirapatinga. California Fish and Game 82(2):66-80. Machado-Allison, A. 1982. Estudio sobre la subfamilia Serrasalminae (Teleostei, Characidae). Prte 1. Estudio comparado de los juveniles de las "cachamas" de Venezuela (generos Colossoma y Piaractus). Acta Biologica Venezuelica 11(3):1-101. Middleton, K. 1988. Man-eating fish found in river. Athens News Courier, 1 September 1988. 105(177):1-2. Ross, S. T., and W. M. Brenneman. 1991. Distribution of freshwater fishes in Mississippi. manuscript. Mississippi Department of Wildlife, Fisheries and Parks, Jackson, MS. 548 pp. Taylor, J. N. 1985. Key to the species of the genus Colossoma (Characidae: Serrasalminae) (II:26:85). Unpublished mimeograph. 3 pp. Welsch, R. L. 1996. Something's fishy in the cornbelt: jaws. Natural History 105(8):66-67. Wright, S. 1995. A fishy situation. Northwest Arkansas Times (Fayetteville), 7 June 1995, 129(350):A1. Wright, S. 1995. Piranha or pacu? it's still a whale of a fish tale. Northwest Arkansas Times (Fayetteville), 7 June 1995, 129(350):B6.

Snow pleco, southern sailfin Pterygoplichthys catfish Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii anisitsi

Armbruster, J.W. 1997. Phylogenetic relationships of the sucker-mouth armored catfishes (Loricariidae) with particular emphasis on the Ancistrinae, Hypostominae, and Neoplecostominae. Unpubl. Ph.D. dissertation. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. 409 pp.

Armbruster, J.W. Submitted. Phylogenetic relationships of the suckermouth armored catfishes (Loricariidae) with emphasis on the Hypostominae and the Ancistrinae. Proceedings of Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Burgess, W.E., 1989. An atlas of freshwater and marine catfishes, a preliminary survey of the Siluriformes. T.F.H. Publications, Neptune City, New Jersey. 784 pp.

Page, L.M., J.W. Armbruster and M.H. Sabaj, 1996. Redescription of Glyptoperichthys scrophus, a loricariid catfish from Peru.. Ichthyol. Explor. Freshwat. 7(2):185-191.

Regan, C.T., 1904. A monograph of the fishes of the family Loricariidae. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London 17:191-350.

Val, A.L. and V.M.F. de Almeida-Val. 1995. Fishes of the Amazon and their environment. Zoophysiology Vol. 32. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 224 pp.

144 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Scardinius Rudd Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii erythrophthalmus

Burkhead, N.M. and J.D. Williams.1991. An intergeneric hybrid of a native minnow, the golden shiner, and an exotic minnow, the rudd. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 120 : 781-795.

Cadwallader, P. L. 1977. Introduction of rudd Scardinius erythrophthalmus into New Zealand. Part 1. Review of the ecology of rudd and the implications of its introduction into New Zealand. New Zealand Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries, Fisheries Technical Report 147:1-18.

Cahn, A. R. 1925. The European rudd (Scardinius) in Wisconsin. Copeia 162:5.

Crossman, E. J., E. Holm, R. Cholmondeley, and K. Tuininga. 1992. First record for Canada of the Rudd, Scardinius erythrophthalmus, and notes on the introduced round goby, Neogobius melanostomus. Canadian Field- Naturalist 106(2):206-209.

Eklöv, P. and S.F.Hamrin. 1989. Predatory efficiency and prey selection: interactions between pike Esox lucius, perch Perca fluviatilis and rudd Scardinius erythrophthalmus Oikos 56: 149- 156.

Hockey, P.A.R., D.G. Allan and A.G. Rebelo. 1988. The distribution, habitat requirements and conservation status of Rudd's lark Heteromirafra ruddi in South Africa. Biological Conservation 45 (4) : 255-266.

Howells, R. G., R. W. Luebke, B. T. Hysmith, and J. G. Moczygemba. 1991. Field collections of rudd Scardinius erythrophthalmus, (Cyprinidae), in Texas. Southwestern Naturalist 36:244-245.

Kennedy, M., and P. Fitzmaurice. 1974. Biology of the rudd Scardinius erythrophthalmus (L) in Irish waters. Proc R Ir Acad [B], Feb 1974.

Tilapia Tilapia Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii buttikoferi

Pouyaud, L. and J-F. Agnèse. 1995. Phylogenetic relationships between 21 species of three tilapiine genera Tilapia, Sarotherodon and Oreochromis using allozyme data. Journal of Fish Biol. 47(1):26-38.

Tench Animalia Chordata Actinopterygii Tinca tinca

Kokurewicz, B. 1970. The effect of temperature on embryonic development of Tinca Tinca (L.) and Rutilus Rutilus (L.). Zool. Pol. 20: 317-337.

145 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Neophitou, C., 1993. Some biological data on tench (Tinca tinca (L.)) in Lake Pamvotida (Greece). Acta Hydrobiol. 35(4):367-379.

Vetlugina, T.A. 1992. The biology of tench, Tinca tinca, in the Volga Delta. J. Ichthyol. 32(5):58-64.

Ascidian Animalia Chordata Ascidiacea Botryllus niger

Aron, S. & A. Sole-cava 1991. Genetic evaluation of the taxonomic status of two varieties of the cosmopolitan ascidian Botryllus niger (Ascidiaceae: Botryllidae). Biochem. Syst. & Ecol. 19:271-276.

Botryllus Star Ascidian Animalia Chordata Ascidiacea schlosseri

Ballarin, L., C.Tonello and A. Sabbadin. 2000. Humoral opsonin from the colonial ascidian Botryllus schlosseri as a member of the galectin family. Mar. Biol. 136: 823-827.

Ballarin, L., F. Cima and A. Sabbadin. 1995. Morula cells and histocompatibility in the colonial ascidian Botryllus schlosseri. Zoological Science, 12:757-764.

Ballarin, L., F. Cima and A. Sabbadin. 1994. Phagocytosis in the colonial ascidian Botryllus schlosseri, Developmental and Comparative Immunology, 18(6):467-481.

Berrill, N. J. 1941. The development of the bud in Botryllus. Biol. Bull., 80: 169-184.

Berrill, N. J. 1941. Size and morphogenesis in the bud of Botryllus. Biol. Bull., 80: 185-193.

Chadwick-Furman, N.E. and I.L.Weissman. 1995. Life histories and senescence of Botryllus schlosseri (Chordata: Ascidiacea) in Monterey Bay. Biological Bulletin, Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, 189, 36-41. ABSTRACT: The colonial ascidian Botryllus schlosseri is a model organism for research on invertebrate histocompatibility, development, and evolutionary biology. Nonetheless, the basic life history of Pacific Ocean populations of the species remains unknown. We determined field rates of growth, reproduction, and senescence in four cohorts of B. schlosseri colonies in Monterey Bay, California. Colonies grew exponentially as juveniles and reached sizes of up to 1400 zooids within 69 days. After ajuvenile phase lasting at least 49 days, the colonies began to reproduce sexually. Each zooid produced up to 10 clutches, each with a maximum of 5 eggs, resulting in very high fecundity of up to 8000 eggs per colony. Following a short period (maximum 70 days) of continuous sexual reproduction, colonies abruptly senesced and died while still bearing a full clutch of eggs. Senescence progressed through four distinct stages over 1-2 weeks, and inevitably led to the simultaneous death of all zooids in the colony. Although senescence was the main cause of mortality, some colonies died as a result of predation or undetermined causes. Certain life history traits varied significantly between cohorts that settled at different times of year. For example, life-spans in the field varied from about 3 months for spring to 8 months for fall-born colonies, but the lifetime fecundity of colonies did not vary between

146 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... cohorts. The morphologies and life histories of colonies monitored in the field and reported here differed from those of colonies cultured previously in the laboratory.

Grave, C., and H. WOODBRIDGE, 1924. Botryllus schlosseri (Pallas): The behavior and morphology of the free-swimming larva. J. Morph., 39: 207-247.

Scott, F.M.1934. Studies on the later embryonic development of Tunicata: Botryllus schlosseri and Amaroecium constellatum. Ph.D. Dissertation, Columbia Univ., pp. 1-53.

Yund, P.O. and A Stires. 2002.Spatial variation in population dynamics in a colonial ascidian (Botryllus schlosseri). Marine Biology 141(5): 955-963.

Yund, P.O., Y. Marcum and J. Stewart-Savage. 1997. Life-history variation in a colonial ascidian: broad-sense heritabilities and tradeoffs in allocation to asexual growth and male and female reproduction. The Biological Bulletin 192 : 290-299. ABSTRACT: Intraspecific variation in life-history strategy provides a valuable opportunity for examining how natural selection acts on life-history variants to mold reproductive strategies. Evaluating the consequences of selection requires knowledge of the range of phenotypic variation in life histories, the extent to which variation is genetically based, and possible correlations among different traits that might constrain or promote the effect of selection on individual traits. We explored life-history variation in the colonial ascidian Botryllus schlosseri (a cyclical hermaphrodite) by growing clonal replicates of 18 genotypes in a common-garden experiment. Colonies of this species have previously been shown to vary in egg production and growth rate. We demonstrate that genotypes also vary in sperm production, which is manifested as variation in testis size. We then calculate broad-sense heritabilities for a suite of life-history traits and demonstrate correlations among traits that suggest a three-way tradeoff in resource allocation to asexual growth and sexual reproduction via male and female function. This correlation structure suggests that selection cannot act independently on individual life-history traits.

Pleated sea squirt Animalia Chordata Ascidiacea Styela plicata

Cavalcante, M.C.M., S. Allodi and A. Valante. 2000.Occurrence of heparin in the invertebrate Styela plicata (Tunicata) is restricted to cell layers facing the outside environment. An ancient role in defense?. The Journal of Biological Chemistry 275 (46) : 36189-36196.

Nair S., M. Burandt, A.Hutchinson, R. Raison and D. Raftos. 2001. A C-type lectin from the tunicate, Styela plicata, that modulates cellular activity. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. C: 129:11-24.

Raftos, D., S. Nair, J. Robbins, R. Newton and R. Peters. 2001. A complement component C3-like protein from the tunicate, Styela plicata. Dev. Comp. Immunol. 25: 451-458.

Raftos, D. and A. Hutchinson. 1997. Effects of common estuarine pollutants on the immune reactions of tunicates. The Biological Bulletin 192 : 62-72. ABSTRACT: Tunicates are filter-feeding estuarine and marine animals that are frequently exposed to chronic environmental pollution. This study demonstrates that exposure to low-level

147 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... (i.e., below the threshold of acute lethality) contamination with tributyltin, creosote, and copper can have substantial effects on natural immune reactions in tunicates. Sublethal doses of toxicants administered either in vitro or in vivo profoundly affected phagocytosis, cellular cytotoxicity, and hematopoietic cell proliferation. Effects were not always inhibitory, and responses often varied depending on the route of toxicant administration. The data suggest that pollutants can activate cascades of cellular processes and compensatory mechanisms, as well as directly inhibiting some of the responses tested. Some evidence indicates that toxicants exert their effects by altering the relative frequencies of circulatory hemocytes.

Tujula, N., J. Radford and D.A. Raftos. 2001. Effects of tributylin and other metals on the phenoloxidase activating system of the tunicate, Styela plicata. Aquatic Toxicol. 55:191- 201.

Myiopsitta Monk parakeet Animalia Chordata Aves monachus

Adde, C. 1998. Monk Parakeet Myiopsitta monachus breeding in South West France. Alauda 66(1):66-67.

Aramburu, R. M. 1995. Feeding ecology of the Monk Parakeet (Myiopsitta monachus) in Buenos Aires Province, Argentina (Aves: Psittacidae). Physis. Seccion los Continentes y los Organismos Terrestres 53:29-32.

Aramburu, R. M. 1997. Description and growth of nestling Monk Parakeets Myiopsitta monachus monachus (Aves: Psittacidae) in wild population from Argentina. Revista Chilena de Historia Natural 70(1):53-58.

Bucher, E. H. 1988. On the specific name of the monk parakeet (Myiopsitta monachus). Hornero 13(1):85-86.

Eberhard, J.R. 1998.Breeding biology of the monk parakeet. Wilson Bulletin (Lawrence, Kans.) 110 (4) : 463-473. ABSTRACT: The breeding biology of the monk parakeet (Myiopsitta monachus) was investigated. Many parakeet pairs were seen roosting in solitary nests, but breeding only took place in nests within colonies or chambers within compound nests housing other parakeets. The male was responsible for most or all of the nest construction and maintenance, and he also fed the female during the incubation and early nestling periods. However, both the male and female fed the nestlings later in the nestling period. A male-female pair was involved in most breeding attempts, but 3 separate breeding attempts were made by trios--2 cases involving a female and 2 males and the other involving a male and 2 females. One of the auxiliary birds in the trio had a lesser role in the breeding effort than the primary male and female.

Eberhard, J. R. 1996. Nest adoption by monk parakeets. Wilson-Bulletin 108(2):374-377. ABSTRACT: It is reported that a large proportion of monk parakeet nests were discovered to be remodeled nests of the brown cacholote (Pseudoseisura lophotes). This extensive use of adopted nests by monk parakeets was observed during a study conducted on a cattle ranch in northern Entre Rios Province, Argentina. Such behavior may have begun as an alternative nesting strategy used by pairs unable to attain nesting cavities and may have come before the evolution of

148 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... increasingly complex nest-building behavior. By giving pairs flexibility in the choice of nest site, nest construction may have enhanced the strong tendency of monk parakeets to breed colonially.

Martella, M. B. and E. H. Bucher. 1990. Vocalizations of the Monk parakeet. Bird Behaviour 8(2):101-110.

Martin, L. F. and E. H. Bucher. 1993. Natal dispersal and first breeding age in monk parakeets. Auk 110(4):930-933.

Navarro, J. L., M. B. Martella, and E. H. Bucher. 1992. Breeding season and productivity of monk parakeets in Cordoba, Argentina. Wilson Bulletin 104(3):413-424.

Neidermeyer, W. J. and J. J. Hickey. 1977. The monk parakeet in the United States, 1970-75. American Birds 31(3):273-278.

Peris, S. J. and R. M. Aramburu. 1995. Reproductive phenology and breeding success of the monk parakeet (Myiopsitta monachus) in Argentina. Studies on Neotropical Fauna and Environment 30(2)115-119.

Spreyer, M. F. and E. H. Bucher. 1998. Monk parakeet (Myiopsitta monachus). Birds of North America 322:1-23.

South, J.M. and S. Pruett-Jones. 2000. Patterns of flock size, diet, and vigilance of naturalized Monk Parakeets in Hyde Park, Chicago. The Condor 102 (4): 848-854.

Van Bael, S. and S. Pruett-Jones. 1996. Exponential population growth on Monk Parakeets in the United States. Wilson Bulletin 108(3):584-588.

Eurasian Streptopelia collared dove Animalia Chordata Aves decaocto

Blackshaw, S.H. 1988. Identifying the Eurasian Collared-Dove. Birding 20: 311-312. Coombs, C.F.B., A.J. Isaacson, R.K. Murton,R.J.P. Thearle, and N.J. Westwood. 1981.Collared Doves (Streptopelia decaocto) in urban habitats. Journal of Animal Ecology 18: 41-62.

DeBenedictis, P. 1994. Ringed Turtle-Dove vs. Eurasian Collared-Dove. ABAnswers. Birding 26: 133.

Hengeveld, R. 1993. What to do about the North American invasion by the collared-dove. Journal of Field Ornithology 64: 477-489.

Kaufman, Kenn. 1999. New bird on the block. Audubon. Sep.-Oct. 124-127. ABSTRACT: The Eurasian collared dove, which arrived in Florida in the early 1970s, is colonizing North America. Around 1930, the bird began to expand from Asia into central and western Europe. It has quickly adapted to new climates, aided in part by its attraction to suburban

149 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... habitats, where human activities provide sheltered microclimates and ample supplies of food. The growth of the bird's population in North America is discussed. Robertson, H.A. 1990. Breeding of Collared Doves (Streptopelia decaocto ) in rural Oxfordshire, England. Bird Study 37: 73-83. Romagosa, C., and T. McEneaney. Eurasian Collared-Dove in North America and the Caribbean. North American Birds 53(4): 348-353.

Smith, P.W. 1987. The Eurasian Collared-Dove arrives in the Americas. American Birds 41: 1370- 1379.

European starling Animalia Chordata Aves Sturnus vulgaris

Bunck, C. M., R. M. Prouty, and A. J. Krynitsky. 1987. Residues of organochlorine pesticides and polychlorinated biphenyls in starlings (Sturnus Vulgaris) from the continental United States, 1982. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 8:5975.

Cabe, P.R. 1999. Dispersal and population structure in the European Starling. The Condor 101 (2): 451-454.

Inglis, I. R., L. W. Huson, M. B. Marshall, and P. A. Neville. 1983. The feeding behavior of starlings (Sturnus Vulgaris) in the presence of `eyes'. Journal of Comparative Ethology 62:181-208.

Lee, S. J., Witter, M. S., Cuthill, I. C. & Goldsmith, A. R. 1996 Reduction in escape performance as a cost of reproduction in gravid starligs, Sturnus Vulgaris . Proc. R. Soc. Lond. B. 263: 619- 624.

Oyugi, J.O. and J.S. Brown. 2003. Giving-up Densities and Habitat Preferences of European Starlings and American Robins. The Condor 105 (1): 130-135.

Smith, H.G. and M. Bruun. 2002. The effect of pasture on starling (Sturnus vulgaris) breeding success and population density in a heterogeneous agricultural landscape in southern Sweden. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 92 (1):107-114.

Nutria Animalia Chordata Mammalia Myocastor coypus

Belfiore, N. M. 1991. The bottleneck effect in nutria: accumulation of genetic variability under favorable conditions. M.S. thesis, University of Florida, Gainesville. 33pp. Chabreck, R.H., Love, J.R. and Linscombe, G. 1981. Food and Feeding Habits of Nutria in Brackish Marsh in Louisiana. Chapman, J.A. and Pursley, D. (eds.). Worldwide Furbearer Conference Proceedings Frostburg, Maryland, 531-543.

150 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Evers, D.E., C.E. Sasser, J.G. Gosselink, D.A. Fuller, and J.M. Visser. 1998. "The Impact of Vertebrate Herbivores on Wetland Vegetation in Atchafalaya Bay, Louisiana." Estuaries 21: 1-13. Hollander, R.R., R.N. Robertson, and R.J. Kinucan. 1992. First records of the nutria, Myocastor coypus, in the trans-pecos region of Texas. Texas Journal of Science 44(1):119. Howerth, E.W., A.J. Reeves, M.R. McElveen, and W. Austin. 1994. Survey for selected diseases in nutria (Myocastor coypus) from Louisiana. Journal of Wildlife Diseases 30(3):450-453. Simpson, T. R. 1980. The Influence of Nutria on Aquatic Vegetation and Waterfowl in East Texas. Texas A&M University, College Station, TX. Ph.D. dissertation. 64 pp. ABSTRACT: The food habits of nutria (Myocastor coypu) and the possible effects of their feeding activities on aquatic vegetation and waterfowl were investigated from April 1977 through April 1979. The 6 most important food plants as determined by stomach content analysis were panic grasses, pondweeds, spikesedges, duckweeds,(Spirodela), American water lily, and rushes. Nutria can affect waterfowl by eating high priority duck food plants and keeping them at much lower densities than those found in areas without nutria. However, with proper control and management nutria can be beneficial to waterfowl management by opening up marshes and ponds choked with plants of neutral or objectionable value. Trillin, C. 1995. The nutria problem. Atlantic Monthly 275(2):30-32, 40-42. Waldo, E. 1958. The Louisiana nutria story. Louisiana Wildlife and Fisheries Commission, Baton Rouge. 15 pp. Wolfe, J.L. 1981. Nutria: Our newest furbearer. Mississippi Outdoors 44(5):9.

Feral pig Animalia Chordata Mammalia Sus scrofa

Engeman, Richard M., Bernice Constantin, Mark Nelson, and others. 2001 Monitoring changes in feral swine abundance and spatial distribution. Environmental Conservation. 28(3): 235- 240. Taylor, Richard B., Eric C. Hellgren, Timothy M. Gabor, Linda M. Ilse. 1998. Reproduction of feral pigs in southern Texas. Journal of mammalogy. 79(4): 1325-1331. ABSTRACT: The feral pig (Sus scrofa) is an abundant introduced species with pernicious effects on native species and ecosystems. Its potential reproductive rate is the highest of any ungulate, but data on reproductive rates of feral pigs are limited. We studied reproduction of feral pigs in two regions of southern Texas: the Gulf Coast Prairies and the western South Texas Plains. Pregnancy rates of adults (>21 months) ranged from 78% during winter (December- February) in the Gulf Coast Prairie to 6% in summer (June-August) in the western study areas. Fetal litter sized in adults tended to be greater (P=0.11) than those of yearlings. Fecundity ranged from 1.1 female young/year for juvenile females to 4.5 female young/year in adult females. Sex ration of fetuses (n=298) was male-biased (P < 0.05) when data from both study areas were combined. Two seasonal peaks of births were observed (January-March and June-July). Fecundity of pigs in southern Texas was more than four times higher than native ungulates, raising serious questions about dynamics of the ungulated community in this region.

151 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Peptol jellyfish, Caribbean Pink Drymonema jellyfish Animalia Cnidaria Scyphozoa dalmatinum

William, E. H. , L..Bunkley-Williams, C. G. Lilyestrom, R. J. Larson,N.A. Engstrom, E. A. R. Ortiz-Corps, and J. H. Timber. 2001. A Population Explosion of the Rare Tropical/Subtropical Purple Sea Mane, Drymonema dalmatinum , Around Puerto Rico in the Summer and Fall of 1999. Carribeean Journal of Science 37: 127-129.

Australian Phyllorhiza spotted jellyfish Animalia Cnidaria Scyphozoa punctata

García, J.R., E. Durbin. 1993. Zooplanktivorous Predation by Large Scyphomedusae Phyllorhiza punctata (Cnidaria: Scyphozoa) in Laguna Joyuda. J. Exp. Mar. Biol. Ecol. 173: 71-93. Mills, C.E. 2001. Jellyfish Blooms: Are Populations Increasing Globally in Response to Changing Ocean Conditions? Hydrobiologia, 451: 55-68. ABSTRACT: By the pulsed nature of their life cycles, gelatinous zooplankton come and go seasonally, giving rise in even the most undisturbed circumstances to summer blooms. Even holoplanktonic species like ctenophores increase in number in the spring or summer when planktonic food is available in greater abundance. Beyond that basic life cycle-driven seasonal change in numbers, several other kinds of events appear now to be increasing the numbers of jellies present in some ecosystems. Over recent decades, man's expanding influence on the oceans has begun to cause real change and there is reason to think that in some regions, new blooms of jellyfish are occurring in response to some of the cumulative effects of these impacts. The issue is not simple and in most cases there are few data to support our perceptions. Examples of unpredicted increases in native jellyfish populations include Chrysaora melanaster in the Bering Sea, Chrysaora hysoscella in the Benguela Current, pelagic hydroid fragments in the Gulf of Maine, some scyphomedusae in the northern Gulf of Mexico, and a possible, but poorly documented, increase in pelagic Cnidaria and Ctenophora in the Southern Ocean. A different phenomenon is demonstrated by jellyfish whose populations regularly fluctuate, apparently with climate, causing periodic blooms: Pelagia noctiluca, with about a 12-year cycle in the Mediterranean Sea, is the best documented case with data going back two centuries, Stomolophus nomurai blooms at very long intervals (20-40 years) in the Sea of Japan. Perhaps the most damaging type of jellyfish increase in recent decades has been caused by populations of new, nonindigenous species gradually building-up to 'bloom' levels in some regions: examples include Rhopilema nomadica in the eastern Mediterranean Sea, Mnemiopsis leidyi ctenophores in the Black Sea and most recently Phyllorhiza punctata in the Gulf of Mexico. Blooms of Aurelia aurita in many locations worldwide may also prove to fall into this category when a genetic analysis is completed (the tight-aggregating behavior shown by Aurelia medusae helps further confuse the question of what is a bloom). Lest one conclude that the next millennium will feature only increases in jellyfish numbers worldwide, there are also examples in which populations are decreasing in heavily impacted coastal areas. These include most hydromedusae in the northern Adriatic Sea (population level decline), two of the five species in the Polyorchidae in the North Pacific, and population declines of Aequorea victoria in Washington State. Some jellyfish will undoubtedly fall subject to ongoing species elimination processes that already portend a vast global loss of biodiversity. Knowledge about the ecology of both the medusa and the polyp

152 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... phases of each life cycle are necessary if we are to understand the true causes of these increases and decreases, but in most cases where changes in medusa populations have been recognized, we know nothing about the field ecology of its polyp.

Sauerkraut Zoobotryon grass Animalia Ectoprocta Gymnolaemata verticillatum Bullivant, J.S. 1968. The rate of feeding of the bryozoan Zoobotryon verticillatum. New Zealand Journal of Marine Freshwater Resources. 2: 111-134.

Coleman, F. S. 1999. Note on Zoobotryon verticillatum (Bryozoa) in a solar saltfield. International Journal of Salt Lake Research. 8 (1): 71-74. ABSTRACT: A study at the Penrice Soda Products Saltfields revealed that a ’’weed‘‘ blocking siphons in the lower salinity end of the fields was a bryozoan, Zoobotryon verticillatum (della Chiaje). Further observations showed that this bryozoan grows from early October to mid June, dying off for 3 months during winter, and that it was commonly found in salinities of up to 56 grams per litre.

Nair, P., Radhakrishnan, S., Krishnamurthy, K., Mawatari, S.F. 1992. Salinity tolerance in four estuarine species of bryozoa. Marine Fouling 9(1/2): 15-20. ABSTRACT: Experimental studies on the salinity tolerance of four bryozoan species revealed their marked euryhalinity. Vesicularia papuensis and Bowerbankia gracilis showed moderate tolerance to 20 to 30 ppt respectively. Zoobotryon verticillatum (15 to 35 ppt) and Membranipora tuberculata (20 to 37.5 ppt) showed a wide range of tolerances. Continuous observations on the zooidal responses of the bryozoan species and their morphological changes at various salinities are also discussed.

Corbicula Asian clam Animalia Mollusca Bivalvia fluminea

Belanger, S.E., Farris, J.L., Cherry, D.S., Cairns, J.Jr. 1985. Sediment preference of the freshwater Asiatic clam, Corbicula fluminea. The Nautilus 99(2-3):66-73.

Blalock, H.N., and J.J. Herod. 1999. A comparative study of stream habitat and substrate utilized by Corbicula fluminea in the New River, Florida. Florida Scientist 62:145-151.

Britton, J.C., and B. Morton. 1986. Polymorphism in Corbicula fluminea (Bivalvia: Corbiculoidea) from North America. Malacological Review 19:1-43.

Burch, B.L. 1978. Asian clam, Corbicula threatens Hawaii. The Nautilus 92(1):54-55.

Carlton, J.T. 1992. Introduced marine and estuarine mollusks of North America: An end-of-the- 20th-century perspective. Journal of Shellfish Research 11(2):489-505.

Hall, J.J. 1984. Production of immature Corbicula fluminea (Bivalvia:Corbiculidae), in Lake Norman, North Carolina. The Nautilus 98(4):153-159.

153 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Hubricht, L. 1963. Corbicula fluminea in the Mobile River. Nautilus 77(1):31.

McMahon, R.F. 2002. Evolutionary and physiological adaptations of aquatic invasive animals: r selection versus resistance [perspective]. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 59 (7): 1235-1244. ABSTRACT: Invasive species have been characterized as tolerant of environmental extremes. This hypothesis was evaluated for invasive aquatic species in North America, particularly Asian clams, Corbicula fluminea, and zebra mussels, Dreissena polymorpha. Both species have rapid growth, early maturity, short life spans, and elevated fecundity, allowing rapid population recovery after reductions by rarefractive, environmental extremes. Extensive resistance capacities offer little adaptive value to invasive, r-selected species, because population reductions occur in their unstable habitats regardless of degree of stress tolerance. Thus, both species have relatively poor physiologic resistance, depending instead on elevated growth and fecundity for rapid population recovery. In contrast, native North American bivalve species are often adapted to stable habitats where perturbation is infrequent (i.e., freshwater unionoidean bivalves). They are characterized by slow growth, extended life spans, and low effective fecundities, slowing population recoveries (K-selected), and have evolved extensive resistance adaptations to avoid extirpation during environmental extremes. Review of resistance adaptations in other North American aquatic invaders revealed poorer or equivalent physiological tolerance relative to taxonomically related native species, suggesting that extensive physiological tolerance is not required for invasive success.

Morton, B., Tong, K.Y. 1985. The salinity tolerance of Corbicula fluminea (Bivalvia:Corbiculoidea) from Hong Kong. Malacological Review 18:91-95.

Prezant, R.S., 1984. Flotation of the bivalve Corbicula fluminea as a means of dispersal [clams]. Science 225 : 1491-1493. ABSTRACT: Since its arrival approximately fifty years ago, the freshwater Asiatic clam Corbicula c.f. fluminea (Muller) has spread across North America, leading to questions regarding its mode of transport. Although previously suggested methods have been passive, recent research suggests that small adult Corbicula actively participate in transport, which could explain their downstream and interstream spread. In response to water currents, the clam produces long, viscous mucous threads that extend into the water flow within its exhalent, distended siphon. This dragging effect uplifts the animal into the water column. While in the columns, the clam does not respond to tactile stimuli, as these could lead to adduction, loss of mucous, and sinking. Large, densely packed mucocytes located in the ctenidia produce the mucus, which is then transferred out the siphon.

Chinese river Crassostrea oyster Animalia Mollusca Bivalvia ariakensis

Allen, S.K. 2000. Research and Development on Suminoegaki, Crassostrea ariakensis, for Aquaculture in Virginia, and Other Activities with Non-natives. Journal of Shellfish Research 19[1]: 612.

154 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Calvo, G.W., Luckenbach, M.W., Allen, S.K., Burreson, E.M. 2001. A comparative field study of Crassostrea ariakensis (Fujita 1913) and Crassostrea virginica (Gmelin 1791) in relation to salinity in Virginia, Journal of Shellfish Research 20(1): 221-229. Calvo, G.W., Luckenbach, M.W., Burreson, E.M. 2000. High performance of Crassostrea ariakensis in Chesapeake Bay. Journal of Shellfish Research. 19(1) 643.

Pacific oyster Animalia Mollusca Bivalvia Crassostrea gigas

Cigarria, J. 1999. Effects of age, size, and season on growth of soft tissue in the oyster Crassostrea gigas (Thunberg, 1793). Journal of Shellfish Research 18(1): 127-131. Friedman, C.S. 1996. Haplosporidian infections of the Pacific oyster, Crassostrea gigas (Thunberg), in California, U.S.A. and Japan. Journal of Shellfish Research 15(3):597-600. Mann, R., Burreson, E., Baker, P.K. 1991. The decline of the Virginia oyster fishery in Chesapeake Bay: considerations for introduction of a non-endemic species, Crassostrea gigas (Thunberg). Journal of Shellfish Research. 10(2):379-388. Renault, T., Stokes, N.A., Chollet, B., Cochennec, N., Berthe, F., Burreson, E.M. 2000. Haplosporidiosis in the Pacific oyster, Crassostrea gigas, from the French Atlantic coast. Diseases of Aquatic Organisms 42:207-214. Shamseldin, A.A., Clegg, J.S., Friedman, C.S., Cherr, G.N., and Pillai, M.C. 1997. Induced thermotolerance in the Pacific oyster, Crassostrea gigas. Journal of Shellfish Research 16(2):487-491. Shatkin, G., Shumway, S.E., Hawes, R. 1997. Considerations regarding the possible introduction of the Pacific oyster (Crassostrea gigas) to the Gulf of Maine: A review of global experience, Journal of Shellfish Research 16(2): 463-477.

Dreissena Zebra mussel Animalia Mollusca Bivalvia polymorpha

Allen, Y. 1998. Zebra Mussels in Commercial Vessels on Inland Waterways. Louisiana Sea Grant Fact Sheet, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge. 2 pp. Claudi, R., and G.L. Mackie. 1994. Practical Manual for Zebra Mussel Monitoring and Control. Baca Raton: Lewis Publishers. Nalepa, T.F. and D.W. Scholesser (Eds.). 1993. Zebra Mussels: Biology, Impacts, and Control. Lewis Publishers, Baca Raton, FL. Nichols, S.J. 1999 . Nonindigenous Species Research and Outreach: Life History and Ecological Requirements of the Zebra Mussel-North American Experience Through 1992. National Biological Survey, National Sea Grant. Accessed October 31, 2002. http://www.nsgo.seagrant.org/research/nonindigenous/zmlifehistory.html. INTRODUCTION: The rapid spread of zebra mussels (Dreissena polymorpha ) across the United States is due to their ability to grow and reproduce in a wide range of environmental

155 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... conditions, coupled with a free-living, planktonic larvae (veliger). When zebra mussels were first discovered in the United States, predictions concerning their habitat requirements were based on the European experience with these bivalves. However, zebra mussel populations in this country have consistently exceeded all expectations and predictions as to how fast they could grow, reproduce, and expand their range. Although many research projects are currently underway to delineate the ecological needs of zebra mussels in the United States, much of these results are not yet published. The information presented below represents what is currently known about the life history and ecological requirements of zebra mussels. The primary purpose of this information is to emphasize specific features that increase the risk of accidental escape of zebra mussels from research facilities. Data from both on-going research and findings presented in the European literature has been used, although as mentioned earlier, European results have not always been applicable here. The recent discovery of the second type of Dreissenidae, the quagga, may complicate the situation since the ecological needs of this mussel are unknown. Based on available information and experience, we have assumed that the basic environmental needs of quaggas are similar to those of zebra mussels. Terlizzi, Dan. Zebra mussels: A concern to agriculture. Accessed October 31, 2002. http://www.mdsg.umd.edu/Extension/Aquafarmer/Fall95.html#ZEBRA. 1 page. US Army Corps of Engineers. 2001 (Updated 14 March 2002). Zebra Mussel Information System (ZMIS). Zebra Mussel Research Program, Environmental Laboratory, US Army Corps of Engineers, Vicksburg, MS. Accessed October 31, 2002. http://www.wes.army.mil/el/zebra/zmis/. INTRODUCTION: ZMIS is an interactive system designed to allow easy access to a wide variety of information on zebra mussels. Information in the system includes identification of both adults and immatures, life history, impact, monitoring and detection, management strategies, contaminant issues as well as an extensive bibliography. The system is the product of over 3 years of programming and information gathering and was funded primarily by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Zebra Mussel Research Program as an aid to technology transfer activities.

Brown mussel, Mexihalo mussel Animalia Mollusca Bivalvia Perna perna

Chung, K. S. and A. Acuna. 1981. Upper Temperature Tolerance Limit of Mussel, Perna perna. Bulletin of the Japanese society of Scientific Fisheries 47(3):441. Davenport, R., Jr. 1995. Perna perna Enters the Bays. Texas Conchologist 31(3):92. Griffiths, C. L., and P. A. R. Hockey. 1987. A Model Describing the Interactive Roles of Predation, Competition, and Tidal Elevation in Structuring Mussel Populations. South African Journal of Marine Science 5:547-556. Hicks, D. W. , and J. W. Tunnell, Jr. 1995. Ecological Notes and Patterns of Dispersal in the Recently Introduced Mussel, Perna perna (Linne 1758), in the Gulf of Mexico. American Malacological Bulletin 11(2): 203-206. Hicks, D. W. , and J. W. Tunnell, Jr. 1993. Invasion of the South Texas Coast by the Edible Brown Mussel Perna perna (Linneaus 1758). The Veliger 36(1): 92-94. Hicks, D. W. , Tunnell, J. W. , Jr. , and R. F. McMahon. 2001. Population Dynamics of the Nonindigenous Brown Mussel, Perna perna (Linnaeus 1758), in the Gulf of Mexico

156 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Compared to other World-wide Populations. Marine Ecology and Progress Series 211: 181- 192. Holland, B. S. 1997. Field Notes on the Southward Dispersal of the Exotic Brown Mussel, Perna perna in the Western Gulf of Mexico. Texas Conchologist 34(1): 1-9. Holland, B. S. , Hicks, D. W. , and S. K. Davis. Cytotaxonomic Verification of a Non-indigenous Marine Mussel in the Gulf of Mexico. The Veliger 42(3): 208-282. Marques, H. L., Pereira, R. T. L., and B. C. Correa. 1998. Seasonal Variation in Growth and Yield of the Brown Mussel Perna perna (L.) Cultured in Ubatuba, Brazil. Aquaculture 169:263- 273. McGrath, M. 1997. Monitoring the Range Expansion of the Introduced Brown Mussel, Perna perna (Linnaeus 1758) Along the Texas Coast and into Bays and Inlets. Texas Conchologist 34(1): 29. Romero, S. M. B. , and G. S. Moreira. 1980. The Combined Effects of Salinity and Temperature on the Survival of Embryos and Veliger Larvae of Perna perna (Linne, 1758) (Molluska: Bivalvia). Bol. Fisiol. Animal, University of San Paulo 5: 45-58. Salomao, L. C. , Magalhaes, A. R. M. , and J. E. Lunetta. 1980. Survival of Perna perna (Mollusca: Bivalvia) in Different Salinities. Bol. Fisiol. Animal, University of San Paulo 4: 143-152. Schurink, C. E., and C. L. Griffiths. 1991. A Comparison of Reproductive Cycles and Reproductive Output in Four Southern African Mussel Species. Marine Ecology Progress Series. 76: 123- 134. Schurink, C. E. and C. L. Griffiths. 1993. Factors Affecting Relative Rates of Growth in Four South African Mussel Species. Aquaculture 109: 257-273. Siddall, S. E. 1979. Effects of Temperature and Salinity on Metamorphosis in Two Tropical Mussels. Proceedings of the National Shellfish Association 69:199. Siddall, S. E. 1978. Temporal Changes in the Salinity and Temperature Requirements of Tropical Mussel Larvae. Proceedings of the World Mariculture Society 9:549-566. Velez, A., and C. E. Epifanio. 1981. Effects of Temperature and Ration on Gametogenesis and Growth in the Tropical Mussel Perna perna (L.). Aquaculture 22:21-26.

Giant rams-horn Marisa snail Animalia Mollusca Gastropoda cornuarietis

Akerlund, G. 1974. Oxygen consumption in relation to environmental oxygen concentrations in the Ampullariid snail Marisa cornuarietis (L). Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 47A:1065-1075.

Ferguson, F.F. and J.R. Palmer. 1958. Biological notes on Marisa cornuarietis, a predator of Australorbis glabratus, the snail intermediate host of Schistosomiasis in Puerto Rico. American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene 7:640-642.

157 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Ferguson, F.F., J. Oliver-Gonzalez and J.R. Palmer. 1958. Potential for biological control of Australorbis glabratus the intermediate host of Puerto Rican schistosomiasis. American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene 7:491-493.

Hunt, B.P. 1961. Tolerance of a freshwater snail Marisa cornuarietis (L.) to sea water. Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Science 23:278-284.

Hunt, B.P. 1958. Introduction of Marisa into Florida. The Nautilus 54(2):53-55.

Oliver-Gonzalez, J., M.B. Preston and A.S. Benenson. 1956. Effect of the snail Marisa cornuarietis on Australorbis glabratus in natural bodies of water in Puerto Rico. American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene 5:290-296.

Red-rim Melanoides melania Animalia Mollusca Gastropoda tuberculatus

Abbot, R.T. 1973. Spread of Melanoides tuberculata. The Nautilus 87(1):29.

Berry, A.J., and A.B. Haji Kadri. 1974. Reproduction in the Malayan freshwater cerithiacean gastropod Melanoides tuberculata. J. Zool., London 172:369-381.

Clench, W.J. 1969. Melanoides tuberculata (Müller)in Florida. Nautilus 83:72.

Dundee, D.S., and A. Paine. 1977. Ecology of the snail Melanoides tuberculata (Müller), intermediate host of the human liver fluke (Opisthorchis sinensis) in New Orleans, Louisiana. The Nautilus 91(1):17-20.

Livshits, G., and L. Fishelson. 1983. Biology and reproduction of the freshwater snail Melanoides tuberculata (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia) in Israel. Israel Journal of Zoology 32:21-35.

Livshits, G., Fishelson, L., and G.S. Wise. 1984. Genetic similarity and diversity of parthenogenic and bisexual populations of the freshwater snail Melanoides tuberculata (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia). Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 23:41-54.

Morrison, J.P.E. 1954. The relationships of old and new world melanians. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 103(3325):357-393.

Murray, H.D. 1964. Tarebia granifera and Melanoides tuberculatus in Texas. Bulletin of the American Malacological Union, 1964:15-16.

Murray, H.D. 1975. Melanoides tuberculata (Müller), Las Morras Creek, Bracketville, Texas. Bulletin of the American Malacological Union, Inc., 1975:43.

Neck, R.W. 1985. Melanoides tuberculata in extreme southern Texas. Texas Conchologist 21(4):150-152.

Raeihle, D. 1980. A note on Melanoides tuberculata (Muller, 1774) (and remarks on other species of the same station). New York Shell Club Notes No. 259, : 6-7.

158 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Roessler, M.A., G.L. Beardsley, and D.C. Tabb. 1977. New records of the introduced snail, Melanoides tuberculata (Mollusca: Thiaridae) in south Florida. Florida Scientist 40(1); 87- 94.

Russo, T.N. 1973. Discovery of the gastropod snail Melanoides (Thiara) tuberculata (Müller) in Florida. Florida Scientist 36(2-4):212-213.

Channeled Pomacea applesnail Animalia Mollusca Gastropoda canaliculata

Albrecht, E.A., N.B. Carreno, and A. Castro-Vasquez. 1996. A quantitative study of copulation and spawning in South American apple-snail Pomacea canaliculata (prosobranchia: Ampullariidae). The Veliger 39(2):142-147.

Albrecht, E. A., N. B. CarreÞo, A. Castro-Vasquez. 1999. A quantitative study of environmental factors influencing the seasonal onset of reproductive behaviour in the South American apple-snail Pomacea canaliculata (Gastropoda: Ampullariidae). The Journal of molluscan studies. 65(2): 241. Amin, A. 1983. Control of snail intermediate hosts of schistosomiasis. p. 318-326. In: A. Youdeowei and M. W. Service (eds.). Pests and vector management in the tropics with particular reference to insects, ticks, mites and snails. Longman Group Ltd. London. 398 pp. Anonymous. 1976. Quarantine of phytophagous snails. Statutory Authority: South Carolina 1976 Code, Article 22. Sections 46-9-10 et.seq., 46-33-10 et.seq. Available: http://ww.Mac%20HD/Quarantine%20/phytophagous/snail. 12 November 1998. Anonymous. 1988. Eradication of snails through predation on them by ducks. p. 46-48. In: Useful farming practices. Association for International Cooperation of Agriculture and Forestry (AICAF), Japan. New edition. Rice Crop. No. 23. 451 pp. Anonymous. 1996. New weapon against golden apple snails found. Research. Farming Update. 8(2):3-4. Anonymous. 1998. Common carp controls golden kuhol in rice fields. Agriculture Manila Bulletin. 2(7): 32. Anonymous. 1998. Easy "do-it-yourself" snail collector. Agriculture Manila Bulletin. 2(12): 24. Anonymous. 1998. Fishfarming in Vietnamese rice fields fights golden apple snail pest. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. Available: http://www.fao.org. 12 November 1998. Anonymous. 1998. Halting the snail trail of destruction. Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization (CSIRO) Media Release 19 October 1998 Ref. 98/241 (c/o Mr. Nick Goldie), Australia. Available: http://www.CSIRO.Australia.media.release. 12 November 1998. Anonymous. 1998. The golden apple snail in the rice fields of Asia. Available: http://www/[email protected]. 12 November 1998.

159 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Anonymous. 1999. Local vine found to control kuhol. Agriculture Manila Bulletin. 3(4):14. Arthur, J. S., E. J. Taylor, I. D. Bowen. 1996. Optimising the chemical control of the rice pest Pomacea canaliculata (Lam.). p. 389-396. In: I. Henderson (ed.). BCPC Sympo. Proc. No. 66: Slugs and Snail Pests in Agriculture. Proc. of a Sympo. held at the University of Kent, Canterbury, UK., 24-26 September 1996. British Crop Protection Council. 450 pp. Asaka, A., Y. Sato. 1987. Feeding inhibitory efficiency of cartap and bensultap against the apple snail, Pomacea canaliculata. Japanese Journal of Applied Entomology and Zoology. 31(4):339-343. Awadhal, N. K., G. R. Quick. 1991. Crushing snail eggs with a "snail egg clapper". International Rice Research Newsletter. 16(5): 26-27. Baker, G. H. 1998. The golden apple snail, Pomacea canaliculata (Lamarck) (Mollusca: Ampullariidae), a potential invader of fresh water habitats in Australia. p. 21-26. In: Pest Management-Future Challenges. Sixth Australasian Applied Entomological Research Conference, 29 September-2 October 1998, The University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia. Volume 2. Banpavichit, S., R. S. Keawjam, E. S. Upatham. 1994. Sex ratio and susceptibility of the golden apple snail, Pomacea canaliculata. The Southeast Asian journal of tropical medicine and public health. 25(2): 387. Borlongan, I. G., R. M. Coloso. 1996. Use of metaldehyde as molluscicide in milkfish ponds. p. 205- 212. In: I. Henderson (ed.). BCPC Sympo. Proc. No. 66: Slugs and Snail Pests in Agriculture. Proc. of a Sympo. held at the University of Kent, Canterbury, U.K., 24-26 September 1996. British Crop Protection Council. 450 pp. Cagauan A. G. 1999. Golden apple snail control. Chapter 5. p. 185-219. In: Production, economics and ecological effects of Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus L.), a hybrid aquatic fern azolla (Azolla microphylla Kaulf. x A. filiculoides Lam.) and mallard duck (Anas platyrhynchos L.) in integrated lowland irrigated rice-based farming systems in the Philippines. Ph.D dissertation. Institut des Sciences Naturelles Appliquees, Universite Catholique de Louvain. Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium. 404 pp. Cagauan, A. G., A. V. Yambot. 1989. The "golden apple" snail. Ripples. 1(2): 5-7. Cagauan, A. G., C. Van Hove. 1998. The effects of molluscicide, Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus), the aquatic fern azolla (Azolla microphylla) and mallard ducks (Anas platyrhynchos) on the abundance of golden apple snails (Pomacea canaliculata Lam.) in integrated lowland irrigated ricefield. Paper presented at the International Workshop on the Integrated Management of the Golden Apple Snail in Rice Production in Vietnam, 4-6 August 1998, Nghe An Province, Vietnam sponsored by the Plant Protection Department (PPD), Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development (MARD) in cooperation with the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. 17 pp. (unpublished). Cagauan, A. G., E. C. Ferrer, W. Muangman. 1993. Acute toxicities of insecticides with single and two groups of active ingredients and molluscicides on golden snails (Pomacea sp.). p. 47-50. In: Final Report: Rice-Fish Ecology (July 1992-December 1993). Prepared by Arsenia G. Cagauan. Freshwater Aquaculture Center, Central Luzon State University, Nueva Ecija, Philippines. 50 pp. Calumpang, S. M. F. 1994. Fate of niclosamide in various components of a fish and prawn pond ecosystem. Philippine Agriculturist. 77(3):393-401.

160 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Calumpang, S. M. F., M. J. B. Medina, A. W. Tejada, J. R. Medina. 1995. Environmental impact of two molluscicides: niclosamide and metaldehyde in a rice paddy ecosystem. Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology. 55:494-501. Cazzaniga, N. J., A. L. Estebenet. 1985. A review of past work on the use of aquatic snails (Ampullariidae) in biological control programmes. Malezas. 13 (1): 23-29. Cazzaniga, N. J., A. L. Estebenet. 1998. Effects of crowding on breeding Pomacea canaliculata (Gastropoda: Ampullariidae). Comparative Physiology and Ecology 13(3):89-96. Cazzaniga, N. J. Predation of Pomacea canaliculata (Ampullariidae) on adult Biomphalaria peregrina (Planorbidae). Annals of tropical medicine and parasitology. 84, no. 1, (January 1990): 97-100. Commonwealth Agricultural Bureau (CAB) International. 1996. Crop Protection Compendium. Module I. CD-ROM. Wallingford, Oxon. United Kingdom. Cowie, R.H. 2001. Can snails ever be effective and safe biocontrol agents? International Journal of Pest Management 47(1): 23-40. Cowie, R.H. in press. Apple snails as agricultural pests: their biology, impacts and management. In: Molluscs as Crop Pests (ed. G.M. Barker). CAB International, Wallingford. Crisostomo, L. B., Jr. 1986. Reproductive biology of golden apple miracle snail. College of Fisheries, Los Baños, Laguna, Philippines. 21 pp. (unpublished) Damborenea, M. C. 1998. Commensal and parasite species associated with Pomacea sp. (Mollusca, Gastropoda) from South America. Paper presented at the International Workshop on the Integrated Management of the Golden Apple Snail in Rice Production in Vietnam, 4-6 August 1998, Nghe An Province, Vietnam sponsored by the Plant Protection Department (PPD), Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development (MARD) in cooperation with the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. 5 pp. (unpublished) Damborenea, María Cristina. Distribution patterns of Temnocephalids commensal with Crustacea and Mollusca from Argentina. Hydrobiologia 383, no. 1/3 (1998): 269 Darby, P. C., P. L. Valentine-Darby, R. E. Bennetts, J. D. Croop, H. F. Percival, W. M. Kitchens. 1998. Ecological studies of apple snails. Florida Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, University of Florida. Special Publication SJ98-SP6. Available:http://www.Flo.apple.snail. 12 November. Dela Cruz M. S., R. C. Joshi, E. C. Martin. 2000. Potential effects of commercial molluscicides used in controlling golden apple snails on the native snail, Vivipara costata (Quoy and Gaimard). Philippine Entomologist. 14(2):149-157. Dela Cruz M. S., R. C. Joshi, E. R. Tiongco, A. V. Antonio. 2001. Management options for the golden apple snail. Rice Technology Bulletin No. 33. Department of Agriculture, Philippine Rice Research Institute (PhilRice), Philippines. 12 pp. Dela Cruz, M. C., R. C. Joshi, A. R. Martin. 2001. Basal application of fertilizer reduces golden apple snail population. International Rice Research Notes. (in press) Dela Cruz, M. S., R. C. Joshi. 2001. Re-evaluation of the bioefficiency of commercial molluscicide formulations on the golden apple snail Pomacea canaliculata. Philippine Agriculturist. 84(1). (in press)

161 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Estebenet, A., Cazzaniga, N. J. 1998. Sex-related differential growth of Pomacea canaliculata (Gastropoda: Ampullariidae). The Journal of molluscan studies. 64(1): 119 Estebenet, A. L., Cazzaniga, N. J. 1992. Growth and demography of Pomacea canaliculata (Gastropoda: Ampullariidae) under laboratory conditions. Malacological review. 25(1-2): 1- 12 Estebenet, A. L. 1995. Food and feeding in Pomacea canaliculata (Gastropoda: Ampullariidae). The Veliger. 38(4): 277. Estoy Jr, F Gerardo, Yoichi Yusa, Takashi Wada, Hironori Sakurai, Koji Tsuchida. 2002. Size and Age at First Copulation and Spawning of the Apple Snail, Pomacea canaliculata (Gastropoda: Ampullariidae). Applied entomology and zoology. 37(1): 199.

Fujio, Y., E. von Brand, and M. Kobayashi. 1991. Apparent differential hatchabilities associated with degrees of heterozygosity at leucine aminopeptidase isozyme loci in the applesnail Pomacea canaliculata. Nippon Suisan Gakkaishi 57:459-461.

Fullington, R.W. 1978. The recent and fossil freshwater gastropod fauna of Texas. Ph.D. Dissertation, North Texas State University, Denton, 297 pp.

Fullington, R.W. 1978. The recent and fossil freshwater gastropod fauna of Texas. Ph.D. Dissertation, North Texas University. Denton. 279 pp.

Ghesquiere, S. 1998-1999. Apple snails (Ampullariidae). Available: http://www.applesnail.net. 21 May 1999. Gravoso, R. 1999. Local vine found to control kuhol. Agriculture Manila Bulletin. 3(4):14.

Halwart, M. 1994. The golden apple snail pomacea canaliculata in Asian rice farming systems: Present impact and future threat. International Journal of Pest Management 40(2):199-206.

Halwart, M. 1994. Fish as biocontrol agents in rice. Tropical Agroecology 8. Margraf Verlag. Germany. 169 pp. Halwart, M., M. C. Viray, G. Kaule. 1998. Cyprinus carpio and Oreochromis niloticus as biological control agents of the golden apple snail Pomacea canaliculata -Effects of predator size, prey size and prey density. Asian Fisheries Science. 11(1):31-42. Hamann, M. I. 1992. Catadiscus pomaceae sp. n. (Nematoda, Paraphistomatidae) from Pomacea canaliculata (Lam. 1801) (Prosobranchia, Ampullariidae). Memorias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz. 87(1):9-14. Heckman, Charles W. 1997. Ecoclimatological survey of the wetland biota in the tropical wet-and- dry climatic zone. Global ecology and biogeography letters. 6(2) Mar.: 97-114. Howells, R.G. 1996. Distributional surveys of freshwater bivalves in Texas: progress report for 1994. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department Management Data Series 120, Austin. 53 pp. Howells, R.G. 1997. Distributional surveys of freshwater bivalves in Texas: progress report for 1996. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department Management Data Series 144, Austin. 52 pp.

162 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Howells, R.G. 1999. Guide to identification of harmful and potentially harmful fishes, shellfishes, and aquatic plants prohibited in Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Special Publication PWD BK T3200-376 (11/99), Austin. 370 pp. Howells, R.G. 2000. Distributional surveys of freshwater bivalves in Texas: progress report for 1999. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department Management Data Series 170, Austin. 49 pp. Howells, R.G. 2001. History and Status of Applesnail (Pomacea spp.): Introductions in Texas. Management Data Series No. 183. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department Inland Fisheries Division. Austin, Texas. 12 pages Howells, R.G., R.W. Neck, and H.D. Murray. 1996. Freshwater mussels of Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Press, Austin. 218 pp. Joshi, R. C., M. S. dela Cruz, A. R. Martin, J. C. Cabigat, R. F. Bahatan, A. D. Bahatan, J. Choy- Awon, N. P. Chilagan, A. B. Cayong. 2001. Current status of golden apple snail in the Ifugao rice terraces, Philippines. Journal of Sustainable Agriculture. USA. (in press) Kabir, Jobaid. 2002. A little snail with a big appetite may threaten Texas rice industry. Water services, LCRA. April. 2 page pamphlet. Keajam, R S, P Poonswar, E Supatham, S Banpavichit. 1993. Natural parasitic infection of the golden apple snails, Pomacea canaliculata. The Southeast Asian journal of tropical medicine and public health. 24(1) March: 170-177. Kondo, A., F. Tanaka. 1989. An experimental study of predation by the larvae of the firefly, Luciola lateralis Motschulsky (Coleoptera: Lampyridae) on the golden apple snail, Pomacea canaliculata Lam. (Mesogastropoda: Pilidae). Japanese Journal of Applied Entomology and Zoology. 33(4):211-216. Lach, L., D.K. Britton, R.J. Rundell, R.H. Cowie. in press. Food preference and reproductive plasticity in an invasive freshwater snail. Biological Invasions. Lach, Lori, David K. Britton, Rebecca J Rundell, Robert H Cowie. 2000. Food Preference and Reproductive Plasticity in an Invasive Freshwater Snail. Biological Invasions 2(4): 279-288. Litsinger, J. A., D. B. Estaño. 1993. Management of the golden apple snail Pomacea canaliculata (Lamarck) in rice. Crop Protection. 12(5): 363-370. Lobo, P. P. G., M. A. Llagas, F. D. Laysa. 1992. Evaluation of starflower (Caloptropis gigantea) against golden apple snail (Pomacea canaliculata) in lowland transplanted rice. Transactions of National Academy of Science and Technology. 14:477-489. Majors, E.C. 1964. A partial survey of the fresh water and land gastropods in the area of Harlingen, Cameron County, Texas. Master’s thesis, Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas. 59 pp. Martin, A. 1991. Molluscs as agricultural pests. Outlook in Agriculture. 20(3):167-174. Martin, Pablo R, Alejandra L Estebenet, Nestor J. Cazzaniga. 2001. Factors Affecting the Distribution of Pomacea canaliculata (Gastropoda: Ampullariidae) along Its Southernmost Natural Limit. Malacologia. 43(1): 13. Matchoc, O. R. O. 2001. Is the golden kuhol choosy with rice? PhilRice Newsletter. 14(1):12. Medeley, J. 1994. Beyond the pest killers. New Scientist. 142(19-24):24-27.

163 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Mills, J. D., S. E. R. Bailey, C. R. McCrohan. 1989. Effects of molluscicides on feeding behavior and neuronal activity. BCPC Mono. 41. Slugs and Snails in World Agriculture. 77-83. Naylor R. 1998. Socio-economic aspects of biological invasion, a case study: the golden apple snail. Stanford University Institute for International Studies, Stanford, California. (http://www.gcrio.org/ASPEN/science/eoc94/EOC3/EOC3-18.html). Neck, R.W. 1984. Restricted and declining nonmarine mollusks of Texas. Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Technical Series 34, Austin. 17 pp. Neck, R.W. 1986. A second record of an introduced apple snail, Pomacea canaliculata, from the Lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas. Texas Conchologist 22(3):54-57. Neck, R. W., J. G. Schultz. 1992. First record of living channeled apple snail Pomacea canaliculata (Pilidae) from Texas. Texas Journal of Science. 44(1):115-116. Neck, R.W., and J.G. Schultz. 1992. First record of a living channeled applesnail, Pomacea canaliculata (Pilidae), from Texas. The Texas Journal of Science 44:115-116. Nico, L.G., and J.D. Williams. 1996. Risk assessment on black carp (Pisces: Cyprinidae). Report to the Risk Assessment and Management Committee of the Aquatic Nuisance Species Task Force. U.S. Geological Survey, Gainesville, Florida. 61 pp. Pagulayan, I. F., G. L. Enriquez, V. S. Carino. 1991/1992. Effects of carbofuran on the reproductive capacity of a freshwater snail, Radix quadrasi, under laboratory conditions. BIOTROPIA No. 5:26-40. Perera, G., and J.G. Walls. 1996. Apples snails in the aquarium. T.F.H. Publications, Inc., Neptune City, New Jersey. 121 pp. Rollo, C. D. 1989. Experimental and analytical methodologies for studying molluscan activity. BCPC Mono. 41. Slugs and Snails in World Agriculture. 343-348. Romulo, B. D. 1995. Found: a peaceful predator of the golden snail. Philippine Panorama. 12 p. Rondon, M. B. 1989. Field testing of copper sulfate against golden kuhol. A Report of research conducted by the National Integrated Pest Management Secretariat, Bureau of Plant Industry, Department of Agriculture, Philippines. 4 pp. (unpublished). Schnorbach, H. J. 1995. The golden apple snail (Pomacea canaliculata Lamarck), an increasingly important pest in rice, and methods of control with Bayluscid. Pflanzenschutz-Nachrichten Bayer. 48(2):313-346. Slootweg, R. 1995. Snail control by fish: an explanation for its failure. NAGA. 18(4):16-19. Slootweg, R., E. A. Malek, F. S. McCullough. 1994. The biological control of snail intermediate hosts of schistosomiasis by fish. Review in Fish Biology and Fisheries. 4:67-90. Slootweg, R., P. A. Vroeg, S. J. Wierma. 1993. Effects of molluscivorous fish, water quality and pond management on the development of schistosomiasis vector snails in aquaculture ponds. Aquaculture and Fisheries Management. 24:123-128. Syobu, S. I., H. Mikuriya, J. Yamaguchi, M. Matsuzaki, S. Zen, T. Wada. 2001. Estimating the Overwintering Mortality of the Apple Snail, Pomacea canaliculata (Lamarck) (Gastropoda: Ampullariidae) in a Paddy Field of Southern Japan Using Temperature Data. Nihon Oyo Dobutsu Konchu Gakkai shi / 45(4): 203-208.

164 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Tanaka, K., T. Watanabe, H. Higuchi, K. Miyamoto, Y. Yusa, T. Kiyonaga, H. Kiyota, Y. Suzuki, T. Wada. 1999. Density-dependent growth and reproduction of the apple snail, Pomacea canaliculata: a density manipulation experiment in a paddy field. Researches on Population Ecology. 41:253-262. Taylor, E. J., J. S. Arthur, I. D. Bowen. 1996. Kill or cure? Control of aquatic mollusc pests. p. 199- 204. In: I. Henderson (ed.). BCPC Sympo. Proc. No. 66: Slugs and Snail Pests in Agriculture. Proc. of a Sympo. held at the University of Kent, Canterbury, UK. 24-26 September 1996. British Crop Protection Council. 450 pp. Thompson, F. G. 1999. Field guide to the freshwater snails of Florida. Florida Museum of Natural History. U.S.A. (http://www.flmnh.ufl.edu/nafsci/malacology/fl-snail/snails1.htm#5).

Thompson, F.G. 1997. Pomacea canaliculata (Lamarck, 1822) (Gastropoda, Prosobranchia, Pilidae): A freshwater snail introduced into Florida, U.S.A. Malacological Review 30:91.

Thompson, F G. 1997. Brief Communications - Pomacea canaliculata (Lamarck 1822) (Gastropoda, Prosobranchia, Pilidae): A freshwater snail introduced into Florida, USA. Malacological review. Supplement. 30(1): 91. Tzeng, D. D. S., H. C. Tzeng, M. H. Lee, Y. Yeh. 1984. Sodium dodecyl sulfate as an alternative agent for the control of golden apple snail Pomacea canaliculata (Lam.) in rice fields. Proc. of the National Science Council, Republic of China. Part B, Life Sciences. 18(3):138-145. Wada, T. 1997. Introduction of the apple snail Pomacea canaliculata and its impact on rice agriculture. Proc. of the International Workshop on Biological Invasions of Ecosystems by Pests and Beneficial Organisms. Tsukuba, 25-27 February 1997. 170-180. Watanabe, Tomonari, Koichi Tanaka, Hiroya Higuchi, Kenji Miyamoto, Toru Kiyonaga, Hirotsugu Kiyota, Yoshito Suzuki, Takashi Wada. 2000. Emergence of the Apple Snail, Pomacea canaliculata (Gastropoda: Ampullariidae), after Irrigation in a Paddy. Applied entomology and zoology. 35(1): 75. Yusa, Y., N.Sugiura, K.Ichinose. 2000. Predation on the apple snail, Pomacea canaliculata (Ampullariidae), by the Norway rat, Rattus norvegicus, in the field. The Veliger. 43(4): 349- 353.

Veined rapa welk Animalia Mollusca Gastropoda Rapana venosa

Harding, J.M., Mann, R. 1999. Observations on the biology of the veined rapa whelk, Rapana venosa (Valenciennes, 1846) in the Chesapeake Bay. Journal of Shellfish Research. 18(1): 9- 17.

Mann, R., Harding, J.M. 2003. Salinity tolerance of larval Rapana venosa: Implications for dispersal and establishment of an invading predatory gastropod on the North American Atlantic coast. Biological Bulletin. 204: 96-103.

165 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Savini, D., Harding, J.M., Mann, R. 2002. Rapa whelk Rapana venosa (Valenciennes, 1846) predation rates on hard clams Mercenaria mercenaria (Linnaeus, 1758). Journal of Shellfish Research. 21(2): 777-779.

Tarebia Quilted melania Animalia Mollusca Gastropoda granifera

Abbot, T.R. 1952. A study of an intermediate snail host (Thiara granifera) of the Oriental lungfluke (Paragonimus). Proceedings of the United States National Museum 102:71-116.

Chiniotis, B.N.C., J.M. Butler, Jr., F. Ferguson, and W.R. Jobin. 1980a. Bionomics of Tarebia granifera (Gastropoda: Thiaridae) in Puerto Rico, an Asiatic vector of Paragonimiasis westermani. Caribbean Journal of Science 16(1-4):81-90.

Chiniotis, B.N.C., J.M. Butler, Jr., F. Ferguson, and W.R. Jobin. 1980b. Thermal limits, desiccation tolerance, and humidity reactions of Thiara (Tarebia) granifera mauiensis (Gastropoda: Thiaridae) host of the Asiatic lung fluke disease. Caribbean Journal of Science 16(1-4):91- 93.

Chiniotis, B.N.C., J.M. Butler, Jr., F. Ferguson, and W.R. Jobin. 1980c. Presence of Males in Puerto Rican Thiara (Tarebia) granifera (Gastropoda: Thiaridae), a snail thought to be parthogenic. Caribbean Journal of Science 16(1-4):95-97.

Jacobson, M.K. 1975. The freshwater prosobranch, Tarebia granifera, in Oriente, Cuba. The Nautilus 89(4):106.

Jacobson, M.K. 1978. Tarebia (Prosobranchia: Thiaridae) in Cuba. The Nautilus 92(1):54-55.

Murray, H.D., and D. Haines. 1969. Philophthalmus sp. (Trematoda) in Tarebia granifera and Melanoides tuberculatus in south Texas. Annual Reports for 1969 of the American Malacological Union, pages 44-45.

Murray, H.D., and A.J. Stewart. 1968. Establishment of a trematode cycle in Tarebia granifera (Lamarck) in Texas. The American Malacological Union, Inc. 1968:17-18.

Murray, H.D. 1964. Tarebia granifera and Melanoides tuberculatus in Texas. The American Malacological Union, Inc. 1964:15-16.

Prentice, M.A. 1983. Displacement of Biomphalaria glabrata by the snail Thiara granifera in field habitats in Santa Lucia, West Indies. Annals of Tropical Medicine and Parasitology 77(1):51-59.

Centrocestus Trematode Animalia Platyhelminthes Trematoda formosanus

166 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Chen, H. T. 1942. The metacercaria and adult of Centrocestus formosanus (Nishigori, 1924), with notes on the natural infection of rats and cats. Journal of Parasitology 28:285-298.

Lo, C., and K. M. Lee. 1996. Pattern of emergence and the effects of temperature and light on the line emergence and survival of heterophyid cercariae (Centrocestus formosanus and Haplorchis pumilio). The Journal of Parasitology 82: 347-350.

Madhavi, R. and C. Rukmini. 1991. Population biology of the metacercariae of Centrocestus formosanus (Trematoda: Heterophyidae) on the gills of Aplocheilus panchax. Journal of Zoology 223 (Mar): 509-520.

Mitchell, A.J., A.E. Goodwin and M.E. Salmon. 2002. Experimental infection of an exotic heterophyid trematode, Centrocestus formosanus, in four aquaculture fishes. North American Journal of Aquaculture 64(1): 55-59.

Scholz, T. and G. Salgado-Maldonado. 2000. The introduction and dispersal of Centrocestus formosanus (Nishigori, 1924) (Digenea: Heterophyidae) in Mexico: a review. The American Midland Naturalist 143 (1):185-200. SUMMARY: The taxonomy, distributional history, present occurrence, life cycle, morphology of developmental stages and epizootiology of the heterophyid trematode Centrocestus formosanus (Nishigori, 1924) in Mexico are reviewed. This parasite was most likely introduced to Mexico with the importation of the first intermediate host, the thiarid snail Melanoides tuberculata, from Asia in 1979. Centrocestus formosanus was first recorded in 1985 as metacercariae in fry of the first generation of black carp Mylopharyngodon piceus imported from China and subsequently in other fish from a farm in central Mexico. Since that time the trematode has spread rapidly over a wide area which includes central Mexico and both the Atlantic and Pacific coasts. This rapid spread has apparently been enabled by previous propagation of M. tuberculata in Mexico. Metacerariae of C. formosanus occur encysted on the gills of fish. They have been found in 39 species of fish of the families Atherinidae, Characidae, Cichlidae, Cyprinidae, Eleotridae, Gobiidae, Goodeidae, Ictaluridae, Mugilidae and Poeciliidae from 11 Mexican states (Colima, Guanajuato, Hidalgo, Jalisco, Michoacan, Morelos, San Luis Potosi, Sonora, Tabasco, Tamaulipas and Veracruz). The heron Butorides striatus is the only known natural definitive host in Mexico. Further research towards better understanding of all aspects of the life cycle, transmission, host-parasite relationships and the effective control of C. formosanus in Mexico is necessary. It should also include monitoring of the present distribution of M. tuberculata and its infection with larval stages of C. formosanus. Much more emphasis should be given to histopathological studies to assess actual impact of the parasite on fish of different species and age classes. The spectrum of natural definitive hosts and their epizootiological importance in the transmission and maintenance of the parasite in Mexico should also be better documented. Adequate preventive and control measures should be applied in aquaculture, with emphasis given to prevention of movement of infected fish stocks. Yanohara, Y., H. Nojima and A. Sato. 1987. Incidence of Centrocestus formosanus infection in snails. The Journal of Parasitology 73 : 434-436.

167 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... III. Invasive Plants

The citations listed below represent the results of a literature review conducted by the Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project. The citations are associated with aquatic and terrestrial invasive species of the Kingdom Plantae. When available, the abstracts are included.

Common Name Kingdom Phylum/Division Class Genus species

Caulerpa Caulerpa seaweed Plantae Chlorophycota Chlorophyceae taxifolia

Chisholm, J. R. M., Moulin, P. 2003. Stimulation of nitrogen fixation in refractory organic sediments by Caulerpa taxifolia (Chlorophyta). Limnology and Oceanography 48 (2): 787- 794. ABSTRACT: Estimates of N2 fixation by substrata associated with the rhizophytic alga Caulerpa taxifolia were obtained using the acetylene reduction method. On average, growth of C. taxifolia enhanced rates of acetylene reduction in underlying dead sea grass sediments by a factor of 28, although the degree of enhancement was variable. The average rate of ethylene production was 3.96 nmol cm-3 h-1 (range = 2.5-6.2 nmol cm-3 h-1). There was no apparent stimulation of N2 fixation in substrata collected close to a wastewater outlet. C. taxifolia appears to enhance N2 fixation by releasing photosynthetic product into the rhizosphere, mimicking the behavior of saltwater vascular plants. The excreted organic C activates the fermenting bacterial community, which in turn makes substrates available to the sulfate reducers. The associated microbial reactions create strong reducing conditions that favor N2 fixation, of which many sulfate reducers are capable. Nitrogen fixation can serve to reduce the N deficit that inhibits bacterial decomposition of refractory sea grass waste, thereby enhancing organic matter turnover and nutrient supply to the alga's rhizoids. This process likely assists C. taxifolia to proliferate upon refractory organic sediments in low-nutrient seawater.

Chisholm, J. R. M., Dauga, C., Ageron, E. 1996. 'Roots' in mixotrophic algae. Nature 38: 382. ABSTRACT: A study showed that the rhizoids of the giant marine coenocyte Caulerpa taxifolia function as roots. Examination of the rhizoids revealed that, whereas the outer surface is coated with a mixture of bacteria, the cytoplasm contains large numbers of bacterial rods with the ability to take up inorganic phosphorus and organic nitrogen from substrata and translocate nutrient products to the photoassimilatory organs. This endosymbiosis explains the alga's ability to proliferate in oligotrophic water.

Coquillard,P., Thibaut, T., Hill, D. R. C., Gueugnot, J., Mazel, C., Coquillard, Y. 2000. Simulation of the Mollusc Ascoglossa Elysia subornata Population Dynamics: Application to the Potential Biocontrol of Caulerpa taxifolia Growth in the Mediterranean Sea. Ecological Modeling 135(1): 1-15. ABSTRACT: Since 1984, different chemical and physical methods have been applied to eradicate the green tropical alga, Caulerpa taxifolia, from the Mediterranean Sea. In this study, a biocontrol simulation was conducted to simulate over a 1-yr period the impact on C. taxifolia biomass of foraging and feeding activities of introduced populations of the mollusk, Elysia subornata, on small surfaces, taking into account spatial effects and several biological

168 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... characteristics of the specie. Growth, survival, reproduction, feeding on C. taxifolia, and foraging of E. subornata were studied. Results showed that the expected impacts were dependent strongly on water temperature, as the mollusk did not appear to be well adapted to the Mediterranean environment. An average number of about four adult slugs/m2 was required to obtain a significant reduction of C. taxifolia biomass.

Dalton, R. 2000. Researchers criticize response to killer algae. Nature 406 (6795): 447. ABSTRACT: There are concerns regarding the initial efforts to control the first outbreak of the ecologically damaging marine alga Caulerpa taxifolia on the American Pacific coast. C. taxifolia, a green seaweed with fernlike fronds that can grow at a rate of 8 cm a day, is the latest invasive species to strike at ecosystems around the world and has already wreaked havoc in the Mediterranean Sea. Marine biologists are critical of the lack of a comprehensive research program that they claim is required to combat the invasion in Carlsbad, on the coast between Los Angeles and San Diego. The critics, who also point to a number of mistakes in the response since the alga was discovered in mid-June, say that such a program should be implemented and managed by an independent scientific panel.

Jousson, O., Pawlowski, J., Zaninetti, L. 2000. Invasive alga reaches California. Nature 408 (6809) : 157-158. ABSTRACT: The risk of invasion of Californian coastal ecosystems by the alga Caulerpa taxifolia was investigated. The recent discovery of C. taxifolia on the Californian coast has raised public concern over the potential danger of an invasion similar to that experienced in the Mediterranean Sea over the past decade. A genetic comparison of Californian C. taxifolia with Mediterranean and aquarium strains and native tropical populations revealed that the Californian alga is the same as the invasive Mediterranean strain. A rapid eradication program is needed to prevent a new invasion of the alga.

Kaiser, J. 2000. California algae may be feared European species. Science 289 ( 5477): 222-223. ABSTRACT: A patch of bright-green algae in San Diego, California, may be the dreaded European species Caulerpa taxifolia. C. taxifolia is a fast-growing, non-native clone that has swept over the northwestern Mediterranean sea floor in the past 10 years with devastating ecological consequences. Although the identity of the invader is yet to be confirmed, a consortium of agencies and private groups is already laying plans to poison the seaweed.

Raloff, J. 2000. Death for the killer seaweed. Science News 158 (6): 94. ABSTRACT: A campaign to eradicate several dozen patches of rogue algae in a California lagoon has been launched by researchers. The patches consist of Caulerpa taxifolia, an aggressive aquarium-derived mutant weed that is smothering life along the Mediterranean seafloor. The researchers are covering the patches with tarp and pumping in chlorine. This treatment may be followed up by an acetic acid treatment designed to finish off any lingering algae.

Wiedenmann, J., Baumstark, A., Pillen, T. I. 2001. DNA fingerprints of Caulerpa taxifolia provide evidence for the introduction of an aquarium strain into the Mediterranean Sea and its close relationship to an Australian population. Marine Biology 138 ( 2): 229-234.

Dead man's Codium fragile fingers Plantae Chlorophycota Chlorophyceae tomentosoides

Goff, L. J., Liddle, L., Silva, P. C. 1992. Tracing species invasion in Codium, a siphonous green alga, using molecular tools. American Journal of Botany 79: 1279-1285.

169 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Prince, J.S., LeBlanc, W. G. 1992. Comparative feeding preference of Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis (Echinoidea) for the invasive seaweed Codium fragile ssp. tomentosoides (Chlorophyceae) and four other seaweeds. Marine Biology 113 (1): 159-163.

Scheibling, R. E., Anthony, S. X. 2001. Feeding, growth and reproduction of sea urchins (Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis) on single and mixed diets of kelp (Laminaria spp.) and the invasive alga Codium fragile ssp. tomentosoides. Marine Biology 139 (1):139-16.

Trowbridge, C.D., Todd, C.D. 2001. Host-plant change in marine specialist herbivores: ascoglossan sea slugs on introduced macroalgae. Ecological Monographs 71(2): 219-243. ABSTRACT: The preference of the ascoglossan sea slug Elysia viridis for the introduced green macroalga Codium fragile tomentosoides over the native C. tomentosum was investigated. Studies were conducted on adult, larval, and juvenile E. viridis to examine whether the preferred association of E. viridis with C. f. tomentosoides was due to a host switch or to an expansion from native hosts to the introduced species. The findings showed that C. f. tomentosoides feeders and their offspring demonstrated limited ability to complete their life cycle on the native host Cladophora rupestris and that, consequently, the new association seemed to be the result of a host switch.

Trowbridge, C.D. 1996. Introduced versus native subspecies of Codium fragile: how distinctive is the invasive subspecies tomentosoides? Marine Biology 126(2): 193-204.

Trowbridge, C.D. 1995. Establishment of the green alga Codium fragile ssp. tomentosoides on New Zealand rocky shores: current distribution and invertebrate grazers. The Journal of Ecology 83 (6): 949-965. ABSTRACT: The green alga Codium fragile ssp. tomentosoides has recently become established on New Zealand rocky shores in spite of a diverse and abundant assemblage of invertebrate herbivores, many of which consume native species of Codium. The alga was initially reported from the port of Auckland in 1973; it now occurs on many wave-protected east-coast shores of the North Island but not at wave-exposed, west coast beaches or in the south at Wellington Harbour or Cook Strait. Of 11 common species of grazers tested in laboratory feeding trials, four gastropods and two echinoids consumed the introduced C. fragile ssp. tomentosoides. In the field, the major intertidal grazers on this alga were the snail Turbo smaragdus (a generalist herbivore) and the ascoglossan (= sacoglossan) sea slugs Placida dendritica and Elysia maoria (specialist herbivores). In laboratory experiments, herbivores were offered pairwise choices of the invasive alga C. fragile ssp. tomentosoides and the sympatric, native, encrusting congener C. convolutum. The generalist snail Cookia sulcata and sea urchin Evechinus chloroticus preferred the invasive alga whereas one of the ascoglossan sea slugs (P. dendritica) preferred the native species but the other had no preference. When grazers were offered pairwise choices of the invasive C. fragile ssp. tomentosoides and the native ssp. novae- zelandiae, T. smaragdus and P. dendritica preferred the introduced alga whereas other grazers preferred the native subspecies or exhibited no preference. Feeding preferences were not related to herbivore size, diet breadth, life history, or geographical range, and differences in algal structural morphology were not clearly related to herbivore choice. Field observations and an algal transplant experiment indicated that intertidal herbivores exerted little grazing pressure on C. fragile ssp. tomentosoides. 8 Results of this study suggest that the introduced alga will eventually successfully invade most of the protected to semiexposed shores of New Zealand despite the diverse herbivore fauna.

Golden-brown Heterosigma micro-alga Plantae Chlorophycota Raphidophyceae akashiwo

170 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Horner, R.A., Garrison, D. L., Plumley, F. G. 1997. Harmful algal blooms and red tide problems on the U.S. west coast. Limnology and Oceanography 42 (2): 1076-1088. ABSTRACT: Part of a special issue on the ecology and oceanography of harmful algal blooms. The damaging algal blooms and red tide problems on the West Coast are discussed. The main toxin-producing algal species on the West Coast are dinoflagellates of the Alexandrium genus that induce paralytic shellfish poisoning and diatoms of the Pseudo-nitzschia genus that cause domoic acid poisoning. Other harmful species, such as the raphidophyte Heterosigma akashiwo and the diatoms Chaetoceros convolutus and C. concavicornis, kill fish at aquaculture sites but do not pose a health threat to humans. Red tides occur throughout the area, and early records indicate that algal toxins have been present along this coast for hundreds of years. However, actual scientific information is sparse, and much of the present information is from measurements of toxins in shellfish rather than from knowledge of the toxic phytoplankton species and bloom dynamics.

Imai, I., Itakura, S. 1999. Importance of cysts in the population dynamics of the red tide flagellate Heterosigma akashiwo (Raphidophyceae). Marine Biology 133 (4): 755-762.

Lawrence, J.E., Chan, A. M., Suttle, C. A. 2002. Viruses causing lysis of the toxic bloom-forming alga Heterosigma akashiwo (Raphidophyceae) are widespread in coastal sediments of British Columbia, Canada. Limnology and Oceanography 47 (2) : 545-550. ABSTRACT: Viruses that infect and cause lysis of the toxic alga Heterosigma akashiwo are abundant and widespread in the Strait of Georgia, Canada, and adjacent inlets during the summer months when blooms of this alga occur. Because viruses are subjected to many mechanisms of removal and their host is intermittently dormant, the persistence of viruses may be dependent on environmental reservoirs. We extracted pore water from sediments collected in the Strait of Georgia and screened for the presence of infectious agents that cause lysis of H. akashiwo. Lytic agents were widespread throughout the study region, being detected in 17 of 20 sites surveyed. Lytic agents were present in sediments ranging from highly organic to clay-rich and were retrieved from cores taken at water depths of 25-285 m. The highest concentration of lytic agents was found at the sediment-water interface; however, lytic agents were found as deep as 40 cm below the sediment-water interface. Examination of agents isolated from various sites revealed virus-like particles {similar}50 nm in diameter. These are similar to other virus-like particles that have been isolated that infect this alga. This suggests that the most abundant lytic agents in the sediments are viruses and that these viruses may be long-lived once buried in the sediments. The widespread presence of viral-size lytic agents that infect H. akashiwo is consistent with viral infection being a mortality agent of this alga in the overlying waters and suggests that they may play in important role in regulating their population dynamics.

Nagasaki, K., Tarutani, K., Yamaguchi, M., 1999. Growth characteristics of Heterosigma akashiwo virus and its possible use as a microbiological agent for red tide control. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 65 (3): 898-902. ABSTRACT: Heterosigma akashiwo virus infects H. akashiwo, which is a typical harmful algal bloom-causing microalgae occurring in coastal waters of subarctic and temperate areas. Results are presented from a study in which the use of the virus as a microbiological agent against H. akashiwo was investigated. The algaecide effects of the virus were determined in a mixed algal culture in the laboratory and in a natural seawater culture. Results showed that the virus specifically eliminated H. akashiwo when other phytoplankton species were present. In red-tide seawater samples collected from Hiroshima Bay, Japan, however, the natural H. akashiwo population was not eliminated, which may have been due to the presence of both sensitive and resistant cells in the natural seawater samples.

171 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Nagasaki, K., Ando, M., Itakura, S. 1994. Virus-like particles in Heterosigma akashiwo (Raphidophyceae): a possible red tide disintegration mechanism. Marine Biology 119(2): 307-312.

Tarutani, K., Nagasaki, K., Yamaguchi, M. 2000. Viral impacts on total abundance and clonal composition of the harmful bloom-forming phytoplankton Heterosigma akashiwo. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 66 (11): 4916-4920.

Yamochi, S.; Abe, T.. 1984. Mechanisms to initiate a Heterosigma akashiwo red tide in Osaka Bay: diel vertical migration. Marine Biology 83 (Nov): 255-261.

Jointed goatgrass, Aegilops jointgrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida cylindrica

Carpenter, T.L., D.C. Thill. 1992. Jointed Goatgrass Seed Dormancy Varies by Region on the Spike. Western Society of Weed Science Proceedings 45: 120.

Donald, W. W. 1991. Seed survival, germination ability, and emergence of jointed goatgrass (Aegilops cylindrica). Weed Science 39 April-June: 210-216.

Donald, W. W., Ogg, A. G. Jr. 1991. Biology and control of jointed goat-grass (Aegilops cylindrica), a review. Weed Technology 5:3-17.

Dotray, P. A., Young, Frank L. 1993. Characterization of root and shoot development of jointed goatgrass (Aegilops cylindrica). Weed Science 41 July/Sept.: 353-361.

Fandrich, Lynn, Mcdonald, Sandra K., Nissen, Scott J.2001. Absorption and fate of BAY MKH 6561 in jointed goatgrass and downy brome. Weed Science 49(6): 717-722.

Hanson, D. Eric, Ball, Daniel A. , Mallory-Smith, Carol A. 2002. Herbicide Resistance in Jointed Goatgrass (Aegilops clindrica): Simulated Responses to Agronomica Practices. Weed Technology 16:156-163.

Morrison, L. A., Cremieux, Lisele C., Mallory-Smith, Carol A. 2002. Infestations of jointed goatgrass (Aegilops cylindrica) and its hybrids with wheat in Oregon wheat fields. Weed Science 50(6) Nov/Dec.: 737-747.

Morrow, L.A., F.L. Young and D. G. Flom. 1982. Seed Germination and Seedling Emergence of Jointed Goatgrass. Weed Science. Vol.30: 395-398.

Giant reed, giant cane Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Arundo donax

Arnoux, M. (Inra, France), F. Sevila, M. Long. 1982 Joint Research on Arundo Donax as an Energy Crop. CEC Energy from Biomass Conf, Brussels, Belgium May 5-7:43-48. ABSTRACT: Data are presented on the use of Arundo Donax as an energy crop, with information on possible methods of cultivation, the methods of harvest and utilization, and the

172 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... economics of production. A pilot farm of Arundo Donax is run for one year in the South of France. About 39,000 ha have been identified in this region as having potential for Arundo Donax cultivation. Optimum conditions for cultivation include soils with medium texture, an absence of extended urban areas adjacent to the cultivation area, and sufficiently sized plots.

Boyle, E. 2000. Arundo donax. American Nurseryman 192( 4) Aug 15: 114.

Holman, D. 2002. Combined efforts rid area of invasive reeds. American City & County 117(3) Feb.: 16.

Wild oat Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Avena fatua

Cousens, R., Weaver, S. E., Porter, J. R. 1992. Growth and development of Avena fatua (Wild-oat) in the field. Annals of Applied Biology 120: 339-351.

Gonzalez-Andujar, J. L. 1993. Strategies for the Control of Avena sterilis in Winter Wheat Production Systems in Central Spain. Crop Protection 12(8): 617-623. ABSTRACT: The economic and agricultural results of various management strategies for controlling wild winter oats in the cereal crops of central Spain are evaluated using a bioeconomic model. The model indicates that wheat growth as a monoculture, with annual applications of herbicides, offers the best strategy for maintaining minimal wild oat populations and maximizing economic benefits. Annual herbicide applications are mandatory in this system, however. The rotation of wheat with a fallow year under a program of no herbicides is feasible only when wild oat infestations are minimal.

O'Donnell, Chris C., Adkins, Steve W. 2001. Wild oat and climate change: the effect of CO2 concentration, temperature, and water deficit on the growth and development of wild oat in monoculture. Weed Science 49(5): 694-702. ABSTRACT: Seed from six Australian near-isogenic lines of wild oat were germinated and grown in controlled-environment growth chambers under either ambient CO2 (357 parts per million by volume {ppmv}) or elevated CO2 (480 ppmv) at 20/16 C or 23/19 C. Three soil moisture treatments---0.01 MPa (field capacity), -0.10 MPa, or -1.00 MPa--were imposed. Wild oat lines grown under elevated CO2 had higher seed production and greater plant dry weights, although the response of these variates involved a complex of interactions with temperature, soil moisture, and line. Plant height varied with wild oat line, and plants grown at 20/16 C were taller than those grown at 23/19 C. At 23/19 C, time taken to mature was reduced for some wild oat lines, and elevated CO2 reduced the time taken to maturity for some lines at 20/16 C. There was no significant difference in the level of dormancy developed in freshly harvested caryopses between the two CO2 treatments, but an effect was present in seed that had been after-ripened for 193 d. These results indicate that the main climate change variables ({CO2}, soil moisture, and increased temperature) directly influence the growth and development of wild oat and are likely to affect the population dynamics of this species. Reprinted by permission of the publisher.

Rains, D.W. 1975. Wild Oat as an Indicator of Atmospheric Inputs of Lead to a Rangeland Ecosystem. Journal of Environmental Quality 4(4):532-536. ABSTRACT: Uptake and distribution of lead by wild oats exposed to various aerial and root environments are described. Wild oat proves to be a sensitive indicator of atmospheric lead inputs. The usefulness of the species as an atmospheric lead indicator is explained.

Recasens, J., Aibar, J., Forn, R., Riba, F., Taberner, A., Izquierdo, J., Ochoa, M. J. 1990. Distribution and Abundance of the Species of the Genus Avena L. as Weeds in Winter

173 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Cereals in the North East of Spain. Eur Weed Res Soc Integr Weed Manag in Cereals Symp, Helsinki Jun 4-6:77-83. ABSTRACT: Surveys of winter cereal croplands in Aragon and Catalonia, Spain, were conducted to determine the extent of wild oats (Avena spp.) infestations. Three Avena species were present in 36% of the area surveyed. Infestations were moderate to considerable in 230,000 of the 410,000 ha studied. Preferences of the different species for particular climatic and geographic regions (e.g., coastal or high altitudes) are discussed.

Scursoni, Julio, Benech-Arnold, Roberto, Hirchoren, Hernan. 1999. Demography of wild oat in barley crops: effect of crop, sowing rate, and herbicide treatment. Agronomy Journal 91(3): 478-485.

Thill, Donald C., O'Donovan, John T., Mallory-Smith, Carol A. 1994. Integrated Weed Management Strategies for Delaying Herbicide Resistance in Wild Oats. Phytoprotection 75: 61-70. ABSTRACT: Integrated weed management options can be deployed to delay or prevent selection of herbicide-resistant wild oat plants which now infest major cereal producing areas in the western U.S. and Canada. The entry of wild oat seed into fields from external sources can be prevented, or seed production by wild oats existing in fields can be controlled or eliminated. Since continued herbicide use will likely select for resistant biotypes, herbicides should be treated only as one ingredient in an overall integrated scheme. Agronomic factors that govern wild oat survival should be manipulated and integrated with reduced herbicide use and cultural control measures. measures.

Yellow Bothriochloa bluestem, King ischaemum var. Ranch bluestem Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida songarica

Dewald, C. L., Sims, P. L., Coyne, P. I.1985. Registration of 'WW-Spa' bluestem. Crop Science 25: 707. Teague, W. R., Dowhower, S. L., Pinchak, W. E. 1996. Increasing utilization efficiency of continuously stocked Old World bluestem pasture. Journal of Range Management 49: 535-540.

Bromus Rescuegrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida catharticus

Deckmyn, G., Impens, I. 1998. Effects of solar UV-B irradiation on vegetative and generative growth of Bromus catharticus. Environmental and Experimental Botany 40 (2):179-185.

Garcia-Guzman, Graciela, Burdon, J. J., Nicholls, A. O. 1996. Effects of the systemic flower infecting-smut Ustilago bullata on the growth and competitive ability of the grass Bromus catharticus. The Journal of Ecology 84(5): 657-665. ABSTRACT: 1 The effects of the flower infecting-smut fungus Ustilago bullata on the performance of its host Bromus catharticus were investigated through a series of glasshouse- based experiments. 2 Smut infection resulted in the complete sterility of Bromus catharticus, reduced the overall size of infected individuals regardless of plant density or the relative frequency of healthy and infected individuals, changed the allocation of resources between roots and shoots, and reduced the rate of seedling emergence but not final emergence percentages. 3 Despite these effects, infection did not affect the relative competitive ability of infected plants growing at high nutrient levels as reflected by dry weight accumulation. Here healthy and

174 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... infected individuals competed equally for the same limiting resources (khd = 1 = 1/kdh). Under low nutrient conditions, however, healthy plants showed an increased competitive ability relative to infected plants (khd = 1.52, kdh = 0.66). 4 These results are considered in light of the evolutionarily interesting position systemic smut diseases occupy relative to other fungal pathogens and endophytes.

Meadow brome, Bromus hairy chess Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida commutatus

Cash, S. D., Ditterline, R. L., Wichman, D. M. 2002. Registration of 'Montana' Meadow Bromegrass. Crop Science 42 (6): 2211-2.

Ferdinandez, Yasas S. N., Coulman, Bruce E. 2001. Nutritive values of smooth bromegrass, meadow bromegrass, and meadow X smooth bromegrass hybrids for different plant parts and growth stages. Crop Science 41(2): 473-478. ABSTRACT: Three hybrid populations between meadow bromegrass (Bromus riparius Rehm.) and smooth bromegrass (Bromus inermis Leyss) have been developed through hybridization and recurrent selection. The objective of this study was to determine the concentration of acid detergent fiber (ADF), neutral detergent fiber (NDF), and crude protein (CP) of leaf blades, stems, and whole-plant herbage of three hybrid bromegrass populations (S-9197, S-9073 and S- 9183) and the two parental species at vegetative, heading, and anthesis stages of development. Generally, the highest leaf blade NDF, ADF, and lowest CP concentrations were observed in meadow bromegrass, regardless of the growth stage. For the stem fraction, hybrid S-9183 had the lowest ADF (240 g kg-1) and NDF (532 g kg-1) at the vegetative stage. At anthesis, in 1997, stem NDF concentrations of meadow bromegrass, S-9197, and S-9073 were similar, but lower than S-9183 and smooth bromegrass. At later stages of development, meadow bromegrass had higher stem CP concentrations (94-114 g kg-1) than other entries (62-110 g kg-1). For whole- plant samples, NDF (359-490 g kg-1) and ADF (178-214 g kg-1) concentrations of the three hybrid populations were consistently lower than the parental species at the vegetative stage of growth. The hybrid populations, particularly S-9183, were lower in NDF and ADF at early stages of maturity, suggesting that they have potential as high quality forage species for grazing and hay prior to or at heading.

Malhi, S. S., Heier, K., Zhang, M.1998. Meadow bromegrass response to coated and conventional urea fertilizers. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 78(4):589-595.

Smooth brome Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Bromus inermis

Blankespoor, Gilbert W., Larson, Eric A. 1994. Response of smooth brome (Bromus inermis Leyss.) to burning under varying soil moisture conditions. The American Midland Naturalist 131: 266-272. ABSTRACT: We used a field-based, prescribed-watering, 4-treatment experiment to examine the response of smooth brome (Bromus inermis Leyss.) to a late spring burn in a tallgrass prairie remnant under conditions of varying soil moisture. Smooth brome decreased 17.0{percent} {plus or minus} 3.9 SE in the burned, high-water treatment, decreased 8.2{percent} {plus or minus} 3.1 in the burned, low-water treatment, increased 10.5{percent} {plus or minus} 2.9 in the unburned, high-water treatment, and increased 11.7{percent} {plus or minus} 4.2 in the unburned, low-water treatment. The decreases in the two burned treatments were significantly

175 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... different but the increases in the unburned treatments were not. Smooth brome decreases in the high-water, burned treatments and increases in the low-water, unburned treatments were significantly larger in plots with smaller initial smooth brome biomass. We discuss several implications of this study for management of natural areas to control smooth brome.

Ferdinandez, Yasas S. N., Coulman, Bruce E. 2001. Nutritive values of smooth bromegrass, meadow bromegrass, and meadow X smooth bromegrass hybrids for different plant parts and growth stages. Crop Science 41(2): 473-478. ABSTRACT: Three hybrid populations between meadow bromegrass (Bromus riparius Rehm.) and smooth bromegrass (Bromus inermis Leyss) have been developed through hybridization and recurrent selection. The objective of this study was to determine the concentration of acid detergent fiber (ADF), neutral detergent fiber (NDF), and crude protein (CP) of leaf blades, stems, and whole-plant herbage of three hybrid bromegrass populations (S-9197, S-9073 and S- 9183) and the two parental species at vegetative, heading, and anthesis stages of development. Generally, the highest leaf blade NDF, ADF, and lowest CP concentrations were observed in meadow bromegrass, regardless of the growth stage. For the stem fraction, hybrid S-9183 had the lowest ADF (240 g kg-1) and NDF (532 g kg-1) at the vegetative stage. At anthesis, in 1997, stem NDF concentrations of meadow bromegrass, S-9197, and S-9073 were similar, but lower than S-9183 and smooth bromegrass. At later stages of development, meadow bromegrass had higher stem CP concentrations (94-114 g kg-1) than other entries (62-110 g kg-1). For whole- plant samples, NDF (359-490 g kg-1) and ADF (178-214 g kg-1) concentrations of the three hybrid populations were consistently lower than the parental species at the vegetative stage of growth. The hybrid populations, particularly S-9183, were lower in NDF and ADF at early stages of maturity, suggesting that they have potential as high quality forage species for grazing and hay prior to or at heading.

Grilz, P. L., Romo, J. T. 1994. Water relations and growth of Bromus inermis Leyss (smooth brome) following spring or autumn burning in a fescue prairie. The American Midland Naturalist 132:340-348. ABSTRACT: Bromus inermis Leyss (smooth brome) is an invasive perennial grass in Fescue Prairie in North America. Prescribed burning is a potential method of controlling this exotic, but its responses to burning in this grassland are not known. This study was conducted to determine the impacts of a single burn in the autumn or spring on the growth and water relations of B. inermis in Fescue Prairie in central Saskatchewan. In 1 yr, leaf xylem water potential and stomatal conductance were lower in plants burned in the autumn than the reference and the spring burn. In another year they were generally similar among the burns and reference. Regardless of water stress following burning, tiller densities, standing crop and the leaf area indices of B. inermis were not significantly different among the reference, autumn and spring burns. Because B. inermis is apparently resistant to fire effects and native species are suppressed by burning, fire may increase B. inermis in Fescue Prairie. Unlike grasslands dominated by C4 species, a single burn in autumn or spring while plants are dormant is not expected to reduce B. inermis in the C3- dominated Fescue Prairie. Reprinted by permission of the publisher.

Harrison, T., Romo, J. T.1994. Regrowth of smooth bromegrass (Bromus inermis Leyss.) following defoliation. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 74: 531-7.

Nernberg, Dean, Dale, Mark R. T.1997. Competition of five native prairie grasses with Bromus inermis under three moisture regimes. Canadian Journal of Botany 75: 2140-5.

Red brome, foxtail brome Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Bromus rubens

176 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Corbineau, F., Belaid, D., Come, D.1992. Dormancy of Bromus rubens L. seeds in relation to temperature, light and oxygen effects. Weed Research 32: 303-10.

Huxman, Travis E., Hamerlynck, Erik P., Jordan, Dean N. 1998. The effects of parental CO2 environment on seed quality and subsequent seedling performance in Bromus rubens. Oecologia 114(2) pt 1: 202-208.

Cheat, rye Bromus brome Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida secalinus

Pike, David R., Stritzke, Jimmy F. 1984. Alfalfa (Medicago sativa)-cheat (Bromus secalinus) competition. Weed Science 32:751-756.

West, T.M. 1990. Response of Bromus secalinus and Bromus sterilis to pre- and post-emergence herbicide treatments. Annals of Applied Biology 116(supp)April: 68-69.

Downy brome, Bromus cheatgrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida tectorum

Bartlett, Elizabeth, Novak, Stephen J., Mack, Richard N. 2002. Genetic variation in Bromus tectorum (Poaceae): differentiation in the eastern United States. American Journal of Botany 89(4): 602-612. ABSTRACT: Bromus tectorum, a devastating plant invader in western North America, had entered Pennsylvania by 1790. Although rare, or extirpated, in the east until the 1850s, it was collected with increasing frequency after 1859 from Vermont to Virginia. Using enzyme electrophoresis, we analyzed 38 populations of this grass in the eastern U.S. to determine their genetic variation and structure as well as assess their relatedness to populations in the west. Genetic variation among eastern U.S. populations is low: mean number of alleles per locus (A), percent polymorphic loci per population ({percent}P), and expected heterozygosity (Hexp) are 1.01, 1.05{percent}, and 0.002, respectively. No heterozygotes were detected. The eastern populations are genetically similar: mean genetic identity for all populations was 0.990 with values among population pairs ranged from 0.913 to 1.000. Thirteen populations in eastern and western North America shared Pgm-1a and Pgm-2a, while eight populations shared Mdh-2b and Mdh-3b. Other alleles detected in western North America (Got-4c, Got-4d, and Pgi-2b) were not, however, found in eastern U.S. populations. The invasion of North America by B. tectorum occurred through multiple introductions on both coasts, results from historical and genetic evidence suggest that eastern populations stem from a minimum of two introductions. The 19th century westward spread of B. tectorum from the East appears to be plausible.

Blackshaw, R.E. 1994. Downy brome (Bromus tectorum) control in winter wheat and winter rye. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 74: 185-91.

Douglas, B. J., Thomas, A. G., Dersken, D. A. 1990. Downy brome (Bromus tectorum) invasion into southwestern Saskatchewan. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 70:1143-51.

Fandrich, Lynn, Mcdonald, Sandra K., Nissen, Scott J.2001. Absorption and fate of BAY MKH 6561 in jointed goatgrass and downy brome. Weed Science 49(6): 717-722.

Novak, Stephen J., Mack, Richard N. 2001. Tracing plant introduction and spread: genetic evidence from Bromus tectorum (cheatgrass). BioScience v. 51(2):114-122.

177 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... ABSTRACT: Part of a special issue on the movements of invasive plants and fungi around the planet. Bromus tectorum (cheatgrass) is the archetypal invader of temperate grasslands in western North America, South America, and Australia. Moreover, introductions of this invasive grass worldwide were generally similar and closely correlated to patterns of European human immigration. The writer discusses how herbarium specimens, historical records, and molecular techniques have been used to construct a picture of how the plant was introduced and spread. Maps showing the plant's proliferation are provided.

Novak, Stephen J., Mack, Richard N. 1993. Genetic variation in Bromus tectorum (Poaceae): comparison between native and introduced populations. Heredity. 71: 167-76.

Pitelka, L.F. 1997. Plant migration and climate change. American Scientist 85: 464-473. ABSTRACT: The writers contend that a more realistic portrait of plant migration is essential to predicting biological responses to global warming in a world drastically altered by human activity. Humans disperse seeds farther and faster than the seeds' own dispersal mechanisms can take them, but humans also fragment the landscape, creating habitat patchworks that are usually less able to support either plant species or their animal conveyances than are undisturbed landscapes. Various computer simulated studies for monitoring these changes are discussed.

Rafferty, Dawn L., Young, James A.2002. Cheatgrass competition and establishment of desert needlegrass seedlings. Journal of Range Management 55(1): 70-72.

Rasmuson, Kaylie E., Anderson, Jay E.2002. Salinity affects development, growth, and photosynthesis in cheatgrass. Journal of Range Management 55(1): 80-87.

Wicks, G.A. 1997. Survival of downy brome (Bromus tectorum) seed in four environments. Weed Science v. 45: 225-228.

Young, James A., Allen, Fay L.1997. Cheatgrass and range science: 1930-1950. Journal of Range Management 50: 530-535.

Cenchrus Buffelgrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida ciliaris

Bovey, Rodney W., Hein, Hugo Jr., Meyer, Robert E.1986. Effect of herbicides and handweeding on establishment of kleingrass and buffelgrass. Journal of Range Management 39: 547-551.

Ibarra-F., Fernando A., Cox, Jerry R., Martin-R., Martha H. 1995. Relationship between buffelgrass survival, organic carbon, and soil color in Mexico. Soil Science Society of America Journal 59:1120-5.

Ibarra-F., Fernando A., Cox, Jerry R., Martin-R., Martha H. 1995. Predicting buffelgrass survival across a geographical and environmental gradient. Journal of Range Management 48: 53-59.

Martin-R., Martha H., Cox, Jerry R., Ibarra-F., Fernando A. 1995. Climatic effects on buffelgrass productivity in the Sonoran Desert. Journal of Range Management 48: 60-63.

Martin-R., Martha, Cox, Jerry R., Ibarra-F., F. 1999. Spittlebug and buffelgrass responses to summer fires in Mexico. Journal of Range Management 52 (6): 621-625.

178 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Rao, A. S., Singh, K. C., Wight, J. R.1996. Productivity of Cenchrus ciliaris in relation to rain-fall and fertilization. Journal of Range Management 49:143-6.

Elephant ear, Colocasia coco yam Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida esculenta

Goenaga, R., Chardon, U.1995. Growth, yield and nutrient uptake of taro grown under upland conditions. Journal of Plant Nutrition 18 (5): 1037-48.

Schultes, R.E. 1984. Taro, a review of Colocasia esculenta and its potentials (Book Review). Economic Botany 38(January-March): 154.

Shih, S. F., Snyder, G. H. 1984. Evapotranspiration and water use efficiency of taro. Transactions of the ASAE 27: 1745-8.

Cynodon Bermudagrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida dactylon

Akin, Danny E., Luanne L. Rigsby,- 1985. Degradation of Bermuda and orchard grass by species of ruminal bacteria. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 50 Oct.: 825-30.

Cohn, E. J., O. W. van Auken, J. K. Bush. 1989. Competitive interactions between Cynodon dactylon and Acacia smallii seedlings at different nutrient levels. American midland naturalist. 121(2) Apr.: 265-272. ABSTRACT: The interaction between Acacia smallii Isley (huisache) and Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. (Bermuda grass) was examined in a greenhouse replacement experiment with two levels of soil nutrients. No significant negative effects of one species on the other were found in nonsupplemented native soil. Relative yield of C. dactylon was 30-5-% higher in mixtures, whereas relative yield of A. smallii was 10-20% lower in the same mixtures. In supplemented native soil, A. smallii growth was reduced 70-90% when grown in mixtures with C. dactylon, compared to growth in monoculture. Cynodon dactylon growth was 1.5-2.4 times greater in mixtures than in monoculture. Added nutrients increased the growth of C. dactylon in mixtures and monoculture. However, addition of nutrients did not affect the growth of A. smallii in monoculture and actually decreased its growth in mixtures. Concentration of soil nutrients and proportion in mixture are important in determining growth of A. smallii and C. dactylon. We suggest that C. dactylon reduced the level of a soil resource below a level required for growth of A. smallii. In nutrient poor soils, C. dactylon would probably not have a negative influence on the establishment or growth of A. smallii. In more fertile soils, C. dactylon would reduce the growth of A. smallii seedlings, suggesting that gaps in vegetation are required for establishment and growth of A. smallii seedlings.

Datnoff, L. E., M. L. Elliott, J. P. Krausz. 1997. Cross pathogenicity of Gaeumannomyces graminis var. graminis from bermudagrass, St. Augustinegrass, and rice in Florida and Texas. Plant Disease 81 Oct.: 1127-31.

Dittmer, Howard J. 1973. Clipping effects on Bermuda grass biomass. Ecology. 54(1) Jan.: 217-219. ABSTRACT: Clipping Bermuda grass every few days in its first year of growth to keep it at 6 different heights resulted in a variation of weights for both roots and tops in the harvested plants. The higher the grass was permitted to grow the greater the weight of both roots and tops but the root/shoot ratio remained constant at about 40% roots to tops. The dry weight of tops in unclipped plots was about 2.35 times and the roots 2.0 times those in plots maintained at 12 mm.

179 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Elliott, M. L. 1995. Effect of systemic fungicides on a bermudagrass putting green infested with Gaeumannomyces graminis var. graminis. Plant Disease 79 Sept: 945-9.

Elliott, M. L. 1995. Disease response of bermudagrasses to Gaeumannomyces graminis var. graminis. Plant Disease 79 July: 699-702.

Evers, Gerald W. 2002. Herbicides for desiccating dallisgrass (Paspalum dilatatum)- bermudagrass (Cynodon dactylon) pasture sod prior to overseeding with annual ryegrass (Lolium multiflorum). Weed technology. 16: 235-238. ABSTRACT: Autumn desiccation of warm-season perennial grasses is one method to enhance the establishment and early production of overseeded cool-season annuals. Potential herbicides were compared with paraquat, glyphosate, and dalapon to desiccate a dallisgrass–bermudagrass sod for overseeding annual ryegrass over a 2-yr period. Fluazifop-P at ≥ 0.14 kg/ha, glufosinate at ≥ 1.12 kg/ha, and hal-oxyfop at ≥ 0.07 kg/ha provided good dallisgrass desiccation and ryegrass yields similar to those with dalapon and glyphosate. Dallisgrass recovery was inversely related to desiccation rating for all treatments except for paraquat. None of the herbicide treatments had the desired combination of acceptable dallisgrass desiccation, improved early ryegrass production, and acceptable dallisgrass recovery.

Franzluebbers, A. J., J. A. Stuedemann, S. Wilkinson. 2002. Bermudagrass management in the southern Piedmont USA. II. Soil phosphorus. Soil Science Society of America Journal 66(1) Jan/Feb.: 291-8.

Guglielmini, A. C., E. H. Satorre. 2002. Shading effects on spatial growth and biomass partitioning of Cynodon dactylon. Weed Research 42(2) Apr: 123-34.

Halsted, Byron d. 1892. Eastern and western woods. Bulletin of the torrey botanical club. 19(2) Feb.: 43-46.

Holm, Theo. 1898. Cynodon or Capriola? Botanical gazette. 25(1) Jan.: 47-52.

Isely, F. B. 1937. Seasonal succession, soil relations, numbers, and regional distribution of north- eastern Texas Acridians. Ecological monographs. 7(3) Jul.: 317-344.

Isely, F. B. 1938. The relations of Texas Acrididae to plants and soils. Ecological monographs. 8(4) Oct.: 551-604.

Lockhart, B. E. L., Nezha Khaless, Angela M. Lennon. 1985. Properties of Bermuda grass etched- line virus, a new leafhopper-transmitted virus related to maize rayado fino and oat blue dwarf viruses. Phytopathology 75 Nov.: 1258-62.

Mack, Richard N., W. Mark Lonsdale. 2001. Humans as global plant dispersers: getting more than we bargained for. BioScience. 51(2): 95. SUMMARY: “Current introductions of species for aesthetic purposes present the largest single challenge for predicting which plant immigrants will become future pests.”

Overman, A. R., S. R. Wilkinson. 1991. A model of vertical and seasonal distribution of Coastal bermudagrass. Transactions of the ASAE 34 Mar/Apr: 423-8.

180 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Quiroga-Garza, Hector Mario, Geno A. Picchioni, Marta D. Remmenga. 2001. Bermudagrass fertilized with slow-release nitrogen sources. I. nitrogen uptake and potential leaching losses. Journal of environmental quality. 30(2) Mar-Apr.: 440-448. ABSTRACT: With the objectives of analyzing N recovery and potential N losses in the warm- season hybrid bermudagrass 'Tifgreen' [Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. × C. transvaalensis Burtt- Davy], two greenhouse studies were conducted. Plugs were planted in PVC cylinders filled with a modified sandy growing medium. Urea (URE), sulfur-coated urea (SCU), and Hydroform (HYD) (Hydro Agri San Francisco, Redwood City, CA) were broadcast at rates of 100 and 200 kg N ha[sup-1] every 20 and 40 d. The grass was clipped three times every 10 d and analyzed for N concentration and N yield. In addition, leachates were analyzed for NO[sub3]-N. Use of the least soluble source, HYD, resulted in the lowest average clipping N concentration and N yield, as compared with SCU and URE. Clipping N concentration and N yield showed a cyclic pattern through time, particularly under long-day (>12 h) conditions. When the photoperiod decreased below 12 h, leachate NO[sub3]-N concentration exceeded the standard limit for drinking water (10 mg L[sup-1]) by 10 to 19 times with the high SCU and URE application rate and frequency. However, leaching N losses represented a minimal fraction (<1%) of the total applied N. More applied N was recovered in plant tissues using SCU and URE (89.5%) than using HYD (64.1%), with more than 52% of applied N accumulating in clippings. Highly insoluble N sources such as HYD decrease N leaching losses but may limit bermudagrass growth and quality. Risks of NO[sub3]-N losses in bermudagrass can be avoided by proper fertilization and irrigation programs, even when a highly soluble N source is used.

Ramakrishnan, P. S. R., S. Kumar. 1971. Productivity and plasticity of wheat and Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. in pure and mixed stands. Journal of applied ecology. 8(1) Apr.: 85-98. SUMMARY: The interference between wheat and Cynodon dactylon was studied by growing the two species in pure and mixed stands. Both the species responded to increasing density by extreme plasticity and there was no density-induced mortality. The plasticity in wheat extended to seed weight, which is often considered to be a rigid character. The replacement series as done here for mixed cultures did not bring out clearly intereference between species with divergent plant size and growth habit. It was found that interference between two species under such situations could best be studied by varying proportion as well as total density in the mixture. Increase in density of one species in the mixture adversely affected the growth yield of the other one. Though wheat had a greater influence on the growth of C. dactylon, compared to the reverse situation, it is important to note that the dry weight yield and seed production of wheat also decreased significantly with increase in density of C. dactylon in the mixture. This tendency was noticeable to a lesser degree in the case of seed weight of wheat. Further, nutrient content in the shoot also varied significantly in both species depending on the degree of intra- and Interspecific competition. Where one species had an initial advantage of time over the other, the on introduced later into the mixture suffered much more than when the two species were introduced simultaneously.

Ramakrishnan, P. S., R. Nagpal. 1973. Adaptation to excess salts in an alkaline soil population of Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Journal of ecology. 61(2) Jul.: 369-381. SUMMARY: A differential response to excess salts was found in two populations of Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers., one from an alkaline soil and one from a normal soil. In general, the growth of the population from alkaline soil was less depressed by excess salts. The leaves of the normal population were chlorotic with excess salts in the medium. Root production of the population from alkaline soil was not significantly influenced by excess salts whereas that of the normal population was markedly reduced. This must be important for absorption of both water and nutrients. Sodium, potassium, calcium and phosphorus contents of the shoots of the normal population all decreased markedly with high levels of excess salts in the medium by the contents

181 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... of the population from alkaline soil either increased or decreased markedly. The succulence of the shoot tended to increase more in the population from alkaline soil. The significance of these results is discussed.

Ramos-Santana,-Rafael, Lee R. McDowell. 2000. Agronomic comparison of six bermudagrasses from southern United States with five tropical grasses in central Puerto Rico. Journal of plant nutrition 23(6): 711-17.

Suarez-Rey, E, C. Y. Choi, P. M. Waller. 2000. Comparison of subsurface drip irrigation and sprinkler irrigation for Bermuda grass turf. Arizona Transactions of the ASAE 43(3) May/June: 631-40.

Wheeler, J. S., D. L. Lalman, G. W. Horn. 2002. Effects of supplementation on intake, digestion, and performance of beef cattle consuming fertilized, stockpiled bermudagrass forage. Journal of animal science 80(3) Mar.: 780-9.

Wiedenfeld, Robert P. 1988. Coastal bermudagrass and Renner lovegrass fertilization responses in a subtropical climate. Journal of Range Management 41. Jan.: 7-12.

Boeckeler flat Cyperus sedge Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida entrerianus

Bryson, C.T., Colie, N.C., Rettig, J.H. 1998. Friend or Foe? Identifying Cyperus. Palmetto 18(1):16- 19.

Carter, R., Bryson, C. T. 1996. Cyperus Enterianus: A Little known aggressive sedge in the Southeastern United States. Weed Technology 10(1):232-235.

Carter, R., Bryson, C. T. 1996. Cyperus Enterianus Boeckeler, a New Weed in temperate North America Proc. Weed Sci. Soc. Am. 35:92.

Chufa flat Sedge, Cyperus Yellow nutsedge Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida esculentus L.

Darke, R. 1999. Success with sedges. American Gardener 78( 5): 36-42. ABSTRACT: Sedges are gaining popularity as garden plants. There are roughly 115 genera and 3,600 species of sedge, almost all of which are perennial. They are particularly common in moist and wet habitats in temperate zones, and this affinity for moisture makes many sedges very suitable for use in water gardening. Although sedges occur naturally in sunny habitats, there are many more sedges that are, importantly for gardeners, adapted to woodlands or otherwise shaded settings. The greatest asset of sedges is their foliage, and they display colors that match or surpass the diversity of those found in grasses. The subtle beauty of sedges, variegated sedges, sedges for watersides and wet environments, New Zealand sedges, and native North American sedges are discussed. Sidebars offer advice on growing sedges in the garden and discuss the sedge Cyperus esculentus, a notorious and pernicious weed.

Gifford, Ernest M., Bayer, David E. 1995. Developmental anatomy of Cyperus esculentus (yellow nutsedge). International Journal of Plant Sciences 156: 622-629. ABSTRACT: Ontogenetic studies of the rhizome, tuber, and basal bulb of yellow nutsedge (Cyperus esculentus) are reported. The cellular organization of the apical meristem, derivative tissues of a rhizome in transition to a tuber, and development of the basal bulb are described.

182 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Particular attention is paid to the initiation and function of a primary thickening meristem in the basal bulb.

Johnson, W. Carroll III, Mullinix, B. G. Jr. 1997. Population dynamics of yellow nutsedge (Cyperus esculentus) in cropping systems in the southeastern coastal plain. Weed Science 45: 166-171.

Manley, Brian S., Wilson, Henry P., Hines, Thomas E. 2002. Management programs and crop rotations influence populations of annual grass weeds and yellow nutsedge. Weed Science 50 (1): 112-119. ABSTRACT: The effects of several crop rotations and herbicide programs on populations of goosegrass, stinkgrass, large crabgrass, smooth crabgrass, fall panicum, and yellow nutsedge were investigated at two sites from 1991 to 1994. Crop rotations were continuous corn, continuous soybean, corn-soybean, and corn-tomato-soybean. Herbicide programs were the split- plots and included continuous use of acetolactate synthase (ALS)-inhibitor herbicides, continuous use of non--ALS-inhibitor herbicides, annual rotations between ALS- and non--ALS-inhibitor herbicides, combinations of ALS-and non--ALS-inhibitor herbicides in the same year, and no herbicide. Grass and yellow nutsedge densities generally were affected by an interaction between crop rotations and herbicide programs by 1994. Goosegrass densities in 1994 were highest from the continuous use of ALS-inhibitor herbicides in the corn--tomato--soybean rotation and were generally high in 1994 in the continuous corn and corn--tomato--soybean rotations. Stinkgrass densities were highest by 1994 where imazethapyr was applied alone for four consecutive years. Stinkgrass densities were also high where imazethapyr was applied in combination with butylate for 4 yr and at Site 2 (designated Northampton) where imazaquin plus nicosulfuron was applied for 4 yr. Herbicide programs did not produce shifts in large crabgrass densities, except that densities were highest where butylate plus atrazine was applied for 4 yr. Smooth crabgrass was present in significant densities at Site 1 (designated Accomac) only where imazaquin plus nicosulfuron was used for 4 yr or at Northampton from continuous ALS-inhibitor programs. Fall panicum densities were highest by 1994 where the combination of butylate plus atrazine was applied continuously for 4 yr. Yellow nutsedge control was lowest and densities were highest at Northampton where the combination of fomesafen plus fluazifop-P plus fenoxaprop was applied continuously for 4 yr. Yellow nutsedge densities by 1994 at Northampton were also high where these herbicides were applied with imazaquin for 4 yr or where these herbicides were applied in rotation with imazaquin plus nicosulfuron or butylate plus atrazine.

McDaniel, Gary L., Fare, Donna C., Witte, Willard T. 1999. Yellow nutsedge control and nursery crop tolerance with Manage as affected by adjuvant choice. Journal of Environmental Horticulture 17 (3): 114-119.

Santos, Bielinski M., Morales-Payne, Jose P., Stall, William M. 1997. Effects of shading on the growth of nutsedges (Cyperus spp.). Weed Science 45: 670-673.

Purple nutsedge, Cyperus nutgrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida rotundus

Coats, G. E., Munoz, R.F., Anderson, D.H. 1987. Purple nutsedge (Cyperus rotundus) control with imazaquin in warm-season turfgrasses. Weed Science 35: 691-694.

Kawabata, O., DeFrank, J. 1993. Purple nutsedge suppression with soil-applied paclobutrazol. HortScience 28: 59.

183 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... McGiffen, M. 1999. Pest of the month: purple nutsedge. American Vegetable Grower 47(4): 37.

Neeser, C., Aguero, R., Swanton, C.J. 1998. A mechanistic model of purple nutsedge (Cyperus rotundus) population dynamics. Weed Science 46(6): 673-681.

Neeser, C., Aguero, R., Swanton, C.J. 1997. Incident photosynthetically active radiation as a basis for integrated management of purple nutsedge (Cyperus rotundus). Weed Science 45: 777- 783.

Rambakudzibga, A.M. 1999. Aspects of the growth and development of Cyperus rotundus under arable crop canopies: implications for integrated control. Weed Research 39 (6): 507-514.

Dactyloctenium Crowfootgrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida aegyptium

Okusanya, O. T.; Sonaike, A. A.. 1991. Germination behaviour of Dactyloctenium aegyptium from two localities in Nigeria. Physiologia Plantarum 81: 489-494.

Kleberg Dichanthium Bluestem Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida annulatum

Ahring, R. M., Harlan, J. R.. 1961. Germination studies on the Dichanthium annulatum complex. O.S.U. Exper. Stn. Bull. T-90:1-15.

Borgaonkar, D. S., Harlan, J. R., deWet. J.M.J. 1962. A cytogentical study of hybrids between Dichanthium annulatum and D. fecundum – II. Proceedings of the Oklahoma Academy of Science 42 :13-16.

Fulbright, N., Fulbright, T.E. 1990. Allelopathic effects of two grasses on seed germination of three wildlife food plants. Texas journal of agriculture and natural resources : a publication of the Agricultural Consortium of Texas 4: 31-32.

Giardina, G. 1996. Dichanthium annulatum (Forssk.) Stapf. new to Europe.—Flora Mediterranea. 6: 197-202. ABSTRACT: The finding of Dichanthium annulatum (Forssk.) Stapf. in the territory of Adrano (E. Sicily) is reported. Morphological characters and ecology of this species, new to Europe, are also given and compared with the D. insculptum (A. Rich.) Clayton ones, this latter taxon being native to Sicily.

Mehra, K. L., Celarier, R. P., Harlan, J. R. 1960. Effects of environment on selected morphological characters in the Dichanthium annulatum complex. Proceedings of the Oklahoma Academy of Science 40 :10-14.

Rai, P. 1988. Effect of fertilizers and pasture legumes on forage yield and quality of Dichanthium annulatum. Indian Journal Of Agronomy 33(1): 69-71.

Singh, A. P., Harlan, J. R., deWet. J.M.J. 1962. Relationships within the Dichanthium annulatum complex. 42: 50-54.

184 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Angleton Dichanthium Bluestem Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida aristatum

Cruz, P. 1997. Effect of shade on the carbon and nitrogen allocation in a perennial tropical grass, Dichanthium aristatum. Journal of Experimental Botany 48: 15-24.

Digitaria Smooth Crabgrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida ischaemum

Dernoeden, P. H., Mahoney, M. J., Carroll, M. J. 1992. Smooth crabgrass control in perennial ryegrass with repeated low fenoxaprop application rates. HortScience 27: 1001-1003.

Fidanza, M. A., Dernoeden, P. H., Zhang, M. 1996. Degree-days for predicting smooth crabgrass emergence in cool-season turfgrasses. Crop Science 36: 990-996.

Kuk, Yong-In, Wu, Jingrui, Derr, Jeffrey F. 1999. Mechanism of fenoxaprop resistance in an accession of smooth crabgrass (Digitaria ischaemum). Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology 64 (2):112-123.

Rossi, Frank S., Neal, Joseph C., Senesac, Andrew F. 1994. Alleviating the antagonistic effect of moisture stress on smooth crabgrass (Digitaria ischaemum) control with fenoxaprop. Weed Science 42: 418-423.

Rossi, F.S., Di Tomaso, J.M., Neal, J.C. 1993. Fate of fenoxaprop-ethyl applied to moisture-stressed smooth crabgrass (Digitaria ischaemum). Weed Science 41: 335-340.

Echinochloa Jungle Rice Grass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida colona de Wet, J. M. J., Rao, K. E. Prasada, Mengesha, M. H. 1983. Domestication of sawa millet (Echinochloa colona). Economic Botany 37: 283-291.

Griffin, James L., Harger, Thomas R. 1986. Red rice (Oryza sativa) and junglerice (Echinochloa colonum) control in solid-seeded soybeans (Glycine max). Weed Science 34: 582-586.

Leah, Jon M., Caseley, John C., Riches, Charles R. 1995. Age-related mechanisms of propanil tolerance in jungle-rice, Echinochloa colona. Pesticide Science 43: 347-354.

Riches, Charles R., Knights, Julia S., Chaves, Lilliana. 1997. The role of pendimethalin in the integrated management of propanil-resistant Echinochloa colona in Central America. Pesticide Science 51: 341-346.

Common water Eichhornia hyacinth Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida crassipes

Chardudattan, R. 1986. Integrated Control of Water Hyacinth (Eichhornia Crassipes) with a Pathogens, Insects, and Herbicides. Weed Science 34(Sup1):26-30.

185 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Center, T.D., Dray F.A., G.P. Jubinsky, A.J. Leslie. 1999. Water hyacinth weevils (Neochetina eichhorniae and N. bruchi) inhibit waterhyacinth (Eichhornia crassipes) colony development. Biological control. 15: 39-50. ABSTRACT: The weevils Neochetina eichhorniae and N. bruchi were released in the USA for waterhyacinth control during the early 1970s and have since been used in many other countries. Although successful control has been reported, questions regarding the efficacy of these insects remain unsolved. This lack of consensus may be attributed to the subtle impacts of these agents on plant health and vitality or to unrealistic expectations on the part of evaluators. Previous studies that anticipated impacts to preexisting mats were designed to document declines of established plant populations. This approach overlooks important consequences that occur during plant colonization, because suppression of growth can be as important as reduction of existing populations. We investigated the effects of Neochetina spp. on the expansion of waterhyacinth mats and the subsequent colonization of the surrounding water surface under conditions designed to simulate incipient infestations. Varying numbers of weevils (0 to 4000, in increments of 1000 weevils) were released in early April onto 10-m2 mats at two sites, one in north Florida and one in south Florida, during 1992 and 1993, respectively. Results were more striking at the northern site. Maximum leaf area was 122 cm2 in the control vs. 65 cm2 in the 4000-weevil plot. Maximum leaf length was 70 cm vs. 51 cm. plant coverage at the southern site increased only half as fast in the 4000-weevil plot as in controls, and this disparity was even greater at the northern site. Weevil infestations at both sites produced smaller, less intertwined mats and impeded growth of the plants. Weevil dispersal out of the plots at both sites caused weevil numbers to equalize among treatments by midsummer. However, suppression of plant growth in plots receiving the most weevils persisted several months beyond the term during which differences in weevil populations were evident, especially at the northern sites. Release of weevils earlier in the year or multiple releases throughout the year might suppress growth even further.

Gowanloch, J. N. 1944. The economic status of water-hyacinth in Louisiana. La. Conserv. 2:3-8.

Penfound, W.T., Earle, T.T. 1948. The biology of the water hyacinth. Ecol. Monogr. 18: 449-72.

Sale, P.J.M., Orr, P.T., Shell, G.S. (1985) Photosynthesis and growth rates in Salvinia molesta and Eichhornia crassipes. The Journal of Applied Ecology. 22(Apr): 125-137.

Wolverton, B.C, McDonald, R.C. 1979. Water hyacinth (Eichhornia crassipes) productivity and harvesting studies. Econ. Botany 33:1-10.

Goosegrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Eleusine indica

Dale, J.E. 1983. Grass Weed Control with Herbicide-Treated Crop Seeds. Weed Research 23: 63 – 68. ABSTRACT: The control of the annual grass Eleusine indica L. By three herbicides applied to crop seeds in tung oil is examined. Fluazifop-butyl-treated soybean seeds give 100% control of E. Indica at the highest sowing rate of four seeds per pot, and soybean seeds are not injured by the seed treatment. Fluazifop-treated cotton seeds and sown four centimeters apart produce a weed- free band 12 cm wide centered on the row of cotton, without injury to the cotton.

Dernoeden, Peter H., Watschke, Thomas L., Mathias, J. Kevin. 1984. Goosegrass (Eleusine indica) control in turf in the transition zone. Weed Science 32: 4-7.

186 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Johnson, B.J. 1996. Reduced rates of preemergence and postemergence herbicides for large crabgrass (Digitaria sanguinalis) and goosegrass (Eleusine indica) control in bermudagrass (Cynodon dactylon). Weed Science 44: 585-90.

Johnson, B.J. 1997. Reduced herbicide rates for large crabgrass (Digitaria sanguinalis) and goosegrass (Eleusine indica) control in bermudagrass (Cynodon dactylon). Weed Science 45: 283-287.

McCarty, L.B. 1991. Goosegrass (Eleusine indica) control in bermudagrass (Cynodon spp.) turf with diclofop. Weed Science 39: 255-261.

Quackgrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Elytrigia repens

Baziramakenga, R., Leroux, G.D. 1998. Economic and interference threshold densities of quackgrass (Elytrigia repens) in potato (Solanum tuberosum). Weed Science v. 46 no. 2 (March/April 1998) p. 176-180.

Baziramakenga, R., Leroux, G.D. 1998. Critical period of quackgrass (Elytrigia repens) removal in potatoes (Solanum tuberosum). Weed Science 42: 528-533.

Casler, M. D., Goodwin, W. H.1998. Agronomic performance of quackgrass and hybrid wheatgrass population. Crop Science 38(5): 1369-1377.

Loeppky, H. A., Derksen, D. A.1997. Quackgrass suppression through crop rotation in conservation tillage systems. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 74:193-197.

Mercer, K.L., Jordan, N.R., Wyse, D.L.2002. Multivariate differentiation of quackgrass (Elytrigia repens) from three farming systems. Weed Science 50(5): 677-685. ABSTRACT: The genetic variation of quackgrass as a species and the array of environments in which it is found indicate that selection in these different environments could lead to differentiation among quackgrass populations. Yet, a highly diverse environment might not promote the genetic divergence of quackgrass if it poses contradictory selection pressures. To assess the extent of divergence among quackgrass populations, this study compared the morphology of populations of quackgrass for 1 yr in Rosemount, MN, in a "common garden" study. The quackgrass was initially collected from three different farming systems in southeast Minnesota: corn-soybean (CS), oats-hay-corn (OHC), and permanent pasture (PP). The systems represent pasture or arable land and differ in cropping rotations and levels of disturbance. Although no differences among farming systems were detected in multivariate or univariate comparisons, a significant farming system effect was detected between CS and PP systems when the most diversified system, OHC, was excluded from the analysis. Consistent with this result, a principal components analysis suggested that plants from two of the three farming systems exemplified contrasting modes of perennial plant growth. Relative to each other, the CS plants showed more features of the "guerrilla" growth mode (longer intra-ramet distances, sparse, large patches), whereas PP plants showed more "phalanx" mode features (short intra-ramet distances, dense, smaller patches). Plants from the most diversified system, OHC, did not fit into either growth form, and for this farming system, the variation among populations was the highest. The results suggest that the CS and PP systems selected for distinct growth forms, whereas the diversified OHC system did not. This is consistent with the hypothesis that diversification of a farming system and weed management decreases the risk of evolution of a weed population highly adapted to control measures used in that farming system.

187 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Soon, Y. K., Darwent, A. L.1998. Effect of integrated management of couch grass (Elytrigia repens) on soil quality and crop nutrition. The Journal of Agricultural Science 130(3):323-328.

Twidwell, E. K., Kephart, K. D., Clay, S. A.1994. Quackgrass control in established alfalfa with sethoxydim. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 74: 647-651.

Wall, D.A., Smith, M.A. H.2000. Quackgrass (Elytrigia repens) management in flax (Linum usitatissimum). Canadian Journal of Plant Science 80(2): 411-417.

Eremochloa Centipedegrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida ophiuroides

Fry, J.D. 1991. Centipedegrass response to plant growth regulators. HortScience 26: 40-42.

Hanna, W.W. 1995. Centipedegrass--diversity and vulnerability. Crop Science 35: 332-334.

Haygood, R. A., Barnett, O. W. 1992. Widespread occurrence of centipedegrass mosaic in South Carolina. Plant Disease 76: 46-49.

Hook, J.E., Hanna, W. W. 1994. Drought resistance in centipedegrass cultivars. HortScience 29:1528-1531.

Hook, J. E., Hanna, W. W., Maw, B. W. 1992. Quality and growth response of centipedegrass to extended drought. Agronomy Journal 84:606-12.

Johnson, B. J., Carrow, R. N. 1988. Frequency of fertilizer applications and centipedegrass performance. Agronomy Journal 80: 925-929.

McCarty, L. B., Higgins, J. M., Miller, L. C. 1986. Centipedegrass tolerance to postemergence grass herbicides. HortScience 21: 1405-1407.

Festuca Fescue Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida arundinacea

Bacon, C.W. 1995. Toxic endophyte-infected tall fescue and range grasses: historic perspectives. Journal of Animal Science 73: 861-870.

Bedmar, F., Castano, J., Garrote, G. 1993. Evaluation of herbicides for weed control in tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea) for seed production. Annals of Applied Biology 122 (supp): 72-73.

Boning, R.A., Bultman, T.L. 1996. A test for constitutive and induced resistance by tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea) to an insect herbivore: impact of the fungal endophyte, Acremonium coenophialum. The American Midland Naturalist 136: 328-335. ABSTRACT: Endophytic fungi living within some grasses have been shown to increase resistance of their host plants to insect herbivores. We tested the hypothesis that endophytes also mediate induced resistance by a grass to an herbivorous insect. Tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea), both infected and uninfected with the endophyte Acremonium coenophialum, was artificially damaged by clipping a tiller from each plant four weeks after germination. We used the fall armyworm (Spodoptera frugiperda) as a bioassay to determine the affects of our treatments. Fall armyworm larvae were reared by feeding them shoot and stem material of damaged and undamaged plants in a two factor (infection status and damage) design. Eight-day-old larvae

188 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... weighed less and took longer to develop into adults when fed endophyte-infected vs. endophyte- free plant material. However, the interaction between status and damage was not statistically significant. In contrast, pupae weighed more when fed infected vs. endophyte-free plant material and the interaction between infection status and damage had a marginally significant effect on pupal mass (F1,177 = 32.2, P = 0.05). Pupae reared from damaged infected plants weighed less than those reared from undamaged infected plants. No pattern with damage was apparent for insects reared on endophyte-free plants. Our results suggest that the clipping damage may result in an induced response in plants infected with the fungal endophyte.

Dernoeden, P.H. 1986. Selective tall fescue control in Kentucky bluegrass turf with diclofop. Agronomy Journal 78: 660-663.

Madison, L., A. Barnes, G. Thomas, J.D. Sole. 2001. Effectiveness of fire, disking, and herbicide to renovate tall fescue fields to the northern bobwhite habitat. Wildlife Society Bulletin 29 (2):706-712. ABSTRACT: The conversion of tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea) fields to northern bobwhite (Colinus virginianus) habitat was investigated. Controlled burning, disking, and Round-Up herbicide treatments were applied to 4 Kentucky Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources Wildlife Management Areas, and the vegetation structure, seed production, and floristic composition within each of the treatment plots was measured from fall 1990 to summer 1994. Findings revealed that herbicide treated plots provided the best habitat quality for bobwhite nesting in summer 1993, however, none of the treatments were found to satisfy habitat requirements in summer 1994. The effect of these treatments should be considered with caution, as their implementation on a small scale provides potential improvement only.

McCarty, L.B., Higgins, J.M., Whitwell, T. 1989. Tolerance of tall fescue to postemergence grass herbicides. HortScience 24: 309-311.

Moyer, J. R., Boswall, A. L. 2002. Tall fescue or creeping foxtail suppresses foxtail barley. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 82 (1): 89-92. ABSTRACT: Foxtail barley (Hordeum jubatum L.) is a troublesome weed in irrigated pastures. Several grass species seeded on two irrigated pastures at Lethbridge to test their ability to compete with foxtail barley. Tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea Schreb.) and creeping foxtail (Alopecurus arundinaceus Poir) reduced foxtail barley groundcover significantly compared to orchardgrass (Dactylis glomerata L.), pubescent wheatgrass (Agropyron trichophorum (Link) Richt.) and western wheatgrass (Agropyron smithii Rydb.), therefore, seeding of these grasses in areas subject to foxtail barley invasion should be encouraged.

Schery, R.W. 1984. Tall fescues for dry climates. Horticulture 62: 41-45.

Spyreas, G., Gibson, D.J., Middleton, B.A. 2001. Effects of endophyte infection in tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea: Poaceae) on community diversity. International Journal of Plant Sciences 162 (6):1237-45. ABSTRACT: Recent studies have suggested that the presence of endophytes in tall fescue can lead to decreased species richness in the associated plant community. To assess the generality of this hypothesis, a field study tested the effects of endophyte infection on a 3-yr-old successional field dominated by Festuca arundinacea. The potential importance of endophyte infection relative to other environmental factors was tested by including two additional treatments: the effects of soil fertility and mowing. Contrary to previous studies, a positive relationship was found between endophyte infection frequency and diversity (N = 23, F = 5.23, R2 = 0.19, P < 0.03). A strong interaction was found between the mowing treatment and endophyte infection

189 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... frequency in predicting diversity (N = 22, F = 36.1, R2 = 0.84, P < 0.0001), where the maximum species richness was present in plots that were both mowed and highly endophyte infected. The relationship between endophytes and diversity varied through the successional continuum (the mowing treatments) but was generally positive. The soil in mowed plots was drier than in unmowed plots (t = 2.1, df = 28, P < 0.05). We suggest that heavy mowing decreases soil moisture levels enough to reduce the interspecific competitive ability of infected F. arundinacea, thereby promoting local diversity. Endophyte presence is important, but the previously reported negative relationship between endophyte infection and community diversity is probably overly simplistic in complex ecological settings.

Hydrilla Hydrilla Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida verticillata

Balciunas, J. K., M. F. Purcell. 1991. Distribution and biology of a new bagous weevil (Coleoptera: Curculiondae) which feed on the aquatic weed, Hydrilla verticillata. Journal of the Australian entomological society. 30(4): 333-338. ABSTRACT: A new, undescribed species of aquatic weevil, Bagous sp., was found feeding on the submersed aquatic plant, hydrilla, Hydrilla verticillata, at 21 sites, from Kakadu National Park in the N. T. to Grafton in N. S. W. The larvae and adults feed on hydrilla beneath the surface, fragmenting the stems, then continue feeding on floating fragments, and those stranded on the shoreline, where the larvae pupate. Single eggs are laid in hydrilla stems, within which the three larvae instars develop. Development from egg to adult takes 12-14 days at 25 C. This Bagous weevil has been exported as a potential biological control agent to the United States, where hydrilla is a pest.

Joye, G. F. 1990. Biocontrol of Hydrilla verticillata with the endemic fungus Macrophomina Phaseolina. Plant disease. 74: 1035-1036. ABSTRACT: an isolate of Macrophomia phaseoline discovered in Lake Houston, TX, caused a disease of the submersed plant Hydrilla verticillata. In repeated greenhouse and filed tests, this fungus greatly reduced the biomass of hydrilla within 3-4 wk after inoculation. Pathogenicity studies indicated that this fungus may be useful as a biological agent.

Lal, C., Brij G. 1993. Production and germination of seeds of Hydrilla verticillata. Aquatic Botany. 45(2-3): 257. ABSTRACT: a monoecious population of Hydrilla verticillata (L.F.) royle, occurring in the Wazirabad reservoir on the Yamuna at New dehli, produces seeds profusely during late winter. The seeds are light sensitive and germinate within a week at laboratory temperature (23-28 C). Seeds stored dry or in water in darkness for up to 1 year germinate readily in light. Thus, seeds offer a long-term strategy for survival of Hydrilla after prolonged dry periods in regions with a monsoon climate.

Langeland, K.A. 1996. Hydrilla verticillata (L.F.) Royle (Hydrocharitaceae), "the perfect water weed". Castanea. 61(3) Sept: 293-304. ABSTRACT: the submersed macrophyte hydrilla [Hydrilla verticillata (L.F.) Royle], which is a native to the warmer areas of Asia, was first discovered in the United States in 1960. A highly specialized growth habit, physiological characteristics, and reproduction make this plant well adapted to life in submersed freshwater environments. Consequently, hydrilla has spread rapidly through portions of the United States and has become a serious weed. Where the plant occurs, it causes substantial economic hardships, interferes with various water uses, displaces native aquatic plant communities, and adversely impacts freshwater habitats. Management techniques have been developed, but sufficient funding is not available to stop the spread of the plant or

190 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... implement optimum management programs. Educational efforts to increase public and political awareness of problems associated with this weed and the need for adequate funding to manage it are necessary.

Imperata Cogongrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida cylindrica

Chikoye, D., Ekeleme, F., Udensi, U.E. Cogongrass suppression by intercropping cover crops in corn/cassava systems. Weed Science 49(5): 658-667. ABSTRACT: Cogongrass is a difficult weed to control in small-scale farming systems and often causes significant crop yield reduction. Field experiments were conducted from 1996 to 1999 at three sites located in the forest/savanna transition zone of Nigeria to determine the influence of intercropping cover crops on cogongrass, corn, and cassava growth. Total cogongrass biomass (shoots and rhizomes) at the onset of the study was highest at Ijaiye (889 g m-2), followed by Umumba (445 g m-2), and least in Ezillo (138 g m-2). Velvetbean had the highest percent ground cover at Umumba and Ijaiye (67 to 89{percent}) 10 wk after planting and shaded the ground longer at all locations. Twelve months after planting, plots with cover crops had 66, 71, and 52{percent} lower cogongrass biomass than the weedy control without cover crops at Ijaiye, Umumba, and Ezillo, respectively. Velvetbean at all locations, L. purpureus at Ijaiye, and tropical kudzu at Umumba and Ezillo were the cover crops most effective in reducing rhizome biomass of cogongrass. Annual weeds dominated the plots sown to cover crops after 2 to 3 yr. At Ijaiye and Umumba, cogongrass competition affected the yield of cassava more than the yield of corn. At all locations, cover crops and weeded control treatments had 27 to 52{percent} more corn grain yield than the weedy control. At Ijaiye, corn grain yields from velvetbean and L. purpureus plots were similar to that from the weeded control plot. At Umumba, all plots with cover crops had corn grain yields similar to that of the weeded control. At all locations, almost all cover crop treatments had cassava root yields higher than the weedy control. Except at Ijaiye, root yields from weeded control plots were 17 to 88{percent} higher than in cover-cropped treatments, suggesting competition between cover crops and cassava.

Jose, S., Cox, J., Miller, D.L., Shilling, D.G. and Merritt, S. 2002. Alien plant invasions in southeastern forests. The story of cogongrass. Journal of Forestry 100: 41-44. ABSTRACT: The alien cogongrass (Imperata cylindrica) is a listed federal noxious weed that was accidentally introduced from Asia into Alabama in 1912. This highly invasive grass is pervasive in southern pastures, where it thrives in cutover sites or other disturbed areas. The species can rapidly displace all plant species except trees, competing aggressively for resources and acting as a barrier to seedling establishment. Herbicide control is most effective, although factors such as season, application rates, and cogongrass developmental stages at application are important variables.

MacDicken, K. G., Hairiah, K., Otsamo, A. 1997. Shade-based control of Imperata cylindrica: tree fallows and cover crops. Agroforestry Systems 36 (1-3): 131-149.

Matlack, G.R. 2002. Exotic Plant Species in Mississippi, USA: Critical Issue in Management and Research. Natural Areas Journal 22(3): 241-246. ABSTRACT: The Delphi method was used to develop a consensus on the status and implications of invasive plant species in Mississippi and the other Gulf States. The consultative process engaged practitioners from many disciplines. The species posing the greatest threats were identified as kudzu, which can rampantly cover natural vegetation, Chinese privet, which survives in most environments and disperses broadly, Chinese tallow, which has spread rapidly in Louisiana and Texas, and cogongrass, which is highly flammable and significantly alters fire

191 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... dynamics. Research and management strategies must address identifying the dispersal and reproductive mechanisms, evaluating chemical and mechanical controls, and public education.

Peet, N.B., Watkinson, A.R., Bell, D.J. The conservation management of Imperata cylindrica grassland in Nepal with fire and cutting: an experimental approach. The Journal of Applied Ecology 36(3): 374-387.

Lesser Lemna duckweed Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida aequinoctialis

Bengtsson, B., Bongo, J.P., Eklund, B. 1999. Assessment of duckweed Lemna aequinoctialis as a toxicological bioassay for tropical environments in developing countries. Ambio 28 (2): 152-155. ABSTRACT: A study was carried out to evaluate the usefulness of the tropical duckweed Lemna aequinoctialis in the monitoring of pollution in freshwater ecosystems and for the rapid toxicity assessment of wastewater effluent in developing countries. L. aequinoctialis was collected in Thailand and the Philippines, and the effect of heavy metals, ClO3-, 3,5-dichlorophenol, and phenol on the growth of the 2 strains was investigated. The sensitivity of the 2 strains to tested + + + compounds was quite similar, with Cd2 , Cu2 , and Hg2 exhibiting most toxicity. ClO3- and + + phenol showed the lowest toxicity and Cr6 and Zn2 showed intermediate toxicity.

Chaturvedi, N., Sharma, K.P. 1997. Screening of Allelopathic Potential of some terrestrial and wetland Plant Species. Journal of Environment and Pollution 4(3):229-236.

Les, D.H., Landolt, E., Crawford, D.J. 1997. Systematics of the Leminaceae (Duckweeds): Inferences from Micromolecular and Morphological Data. Plant Systems Evolution 204:161-177.

Landolt, E. 1992. Leminaceae -Duckweed Family. Journal of Arizona-Nevada Academy of Science 26:10-14.

Tripathi, B.T., Srivastava, J., Misra, K.. 1991. Nitrogen and Phosphorus Removal-Capacity of Four Chosen Aquatic Macrophytes in Tropical Freshwater Ponds. Environmental Conservation 18(2): 143 - 147. ABSTRACT: Excess concentrations of nitrogen and phosphorus in aquatic ecosystems, usually deposited through agricultural drainage and municipal or industrial sewage, leads to eutrophication and aquatic pollution. Some aquatic plants have the capability of removing N and P. The removal capacities of water hyacinth, water lettuce, lesser duckweed, and water fern were examined under natural and laboratory conditions and under various weather conditions. Water hyacinth was the most effective for removing N in the winter, summer, and rainy seasons, as well as for P removal in the summer and rainy seasons. Lesser duckweed was the most effective for P removal in the winter months.

Lolium Darnel ryegrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida temulentum

Gay, A. P., Hauck, B. 1994. Acclimation of Lolium temulentum to enhanced carbon dioxide concentration. Journal of Experimental Botany 45:1133-1141.

192 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Mae, T., Thomas, H., Gay, A.P. 1993. Leaf development in Lolium temulentum: photosynthesis and photosynthetic proteins in leaves senescing under different irradiances. Plant and Cell Physiology 34 (Apr): 391-399.

Thomas, H., Stoddart, J. L. 1984. Kinetics of leaf growth in Lolium temulentum at optimal and chilling temperatures. Annals of Botany 53: 341-347.

Nepalese browntop, Japanese Microstegium stiltgrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida vimineum

Barden, L.S. 1996. The linear relation between stand yield and integrated light in a shade-adapted annual grass. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club. 123 (2): 122-125. ABSTRACT: Many ecology textbooks state that the photosynthetic response of plants to varying light is represented by the response of single leaves, which is a downward concave curve that often reaches saturation. Single leaves of the shade-adapted, annual grass, Microstegium vimineum (Trinius) A. Camus, saturate at 25% full sunlight. However, two field experiments showed that stand dry weight yield at the end of the growing season was a linear function of integrated light, rather than a downward concave saturation-type curve. The linear relation for M. vimineum stands concurs with results of several agricultural studies and may have implications for forest growth models that assume saturation-type response curves for whole trees or forest canopies.

Barden, L.S. 1987. Invasion of Microstegium vimineum (Poaceae), an exotic, annual, shade-tolerant, C4 grass, into a North Carolina floodplain. The American Midland Naturalist 118 July: 40- 45.

Camus, A. 1998. Microstegium vimineum (Trin.), a shade-tolerant C4 grass, has spread throughout the eastern United States since its introduction in 1919. Oecologia-Berlin 114 (1):11-19. ABSTRACT: This species invades disturbed understory habitats along streambanks and surrounding mesic forests, and has become a major pest in areas such as Great Smoky Mountains National Park. The focus of this study was to characterize the photosynthetic induction responses of M. vimineum, specifically its ability to utilize low light and sunflecks, two factors that may be critical to invasive abilities and survival in the understory. In addition, we were curious about the ability of a grass with the C4 photosynthetic pathway to respond to sunflecks. Plants were grown under 25% and 50% ambient sunlight, and photosynthetic responses to both steady-state and variable light were determined. Plants grown in both 25% and 50% ambient sun became 90% light saturated between 750-850 mumol m-2 s-1, however, plants grown in 50% ambient sun had significantly higher maximum steady-state photosynthetic rates (16.09 +- 1.37 mumol m-2 s-1 vs. 12.71 +- 1.18 mumol m-2 s-1). Both groups of plants induced to 50% of the steady-state rate in 3- 5 min, while it took 10-13 min to reach 90% of maximum rates, under both flashing and steady- state light. For both groups of plants, stomatal conductance during induction reached maximum rates in 6-7 min, after which rates decreased slightly. Upon return to low light, rates of induction loss and stomatal closure were very rapid in both groups of plants, but were more rapid in those grown in high light. Rapid induction and the ability to induce under flashing light may enable this species to invade and dominate mesic understory habitats, while rapid induction loss due to stomatal closure may prevent excess water loss when low light constrains photosynthesis. The C4 pathway itself does not appear to present an insurmountable barrier to the ability of this grass species to respond to sunflecks in an understory environment.

193 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Ehrenfeld, J.G. 1999. A rhizomatous, perennial form of Microstegium vimineum (Trin.) A. Camus in New Jersey. The journal of the Torrey Botanical Society. 126 (4): 352-358.

Fordney, C. 2000. Combating the aliens. National Parks 74 (1-2): 24-27. ABSTRACT: Alien plant species are threatening native plants throughout the country. There are 4,000 nonnative species in the United States, about 350 of which are considered a threat due to their ability to trigger changes in sensitive ecosystems. The National Park Service (NPS) intends to double its natural resources protection, beginning with a proposed $20 million increase for the fiscal year 2000. Part of this fund will go toward the establishment of rapid response teams to fight outbreaks of invasive weeds before they become unmanageable. The teams will be modeled on one based at Lake Mead National Recreation Area in Nevada and Arizona, which utilizes a number of methods such as fire, herbicides, and chain saws. In addition to increased funding, the NPS has helped to set up regional invasive pest plant councils to link the efforts of government, private, and university groups.

Hunt, D. M., Zaremba, R. E. 1992. The northeastward spread of Microstegium vimineum (Poaceae) into New York and adjacent states. Rhodora 94(878):167-170.

Redman, D.E. 1995. Distribution and habitat types for Nepal microstegium [Microstegium vimineum (Trin.) Camus] in Maryland and the District of Columbia. CASTANEA 60(3):270-275. ABSTRACT: Nepal microstegium Microstegium vimineum (Trin.) Camus occurs in all counties and Baltimore City in Maryland, and in adjacent Washington, D.C. This Asiatic grass is abundant in the central part of the State and less so toward the western and eastern parts of the State. Primary habitats are partially shaded road banks, fire trails and logging roads, and mesic and floodplain woodlands. Secondary habitats are fields in utility rights-of-way, thickets, ditches, and it rarely occurs in wetlands and gardens. Flowering and fruiting occurs over a 10 day to 2 week period in September or October in the Maryland/D.C. area. Microstegium vimineum.

Serrated tussock, Nassella nassella tussock Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida trichotoma

Denne, T.1988 Economics of nassella tussock (Nassella trichotoma) control in New Zealand. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 20 July: 259-278.

Vere, D.T., Campbell, M. H. 1984. Economics of controlling serrated tussock in the southeastern Australian rangelands. Journal of Range Management 37 Jan.: 87-93.

Red rice Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Oryza sativa

Diarra, A., Smith, R.J. Jr., Talbert, Ronald E. 1985. Red rice (Oryza sativa) control in drill-seeded rice (O. sativa). Weed Science 33: 703-707.

Eleftherohorinos, I.G., Dhima, K.V., Vasilakoglou, L.B. 2002. Interference of red rice in rice grown in Greece. Weed Science 50(2): 167-172. ABSTRACT: Field studies were conducted in northern Greece, in 1997 and 1998, to investigate the effect of nitrogen fertilization and red rice density on interference between red rice and two rice cultivars (Thaibonner, Ariette). Interference between rice and red rice began 3 wk after rice emergence, but was not affected by the increasing nitrogen rate from 100 to 150 kg N ha-1. Dry weight of both rice cultivars was proportionally reduced with increasing red rice interference duration and density, but dry weight of Thaibonnet was reduced more than that of Ariette. At

194 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... harvest, grain yield of Thaibonnet was reduced by 58{percent} because of the occurrence of 40 red rice plants m-2, whereas that of Ariette was reduced by 46{percent}. Red rice interference affected panicle number more than 1,000 grain weight in both rice cultivars. The reduction of all yield components was greater in Thaibonnet than in Ariette. Dry weight and stem or panicle number of red rice plants grown with either of the two rice cultivars increased with increasing red rice density and were greater most of the time when grown with Thaibonnet than with Ariette. Ten weeks after rice emergence, red rice plants were 14 and 35cm taller than the Ariette and Thaibonnet plants, respectively. Shattering of red rice plants ranged from 63 to 79{percent} and was greater grown with Thaibonnet than with Ariette, but it was not affected by nitrogen fertilization and red rice density.

Khodayari, K., Smith, R.J. Jr., Black, Howard L. 1987. Red rice (Oryza sativa) control with herbicide treatments in soybeans (Glycine max). Weed Science 35: 127-129.

Pantone, D. J., Baker, J. B., Jordan, P. W. 1992. Path analysis of red rice (Oryza sativa L.) competition with cultivated rice. Weed Science 40: 313-9. Saltveit, M.E. Heat shocks increase the chilling tolerance of rice (Oryza sativa) seedling radicles. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 50(11) May 22: 3232-3235.

Salzman, F.P., Smith, R.J. Jr., Talbert, Ronald E.1988. Suppression of red rice (Oryza sativa) seed production with fluazifop and quizalofop. Weed Science 36 Nov: 800-803.

Vaughan, L.K., Ottis, B.V., Prazak-Havey, A.M. 2001. Is all red rice found in commercial rice really Oryza sativa? Weed Science 49(4): 468-476. ABSTRACT: All red rice found in commercial rice in the United States has traditionally been classified as Oryza sativa ssp. indica. This assumption was tested by analyzing red rice samples collected from across the southern United States rice belt with 18 simple sequence length polymorphism (SSLP) markers distributed across all 12 chromosomes. The results clearly demonstrate that the traditional classification of red rice is inadequate. Some red rice is closely related to O. sativa ssp. indica cultivated rice. However, other red rice is more closely related to O. sativa ssp. japonica. Most importantly, some red rice samples collected from Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Texas form a distinct group that includes a number of Oryza nivara and Oryza rufipogon accessions from the National Small Grains Center. In particular, red rice samples from three states were identified that for all 18 markers are identical to the O. rufipogon accession IRGC 105491. These different classes of red rice are intermingled across the southern U.S. rice belt and within individual production fields. Oryza sativa ssp. indica-like red rice and O. rufipogon-like red rice have been found within a single 9- m2 collection site. While the classification of red rice as O. sativa ssp. indica, O. sativa ssp. japonica, or O. rufipogon using DNA markers is generally in agreement with classification based on simple morphological traits, readily observed morphological traits alone are not sufficient to reliably classify red rice. Because red rice is much more diverse than previously assumed, this diversity must be considered when developing red rice management strategies.

Williams, B.J., Strahan, R., Webster, E.P. 2003. Weed Management Systems for Clearfield Rice. Louisiana Agric 45(3): 16-17. ABSTRACT: Weed control technologies are essential to rice cultivation and yield. Manual labor has been replaced by herbicide usage, refined for crop and context. Many of the herbicides have been adapted from those used in broadleaf crops. Genetic engineering is also underway to develop herbicide-tolerant systems. One such strain is the Clearfield rice, which was developed through mutation rather than gene transfer. Researchers at the Clearfield Research Center, Louisiana, are focusing on red rice weed control, water management, and outcrossing.

195 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Zhang, W., Webster, E.P., Braverman, M.P. 2000. Effect of rotational crop herbicides on water- and dry-seeded Oryza sativa. Weed Science 48(6):755-760.

Panicum Guineagrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida maximum

Navarro-Chavira, G., McKersie, B.D. 1983. Growth, development and digestibility of guinea grass (Panicum maximum Jacq.) in two controlled environments differing in irradiance. Tropical Agriculture 60: 184-188.

Paez, A., Gonzalez O., M.E., Yrausquin, X. 1995. Water stress and clipping management effects on guineagrass: I. Growth and biomass allocation. Agronomy Journal 87: 698-706.

Paez, A., Gonzalez O., Maria E. 1995. Water stress and clipping management effects on guineagrass: II. Photosynthesis and water relations. Agronomy Journal 87: 706-711.

Torpedo grass, creeping panic Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Panicum repens

Bodle, M., Hanlon, C. 2001. Damn the Torpedograss! Wildland Weeds 4(4):6,8-12.

Hanlon, C.G., Langeland, K. 2000. Comparison of experimental strategies to control torpedograss. Journal of Aquatic Plant Management 38:40-47.

McCarty, B. 1999. The South's ornery new weeds. Landscape Management 38(3) March: 58-59.

McCarty, L.B., Higgins, J. M., Colvin, D. L. 1993. Selective Torpedograss (Panicum Repens) Control in Bermudagrass (Cynodon Spp.) Turf. Weed Technology 7:911-915.

Wilcut, J.W., Dute, R.R., Truelove, B. 1988. Factors limiting the distribution of cogongrass, Imperata cylindrica, and torpedograss, Panicum repens. Weed Science 36:577-582.

Wilcut, J.W., Truelove, B., Davis, D.E. 1988. Temperature factors limiting the spread of cogongrass (Imperata cylindrica) and torpedograss (Panicum repens). Weed Science 36: 49-55.

Ryan, G.F. 1966. Eradication and Control of Torpedograss with Substituted Uracil. Weed Abstracts 15(1):21.

Big Paspalum, Paspalum Dallis grass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida dilatatum

Buchanan, P.K. 1984. Systemic growth of Ascochyta paspali in paspalum. New Zealand Journal of Agricultural Research 27 ( 3): 451-457.

Loreti, J., Oesterheld, M. 1996. Intraspecific variation in the resistance to flooding and drought in populations of Paspalum dilatatum from different topographic positions. Oecologia 108: 279-284.

Quinos, P.M., Insausti, P., Soriano, A. 1998. Facilitative effect of Lotus tenuis on Paspalum

196 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... dilatatum in a lowland grassland of Argentina. Oecologia 114(3): 427-431.

Thom, E. R., Sheath, G. W., Bryant, A. M. 1986. Renovation of pastures containing paspalum. Persistence of overdrilled ryegrass and prairie grass and effect on seasonal pasture production. New Zealand Journal of Agricultural Research 29 (4): 575-585.

Thom, E. R., Sheath, G. W., Bryant, A. M. 1986. Renovation of pastures containing paspalum. Effects of nitrogen fertilizer on the growth and persistence of overdrilled ryegrass. New Zealand Journal of Agricultural Research 29 (4): 587-598.

Thom, E. R., Sheath, G. W., Bryant, A. M. 1986. Renovation of pastures containing paspalum. Effect of defoliation management and irrigation on ryegrass growth and persistence. New Zealand Journal of Agricultural Research 29 (4): 599-611.

Vasellati, V., Oesterheld, M., Medan, D. 2001. Effects of flooding and drought on the anatomy of Paspalum dilatatum. Annals of Botany 88 (3): 355-360. ABSTRACT: Paspalum dilatatum occupies different topographic positions in the Flooding Pampa, Argentina. Populations from different positions are subjected to various regimes of flooding and drought, both of which may occur in the same growing season. We investigated the constitutive and plastic anatomical traits of P. dilatatum populations from habitats with contrasting regimes of flooding and drought. Both events affected root and sheath anatomy, and these effects were similar for clones from different topographic positions. Flooding increased the aerenchymatous tissue in the root cortex and the leaf sheaths and decreased the number of root hairs per unit of root length. Drought decreased the diameter of root metaxylem vessels, thus lowering the risk of embolisms and increasing water-flow resistance, and increased the number of root hairs, thereby increasing water uptake ability. In addition to these plastic responses, all clones showed constitutive characteristics that may confer an ability to withstand sudden events of flooding or drought: a high proportion of aerenchyma, which may maintain aeration before plastic responses take place, sclerenchyma, which may prevent root and leaf sheath collapse by soil compaction, and a conspicuous endodermis, which may protect stellar tissues from desiccation. Both constitutive and plastic anatomical characteristics are likely to contribute to the ability of this species to occupy widely different topographic positions and to resist temporal variations in water and oxygen availability. Copyright 2001 Annals of Botany Company.

Paspalum Bahia grass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida notatum

Akanda, R.U., J. J.Mullahey, C.C. Dowler, D.G. Shilling. 1997. Influence of Postemergence Herbicides on Tropical Soda Apple (Solanum viarum) and Bahiagrass (Paspalum notatum). Weed technology: A journal of the Weed Science Society of America. 11(4): 656.

Baker, R.D., L.B. McCarty, D.L. Colvin, J.M. Higgins, J.S. Weinbrecht, J.E. Moreno. 1999. Research - Bahiagrass (Paspalum notatum) seedhead suppression following consecutive yearly applications of plant growth retardants. Weed technology: A journal of the Weed Science Society of America. 13(2): 378.

Barbo, D.N., A.H. Chappelka, G.L. Somers, M.S. Miller-Goodman, K. Stolte. 1998. Diversity of an early successional plant community as influenced by ozone. New phytologist. 138(4) Apr.: 653-662. SUMMARY: An early successional plant community was exposed to various ozone concentrations for two growing seasons (1994-1995) in open-top chambers in Auburn, Alabama,

197 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... USA. The ozone treatments were: AA, ambient air (open plots), CF, carbon-filtered air (c. 0.5 x ambient air), 1x, non-filtered air, and 2x, twice filtered air. Vegetative canopy cover exhibited a pattern of accumulation in the spring, with maximum canopy cover attained in summer, then senescence of foliage in the autumn 1994. This pattern was not observed in 1995 as a result of a drought during the spring and summer. Varying ozone exposures caused shifts in the competitive interactions between plants, thereby altering community structure. Higher canopy cover, vertical canopy density (layers of foliage), species richness, diversity, and evenness existed in the CF treatments than in the other treatments. In addition, winged sumac (Rhus capallina L.) became a major component of the CF treatments only during 1995. Surprisingly, blackberry (Rubus cuneifolius Pursh.), a species considered ozone-sensitive, based on visible injury, dominated canopy cover within the 2x treatments, 41 and 33% of total canopy cover in 1994 and 1995, respectively. From these results it is concluded that plant communities existing in areas where lower ozone concentrations are prevalent might be more complex and diverse than those existing in areas with higher ozone concentrations.

Brenneman, T. B., D. R. Sumner, R. E. Baird. 1995. Suppression of foliar and soilborne peanut diseases in bahiagrass rotations Phytopathology 85 Sept.: 948-52.

Burton, G.W. 1942. Observations on the flowering habits of four paspalum species. American journal of botany. 29(10) Dec: 843-848.

Chandramohan, S., S. Charudattan, R. M. Sonoda, Megh Singh. 2002. Field evaluation of a fungal pathogen mixture for the control of seven weedy grasses. Weed science. 50: 204-213. ABSTRACT: In citrus, weedy grasses compete for moisture, nutrients, and light and can inhibit the growth of young trees and delay fruit production. These weeds are difficult to control, either because of their tolerance to available herbicides or due to growth habits that enable them to resist other control practices. Control of seven such weedy grasses (southern sandbur, large crabgrass, crowfootgrass, guineagrass, Texas panicum, johnsongrass, and yellow foxtail) with a mixture of three fungal pathogens, termed the multiple-pathogen strategy, was field tested in 1996 and 1998. Three fungi indigenous to Florida, Drechslera gigantea, Exserohilum longirostratum, and E. rostratum, isolated from large crabgrass, crowfootgrass, and johnsongrass respectively, were used. Two separate field studies were conducted: one study with seven grasses trans-planted and grown within each plot (grass mixture field trial) and another study on a population of guineagrass alone present in a naturally infested field (guineagrass field trial). The objectives of this study were to (1) evaluate the field performance of D. gigantea, E. longirostratum, and E. rostratum individually and in a mixture to control the seven transplanted weedy grasses (grass mixture) and a population of guineagrass in a naturally infested field, respectively, and (2) compare the effectiveness of three carriers (water, Metamucil t , and an invert emulsion) on the bioherbicidal efficacy under field conditions. The fungi were applied as foliar sprays, each pathogen alone or in a mixture of the three fungi (1:1:1, v/v/v, for a total of 5 3 10 5 spores ml 21 ) in water, 0.5% aqueous Metamucil t , or an emulsion containing Sunspray t 6E. During the 14- wk experimental period, one or two additional sprays of all treatments were applied. Disease severity was recorded weekly for 4 to 6 wk after the initial spray (WAI). Maximum disease severities were obtained in emulsion-inoculum treatments, and were higher than those in the water-inoculum and the Metamucil-inoculum treatments. The pathogen mixture was equally effective as the individual pathogens in controlling the weeds tested. In the 1996 trial, 6 WAI, disease severity on grasses inoculated with D. gigantea spore suspensions in emulsion ranged from 78 to 100%, with E. longirostratum 90 to 100%, E. rostratum 79 to 100%, and the mixture 74 to 100%. In the 1998 trial, 4 WAI, disease severity on grasses inoculated with D. gigantea spore suspensions in emulsion ranged from 45 to 98%, with E. longirostratum 45 to 98%, E. rostratum 34 to 98%, and the mixture 32 to 98.5%. Thus, it was possible to manage all seven

198 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... weedy grasses under field conditions using an emulsion-based inoculum preparation with the individual pathogens as well as the mixture of pathogens. The same three fungal pathogens were field tested for their ability to manage populations of guineagrass in a naturally infested field. The experimental design and treatments were identical to the field testing with the seven transplanted grasses. Two applications of an emulsion-based inoculum preparation of each pathogen or the mixture of pathogens effectively controlled guineagrass for up to 10 wk, with no regrowth.

Diamond, A.R. Jr., M. Woods, J.A. Hall, B.H. Martin. 2002. The vascular flora of the pike county Pocosin Nature Preserve, Alabama. Southeastern naturalist. 1(1): 45-54. ABSTRACT: The Pike County Pocosin Nature Preserve is located approximately 10 km east of Troy, Alabama, on the east side of Walnut Creek. The Preserve consists of 84 hectares of xeric sandy ridges interrupted by deep ravines. The Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources manages the site with an emphasis on the protection of rare species. The floristic survey was conducted from March 1999 through September 2000. A total of 348 taxa representing 247 genera and 97 families were found to occur or were reported from within the Nature Preserve. Poaceae represented the largest family with 43 species. Asteraceae and Fabaceae were the next largest families with 40 and 31 species, respectively. Quercus represented the largest genus with 12 taxa.

Flores, J. A, J. E. Moore,, L. E. Sollenberger. 1993. Determinants of forage quality in Pensacola bahiagrass and Mott elephantgrass. Journal of animal science 71 June: 1606-14.

Gardener, C. J., J. G. McIvor, Anne Jansen. 1993. Survival of seeds of tropical grassland species subjected to bovine digestion. Journal of applied ecology. 30(1): 75-85. SUMMARY: 1. The survival and digestion of seeds of 47 tropical and subtropical legume and grass species were studied by placing the seeds in nylon bags in the rumen of fistulated cattle, followed by acid-pepsin digestion, to identify any differences likely to affect dissemination by grazing cattle. 2. Seeds of only four of the 23 grass species survived in appreciable numbers. Digestion for short periods actually increased germination of Digitaria cilaris, Axonopus affinis, and Paspalum notatum while seeds of Pennisetum clandestimun survived up to 10 days in the rumen. All four are creeping, sword-forming species adapted to heavy grazing. 3. Few seeds of the tall tussock grasses survived the digestive processes. . 6. The nylon bag technique with the two stage digestion gave a good prediction of which seeds could survive passage through the digestive tract of cattle. For legumes, the hard seed content gave an easy and usually reliable indication of the resistance of seed to digestion.

Gates, R. N. 2000. Response of incomplete Tifton 9 bahiagrass stands to renovation. Journal of range management 53(6) Nov: 614-16.

Goatley Jr, J. Michael , V.L. Maddox, R.M. Watkins. 1996. Growth regulation of bahiagrass (Paspalumnotatum Fluegge) with Imazaquin and AC 263,222. HortScience: A publication of the American Society for Horticultural Science. 31(3): 396.

Hirata, M , W Pakiding. 2001. Contributed articles - Tiller dynamics in a bahia grass (Paspalum notatum) pasture under cattle grazing. Tropical grasslands. 35(3): 151.

Hirata, M , W Pakiding. 2002. Contributed articles - Dynamics in tiller weight and its association with herbage mass and tiller density in a bahia grass (Paspalum notatum) pasture under cattle grazing. Tropical grasslands. 36(1): 24.

Hirata, M. 2002. Contributed articles - Herbage availability and utilization in small-scale patches in

199 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... a bahia grass (Paspalum notatum) pasture under cattle grazing. Tropical grasslands. 36(1): 13.

Ishii, T. , A. Narutaki , K. Sawada , J. Aikawa , I. Matsumoto , K. Kadoya. 1997. Growth Stimulatory substances for vesicular-arbuscular. mycorrhizal fungi in Bahia grass (Paspalum notatum Flugge.) roots. Plant and Soil 196(2).

Kellogg, E.A. 1990. Variation and species limits in agamospermous grasses. Systematic botany. 15(1) Jan.-Mar.: 112-123. ABSTRACT: Agamospermy in the grasses is well-documented and is generally facultative. Hybridization among morphological clones of groups of clones is common, forming geographically widespread agamospermous complexes. These are morphologically variable, but all variation is continuous, all members are potentially infertile, and studies of cytology indicate a history of extensive hybridization and allopolyploidy. Thus microspecies do not occur. Whether morphology, interbreeding, strict monophyly, or other cohesive mechanisms are used as criteria of conspecificity, the taxonomy conclusion is the same: an entire complex must be treated as a single species.

Liebman, M., E. Dyck. 1993. Crop rotation and intercropping strategies for weed management. Ecological applications. 3(1) Feb.: 92-122. ABSTRACT: Results of a literature survey indicate that weed population density and biomass production may be markedly reduced using crop rotation (temporal diversification) and intercropping (spatial diversification) strategies. Crop rotation resulted in emerged weed densities in test crops that were lower in 21 cases, higher in 1 case, and equivalent in 5 cases in comparison to monoculture systems. In 12 cases where weed seed density was reported, seed density in crop rotation was lower in 9 cases and equivalent in 3 cases when compared to monocultures of the component crops. In intercropping systems where a main crop is intersown with a “smoother” crop species, weed biomass in the intercrop was lower in 47 cases and higher in 4 cases than in the main crop grown alone (as a sole crop), a variable response was observed in 3 cases. When intercrops were composed of two or more main crops, weed biomass in the intercrop was lower than in all of the component sole crops in 12 cases, intermediate between component sole crops in 10 cases, and higher than all sole crops in 2 cases. It is unclear why crop rotation studies have focused on weed density, whereas intercropping studies have focused on weed biomass. The success of rotation systems for weed suppression spears to be based on the use of crop sequences that create varying patterns of resource competition, allelopathic interference, soil disturbance, and mechanical damage to provide an unstable and frequently inhospitable environment that prevents the proliferation of a particular weed species. The relative importance and most effective combinations of these weed control tactics have not been adequately assessed. In addition, the weed-suppressive effects of other related factors, such as manipulation of soil fertility dynamics in rotation sequences, need to be examined.

Marousky, F. J. , F. Blondon,. 1995. Red and far-red light influence carbon partitioning, growth and flowering of bahia grass (Paspalum notatum). The Journal of agricultural science. 125(3): 355.

Mengcheng, J. , S. Qinghua. 2000. Studies on Herbage Yield Characteristics. Nutritive Value, and Soil and-Water Conservation of Bahiagrass (Paspalum notatum Flugge) ACIAR proceedings. 95: 184-186.

Muntifering, R. B. , D. D. Crosby, , M. C. Powell, A. H. Chappelka. 2000. Yield and quality

200 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... characteristics of bahiagrass (Paspalum notatum) exposed to ground-level ozone. Animal feed science and technology. 84, no. 3: 243.

Nyczepir, A. P., P. F. Bertrand. 2000. Preplanting bahia grass or wheat compared for controlling Mesocriconema xenoplax and short life in a young peach orchard. Plant Disease 84(7) July: 789-93.

Pakiding, W , M. Hirata. 2001. Contributed articles - Leaf appearance, death and detachment in a bahia grass (Paspalum notatum) pasture under cattle grazing. Tropical grasslands. 35(2): 114.

Pate, F., R. Kalmbacher, F. Martin. 2000. Evaluating breeding seasons for cows grazing winter range and bahiagrass. Journal of Range Management 53(4) July: 390-4.

Rechcigl, J. E, P. Mislevy, A. K. Alva. 1993. Influence of limestone and phosphogypsum on bahiagrass growth and development. Soil Science Society of America Journal 57. Jan/Feb: 96-102.

Santos, M., de Oliveira, P.L. , Miguens, F.C.. 2001. A method of estimating stomatal density in Paspalum notatum (Poaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 49(5): 579.

Smith, L., Grando, F., Li, Y., Seib, C., Shatters, G. 2001. Transformation of bahiagrass (Paspalum notatum Flugge). Plant cell reports. 20(11): 1017.

Sumner, D.R, Minton, N.A, Brenneman, T.B. 1999. Root diseases and nematodes in bahiagrass vegetable rotations. Plant Disease 83(1) Jan.: 55-9.

Unruh, J. B., B.J. Brecke, J.A. Dusky, J. Godbehere. 2002. Fumigant alternatives for methyl bromide prior to turfgrass establishment. Weed technology. 16: 379-387. ABSTRACT: Potassium azide (PA) (112 kg/ha), oxadiazon + 1,3-dichloropropene (1,3-D) (168 kg/ha + 140 L/ha), dazomet (392 kg/ha), dazomet + chloropicrin (392 + 168 kg/ha), dazomet + 1,3-D (392 kg/ha + 140 L/ha), iodomethane (IM) (336 kg/ha), metam-sodium (MS) (748 L/ha), MS + chloropicrin (748 L/ha 1 168 kg/ha), and MS + 1,3-D (748 1 140 L/ha) were evaluated at Jay and Arcadia, FL, in 1998 and 1999 as alternatives to methyl bromide (MeBr) fumigation for the management of common turfgrass weeds. Potassium azide was as effective as MeBr in controlling ‘Coastal’ bermudagrass, yellow and purple nutsedges, alexandergrass, broadleaf signalgrass, tall and sharp-pod morningglories, and various winter annual broadleaf weeds, but it failed to provide acceptable control of redroot pigweed. 1,3-Dichloropropene + oxadiazon did not control yellow nutsedge, purple nutsedge, or Coastal bermudagrass. Similarly, this combination treatment failed to control carpetweed but did provide 83% control of the winter annual weed species, 71% control of alexandergrass and broadleaf signalgrass, and ≥ 80% control of tall morningglory, sharppod morningglory, and redroot pigweed. Dazomet + combination treatments provided control of Coastal bermudagrass at Jay, however, control of common bermudagrass, alexandergrass, and broadleaf signalgrass was not acceptable at Arcadia. Sedge species control with dazomet + combinations was poor (< 63%) at both sites. Iodomethane, a treatment not yet registered by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), controlled weedy grass species, sedge species, and broadleaf weeds present at the two locations under different environmental conditions. Metam-sodium alone and MS + chloropicrin, tarped and untarped, and MS + 1,3-D provided acceptable weed control, however, MS + chloropicrin covered with a plastic tarp for 48 h was the best MS treatment. Metam-sodium + chloropicrin, with plastic tarp, controlled weedy grass and broadleaf species equal to MeBr, however, unacceptable sedge species control at Jay

201 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... and Arcadia was 56 and 79%, respectively. Metam-sodium applied alone failed to control redroot pigweed, however, MS + combinations provided control. These studies confirm that no EPA- registered fumigant alternative to MeBr, applied alone or in combination for preplant turf soil fumigation, exists. Consequently, until such time that an effective alternative is identified, turf managers will be forced to forego fumigation, or they will have to choose a less-effective alternative and accept the consequences of contamination.

Wiltshire, G. H. 1973. Response of grasses to nitrogen source. Journal of applied ecology. 10(2) Aug.: 429-435.

Zwank, P.J., J.P. Geaghan, D.A. Dewhurst. 1988. Foraging differences between native and released sandhill cranes: Implications for conservation. Conservation biology. 2(4) Dec.: 386-390.

Paspalum Vaseygrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida urvillei

Greenberg, C. H., Crownover, S. H., Gordon, D. R.1997. Roadside soils: A corridor for invasion of Xeric Scrub by Nonindigenous Plants. Natural Areas Journal 17(2):99-109.

Hall, D.W. 1996. Common Freshwater Aquatic Grasses. Palmetto 16(1):17-18.

Common reed Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Phragmites australis

Ailstock, M.S., C.M. Norman, and P.J. Bushmann, 2001. Common reed Phragmites australis: Control and effects upon biodiversity in freshwater nontidal wetlands. Restoration Ecology 9(1):49-59. ABSTRACT: Two studies were conducted in the Stemmers Run Wildlife Management Area in Cecil County, MD, to examine the effect of Phragmites australis control programs on plant and animal diversity in nontidal freshwater wetlands. The first study examined the effects of herbicide spraying or herbicide spraying followed by burning, and the second examined the ability of P. australis to propagate in disturbed and vegetated soils. Over a 5-yr period, both the herbicide and herbicide-burn treatments resulted in increasing numbers of plant species. Under neither treatment was Phragmites the most abundant plant germinated, and under both treatments, invertebrate diversity increased following treatment and then returned to pretreatment levels by the end of the study. Results from the propagation study showed that buried rhizomes were successfully established in all high marsh and greenhouse environments.

Hara, T., Van der Toorn, J., Mook, J. H. 1993. Growth dynamics and size structure of shoots of Phragmites australis, a clonal plant. The Journal of Ecology 81(1): 47-60.

Otto, S., Groffman, P.M., Findlay, S. 1999. Invasive plant species and microbial processes in a tidal freshwater marsh. Journal of Environmental Quality 28(4):1252-7. ABSTRACT: Microbial biomass and activity in stands of purple loosestrife (Lythrum salicaria), common reed (Phragmites australis), and narrowleaf cattail (Typha angustifolia) in a Hudson River tidal freshwater marsh were examined. Microbial biomass C and N content, total sediment N content, denitrification enzyme activity, potential net N mineralization and nitrification, and sediment respiration were studied in stands of the different plants. A fertilizer response study was also performed.

Saltonstall, K. 2002. Cryptic invasion by a non-native genotype of the common reed, Phragmites

202 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... australis, into North America. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 99(4): 2445-9. ABSTRACT: The potential existence of nonnative strains of the common reed (Phragmites australis) in North America was investigated. Sequencing data from 2 noncoding chloroplast DNA regions from Phragmites samples collected worldwide were assessed to determine whether nonnative strains were responsible for an observed spread of the plant over the past 150 years. The findings suggest that an introduction has taken place and that the introduced type has displaced native types and expanded to areas not previously not known to support Phragmites

Thompson, D.J., Shay, J.M.1985. The effects of fire on Phragmites australis in the Delta Marsh, Manitoba. Canadian Journal of Botany 63: 1864-9.

Vretare Strand, V., Weisner, S. 2002. Interactive effects of pressurized ventilation, water depth and substrate conditions on Phragmites australis. Oecologia 131(4): 490-497.

Wijte, A., Gallagher, J.L. 1996. Effect of oxygen availability and salinity on early life history stages of salt marsh plants. I. Different germination strategies of Spartina alterniflora and Phragmites australis (Poaceae). American Journal of Botany 83: 1337-42. ABSTRACT: Gradients in oxygen availability and salinity are among the most important environmental parameters influencing zonation in salt marsh communities. The combined effects of oxygen and salinity on the germination of two salt marsh grasses, Spartina alterniflora and Phragmites australis, were studied in growth chamber experiments. Germination of both species was initiated by emergence of the shoot and completed by root emergence. Percentage S. alterniflora germination was reduced at high salinity (40 g NaCl/L) and in decreased oxygen (5 and 2.5{percent}). In 0{percent} oxygen shoots emerged, but roots did not. P. australis germination was reduced at a lower salinity (25 g NaCl/L) than S. alterniflora, and inhibited at 40 g NaCl/L and in anoxia. However, a combination of hypoxia (10 and 5{percent} O2) and moderate salinity (5 and 10 g NaCl/L) increased P. australis germination. When bare areas in the salt marsh are colonized, the different germination responses of these two species to combinations of oxygen and salt concentrations are important in establishing their initial zonation. In high salinity wetlands S. alterniflora populates the lower marsh and P. australis occupies the high marsh at the upland boundary.

Wijte, A., Gallagher, J.L. 1996. Effect of oxygen availability and salinity on early life history stages of salt marsh plants. II. Early seedling development advantage of Spartina alterniflora over Phragmites australis (Poaceae). American Journal of Botany 83: 1343-50. ABSTRACT: I n salt marsh soils, germination and the first phases of seedling development often occur under dark, hypoxic or anoxic, and saline conditions. Spartina alterniflora and Phragmites australis seedling development were examined under covaried oxygen and salinity concentrations in growth chamber experiments. First, the effects of oxygen and salinity on seedling development were tested in the dark, using a 5 X 5 factorial design. Oxygen did not affect P. australis plumule growth at oxygen concentrations from 21 down to 2.5{percent}. Plumules were longer at {less than or equal to}10 than at {greater or equal to}25 g NaCl/L. Root growth was maximum in 21{percent} oxygen at {less than or equal to}10 NaCl/L and reduced at all salinities in oxygen concentrations {less than or equal to}10{percent}. No plumule or root growth occurred under anoxia. Salinity did not affect S. alterniflora mesocotyl emergence, which was fastest in anoxia and hypoxia. Mesocotyls did not emerge from the spikelet in 21{percent} oxygen. In contrast, plumule growth was fastest in 21{percent} oxygen, but was inhibited in anoxia. Under low oxygen and high salinity both plumule and root elongation were reduced. Coleoptile and mesocotyl elongation were greatest in 2.5 and 5{percent} oxygen, and shortest in anoxia. The percentage of mesocotyls elongating was also highest in 2.5{percent} oxygen. Rapid S.

203 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... alterniflora coleoptile and mesocotyl elongation in anoxia enables its seedlings to escape the impact of the stressful environment where its seeds can germinate, but the seedlings could not survive otherwise. In separate experiments, S. alterniflora seeds were germinated and the seedlings grown in the dark for 10 d, then exposed to light for 4 d. Prior to illumination the seedlings did not develop beyond the stage of a small plumule enclosed in the coleoptile. Within 48 h of illumination in the presence of CO2, roots emerged and the plumule elongated inside the coleoptile at salinities up to 40 g NaCl/L, while the external environment remained anoxic. Without CO2, plumule growth and root development did not occur. This suggested oxygen was produced inside the coleoptile by the photosynthesizing plumule, and triggered root development. The ability of S. alterniflora seedlings to continue development under external anoxia and high salinity gives that species a competitive advantage over P. australis in high salinity and/or poorly drained marshes.

Water lettuce Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Pistia stratiotes

Aoi, T., Hayashi, T. 1996. Nutrient Removal by Water Lettuce (Pisitia stratiotes). Water Science & Technology 34(7-8): 407-412. ABSTRACT: Nitrogen removal from water by water lettuce Pisitia stratiotes was investigated in outdoor experiments, and the results were compared with those using water hyacinth. Both a continuous-flow and a batch-culture system were used. Results showed that the specific growth rate of water lettuce was about 2.3 times greater than that for water hyacinth. For both species, ammonium-N was removed prior to nitrate-N. The N and phosphorus contents of biomass were about 1.5 times higher in water hyacinths than in water lettuce, but the ash contents were about the same, as was the amino acid composition of the total proteins.

Cilliers, C.J. 1991. Biological control of water lettuce, Pistia stratiotes (Araceae), in South Africa. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 37: 225-229.

Kelso, William. 2002. Swamp Things: Invasive Aquatic Plants in the Atchafalaya Basin. Louisiana Agric 45(2):6-7. ABSTRACT: The Atchafalaya Basin is a regulated floodplain of the Mississippi River. The unique aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems supported in this Basin are under threat from rising floodwaters and their delivery of sediment. Development projects have further altered flow patterns and compromised water quality. In addition, aggressive and invasive nonnative plant species such as common salvinia, water lettuce, water-milfoil, Brazilian elodea, alligatorweed, water hyacinth, and hydrilla have choked native plants. The control of these plants is extremely difficult, and requires mechanical as well as chemical controls. These controls are limited by the annual flood pulse, which spreads these species to new habitats. Biological controls have been successful for some weeds.

Lemon, G.D., Posluszny, U. 2000. Shoot development and evolution in Pistia stratiotes (Araceae). International Journal of Plant Sciences 161 (5): 721-32. ABSTRACT: The ontogeny and developmental morphology of Pistia stratiotes was investigated and its shoot development was compared with that of other members of the Araceae. The study used both 3-D and anatomical techniques to study shoot ontogeny. The results revealed that in comparison with other Araceae, shoot architecture and development in Pistia is highly complex due to its condensed nature, the presence of a bifurcating shoot apex in flowering shoots, the production of supernumerary buds, and the apparent presence of monopodial vegetative shoots and sympodial flowering shoots. An understanding of how Pistia shoots develop provided an explanation of the architecture of vegetative Pisita shoots.

204 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Sridhar, M. K. C., Sharma, B. M.1985. Some observations on the oxygen changes in a lake covered with Pistia stratiotes L. Water Research 19(7): 935-9.

Annual bluegrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Poa annua

McElroy, J. Scott, Walker, Robert H., van Santen, Edzard. 2002. Patterns of variation in Poa annua populations as revealed by canonical discriminant analysis of life history traits. Crop Science 42 (2): 513-517

Melvin, Brad P., Nair, Muraleedharan G., Vargas, Joe M. 1993. Controlling annual bluegrass (Poa annua L.) summer patch disease with faeriefungin. HortScience 28: 195-6.

Bezemer, T. Martijn, Thompson, Lindsey J., Jones, T. Hefin. 1998. Poa annua Shows Inter- Generational Differences in Response to Elevated CO[2]. Global Change Biology 4(6):687- 691. ABSTRACT: Two different experimentation programs were enacted to help assess the intergenerational impacts of ambient and elevated carbon dioxide concentrations on the growth of annual meadow grass (Poa annua). Similar results were obtained from both programs. Growth was measured as the number of tillers generated each week. Plants grown under greenhouse conditions were compared in terms of growth rates for first and second generation seeds. The second generation of plants grown under elevated CO[2] conditions produced substantially more tillers under elevated CO[2]. The second set of experiments involved model terrestrial ecosystems growing in the Ecotron. Implications for future research into the potential impacts of anthropogenic climate change are discussed.

Rottboellia Itchgrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida cochinchinensis

Bridgemohan, P., Brathwaite, R. A. I.1989. Weed management strategies for the control of Rottboellia cochinchinensis in maize in Trinidad. Weed Research 29:433-40.

Labrada, R.1994. Role of FAO in Weed Management. FAO-CAB Int Appropriate Weed Control in Southeast Asia Int Workshop, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia May 17-18:1-3. ABSTRACT: Since agricultural crop losses due to weeds exceed 30% in developing nations, FAO has embarked on projects to improve weed management in the context of sustainable agriculture. Regional groups established by the agency organize workshops, research, and information exchanges on specific weed problems. Technical cooperation program activities have proven of value in resolving specific weed issues. Efforts have focused on management of parasitic Striga complexes in southern Africa, itchgrass infestations in Central America, and water hyacinth in tropical areas.

Millhollon, R.W. 1993. Preemergence control of itchgrass (Rottboellia cochinchinensis) and johnsongrass (Sorghum halepense) in sugarcane (Saccharum spp hybrids) with pendimethalin and prodiamine. Weed Science 41: 621-626.

Millholon, R.W. 1992. Effect of itchgrass (Rottboellia cochinchinensis) interference on growth and yield of sugarcane (Saccharum spp. hybrids). Weed Science. 40: 48-53.

Nester, P.R., Harger, T.R., Geaghan, J.P. 1984. Itchgrass (Rottboellia exaltata) response to control

205 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... practices in soybean (Glycine max). Weed Science 32: 807-12.

Smith, M. C., Valverde, B. E., Merayo, A.2001. Integrated management of itchgrass in a corn cropping system: modeling the effect of control tactics. Weed Science 49(1): 123-34. ABSTRACT: A population model of itchgrass was developed for a typical corn-based cropping system in the Pacific coastal region of Costa Rica. Field experiments were conducted to quantify density-dependent seedling mortality and fecundity. Additional information required for the model was obtained from the literature. Effect of control methods on itchgrass density--including a leguminous cover crop (velvetbean), a preemergence herbicide (pendimethalin), and classical biocontrol with the head smut--alone and in combination, were investigated using the model. According to model results, the cover crop planted at high and low densities between corn rows was highly efficient, reducing the initial itchgrass density from 54 plants m-2 to 4 and 17 plants m-2, respectively. Associating velvetbean with corn solely in the first crop each year resulted in predicted itchgrass densities of 33 and 36 plants m-2 (at high and low cover crop planting densities, respectively). The improvement in corn yield from preemergence herbicide or biocontrol in addition to the cover crop was only modest. This indicated that if, in practice, the cover crop is as effective as predicted, an inexpensive control tactic such as biological control (provided that an infection rate of at least 50{percent} can be achieved) should be given priority to prevent income losses.

Giant foxtail, Japanese bristlegrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Setaria faberi

Bussan, A.J., Boerboom, C.M., Stoltenberg, D.E. 2000. Response of Setaria faberi demographic processes to herbicide rates. Weed Science 48 (4):445-53. ABSTRACT: Traditionally, herbicide efficacy has been evaluated by visual ratings, but these data provide little insight to the biological response of weeds to herbicides. Field studies were conducted in 1995 and 1996 to determine the rate response of Setaria faberi seedling survival, seed production, and biomass to postemergence herbicides in Zea mays and Glycine max. Nicosulfuron and sethoxydim were applied to Z. mays and G. max, respectively, at 1X, 1/2X, 1/4X, 1/8X, 1/16X, 1/32X, and 0X the label rate. Mature plant density of S. faberi was linearly related to seedling density, indicating that seedling survival was not density dependent. Based on a nonlinear dose-response analysis, maximum S. faberi survival was 55% in Z. mays across years and 60 and 45% in G. max in 1995 and 1996, respectively. Minimum survival was 0% except for Z. mays in 1996 when it was 13%. The minimum survival was greater in Z. mays in 1996 due to greater survival of late cohorts than in 1995. Setaria faberi seedling survival was greater in 1/2X than 1X herbicide treatments in Z. mays and G. max each year. Setaria faberi seed production was related to mature plant density with a negative exponential function. Seed production per plant was similar between 1X and 1/2X rates in Z. mays and among 1X, 1/2X, and 1/4X rates in G. max each year. However, seed production per square meter was greater in 1/2X than 1X treatments due to greater seedling survival. Regardless, seed production per square meter was 95% less in the 1/2X herbicide treatment compared to seed production by untreated plants in Z. mays and G. max.

Fausey, J.C., Renner, K.A. 1997. Germination, emergence, and growth of giant foxtail (Setaria faberi) and fall panicum (Panicum dichotomiflorum). Weed Science 45: 423-425. ABSTRACT: Controlled environment experiments were completed to determine the effect of temperature on giant foxtail and fall panicum germination, emergence, and growth. Giant foxtail seed germination decreased when exposed to a constant 30 C compared to 20 C. Germination also decreased in the alternating 20/30 C temperature regime when the hours of exposure to 30 C as

206 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... compared to 20 C increased. Fall panicum required alternating temperatures of 14 C (9 h)/28 C (15 h) to germinate. Giant foxtail seed germination exceeded 60% 4 d after exposure to an alternating temperature of 7 C (9.4 h)/20 C (14.6 h). Conversely, fail panicum seed did not germinate at the 7 C (9.4 h)/20 C (14.6 h) temperature regime and required a minimum of 7 d exposure to alternating temperatures of 13 C (8.7 h)/26 C (15.3 h) for 88% of the seed to germinate. The greatest emergence of giant foxtail and fall panicum was from 1 cm and 1 to 2.5 cm, respectively. Less than 5% of the giant foxtail and fall panicum seed emerged from 7.5 cm. The growth of giant foxtail seedlings was five times greater than that of fall panicum at each temperature regime tested. Incorporation of this information into bioeconomic models could result in accurate predictions of weed germination for effective weed management strategies.

Fausey, J.C., Kells, J.J., Swinton, S.M. 1997. Giant foxtail (Setaria faberi) interference in nonirrigated corn (Zea mays). Weed Science 45: 256-60. ABSTRACT: Studies were conducted at East Lansing, MI, in 1994 and 1995 to examine corn yield response to giant foxtail interference and to examine the effect of giant foxtail density on giant foxtail biomass, seed production, and seed germination. Treatments consisted of 0, 10, 30, 60, 84, and 98 giant foxtail plants m-1 of row in 1994 and 0, 10, 27, 30, 60, and 69 plants m-1 of row in 1995. The influence of giant foxtail density on corn yield fit a hyperbolic equation. Corn yields were reduced 13% in 1994 and 14% in 1995 from 10 giant foxtail plants m-1 of row. Corn dry matter at maturity was decreased 24 and 23% from 10 giant foxtail plants m-1 of row in 1994 and 1995, respectively. Giant foxtail seed production increased linearly as inflorescence length increased. The length of a single giant foxtail inflorescence increased as plant density increased and the number of inflorescence produced per plant decreased. Giant foxtail seed production ranged from 518 to 2,544 seeds per plant. Ten giant foxtail plants m-1 of row produced 15,700 seeds m-2. Giant foxtail seed germination was not affected by plant density.

Harrison, S.K., Williams, C.S., Wax, L.M.1985. Interference and control of giant foxtail (Setaria faberi) in soybeans (Glycine max). Weed Science 33: 203-8.

Schreiber, M.M. 1992. Influence of tillage, crop rotation, and weed management on giant foxtail (Setaria faberi) population dynamics and corn yield. Weed-Science 40 (4) 645-653. ABSTRACT: A long-term integrated pest management study initiated in 1980 and continued through 1991 was conducted to determine interactions of tillage, crop rotation, and herbicide use levels on weed seed populations, weed populations, and crop yield. This paper presents giant foxtail seed population and stand along with corn yield in continuous corn, corn rotated with soybean, or corn following wheat in a soybean-wheat-corn rotation. Increasing herbicide use levels above the minimum reduced giant foxtail seed in the 0- to 2.5 cm depth of soil. Reducing tillage from conventional moldboard plowing to chiseling to no-tilling increased giant foxtail seed in only the top 0 to 2.5 cm of soil. No-tilling increased giant foxtail seed over conventional tillage in each year data were collected. Growing corn in a soybean-corn or soybean-wheat-corn rotation reduced giant foxtail seed from corn grown continuously in all three soil depths sampled: 0 to 2.5 cm, 2.5 to 10 cm, and 10 to 20 cm. Although stands of giant foxtail tended to follow soil weed seed counts, crop rotation significantly reduced giant foxtail stand with maximum reduction in the soybean-wheat-corn rotation in all tillage systems. Giant foxtail stands were reduced following wheat in no-tilling, probably because of the allelopathic influence of wheat straw. Corn yields showed weed management levels above minimum control are not justified regardless of tillage and crop rotation.

Warwick, S. I., Thompson, B. K., Black, L. D. Life history and allozyme variation in populations of the weed species Setaria faberi. Canadian Journal of Botany 65: 1396-402.

207 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Young, B.G., Hart, S.E. 1997. Giant foxtail (Setaria faberi) control in sethoxydim-resistant corn (Zea mays). Weed Science 45: 771-6. ABSTRACT: Field studies were conducted at Dekalb and Urbana, IL, in 1995 and 1996 to evaluate the effectiveness of sethoxydim for giant foxtail control in sethoxydim-resistant (SR) corn. Experiments studied sequential and total postemergence applications of grass herbicide standards compared to sethoxydim. Additional studies evaluated the compatibility of sethoxydim with postemergence broadleaf herbicides. Metolachlor plus atrazine and metolachlor followed by dicamba plus atrazine gave at least 88% control of giant foxtail at both locations in both years. Metolachlor plus flumetsulam plus clopyralid provided 90% or greater grass control over all experiments, with the exception of only 75% control at Dekalb in 1995 due to a heavy giant foxtail infestation. In comparison, flumetsulam plus clopyralid followed by postemergence applications of sethoxydim or nicosulfuron provided the same level of grass control as preemergence metolachlor, except at Dekalb in 1995 where control was 72% for both sethoxydim and nicosulfuron. Sequential applications of sethoxydim increased control of giant foxtail compared to a single sethoxydim application in 1995. Sethoxydim applied alone controlled giant foxtail 8% better than nicosulfuron at Urbana in 1996. Postemergence sethoxydim applied alone provided 87% or better control of giant foxtail. Sethoxydim performance was consistent when applied with flumetsulam plus clopyralid plus 2,4-D (NAF-73), halosulfuron plus dicamba, and bromoxynil. The efficacy of sethoxydim was reduced in combination with dicamba plus atrazine in three of the four trials, and bentazon plus atrazine as well as primisulfuron plus prosulfuron in all trials. Sethoxydim outperformed nicosulfuron in combinations with bromoxynil at Urbana. These studies indicate sechoxydim has excellent potential to be used in corn for postemergence control of giant foxtail.

Johnsongrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Sorghum halepense

Ghosheh, H.Z., Holshouser, D.L., Chandler, J.M. 1996. The critical period of johnsongrass (Sorghum halepense) control in field corn (Zea mays). Weed Science 44: 944-947.

Ghosheh, H.Z., Holshouser, D.L., Chandler, J. M.1996. Influence of density on johnsongrass (Sorghum halepense) interference in field corn (Zea mays). Weed Science 44:879-83.

McWhorter, C.G. 1993. A 16-yr survey on levels of johnsongrass (Sorghum halepense) in Arkansas, Louisiana, and Mississippi. Weed Science 41:669-77. ABSTRACT: A survey was conducted in Mississippi from 1976 and in Arkansas and Louisiana from 1977 through 1991 to determine annual variation of johnsongrass infestation in cotton and soybean fields. The survey route was 1534 km long. Levels of johnsongrass infestation were estimated in 752 +- 296 cotton fields and 884 +- 407 soybean fields in each year of the survey. The area of fields surveyed annually was 47 000 +- 21 000 ha of cotton and 52 000 +- 19 000 ha of soybeans. Johnsongrass was present in 55 to 90% of the cotton fields. The percent of cotton fields with johnsongrass was about the same in 1991 as in 1976-77. About 90% of the soybean fields in Mississippi and Louisiana had johnsongrass, but only 70 to 80% of soybeans fields in Arkansas had johnsongrass. Soybean fields with 1 to 5% levels of infestation increased slightly in Mississippi but remained about the same in Arkansas and Louisiana. Soybean fields with infestations of 6% or more slightly decreased in Arkansas and Louisiana but not in Mississippi. It was estimated that johnsongrass reduces the average annual value of harvested cotton 5.8 +- 1.9 million and soybeans 23.7 +- 0.6 million in the three states. Nomenclature: Cotton, Gossypium hirsutum L., soybean, Glycine max (L.) Merr., johnsongrass, Sorghum halepense (L.) Pers. -3 SORHA.

Millhollon, R.W. 1993. Preemergence control of itchgrass (Rottboellia cochinchinensis) and

208 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... johnsongrass (Sorghum halepense) in sugarcane (Saccharum spp hybrids) with pendimethalin and prodiamine. Weed Science 41: 621-626. ABSTRACT: Preemergence control of itchgrass in sugarcane with nonincorporated pendimethalin and prodiamine increased as rate for each herbicide increased from 2.2 to 3.4 kg ai ha-1. Itchgrass control at 3.4 kg ha-1 was similar for both herbicides, ranging from 78 to 94% (86% mean) for pendimethalin in six field experiments and 83 to 91% (86% mean) for prodiamine in three experiments. Incorporated trifluralin at 2.2 kg ha-1, the standard, gave 99% mean control of itchgrass. None of the nonincorporated treatments with pendimethalin or prodiamine consistently prevented a decrease in the sugarcane stalk population at harvest. Asulam applied postemergence at 3.7 kg ae ha-1 controlled itchgrass that survived the preemergence herbicides, and sugarcane stalk populations were maintained. Preemergence control of johnsongrass with nonincorporated treatments of pendimethalin or prodiamine at 2.8 kg ha-1, in a mixture with atrazine at 2.2 kg ai ha-1, ranged from 86 to 95% (89% mean) for pendimethalin and 80 to 95% (88% mean) for prodiamine. Metribuzin at 2.2 kg ha-1, the standard, gave 97% mean control of johnsongrass. Mixtures of pendimethalin with metribuzin or terbacil generally gave more effective control of johnsongrass than mixtures with atrazine. When used in conjunction with other herbicides, nonincorporated pendimethalin and prodiamine were effective alternatives to soil-incorporated treatments for weed control in sugarcane. Nomenclature: Sodium salt of asulam, methyl((4-aminophenyl)sulfonyl) carbamate, atrazine, 6- chloro-N-ethyl-N'-(1-methylethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine, metribuzin, 4-amino-6-(1,1- dimethylethyl)-3-(methylthio)-1,2,4-triazin-5(4H)-one, pendimethalin, N-(1-ethylpropyl)-3,4- dimethyl-2,6-dinitrobenzenamine, prodiamine, N-3,N-3-di-n-propyl-2,4-dinitro-6- (trifluoromethyl)-m-phenylenediamine, terbacil, 5-chloro-3-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-6-methyl- 2,4(1H,3H)-pyrimidinedione, trifluralin, 2,6-dinitro-N,N-dipropyl-4- (trifluoromethyl)benzenamine, itchgrass, Rottboellia cochinchinensis (Lour.) Clayton (=Rottboellia exaltata (Lour.) Clayton) -3 ROOEX, johnsongrass, Sorghum halepense (L.) Pers. SORHA, sugarcane, interspecific hybrids of Saccharum.

Paterson, Andrew H., Schertz, Keith F., Lin, Yann-Rong. 1995. The weediness of wild plants: molecular analysis of genes influencing dispersal and persistence of johnsongrass, Sorghum halepense (L.) Pers. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 92 (13): 6127-31 ABSTRACT: Many major weeds rely upon vegetative dispersal by rhizomes and seed dispersal by "shattering" of the mature inflorescence. We report molecular analysis of these traits in a cross between cultivated and wild species of Sorghum that are the probable progenitors of the major weed "johnsongrass." By restriction fragment length polymorphism mapping, variation in the number of rhizomes producing above-ground shoots was associated with three quantitative trait loci (QTLs). Variation in regrowth (ratooning) after overwintering was associated with QTLs accounting for additional rhizomatous growth and with QTLs influencing tillering. Vegetative buds that become rhizomes are similar to those that become tillers-one QTL appears to influence the number of such vegetative buds available, and additional independent genes determine whether individual buds differentiate into tillers or rhizomes. DNA markers described herein facilitate cloning of genes associated with weediness, comparative study of rhizomatousness in other Poaceae, and assessment of gene flow between cultivated and weedy sorghums-a risk that constrains improvement of sorghum through biotechnology. Cloning of "weediness" genes may create opportunities for plant growth regulation, in suppressing propagation of weeds and enhancing productivity of major forage, turf, and "ratoon" crops.

Prostko, E.P., Wu, H., Chandler, J.M. 1998. Modeling seedling johnsongrass (Sorghum halepense) emergence as influenced by temperature and burial depth. Weed Science 46 (5): 549-54.

209 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... ABSTRACT: Research was conducted to formulate a seedling johnsongrass emergence model as influenced by temperature and burial depth using the poikilotherm rate equation. A series of constant-temperature growth chamber experiments with johnsongrass seed buried at various depths in fritted clay was conducted to develop a temperature/burial emergence database. The poikilotherm rate equation was fit to the emergence data from burial depths of 0 to 2.5 cm at constant temperatures between 20 and 44 C. These data were then combined to formulate a single poikilotherm rate equation to model the emergence of seedling johnsongrass from 0 and 2.5 cm deep and 20 to 44 C. This combined model was validated against two independent emergence data sets with good results.

Tassara, H.J., Santoro, J., Mircza C. 1996. Johnsongrass (Sorghum halepense) control with imazethapyr and haloxyfop in conventional and vertical-tilled soybean (Glycine max). Weed Science 44: 345-9.

Small Duckmeat, spotted duckmeat, dotted duckweed Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Spirodela punctata

Culley, D.D., Rejmankova, E., Kvet, J., Frye, J.B. 1981. Production, Chemical Quality and use of Duckweeds (Leminaceae) in Aquaculture, Waste Management and Animal Feed. Journal of Work Mariculture Society 12(2):27-49.

Janas, K.M., Osiecka, R., Zon, J. 1998. Growth-retarding Effect of 2-Aminoindan-2-Phosphonic Acid on Spirodela Punctata. Journal of Plant Growth Regulation 17(3):169-172.

Mestayer, C. R., Culley, D.D, Standifer, L.C., Koonce, K.L. 1985. Solar Energy Conversion Efficiency and Growth aspects of the Duckweed, Spriodela Punctata (G.F.W. Mey.)

Thompson. Aquatic Botany 19:157-170.

Sutton, D.L., Vandiver, V.V., Neitzke, J. 1986. Use of Grass Carp to Control Hydrilla and other Aquatic Weeds in Agricultural Canals. Aquatics 8(3):8-11.

Smutgrass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida Sporobolus indicus

Greenberg, C. H., Crownover, S. H., Gordon, D. R.1997. Roadside soils: A corridor for invasion of Xeric Scrub by Nonindigenous Plants. Natural Areas Journal 17(2): 99-109.

Medina, E., Motta, N. 1990. Metabolism and Distribution of Grasses in Tropical Flooded Savannas in Venezuela. Journal of Tropical Ecology 6:77-89.

St. Augustine Stenotaphrum grass Plantae Magnoliophyta Liliopsida secundatum

Dudeck, A. E., Peacock, C. H., Wildmon, J. C. 1993. Physiological and growth responses of St. Augustinegrass cultivars to salinity. HortScience 28: 46-48.

Erickson, J. E., Cisar, J. L., Volin, J. C. 2001. Comparing nitrogen runoff and leaching between newly established St. Augustinegrass turf and an alternative residential landscape. Crop Science 41 (6):1889-95.

210 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... ABSTRACT: Turfgrass landscapes have the potential for loss of applied N through both runoff and leaching. Lower maintenance alternative vegetation used in mixed-species landscapes may reduce N leaching and runoff, which is important for reducing N pollution of surface and ground waters. However, few studies have examined this paradigm. Therefore, we constructed a field- scale facility to compare fertilizer N runoff and leaching between St. Augustinegrass {Stenotaphrum secundatum (Walt.) Kuntze} and a mixed-species landscape. Four replications of each landscape were randomly assigned to 50- m2 plots. A medium-fine sand (75-cm depth) was used as the root zone mix. A blended granular fertilizer was applied at a rate of 300 and 150 kg N ha-1yr-1 on the turfgrass and mixed-species, respectively. Throughout the first year following installation of the landscapes, fertilizer N loss in surface runoff was insignificant. In contrast, N leaching losses were significantly greater on the mixed-species landscape during three fertilizer cycles, resulting in 48.3 kg N ha-1 compared with 4.1 kg N ha-1 for the St. Augustinegrass annually. The results from the newly established landscapes presented here indicated that St. Augustinegrass was more efficient at using applied N and minimizing N leaching compared with the alternative landscape. Furthermore, the study identified areas of concern with respect to N management practices on alternative landscapes. These results hold implications for future landscape models and management of resources in a residential setting

McCarty, L.B. 1996. Selective control of common bermudagrass in St. Augustinegrass. Crop Science 36: 694-698.

McCarty, L.B., Porter, D.W., Colvin, D.L. 1995. St. Augustinegrass rooting following preemergence herbicide application. Journal of the American Society for Horticultural Science 120: 374- 378.

McCarty, L.B., Porter, D.W., Colvin, D.L. 1995. Sod regrowth of St. Augustinegrass after preemergence herbicide application. Agronomy Journal 87: 503-507.

Philley, H. W., Watson, C. E. Jr., Krans, J. V. 1998. Inheritance of cold tolerance in St. Augustinegrass. Crop Science 38(2): 451-454.

Peacock, C. H., Dudeck, A. E. 1984. Physiological response of St. Augustinegrass to irrigation scheduling. Agronomy Journal 76: 275-279.

Reinert, J.A., Busey, P., Bilz, F.G. 1986. Old World St. Augustine grasses resistant to the southern chinch bug (Heteroptera: Lygaeidae). Journal of Economic Entomology 79:1073-1075.

Common corncockle Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Agrostemma githago

Doll, H., Holm, U., Sogaard, B. 1995. Effect of crop density on competition by wheat and barley with Agrostemma githago and other weeds. Weed Research 35: 391-6.

Firbank, L.G. 1988. Biological flora of the British Isles: Agrostemma githago L. The Journal of Ecology 76: 1232-46.

Gardener, M.C., Gillman, M.P. 2001. The effects of soil fertilizer on amino acids in the floral nectar of corncockle, Agrostemma githago (Caryophyllaceae). Oikos 92 (1): 101-6. ABSTRACT: The effects of soil fertilizer on the nectar amino acid complement of corncockle (Agrostemma githago) were investigated. Corncockle plants were grown in field plots prepared with either no fertilizer, 75 g of slow release fertilizer granules, or 175 g of granular treatment.

211 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Nectar was extracted from the plants in late summer, frozen, and analyzed at a later date by high performance liquid chromatography. In contrast to the findings of earlier work, the results demonstrated that soil conditions can affect the amino acid complement of nectar.

Humphry, R.W., Mortimer, M., Marrs, R.H. 2001. The effect of plant density on the response of Agrostemma githago to herbicide. The Journal of Applied Ecology 38(6):1290-302.

Moore, P.D. 2000. Seeds of doubt. Nature v. 407 no. 6805 (October 12 2000) p. 683-5. ABSTRACT: In the Journal of Applied Ecology (2000,37:647-59), Keller et al. report that certain kinds of conservation work can have adverse effects. Wildflowers regarded as weeds by farmers have suffered population declines as a result of weed control. In response, environmentalists have been deliberately sowing weed seed mixtures, particularly along road margins in Europe and North America. Keller et al. carried out a range of crossing experiments between 3 weed species from Switzerland and the same species obtained as seeds from other countries. They found that, in the long term, introducing foreign genes into native weed populations is likely to reduce their ability to survive and reproduce effectively.

Ailanthus Tree-of-heaven Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida altissima

Facelli, J.M. 1994. Multiple indirect effects of plant litter affect the establishment of woody seedlings in old fields. Ecology 75:1727-35. ABSTRACT: The effects of oak leaf litter, herb competition, and insect herbivory on the establishment of Ailanthus altissima seedlings in New Jersey were examined. Two experiments were conducted in an early-successional site during 2 consecutive years. The first field experiment was designed to test the prediction that the presence of litter should have an indirect positive effect on the growth of woody seedlings. The second experiment was designed to study the effect of litter on arthropod activity and the effect of herbivore arthropods on seedling establishment. The results of the study illustrate that, even in a simple, early successional community, the web of interactions can be of considerable complexity.

Feret, P.P. 1985. Ailanthus: variation, cultivation, and frustration. Journal of Arboriculture 11: 361-368.

Gravano, E., Giulietti, V., Desotgiu, R. 2003. Foliar response of an Ailanthus altissima clone in two sites with different levels of ozone-pollution. Environmental Pollution 121(1): 137-46.

Graves, W.R., Joly, R.J., Dana, M.N.1991. Water use and growth of honey locust and tree-of- heaven at high root-zone temperature. HortScience 26: 1309-12.

Hunter, J.C. 1995. Ailanthus altissima: its biology and recent history. CalEPPC News 3(4):4- 5.

Moffat, A.S.1985. Secrets of an urban survivor [Ailanthus]. Science 85 December:71-72. ABSTRACT: Horticulturists from the Urban Horticulture Institute at Cornell University are studying Ailanthus altissima in order to determine why the tree thrives in hostile settings. Ailanthus was brought to the United States from its native China in the nineteenth century and has flourished in this country, growing in sidewalk cracks, on top of dumps, in hot parking lots, and in other spots where other trees cannot live. One study revealed that the tree's seeds are viable for a long period of time and don't require specific conditions of moisture and temperature to sprout. The seeds can even germinate in soil that contains as much as 20 percent salt. Ailanthus also

212 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... sends out root suckers and develops a vigorous root system. By determining how the tree grows, horticulturists hope to design techniques to encourage similar growth in other trees.

Silktree Mimosa Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Albizia julibrissin

Addlestone, B.J., Mueller, J.P., Luginbuhl, J. 1998. The establishment and early growth of three leguminous tree species for use in silvopastoral systems of the southeastern USA. Agroforestry Systems 44 (2-3): 253-265. ABSTRACT: Demand for goat meat in the eastern USA is growing as a result of preference by ethnic communities. Meat goat production systems in the southeastern USA should be designed to take advantage of the goats' natural preference for browse. Trees could contribute to system productivity by supplying required nutrients when demand by growing animals is critical and the quality of forage is limited. A field study was established in Wake County, NC to evaluate the establishment and early growth characteristics of three leguminous tree species, Robinia pseudoacacia, Gleditsia triacanthos, and Albizia julibrissin. The three tree species were planted in single-row plots following a randomized complete block design (3 X 2 X 2, replicated six times) with two planting densities (intra-row spacing of 50 or 100 cm) and two coppice heights (25 or 50 cm). Bare-root seedlings were planted in March 1995, evaluated for browse quality (composited samples) in August 1995, coppiced in February 1996, evaluated for herbage mass and quality in July 1996, and evaluated for goat preference in August 1996. Herbage mass produced during the second season ranged from about 200 (G. tricanthos) to 3,200 kg/ha (R. pseudoacacia). Estimates of herbage quality were high for all species. Crude protein and acid detergent fiber of leaflets ranged from 23 to 28% and 12 to 22%, respectively. Robinia pseudoacacia has a high potential as a browse species for goats due to high herbage production (mean of 2,390 kg/ha) and goat preference. Gleditsia triacanthos was judged to be a low value browse species. Albizia julibrissin, although not highly preferred by goats in the trial holds sufficient potential to warrant further investigation.

McArdle, A.J., Santamour, F.S. Jr. 1986. Screening mimosa (Albizia julibrissin) seedlings for resistance to nematodes and Fusarium wilt. Plant Disease 70: 249-251.

Nesbitt, R. B., Tidwell, T.E., Stipes, R. J., Griffin, G.J. 1999. First Report of Mimosa Wilt Disease of Silk Tress (Albizia Julibrissin) in California caused by Fusarium Oxysporum F. Sp. Perniciosum. Plant Disease 83(5):487.

Tanada, T. 1983. Effects of light flashes on the dark closure of Albizzia julibrissin pinnules. Physiologia Plantarum 58: 475-478.

Woo, W.S., Kang, S.S. 1984. Isolation of a new monoterpene conjugated triterpenoid from the stem bark of Albizzia julibrissin. Journal of Natural Products (Lloydia) 47: 547-549.

Alhagi Camelthorn Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida camelorum

Anderson, M.D., Anderson, T.A. 2001. Too Much, Too Quickly? Doubts About the Sustainability of the Camelthorn Wood Harvest. African Wildlife 55 (3):21-23. ABSTRACT: The camelthorn tree of the Northern Cape, South Africa, is economically valuable, and is widely harvested on nature reserves. The species is also an important cornerstone of the ecosystem, providing nesting and forage habitat, shades, wildlife shelter, and nutrient cycling. The tons of camelthorn that are harvested monthly from Kalahari farms are sold in South Africa

213 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... for fireword. The labor-intensive harvesting is neither economically or environmentally sustainable. Although both dead and live trees cannot be removed, disturbed, or damaged according to the National Forests Act, there is little enforcement of this law, and less distinction between dead and living trees.

Liversidge, R. 2001. A Unique Habitat Threatened: The Kathu Camelthorn Tree Forest in the Northern Cape. African Wildlife 55 (3):24-26. ABSTRACT: One of two remaining camelthorn forests in the Kalahari Region, the Kathu forest in the Northern Cape, South Africa is supported by large underground aquifers, which are drawn on by miners and farmers. The forest provides a unique habitat for a wide diversity of wildlife species, including mammals and birds. The forest is poorly managed, and vulnerable to exploitation. Private contracts allow the removal of dead wood, which is achieved through large- scale and invasive measures. Goats and camels within the Kathu Nature Reserve, privately owned, are exotic species which browse upon the camelthorn. Chemical treatments of other invasive plant species have damaged camelthorns. This unique habitat should be developed and protected as an ecotourism destination.

Garlic mustard Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Alliaria petiolata

Blossey, B., Nuzzo, V., Hinz, H., Gerber, E. 2001. Developing Biological Control of Alliaria petiolata (M. Bieb.) Cavara and Grande (Garlic Mustard). Natural Areas Journal 21(4):357-367. ABSTRACT: Management of invasive plant species and their impacts on the integrity of natural areas requires an arsenal of management options, including species-specific control measures. Conventional management options such as fire, herbicides, floods, and mowing may adversely affect native species as well as the targeted species. Biological control methods are increasingly popular. Such a program has been developed for the control of garlic mustard, which has spread through eastern and midwestern Canada and the U.S. While 70 insects and 7 fungi control this weed in Europe, few of these exist in the U.S. Five monophagous weevils and an oligophagous flea beetle have been selected for study, based on data about their restricted host range.

Meekins, J.F., McCarthy, B.C. 2002. Effect of population density on the demography of an invasive plant (Alliaria petiolata, Brassicaceae) population in a southeastern Ohio forest. The American Midland Naturalist 147 ( 2):256-78. ABSTRACT: As interest in invasive species management increases, new information with respect to invasive species abundance and distribution in invaded habitats is imperative. One essential type of information is demographic data. When invasive plants colonize a new habitat, their numbers may be low at first, but the population may undergo rapid expansion. We were interested in the effect of intraspecific density on the population dynamics and life history attributes of Alliaria petiolata a Eurasian biennial herb that has become an invasive pest in portions of North America. Thirty plots were established in a mesic second-growth deciduous forest in high, medium and low density patches of A. Petiolata rosettes. Demographic data were collected for all A. petiolata cohorts present in the plots from 1996-1998. In June 1998 all first year rosette and second year mature individuals were harvested, dried and weighed. Stage-based population projection matrices were constructed in order to compare demography among plots and years, and models were used to predict trends in future population growth. There were significant differences among demographic parameters as a function of density and year. Survival to flowering in 1998 was greatest for plants in low density plots. These plants were also larger and produced more fruits than plants in either medium or high density plots. Initial differences among plots in plant density diminished and by 1998 there was no significant difference among density treatment plots in number of flowering plants or number of seeds produced. Seed bank formation ensures that, even under less favorable circumstances, A. petiolata can remain at a site

214 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... for a number of years. Lambda values indicated that the number of plants in plots of each density is increasing, with the greatest increase in low density plots (l = 1.45). As this study shows, due to abundant seed production, patches of low A. petiolata density in a newly colonized mesic forest can grow rapidly and in a few years form a dense stand.

Meekins, J. F., McCarthy, B.C. 2000. Responses of the biennial forest herb Alliaria petiolata to variation in population density, nutrient addition and light availability. The Journal of Ecology 88 (3): 447-63. ABSTRACT: Alliaria petiolata, a European biennial herb, is an important pest in temperate North American deciduous forests. Habitat resource structure has probably been important for invasion and proliferation of this species. 2 Alliaria was grown in an experimental garden at two densities (equivalent to 17 and 170 plants m-2), three nutrient levels (no, low, or high nutrient addition) and three light levels (ambient sunlight and two shading treatments) to determine the effects of environmental heterogeneity on growth, reproduction and resource allocation in both mature and rosette plants. 3 Overall, rosette growth and allocation patterns were significantly affected by all three variables tested. Low plant density, nutrient addition and high light availability resulted in plants with more leaves and greater dry weight biomass. Biomass allocation to shoots was greatest for plants in high-density and low-light treatments. Leaf chlorophyll content was significantly greater for plants in the two shaded treatments. 4 Mature plants also responded to environmental manipulation with significantly greater total dry weight biomass at low plant density, high light availability and with nutrient addition. Low density and high light availability resulted in significantly higher seed production. Plants in the lowest light treatment allocated significantly more biomass to shoot production and less to root production. Leaf chlorophyll content was lowest for plants in the highest light treatment and increased with nutrient addition at the two highest light treatments. 5 Plants growing at high density responded to nutrient addition and light attenuation in the same direction but with greatly reduced magnitude compared with plants growing at low density. The effect of irradiance was the most important determinant of all facets of growth and allocation patterns in both rosettes and mature plants. 6 Our results indicate that although density and site fertility may play important roles in Alliaria invasion and establishment, light availability may be the most important factor affecting subsequent growth and proliferation.

Meekins, J.F., McCarthy, B.C. 1999. Competitive ability of Alliaria petiolata (garlic mustard, Brassicaceae), an invasive, nonindigenous forest herb. International Journal of Plant Sciences 160 (4): 743-52. ABSTRACT: The competitive ability of an invasive, nonindigenous forest herb, Alliaria petiolata, was investigated. A multiple deWit replacement between A. petiolata and the indigenous Impatiens capensis, Acer negundo, and Quercus prinus was carried out. I. capensis and A. negundo underwent greater intraspecific competition than interspecific competition with A. petiolata, whereas A. petiolata grown with A. negundo underwent greater interspecific competition. I. capensis and A. petiolata were almost matched in aggressiveness, whereas A. negundo was more aggressive than A. petiolata. By contrast, Q. prinus, when grown with A. petiolata, experienced more interspecific competition and possessed a lower aggressivity value. The greater competitive ability and aggressiveness of A. petiolata rosettes compared to Q. prinus suggests that oak forest understories may be more to susceptible to invasion by A. petiolata and that oak regeneration might be negatively affected by this herb.

Stobbs, L. W., Van Schagen, J. G. 1987. Occurrence and characterization of a turnip mosaic virus isolate infecting Alliaria petiolata in Ontario, Canada. Plant Disease 71:965-8.

215 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Alternanthera Alligatorweed Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida philoxeroides

Chabreck, R.H., A.W. Palmisano. 1973. The effects of hurricane Camille on the marshes of the Mississippi river delta. Ecology. 54(5) Sep.: 1118-1123. ABSTRACT: The active delta of the Mississippi River was sampled in August 1968 to determine plant species composition, plant coverage, and soil and water chemistry. Hurricane Camille struck this area in August 1969, with winds in excess of 200 km/h and tides ranging upward to 5.2 m above MSL. The delta was resampled 2 weeks following the hurricane to evaluate the immediate effects on vegetation, soil, and water, and again 1 year after the hurricane to determine the recovery rate of vegetation. The hurricane resulted in a drastic reduction of vegetation. Regrowth was rapid in the delta marshes and after 1 year plant converge approached pre-hurricane levels of abundance, however, recovery was slower in ponds and lakes. The loss of vegetation was mainly a result of the sweeping action of wind and water, and plants were either uprooted or ripped apart and carried away by the current. Water salinity increased with the hurricane but decline by the following year and appeared to have only slight effect on marsh vegetation. Plant species varied in their response to the hurricane. Bacopa monnieri showed practically no effect, and Phragmites communis and Spartina alternaflora were reduce only slightly. Myriophyllum spicatum, Panicum repens, and Alternanthera philoxeroides were greatly reduced by the storm, and after 1 year, only Alternanthera philoxeroides showed significant recovery.

Gunasekra, L., Bonila, J. 2001. Alligator Weed: Tasty Vegetable In Australian Backyards? Journal of Aquatic Plant Management 39(1), 17-20. ABSTRACT: The present distribution of alligator weed (Alternanthera philoxeroides (Mart.) Griseb.) in Australia is cause for considerable concern, earning it a place among the top 20 weeds of National Significance. It is considered one of the worst aquatic and terrestrial weeds in the world. In all Australian states, the weed is cultivated as a green leafy vegetable by the local Sri Lankan community, in the mistaken belief that it is another plant sessile joy weed (Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R. Br. ex DC.), very popular in Sri Lanka. The Department of Natural Resources and Environment in Victoria, Australia embarked on an innovative community-department partnership with the Sri Lankan community to eradicate, manage and prevent reinfestation of the alligator weed. The main priorities of the plan were to identify the problem, raise public awareness, and the develop eradication plan. The program also sought to identify and introduce acceptable alternative for Sri Lankan community. As results of this program, 775 alligator weed infestations have been located including 13 naturalized sites. Four herbicides were tested as an experimental basis in backyards. Seven hundred and sixty seven infestations were treated using Dichlobenil, Glyphosate, Metsulfuron methyl and Metsulfuron methyl with Glyphosate. One Australian native species common joy weed (Alternanthera denticulata R. Brown) was selected and tested for nutritional value and distributed to Sri Lankan families. The new vegetable appears to be very popular and now sold by 25 shops around Melbourne Australia.

Julien, M.H., B. Skarrat, G. F. Maywald. 1995. Potential geographical distribution of alligator weed and its biological control by Agasicles hygrophila. Aquatic plant management. 33(7): 55. ABSTRACT: Alligator weed is a South American species that has invaded all continents except Africa and Europe and is spreading in Australia where it grows in both aquatic and terrestrial habitats. A climate matching program, CLIMAX, and the known distribution of the weed in South and north America were used to infer areas suitable for its growth elsewhere in the world. Results indicated that most eastern and southern areas of continental Australia are suitable, as are areas of Africa and southern Europe. Classical biological control, using the alligator weed flea beetle Agasicles hygrophila, has been effective in controlling aquatic growth of the weed in many

216 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... areas in USA. CLIMEX parameter values were also fitted for this beetle in UAS and CLIMEX was then used to find other areas of the world climatically suitable for this insect. A. hygrophila controls alligator over part of the weed’s range in USA. This information was used to determine a threshold value of the Ecoclimactic Index (EI) produced by CLIMEX, above which effective control was likely. The results indicated that control of alligator weed by the flea beetle would be restricted to areas at risk of invasion by the weed. Such predictions are being used in Australia to predict spread and efficacy of agents and to assist control planning and management of alligator weed.

Penfound, W. T., T. F. Hall, D. Hess. 1945. The spring phenology of plants in and around the reservoirs in north Alabama with particular reference to malaria control. Ecology. 26(4) Oct.: 332-352.

Penfound, W.T. 1952. An outline for ecological life histories of herbaceous vascular hydrophytes. Ecology. 33(1) Jan.: 123-128. ABSTRACT: The present paper is one of a series of outlines of ecological life history studies appearing in Ecology, under the sponsorship of the Committee on Ecological life Histories. The following outline concerns herbaceous vascular hydrophytes. The paper examines the delineation of hydrophytes.

Sainty, McCorkelle, G., Julien, M. 1997. Control and spread of alligator weed Alternanthera philoxeroides (Mart.) Griseb., in Australia: lessons for other regions. Wetlands ecology and management 5, no. 3: 195-201. ABSTRACT: Biological control of alligator weed Alternanthera philoxeroides (Mart.) Griseb. has been successful in limiting growth in water in areas with mild or warm winters, but not on land. Until recently, herbicides have had very limited short term and no long term effectiveness. Several herbicides that now provide better control include: glyphosate over water, and metsulfuron and dichlobenil on land and in shallow water. The latter two are limited by lack of selectivity, contamination of water, and cost. Mechanical or manual control has provided local eradication of the weed at a few locations where infestations are small. Alligator weed is still spreading with new outbreaks in New South Wales, Australia (NSW) coastal beach areas and coastal river systems, and on inland waterbodies. Its use as a cultivated vegetable by some ethnic communities has resulted in many new locations in all eastern Australian states: Queensland to Tasmania. It is predicted that it will spread throughout much of coastal and inland southern Australia. The difficulties with management of this weed indicate that every effort should be made to prevent further invasion of wetlands and, in particular, its introduction to Africa, where it is predicted that all wetlands could support destructive levels of alligator weed growth.

Alysicarpus Alyce Clover Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida vaginalis

Singer, K. L., Pitman, W. D. 1988. Germination requirements of a perennial Alysicarpus vaginalis accession. Agronomy Journal 80: 962-966.

Wofford, D. S., Baltensperger, D. D., Quesenberry, K. H. 1992. In vitro culture responses of alyceclover genotypes on four media systems. Crop Science 32: 261-265.

Zhao, G. S., Baltensperger, D. D., Purcifull, D. E. 1991. Host range, cytology, and transmission of an alyce-clover isolate of blackeye cowpea mosaic virus. Plant Disease 75: 251-253.

Spiny Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Amaranthus

217 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Amaranth spinosus

Shrefler, J.W., Stall, W.M., Dusky, J.A. 1996. Spiny amaranth (Amaranthus spinosus L.), a serious competitor to crisphead lettuce (Lactuca sativa L.). HortScience 31: 347-348.

Shrefler, J.W., Shilling, D.G., Dusky, J.A. 1994. Influence of phosphorus fertility on intra- and interspecific interference between lettuce (Lactuca sativa) and spiny amaranth (Amaranthus spinosus). Weed Science 42: 574-578.

Shrefler, J.W., Dusky, J.A., Shilling, D.G. 1994. Effects of phosphorus fertility on competition between lettuce (Lactuca sativa) and spiny amaranth (Amaranthus spinosus). Weed Science 42: 556-560.

Slender Amaranthus Amaranth Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida viridis

Johnson, D. E., Dingkuhn, M., Jones, M.P., Mahamane, M.C. 1998. The Influence of Rice Plant Type on the Effect of Weed Competition on Oryza Sativa and Oryza Galaberrima. Weed Research 38:207-216.

Scarlet Anagallis Pimpernel Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida arvensis

Kasera, Pawan K., Mohammed, Sher, Chawan, D. D., Sen, David N. 1998. Weeds of Indian Desert and Their Chemical Control. Indian Journal of Environmental Sciences 2(1): 23 – 27. ABSTRACT: Obligate weeds are plants that are found only in association with human settlements and activities. An overview is presented of some of the most common obligate weeds found in desert regions of India. The weeds considered included Amaranthus hybridus (Chandelo), Chenopodium murale (Goyalo), Anagallis arvensis (Dharati-dhak, Buchb-uche), and Asphodelus tenuifolius (Piazi). Facultative weeds are found in the wild and on cultivated lands. The most common facultative weeds found in Indian desert regions include Argemone mexicana (Satayanashi), Euphorbia thymifolia (Dudheli), and Crotalaria medicaginea (Gungario: Gulali). The weedy forms of several crop species are also discussed. Chemical measures used to control these diverse types of weeds in the region are examined.

Khan, Fareed A., Ghouse, A. K. M. 1988. Root growth responses of Anagallis arvensis L., Primulaceae to air pollution. Environmental Pollution 52( 4): 281-288.

Mousseau, M. 1984. CO2 and H2O exchanges in response to alteration of photoperiod in Anagallis arvensis, a long-day flowering plant. Canadian Journal of Botany 62:1880-1883.

Marsh Caperonia Caperonia Sacatrapo Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida palustris

Medikus Shepherd's Capsella bursa- Purse Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida pastoris

Aksoy, A., Dixon, J. M., Hale, W. H. G. 1998. Biological flora of the British Isles: Capsella bursa- pastoris (L.) Medikus (Thlaspi bursa-pastoris L., Bursa bursa-pastoris (L.) Shull, Bursa pastoris (L.) Weber). The Journal of Ecology 86(1): 171-186.

218 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... ABSTRACT: Capsella bursa-pastoris (shepherd's purse) is described. This small, erect, annual herb is widely distributed throughout Europe, Asia, America, Australasia, and Africa. Its geographic and altitudinal distribution, habitat, community presence, response to biotic factors, response to the environment, structure and physiology, phenology, floral and seed characters, herbivory and disease, and history are reviewed.

Baskin, J. M., Baskin, Carol C. 1989. Germination responses of buried seeds of Capsella bursa- pastoris exposed to seasonal temperature changes. Weed Research 29: 205-212.

Bradow, J.M. 1986. Germination promotion in dormant shepherdspurse (Capsella bursa-pastoris) seeds by strigol analogs and other stimulants. Weed Science 34: 1-7.

Freyman, S., Hall, J. W., Brookes, V. R. 1992. Effect of planting pattern on intra-row competition between cabbage and shepherd's purse (Capsella bursa-pastoris). Canadian Journal of Plant Science 72: 1393-1396.

McGiffen, M. 1999. Pest of the month: shepherdspurse. American Vegetable Grower 47(9):48.

Perera, K. K., Ayres, P. G. 1992. Effects of shepherd's purse (Capsella bursa-pastoris L. Medic.) on the growth of radish (Raphanus sativus L.). Weed Research 32: 329-335.

Stoll, P., Prati, D. 2001. Intraspecific aggregation alters competitive interactions in experimental plant communities. Ecology 82 (2): 319-327. ABSTRACT: The role of intraspecific aggregation on coexistence and biodiversity maintenance in experimental plant communities was investigated. Analysis involved measurement of interactions in monocultures, 3-species mixtures, and a 4-species mixture of the annuals Capsella bursa-pastoris, Cardamine hirsuta, Poa annua, and Stellaria media, cultivated at 2 densities with either random or intraspecifically aggregated distributions. The spatial distribution of plants profoundly influenced competition resulting in an increase in the fitness of weaker competitors, whereas stronger competitors were suppressed when grown in the neighborhood of conspecifics. Results indicated that the spatial arrangement of plants in a community is an important determinant of species coexistence and biodiversity.

Terpstra, R. 1995. Dormancy of seeds of shepherd's purse in alternating wet and dry, compressed aggregated soil: a laboratory experiment. The Journal of Applied Ecology 32: 434-444.

Hairy Crest, Hairy Cardamine bittercress Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida hirsuta

Altland, J.E., Gilliam, C.H., Edwards, J.H. 2000. Effect of bittercress size and Gallery rate on postemergence bittercress control. Journal of Environmental Horticulture 18 (3): 128-132.

Altland, J.E., Gilliam, C.H., Olive, J.W. 2000. Postemergence control of bittercress in container- grown crops. Journal of Environmental Horticulture 18 (1): 23-28.

Briggs, J., Whitwell, T., Riley, M.B. 2001. Preemergent bittercress control on a gravel groundcover. Journal of Environmental Horticulture 19 (2):104-108. ABSTRACT: Bittercress (Cardamine hirsuta) is a problem weed year round in Southeastern U.S. container nurseries. It readily establishes itself on gravel production surfaces and in containers, producing seeds in 4 to 5 weeks. Gravel has limited adsorption sites for herbicides, and higher use rates are required for control. Many preemergent herbicides provide short-term (3 month) control

219 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... of bittercress. Sprayable formulations provided more persistent control than granular formulations. Factor (prodiamine) and Goal (oxyfluorfen) controlled bittercress for 8 months at 2X normal rates under nursery conditions of daily irrigation. Half-lives of Factor and Goal were 3 and 1 month, respectively. Extraction of herbicides from the gravel indicated that bittercress was controlled by 0.31 ppm of both herbicides.

Stoll, P., Prati, D. 2001. Intraspecific aggregation alters competitive interactions in experimental plant communities. Ecology 82 (2): 319-327. ABSTRACT: The role of intraspecific aggregation on coexistence and biodiversity maintenance in experimental plant communities was investigated. Analysis involved measurement of interactions in monocultures, 3-species mixtures, and a 4-species mixture of the annuals Capsella bursa-pastoris, Cardamine hirsuta, Poa annua, and Stellaria media, cultivated at 2 densities with either random or intraspecifically aggregated distributions. The spatial distribution of plants profoundly influenced competition resulting in an increase in the fitness of weaker competitors, whereas stronger competitors were suppressed when grown in the neighborhood of conspecifics. Results indicated that the spatial arrangement of plants in a community is an important determinant of species coexistence and biodiversity.

Balloonvine, Cardiospermum love in a puff Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida halicacabum

Musk thistle Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Carduus nutans

Beck, K. G. 1991. Biennial Thistle Control with Herbicides. Westview Special Stud in Agric Sci & Policy Noxious Range Weeds: 254-259. ABSTRACT: The undesirable biennial thistles such as musk, plumeless, bull, and Scotch thistle, can be controlled on rangelands, using picloram and dicamba and various combinations of these components. Chlorosulfuron will also control musk thistle and plumeless thistle, and metsulfuron will control musk thistle. All herbicides should be applied when the thistles are in the rosette stage of growth, except for herbicides used for the control of musk thistle, which are applied in the bolt period before bud growth. Seeding of competitive species is recommended after chemical applications to reduce the reinvasion of the controlled area.

Beck, K.G., Wilson, R.G., Henson, M.A. 1990. The effects of selected herbicides on musk thistle (Carduus nutans) viable achene production. Weed Technology 4(3):482-486.

Brinkman, M.A., Gardner, W.A., Buntin, G.D. 2001. Effect of red imported fire ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) on Rhinocyllus conicus (Coleoptera: Curculionidae), a biological control agent of musk thistle. Environmental Entomology 30(3): 612-616.

Desrochers, A. M., Bain, J. F., Warwick, S. I.1988. A biosystematic study of the Carduus nutans complex in Canada. Canadian Journal of Botany 66:1621-1631.

Hamrick, J. L., Lee, J.M. 1987. Effect of soil surface topography and litter cover on the germination, survival, and growth of musk thistle (Carduus nutans). American Journal of Botany 74: 451-7.

Lee, J.M., Hamrick, J. L.1983. Demography of two natural populations of musk thistle (Carduus nutans). The Journal of Ecology 71: 923-936.

Meyer, R.E., Simpkins, C.L., McCully, W.G., Evans, S.G. 1994. Chemical control of musk thistle

220 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... (Carduus nutans L.) along Texas highways. Proc. S. Weed Science Society 47:144-149.

Puttler, B., Long, S.H., Peters, E. J. 1978. Establishment in Missouri of Rhinocyllus Conicus for the Biological Control of Musk Thistle (Carduus Nutans). Weed Science 26(2): 188-190. ABSTRACT: A weevil, rhinocyllus conicus, was introduced in Missouri in 1975 to aid in reducing musk thistle populations. An attempt was made to reduce the abundance of the thistle, as its presence discourages cattle from feeding properly. Experimental materials and methods used are described. The weevil was recovered in 1976 from as far as 3.2 km from the release site and 4.8 km in 1977. Infestation levels of flower heads at the release site ranged from 46-90%. Native parasites, including bracon mellitor and aliolus curculionis, were reared from weevil larvae.

Rees, N.E. 1991. Biological Control of Thistles. Westview Special Stud in Agric Sci & Policy Noxious Range Weeds. 264-274. ABSTRACT: Weevils have been introduced for the biological control of noxious thistle species in the western rangelands. A seed-head attacking weevil is used on the musk thistle, which reproduces completely by seed. The biennial musk thistle is also controlled by the larvae of a weevil which feeds into the meristem and developing stems of the thistle. Burrowing and gall- producing weevils have been used in the control of the perennial Canada thistle. Other weevil species have been introduced into Canada for the control of these thistle species as well as the plumeless thistle, the Italian thistle, the bull thistle, the milk thistle, and the Scotch thistle.

Rizza, A., Campobasso, G., Dunn, P.H. 1988. Cheilosia corydon (Diptera: Syrphidae), a candidate for the biological control of musk thistle in North America. Annals of the Entomological Society of America 81: 225-232.

Smith, L.M. 2nd, Kok, L. T. 1984. Dispersal of musk thistle (Carduus nutans) seeds. Weed Science 32: 120-125.

Smyth, C. A., Hamrick, J. L.1987. Realized gene flow via pollen in artificial populations of musk thistle, Carduus nutans L. Evolution 41: 613-619.

Wardle, D. A., Nicholson, K. S., Ahmed, M. 1995. Influence of pasture forage species on seedling emergence, growth and development of Carduus nutans. The Journal of Applied Ecology 32: 225-233.

Wardle, D.A., Nilsson, M.C., Gallet, C. 1998. An ecosystem-level perspective of allelopathy. Biological Reviews of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 73(3): 305-19. ABSTRACT: The concept of allelopathy is more usefully applied at the ecosystem level of resolution rather than at the traditional population or community level. Allelopathy is an interference mechanism whereby plants produce chemicals that affect other plants. It appears that plants with allelopathic potential against other organisms can induce net changes in ecosystem properties that may, in turn, affect the plant community in the longer term. Two contrasting examples of this phenomenon are provided by the nodding thistle (Carduus nutans) in New Zealand pastures and the crowberry (Empetrum hermaphroditum) in Swedish boreal forests. spotted Centaurea knapweed Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida maculosa

Callaway, R.M., DeLuca, T.H., Belliveau, W.M. 1999. Biological-control herbivores may increase competitive ability of the noxious weed Centaurea maculosa. Ecology 80 (4): 1196-1201.

221 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... ABSTRACT: The effectiveness of nonnative herbivores as biological controls for the invasive spotted knapweed (Centaurea maculosa) was investigated. The knapweed root moth (Agapeta zoegana) has no direct effect on the biomass of the knapweed, and Festuca idahoensis planted with the knapweed showed a significantly lower reproductive output when Centaurea has been attacked by the moth. Further studies with the common cabbage looper (Trichoplusia ni) indicated that moderate herbivory stimulated compensatory growth in Centaurea. Thus, some biocontrols may have hitherto unrecognized indirect negative effects on native species.

Chicoine, T.K., Fay, P.K., Nielsen, G.A. 1986. Predicting weed migration from soil and climate maps. Weed Science 34: 57-61.

Herron, G.J., Sheley, R.L., Maxwell, B.D., Jacobsen, Jeffrey S.2001. Influence of Nutrient Availability on the Interaction between Spotted Knapweed and Bluebunch Wheatgrass. Restoration Ecology. 9(3): 326-331. ABSTRACT: Invasion of northwestern North American rangelands by the introduced spotted knapweed (Centaurea maculosa) has reduced range biodiversity and livestock-forage and wildlife-habitat values and increased erosion. Growth-chamber experiments were conducted to test whether soil nutrient removal could be used to accelerate ecological succession away from spotted knapweed toward late-seral, poorer-soil-adapted species such as bluebunch wheatgrass (Pseudoroegneria spicatum). The knapweed and wheatgrass were grown together in pots containing either soil fertilized with N or P, soil from which nutrients were removed by a covercrop of annual rye (Secale cereale) or bottlebrush squirreltail (Elymus elimoides), or unmanipulated grassland soil. A series of knapweed/wheatgrass seeding densities and seeding ratios were used to analyze intra- and interspecific competition effects. In the unmanipulated soil, the knapweed was more competitive than the wheatgrass. The annual-rye covercrop changed the competitive balance in favor of the wheatgrass, suggesting that knapweed management through soil nutrient removal may be possible. Addition of N, P, or the bottlebrush-squirreltail covercrop did not alter the competitive relationship between the knapweed and wheatgrass.

Jacobs, J.S., Sheley, R.L. 1998. Observation: life history of spotted knapweed. Journal of Range Management 51 (6): 665-73.

LeJeune, K.D., Seastedt, T.R.2001. Centaurea Species: the Forb That Won the West. Conservation Biology 15(6):1568-154. ABSTRACT: The literature was reviewed for possible explanations of the invasion success of the genus Centaurea (knapweeds) in the western U.S. and Canada, where five Centaurea species in particular (C. solstitialis, C. diffusa, C. maculosa, C. virgata, and C. repens) have invaded millions of hectares of grassland. Being early-seral, fast-growing, short-lived species with high N requirements, Centaurea species are ecologically very different from the dominant native, slow- growing perennial grasses, which are adapted to the historically strong nitrogen limitation of western grasslands. As atmospheric N deposition, reduced fire frequency, and possibly, direct and indirect N fertilization resulting from cattle grazing have increased grassland N availability, the low-N-adapted native species may no longer have a distinct competitive advantage. Centaurea species exploit the increased N supply to become established and may then maintain their dominance through positive feedback mechanisms that perpetuate high N levels unfavorable for the native species. Furthermore, Centaurea species appear able to compete successfully for the "new" limiting resources, probably phosphorus and/or water.

Rice, P.M., Toney, J.C., Bedunah, D.J. 1997. Plant community diversity and growth form responses to herbicide applications for control of Centaurea maculosa. The Journal of Applied Ecology 34: 1397-1412.

222 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Rainelle, M.J., Jacobs, J.S., Sheley, R.L. 2001. Spotted knapweed response to season and frequency of mowing. Journal of Range Management 54 (1): 52-56.

Rice, P.M., Toney, J. C. 1998. Exotic Weed Control Treatments for Conservation of Fescue Grassland in Montana. Biological Conservation 85(1-2): 83-95. ABSTRACT: In the grasslands of west-central Montana, vegetation responses during the first 3 yr following single herbicide applications to control the invasive forb, spotted knapweed Centaurea maculosa, were investigated. The vegetation was dominated by bluebunch wheatgrass, rough fescue, and Idaho fescue. Six treatment plots involving three herbicides and two trimmings, along with an untreated control, were established. The herbicides were picloram, clopyralid, and clopyralid plus 2,4-D. The sites were in early- to mid-stages of invasion by C. maculosa. Results showed that herbicide suppression of the target weed allowed native bunchgrasses to regain vigor while maintaining nontarget forb species composition and aggregate biomass. The application of clopyralid alone was particularly effective in causing little or no decrease in the percent of pretreatment species present, while recovery was rapid for the picloram and clopyralid + 2,4-D treatments following small initial depressions.

Russian knapweed, Centaurea hardheads Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida repens

Benz, L.J., Beck, K. G., Whitson, T.D. 1999. Reclaiming Russian knapweed infested rangeland. Journal of Range Management 52 (4): 351-356.

Dall'Armellina, A.A., Zimdahl, R.L. 1988. Effect of light on growth and development of field bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis) and Russian knapweed (Centaurea repens). Weed Science 36: 779-83.

LeJeune, K.D., Seastedt, T.R. 2001. Centaurea Species: the Forb That Won the West. Conservation Biology 15(6):1568-154. ABSTRACT: The literature was reviewed for possible explanations of the invasion success of the genus Centaurea (knapweeds) in the western U.S. and Canada, where five Centaurea species in particular (C. solstitialis, C. diffusa, C. maculosa, C. virgata, and C. repens) have invaded millions of hectares of grassland. Being early-seral, fast-growing, short-lived species with high N requirements, Centaurea species are ecologically very different from the dominant native, slow- growing perennial grasses, which are adapted to the historically strong nitrogen limitation of western grasslands. As atmospheric N deposition, reduced fire frequency, and possibly, direct and indirect N fertilization resulting from cattle grazing have increased grassland N availability, the low-N-adapted native species may no longer have a distinct competitive advantage. Centaurea species exploit the increased N supply to become established and may then maintain their dominance through positive feedback mechanisms that perpetuate high N levels unfavorable for the native species. Furthermore, Centaurea species appear able to compete successfully for the "new" limiting resources, probably phosphorus and/or water.

Maddox, D.M., Mayfield, A., Poritz, N.H.1985. Distribution of yellow starthistle (Centaurea solstitialis) and Russian Knapweed (Centaurea repens). Weed Science v. 33 (May 1985) p. 315-27.

Watson, A.K. 1986. Biology of Subanguina picridis, a potential biological control agent of Russian knapweed. Journal of Nematology 18: 149-154.

223 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Yellow star- Centaurea thistle Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida solstitialis

Benefield, C.B., DiTomaso, J.M., Kyser, G.B. 2001. Reproductive biology of yellow starthistle: maximizing late-season control. Weed Science 49(1): 83-90. ABSTRACT: Field studies at three sites and growth chamber experiments were conducted to determine the reproductive potential, flower phenology, seed viability and germination, and overall seedbank longevity of yellow starthistle in the Central Valley of California. At the three study sites, seedheads contained an average of between 65 and 83 achenes. Overall, 85% of the achenes were the interior pappus-bearing type, and the remaining 15% were the outer nonpappus- bearing type. Germinable seed did not initially develop until the late corolla senescence stage 8 d after flower initiation. Seed germination and viability 1 wk after dispersal were similar (86 and 91% respectively). Comparison in flower phenology in 1996 and 1997 indicated that development from initial anthesis to achene dispersal more closely corresponded to days, rather than thermal units. In the field, germinable seed was produced when more than 2% of the total seedheads had initiated anthesis. To minimize seed production with late-season control methods, such as prescribed burning, mowing, or herbicide treatment, management strategies should be timed before the plant population has advanced beyond the 2% flower initiation stage. Over 84% of the seed germinated under growth chamber conditions 1 wk after seedheads reached the dispersal stage. This indicates that most yellow starthistle seed had little or no after-ripening requirements. In a field experiment, yellow starthistle seed germination corresponded to seasonal rainfall. A total of 44 and 39% of the pappus-bearing and nonpappus-bearing seed, respectively, germinated after one growing season. Of seed recovered from the soil after the first growing season, 88 and 81% of the pappus-bearing and nonpappus-bearing seed, respectively, was either damaged or degraded. From projected values based on recovered and germinated seed, it was estimated that over 97% of the total seed was removed from the soil seedbank after two growing seasons. These findings should assist land managers in developing long-term yellow starthistle management strategies.

DiTomaso, J.M., Kyser, G.B., Hastings, M.S. 1999. Prescribed burning for control of yellow starthistle (Centaurea solstitialis) and enhanced native plant diversity. Weed Science 47 (2): 233-242.

DiTomasio, J.M., Kyser, G.B., Orloff, S.B., Enloe, S.F. 2000. Integrated Strategies Offer Site- Specific Control of Yellow Starthistle. California Agriculture 54(6):30-36. ABSTRACT: The prolific yellow starthistle weed now infests up to 15 million acres in California. Chemical, mechanical, cultural, and biological control techniques have been the subject of extensive research projects. Strategic management plans tailored to a specific site requires a careful analysis of each option and its implications for the site. These options might include mowings, grazing, clover competition, insect introductions, prescribed burning, and the use of selective herbicides. Control programs should be supported by new legislation and greater public awareness of the problems associated with invasive weeds.

Kyser, G.B., DiTomaso, J.M. 2002. Instability in a grassland community after the control of yellow starthistle (Centaurea solstitialis) with prescribed burning. Weed Science 50 (5): 648-657. ABSTRACT: An open grassland at Sugarloaf Ridge State Park, Sonoma County, CA, was burned during three consecutive summers (1993-1995) to control yellow starthistle. By 1996, the yellow starthistle seedbank, seedling density, and mature vegetative cover were reduced by 99, 99, and 91{percent}, respectively, and the plant community had greater diversity and species richness, particularly of native forbs. After the cessation of the prescribed burning after 1995, the

224 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... community was monitored for 4 yr to determine if the reduced yellow starthistle population represented a stable state or if the population would quickly recover. The yellow starthistle seedbank rose dramatically over 4 yr. Seedling counts and summer vegetative cover also rose, though less rapidly. Total forb cover, particularly native species, total plant cover, and plant diversity decreased significantly after cessation of the burning. Grass cover did not show any strong trends, and year-to-year variation in the grass cover appeared to be more important than the treatment effects. In the absence of some overall changes in management, e.g., periodic prescribed burning, herbicide treatments, or revegetation, it may not be possible to establish and maintain a stable state with a low population of yellow starthistle in annual grasslands in California.

Maddox, D.M., Mayfield, A., Poritz, N.H.1985. Distribution of yellow starthistle (Centaurea solstitialis) and Russian Knapweed (Centaurea repens). Weed Science 33: 315-327.

Sun, M., Ritland, K.. 1998. Mating system of yellow starthistle (Centaurea solstitialis), a successful colonizer in North America. Heredity 80: 225-232. ABSTRACT: The mating system of the yellow star thistle (Centaurea solstitialis) was studied with regard to its successful colonization of North America. A preliminary assessment of the plant's reproductive biology indicated that it is a pollinator-dependent outbreeder and is likely to be self-incompatible. The mating system parameters were quantitatively analyzed using progeny arrays assayed for 9 allozyme markers. Geographically marginal and central populations were compared to determine if colonization of marginal sites had resulted in changes in mating system parameters. A marginal population in San Diego, California, was the only one to show a significant parental inbreeding coefficient and also had the highest correlation of outcrossed paternity within progeny arrays. This indicated microevolutionary changes had occurred in the mating system after founder events. Variation of self-incompatibility was also evident.

Sun, M. 1997. Population Genetic Structure of Yellow Starthistle (Centaurea solstitialis), a Colonizing Weed in the Western United States. Canadian Journal of Botany 75(9): 1470- 1478. ABSTRACT: Yellow starthistle is an introduced annual composite that has been very successful at colonizing disturbed areas in the western U.S. The rapid expansion of yellow starthistle has prompted concern about its ability to spread. The genetic structure of 22 colonizing populations of yellow starthistle in California, Washington, and Idaho was studied in terms of the amount of within-population variation and interpopulation divergence in association with colonizing success. High levels of allozyme variation exist within populations in all regions. Polymorphism, heterozygosity, and gene diversity levels are reported. The lack of interpopulation genetic divergence suggests that most of the colonial populations were founded by a large number of genotypes, and that high levels of gene flow may occur between local populations. The outbreeding system and anthropogenic influences on seed dispersal appear to be important contributors to the genetic patterns. High levels of genetic variability could contribute to the species' colonizing success in North America and could hamper biological control efforts.

Thomsen, C.D., Vayssieres, M.P., Williams, W.A. 1997. Mowing and Subclover Plantings Suppress Yellow Starthistle. California Agriculture 51(6): 15-20. ABSTRACT: Yellow starthistle, an exotic weed introduced to California in the mid-1800s, infests more than 10 million acres and still is spreading. This plant threatens native plants, is toxic to horses, and the spines and dense stands impede access to land areas. The feasibility of mowing and competitive planting as control methods were studied. Mowing can be useful if timed well. Mowing too early allows the plant to take advantage of reduced competition from other plants, while mowing too late enhances seed dispersal. Plantings of subterranean clover to compete with

225 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... the yellow starthistle provided some weed control benefits, but the clover varieties used tended to decline with time.

Mouse-Eared Cerastium Chickweed Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida glomeratum

Chenopodium Mexican Tea Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida ambrosioides

Canada thistle Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Cirsium arvense

Donald, W.W. 1990. Management and control of Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense). Reviews of Weed Science 5:193-250.

Donald, W.W. 1992. Herbicidal control of Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. roots and shoots in no-till spring wheat (Triticum aestivum L). Weed Research 32:259-266.

Donald, W.W. 1993. Retreatment with fall-applied herbicides for Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense) control. Weed Science 41:434-440.

Hunter, J.H., Hsiao, A.I., McIntyre, G.I. 1985. Some effects of humidity on the growth and development of Cirsium arvense. Botanical Gazette 146: 483-488.

Lalonde, R.G., Roitberg, B.D. 1994. Mating system, life-history, and reproduction in Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense, Asteraceae). American Journal of Botany 81: 21- 28. ABSTRACT: Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense) (L.) Scop. is an almost perfectly dioecious, perennial plant that can express strong vegetative reproduction by means of its extensive root system. We explore some of the consequences of this type of reproductive strategy on the plant's pollination success, its ability to allocate resources to individual achenes, its ability to abort excess achenes, and on how pollen limitation affects the primary sex ratio of its offspring. Seed set in females is constrained by the availability of pollen. Clumps of female thistle isolated from males by at least 50 m set far fewer achenes per head than females that are interspersed with males. Even when such interspersion occurs, distance to nearest effective pollen donor correlates negatively with fertilization. Achene mass is significantly higher in plants that set fewer seed due to pollen limitation, however, the proportion of achenes that abort is not affected by the availability of pollen. Plants partially compensate for pollen limitation by maintaining stigmas in a receptive stage longer when pollination is sparse. Primary sex ratio is not affected by the availability of pollen, both high- and low-pollen availability treatments produced highly female- biased sex ratios.

Louda, S.M., O'Brien, C.W. 2002. Unexpected ecological effects of distributing the exotic weevil, Larinus planus (F.), for the biological control of Canada thistle. Conservation Biology 16 (3):717-727. ABSTRACT: The effect of a Eurasian weevil, Larinus planus, on native thistles in North America was examined. L. planus is currently being introduced in North America as a biological agent to control Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense). Extensive sampling revealed that L. planus is significantly reducing seed population by a native thistle (C. undulatum var. tracyi). The high frequency and high level of feeding of L. planus on the native thistle, combined with a lack of evidence that the introduced weevil is effectively limiting the seed production or density of

226 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Canada thistle, suggest that the deliberate distribution of L. planus entails a high risk-to-benefit ratio and should be discontinued

Mitchell, R.B., Davis, L.T. 1996. Effect of Control Treatments on the Root Reserves of California Thistle (Cirsium arvense). New Zealand Plant Protection Society Proc of the 49th NZ Plant Protection Conf, Nelson, NZ, Aug 13-15, 1996, Pg. 229-233. ABSTRACT: Three California thistle-control treatments--mowing, herbicide application, and Sclerotinia sclerotiorum application--were evaluated in a ryegrass/white clover pasture in terms of time and frequency. No significant difference in root length of thistle was observed between any of the treatments or between any treatment and the control plants for root length per 20 g weight taken for the bud count. However, both clopyralid and MCPB treatments resulted in significant reductions in the number of root buds relative to all other treatments, with better results found for clopyralid. The use of S. sclerotiorum resulted in smaller effects than clopyralid, showing reductions in root dry weight and the number of shoots.

Miller, B.R., Lym, R.G. 1998. Using the rosette technique for Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense) control in row crops. Weed-Technology 12 (4): 699-706. ABSTRACT: Clopyralid applied to Canada thistle rosettes has provided better control in the following growing season than applications to bolted plants. The objectives of this research were to determine if using cultivation to prevent plants from bolting prior to herbicide application (the rosette technique) could be successfully incorporated into a row crop production system and to evaluate the effect of Canada thistle growth stage on the absorption and translocation of 14C- clopyralid. Canada thistle control 8 mo after postharvest herbicide treatment (MAFT) using the rosette technique was similar to control when using conventional in-crop plus postharvest herbicide treatments in corn and soybean. Glyphosate and clopyralid plus 2,4-D were the most consistent postharvest herbicide treatments for Canada thistle control 8 MAFT in corn and soybean. Corn yields were similar, but soybean yields were slightly lower when Canada thistle was controlled using cultivation compared to conventional herbicide treatments. 14C-clopyralid translocation to Canada thistle roots and lower shoot parts was greater when clopyralid was applied to the rosette stage than when applied to bolted Canada thistle plants. The increased translocation probably accounts for the increased Canada thistle control observed in the field. Incorporating the rosette technique into a weed management program should allow growers to control Canada thistle with less herbicide input than do standard practices.

O'Donovan, J. T., Blackshaw, R. E., Harker, K. N., McAndrew, D. W. and Clayton, G. W. 2001. Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense) management in canola (Brassica rapa) and barley (Hordem vulgare) rotations under zero tillage. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 81(1): 183-190. ABSTRACT: Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense) management in canola (Brassica rapa) and barley (Hordem vulgare) rotations under zero tillage. Can. J. Plant Sci. 81: 183-190. The effect of in- crop herbicide rate, crop row spacing and seeding rate on Canada thistle {Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop.} management in two cycles of a canola (Brassica rapa L.)/barley (Hordeum vulgare L.) rotation was investigated under zero tillage at Vegreville, Alberta. The entire plot area received pre-harvest glyphosate from 1993 through 1995. In crop, either no herbicides were applied or clopyralid and dicamba/MCPA-K were applied at one-half or full recommended rates to canola and barley, respectively. In most cases, Canada thistle shoot density and dry weight were lower when the herbicides were used at either rate compared with no herbicide application. Pre-harvest glyphosate followed by either clopyralid or dicamba/MCPA-K in-crop reduced Canada thistle shoot densities from approximately 20 m-2 in 1993 to one or fewer m-2 in 1996. In-crop herbicides resulted in higher crop yields and revenues in 1993 and 1994, but not in 1996 when the Canada thistle infestation was relatively low. The effect of crop row spacing was inconsistent,

227 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... and had little effect on Canada thistle shoot density or dry weight. In some cases, crop yield was higher at 20-cm than at 30-cm row spacing. Crop seeding rate had no effect on crop or Canada thistle variables.

Zand, E., Beckie, H. J., Myhre, C. D. 2002. Response of two Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense) varieties to herbicides. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 82(3): 625-628.

Convolvulus Field bindweed Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida arvensis

Austin, D.F. 2000. Bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis, Convolvulaceae). Journal of the Torrey Botanical Society 127(2): 172-177. ABSTRACT: The bindweed Convolvulus arvensis is considered a major weed all over the weed, as evidenced by 84 different common names given to it in various languages. A native of the Mediterranean region where medicinal uses still are valued, bindweed was dispersed by accident, for ornamental purposes, and for medicinal use. Based on herbarium records and literature reports, the spread of bindweed in North America can be mapped, showing early arrivals in Virginia in the 1730s. Over time, medicinal values of bindweed have been lost, and by the late 1880s, bindweed was viewed as a naturalized weed in North America. Effective control has not been achieved in nearly 100 years of efforts to eliminate bindweed.

Criner, B. R., Solie, J. B., Stone, M. L.1999. Field-of-view determination for a bindweed detection sensor. Transactions of the ASAE 42 (5): 1485-91. ABSTRACT: To help reduce economically unsound and environmentally damaging waste of herbicides during application, a weed detection sensor was developed to facilitate selective application only where needed. A photoelectric diode sensor equipped with interference filters was used to distinguish soil areas covered by bindweed from bare soil areas, based on a normalized difference vegetative index. Bindweed detection was 100% for nine of the 11 fields- of-view that were evaluated, and 98% for the other two. The required percentage of bindweed cover within an image was 12% for a 5% error (false detection of or failure to detect bindweed presence).

Dall'Armellina, A., Zimdahl, R.L. 1988. Effect of light on growth and development of field bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis) and Russian knapweed (Centaurea repens). Weed Science 36: 779-83.

DeGennaro, F.P., Weller, S.C. 1994. Growth and reproductive characteristics of field bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis) biotypes. Weed Science 32: 525-8.

Gianoli, E. 2001. Lack of differential plasticity to shading of internodes and petioles with growth habit in Convolvulus arvensis (Convolvulaceae). International Journal of Plant Sciences 162(6): 1247-52. ABSTRACT: It has been postulated that the plasticity to shading of spacing organs in plants of different growth habit is more likely related to the analogy of organs than to their homology. Accordingly, vertical spacers (internodes in erect species, petioles in prostrate species) should be more plastic than horizontal spacers (petioles in erect species, internodes in prostrate species). This hypothesis was tested in the climbing plant Convolvulus arvensis. Given their facultative erect or prostrate habit, depending on support availability, climbing plants may be model species to test the relationship between growth habit and spacer plasticity in the absence of the confounding factors that are typical of interspecific comparisons. The phenotypic correlations among traits were also addressed. Three shading treatments (100{percent}, 20{percent}, and

228 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... 5{percent} of sunlight) and two support conditions (with and without a stake on which plants could twine) provided the experimental setting. Traits evaluated included internode length, petiole length, stem thickness, and biomass as well as area, shape, and specific area of leaves. The hypothesis was not supported. Internodes were more plastic than petioles in supported ("erect") as well as in nonsupported ("prostrate") plants, thereby supporting homology, and not analogy, of organs as a factor in explaining plasticity patterns. Most traits were significantly correlated both in supported and nonsupported plants. Internode and petiole length showed a highly significant positive correlation. This is discussed, and trait correlations are considered as possible constraints on the expected pattern of differential spacer plasticity to shading. Reprinted by permission of the publisher.

Rosenthal, S.S. 1985 Potential for biological control of field bindweed in California's coastal vineyards. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 13: 43-58.

Wiese, A.F., Bean, B.W., Salisbury, C.D. 1997. Economic evaluation of field bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis) control. Weed Science v. 45 (March/April 1997) p. 288-95.

Wiese, A.F., Lavake, D.E. 1986. Control of bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis) with postemergence herbicides. Weed Science 34: 77-80.

Muskmelon Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Cucumis melo

Baker, J.T., Leskovar, D.I., Reddy, V. R. 2001. A simple phenological model of muskmelon development. Annals of Botany 87 (5): 615-621. ABSTRACT: Utilizing information gathered in previous growth chamber and field experiments, we developed a simple temperature-driven crop phenology model of muskmelon (Cucumis melo L.) to help commercial growers time crop phenological events and predict harvest dates. The model quantifies vegetative development in terms of main vine node numbers which allows the model to simulate either a direct-seeded or a transplanted crop. The model operates on an hourly time-step but requires only daily weather data and a few cultivar-specific parameters including plastochron interval and thermal time requirements to reach six predefined developmental stages. The model was tested against an independent data set consisting of three muskmelon cultivars grown at five transplanting dates. Tests of the model indicate an average ability to predict main vine node numbers to within one to two nodes of observed values. Estimated harvest date predictions were more variable than those for main vine node number but an average model accuracy of 1 to 3d was obtained in model tests with a data set used to construct the model. Procedures for calibrating the model for different cultivars, cultural practices or environments are outlined.

Baker, J. T., Reddy, V. R. 2001. Temperature effects on phenological development and yield of muskmelon. Annals of Botany 87(5): 605-613. ABSTRACT: Our goal was to construct a simple muskmelon phenology model that could be run with easily obtainable weather station data and used by growers to quantify phenological development and aid in projecting harvest dates. A growth chamber experiment was conducted with two cultivars of muskmelon (Gold Rush and Mission) to determine how main vine leaf appearance rates responded to temperature. We identified three cardinal temperatures for leaf appearance rate: the base temperature (10{degree}C) at which leaf appearance rate was zero, an optimum temperature (34{degree}C) at which the rate of leaf appearance was maximal, and an upper threshold temperature (45{degree}C) at which leaf appearance rate returned to zero. Using these three cardinal temperatures, we constructed a simplified thermal unit accumulator for hourly measurements of air temperature. Main vine plastochron interval (PI), thermal time to

229 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... harvest, and final yield were determined for three cultivars of muskmelon (Explorer, Gold Rush and Mission) grown in the field at Overton, TX, USA, over six transplanting dates from March to June 1998. PI was calculated for each cultivar x transplanting date combination as the reciprocal of the slope of main vine node number vs. accumulated hourly thermal units (STu). PI was significantly affected by both cultivar and transplanting date. Final yield was sharply reduced in the last two planting dates, presumably due to high temperature stresses impairing reproductive development. As air temperatures increased during the field experiment, the time interval from transplanting to 10{percent} final harvest was reduced by 21 to 28d among the three cultivars and the first four transplanting dates. Main vine node number was a useful descriptor of vegetative development for muskmelon.

Evensen, K.B. 1983. Effects of maturity at harvest, storage temperature, and cultivar on muskmelon quality. HortScience 18: 907-908.

Fabeiro, C., De Santa Olalla, F. Martin, De Juan, J. A. 2002. Production of muskmelon (Cucumis melo L.) under controlled deficit irrigation in a semi-arid climate. Agricultural Water Management 54 (2): 95-105.

Forbus, W. R. Jr., Dull, G. G., Smittle, Doyle. 1991. Measuring netted muskmelon maturity by delayed light emission. Journal of Food Science 56: 981-984.

Motsenbocker, C.E., Bonanno, A.R. 1988. The influence of herbicides on the growth and yield of muskmelons (Cucumis melo). Weed Science 36: 234-238.

Nerson, H. 2002. Relationship between plant density and fruit and seed production in muskmelon. Journal of the American Society for Horticultural Science 127 (5): 855-859.

Shani, U., Dudley, L. M. 2001. Field studies of crop response to water and salt stress. Soil Science Society of America Journal 65 (5): 1522-1528. ABSTRACT: Studies of crop response to water and salt stress vary either salinity with a high leaching fraction or irrigation in the absence of salinity to isolate and quantify the effects of the two types of stress. Under deficit irrigation with saline water, a water conserving practice, the crop experiences simultaneous matric and osmotic stress, and it is not known if experiments designed to isolate stress effects may be used to predict crop response to simultaneous stresses. Thus, a study was conducted wherein yields were determined under varying levels of salinity and irrigation. Corn (Zea mays L.) and melon (Cucumis melo L.) were grown at the Arava Research and Development Farm in Yotvata, Israel, and alfalfa (Medicago sativa L.) at the Utah Power & Light Research Farm in Huntington, UT. Corn and melon plots were drip irrigated at six ratios of potential evapotranspiration ranging from 0.2 to 1.7 in combination with four salinity levels. Alfalfa was irrigated with water of 0.2 and 4.0 dS m-1 from a line-source sprinkler. For all three crops, the salinity treatments consisted of a control treatment with a salinity level less than published salt-tolerance thresholds. Interactive effects of salinity and water stress were not observed in these field experiments. At low irrigation levels (70{percent} of potential evaporation), yields were unaffected by the salinity level. At the higher irrigation levels, the salinity level caused significant differences in yield. Yield data were fit to piecewise linear models that emphasized the limiting nature of the effects of salt and water stress.

Japanese Cuscuta dodder Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida japonica

Furuhashi, K., Tada, Y., Okamoto, K., Sugai, M., Kubota, M., Watanabe, M. 1997. Phytochrome

230 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... participation in induction of haustoria in Cuscuta japonica, a holoparasitic flowering plant. Plant C ell Physiology. 38: 935-940

Cytisus Scotchbroom Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida scoparius

Abdallah, M. M. F., Jones, R. A., El-Beltagy, A. S. 1989. An efficient method to overcome seed dormancy in Scotch broom (Cytisus scoparius). Environmental and Experimental Botany v. 29 (October 1989) p. 499-505.

Downey, P. O., Smith, J. M. B. 2000. Demography of the Invasive Shrub Scotch Broom (Cytisus scoparius) at Barrington Tops, New South Wales: Insights for Management. Australian Ecology 25(5):477-485. ABSTRACT: Large areas of eucalypt woodland at Barrington Tops, Australia, have been invaded by the exotic shrub Scotch broom. The long-term demography of broom stands was studied in two plots in uniform broom thickets of different ages and in two plots initially located across the margins of broom stands that subsequently expanded to cover the entire plot. Annual seedling numbers were not related to subsequent recruitment of older plants. The probability of seedlings surviving to the age of first flowering was <2%. Shading was the main cause of seedling death and recruitment occurred only in sites with high light levels. Broom stands self- thinned from about 12 to 30 yr after initial invasion. Subsequent recruitment resulted in mature stands that were less dense than those produced after initial invasion. Since fire and other disturbances are likely to result in denser broom infestations by creating conditions conducive to massive seedling regeneration, the best management option for mature broom stands may be to avoid all disturbance.

Parker, I.M. 1997. Pollinator limitation of Cytisus scoparius (Scotch broom), an invasive exotic shrub. Ecology 78: 1457-70. ABSTRACT: A study examined pollinator limitation in the invasive plant Cytisus scoparius (Scotch broom). When an invader, such as Scotch broom, arrives in a new territory, it leaves behind the associates with which it has evolved. Adaptation of the invasive species to new pollinators could exacerbate invasion problems, which would explain why a time lag is often seen between the introduction of a new species and the manifestation of large-scale spread. Scotch broom is perfect for studying the effects of pollinator limitation because its flowers are "tripped" open when pollinated and are easily distinguishable from unvisited flowers. This feature was used to quantify pollinator visitation to large numbers of individuals and to follow the demographic consequences of that visitation.

Paynter, Q., Fowler, S.V., Memmott, J., Sheppard, A.W. 1998. Factors Affecting the Establishment of Cytisus scoparius in Southern France: Implications for Managing Both Native and Exotic Populations. Journal of Applied Ecology 35(4): 582-595. ABSTRACT: Scotch broom is native to western and central Europe where it is not usually weedy, but in New Zealand, Australia, the U.S., and other places it is an invasive weed, subject to biological control programs. The ecology of broom in its native range in southern France was studied to better understand its behavior as a weed. Seed bank germination success was highly correlated with spring rainfall. Seedling survival depended on disturbance. Flowering first occurred in the fourth year, and only 10% set seed. Inter- and intra-specific competition had little effect on seedling survival even with disturbance. Pesticide applications also had little effect on seedling survival, growth, or flowering age. Weed management strategies for broom should minimize disturbance to competing vegetation. Strategies that focus on the seed bank are not

231 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... likely to succeed. Biological control may hinder stand re-establishment indirectly by giving competing vegetation an advantage.

Peterson, D.J., Prasad, R.1998. The Biology of Canadian Weeds. 109. Cytisus scoparius (L.) Link. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 78(3): 497-504. ABSTRACT: Scotch broom (Cytisus scoparius is an exotic perennial, leguminous, deciduous shrub, native to Europe, which has become established in North America as a serious competitor of planted conifer seedlings. Scotch broom invades disturbed areas rapidly, forming dense thickets that can suppress and inhibit native vegetation and plantings. Scotch broom is capable of specialized stem photosynthesis, prolific seed production, long-term soil seed bank viability, and nitrogen fixation, all contributing to its competitiveness. The geographic dispersal of Scotch broom has been hastened by human plantings along highways for beautification and soil erosion control. Chemical, biological, and manual methods of control are discussed, along with aspects of habitat, morphology, reproductive biology, growth, and development.

Prasad, R. 2000. Some Aspects of the Impact and Management of the Exotic Weed, Scotch Broom (Cytisus scoparius Link) in British Columbia. Canada Journal of Sustainable Forestry 10(3-4):341 –347. ABSTRACT: Scotch broom is an introduced shrub that is invasive in southwestern British Columbia, Canada. An investigation of the impact of Scotch broom on Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii) seedlings planted on a recent clearcut showed that Scotch broom blocked 71% of the photosynthetically active radiation and reduced the height and root-collar-diameter growth of the tree seedlings by 46% and 45%, respectively. When 1-, 3-, and 6-month-old Scotch broom seedlings were sprayed with a suspension of Fusarium tumidum fungal spores under greenhouse conditions, all ages showed reduced growth and survival. The fungus was most effective at the 6- month seedling stage, killing or stunting >70% of the seedlings.

Rees, M., Paynter, Q. 1997. Biological control of Scotch broom: modeling the determinants of abundance and the potential impact of introduced insect herbivores. The Journal of Applied Ecology 34: 1203-21.

Wild carrot, Queen Anne's lace Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Daucus carota

Goode, J. 1985. Wild lace: a roadside weed that a queen would be proud to wear. Horticulture 63: 14-6.

Lacey, E.P. 1984. Seed mortality in Daucus carota populations: latitudinal effects. American Journal of Botany 71: 1175-82.

Li, B., Watkinson, A.R., Hara,T. 1996. Dynamics of competition in populations of carrot (Daucus carota). Annals of Botany 78: 203-14.

Parker, I.M., Mertens, S.K., Schemske, D.W. 1993. Distribution of seven native and two exotic plants in a tallgrass prairie in southeastern Wisconsin: the importance of human disturbance. The American Midland Naturalist 130:43-55. ABSTRACT: Invasion by exotic plant species is a serious threat to the integrity of natural communities. The distribution of an exotic species depends upon environmental conditions, the structure of the native community, patterns of disturbance and ecological features of the species itself. This study identifies (1) associations between two exotic and seven native species in a

232 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... tallgrass prairie in southeastern Wisconsin and (2) factors underlying the distribution of these species, with special regard to the effects of human disturbance. The distribution of two exotic species, Melilotus alba (white sweetclover) and Daucus Carota (Queen Anne's lace), and seven native species, Potentilla arguta (prairie cinquefoil), Pedicularis canadensis (Canada lousewort), Dodecatheon meadia (Mead's shooting star), Equisetum laevigatum (scouring rush), Pycnanthemum virginianum (Virginia mountain mint), Phlox glaberrima (smooth phlox) and Solidago graminifolia (bushy goldenrod), were studied in 100, 4 m2 quadrats on five transects. Plant densities and soil characteristics were recorded for each quadrat and analyzed using nonparametric comparison of means and Spearman correlation analysis. Densities of the two exotic species were positively correlated with each other and negatively correlated with those of five of the seven natives. Most species exhibited a clear segregation between disturbed and undisturbed transects, Melilotus and Daucus dominated the disturbed transects, and native species dominated the undisturbed transects. Edaphic conditions appear to be the most important factor driving this habitat segregation between exotics and natives. Our finding is instructive for prairie restoration, because it suggests that in some cases, soil restoration may be desirable even if it results in additional mechanical disturbance. Although the prairie in its undisturbed state seems to resist invasion of these two exotic species, Daucus is able to escape disturbed microhabitats more extensively than is Melilotus.

Westmoreland, D., Muntan, C.1996. The influence of dark central florets on insect attraction and fruit production in Queen Anne's lace (Daucus carota L.). The American Midland Naturalist 135: 122-9. ABSTRACT: We studied the effect of the dark central florets of Queen Anne's Lace (Daucus carota L.) on insect visitation and fruit production in five locations in the eastern United States. In each site, the central florets were removed from a randomly selected sample of the study plants. Insect visitation was monitored at 48-h intervals throughout anthesis, and fruits were counted at the end of the reproductive season. In each location, a single insect taxon favored plants with central florets. However, in four locations these insects made up a small proportion of the insect community. Thus, fruit production did not differ between treatment and control plants. In the fifth location, an insect that comprised 28{percent} of the insect community favored control umbels. Still, there was no increase in fruit production. The central florets of Queen Anne's Lace may be adaptive when the attracted insect taxa are common, or are very effective pollinators.

Wilkinson, K., Westmoreland, D., Westmoreland, G.R. 1991. Effects of spider predation on insect visitation and pollination of Queen Anne's lace. The American Midland Naturalist 125: 364- 7.

Focke Mock- Strawberry, Indian Duchesnea Strawberry Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida indica

Gray, E., Call, N.M. 1993. Fertilization and mowing on persistence of Indian mockstrawberry (Duchesnea indica) and common blue violet (Viola papilionacea) in a tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea) lawn. Weed Science 41: 548-550.

Russian olive, Elaeagnus oleaster Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida angustifolia

Gazda, R.J., Meidinger, R.R., Ball, I. J. 2002. Relationships between Russian olive and duck nest success in southeastern Idaho. Wildlife Society Bulletin 30(2): 337-44.

233 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... ABSTRACT: Relationships between abundance of Russian olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia), nesting black-billed magpies (Pica pica) and duck nest success on management areas in southeastern Idaho were investigated. Increased distribution and abundance of trees, such as the nonnative Russian olive, have created nesting habitat for magpies, which may have played a substantial role in duck nest predation in southeastern Idaho. At the regional scale, duck nest success tended to vary inversely with abundance of Russian olive at the regional scale and was compatible with the idea that abundance of Russian olive and duck nest success are inversely correlated. Intensive field studies at Sterling Wildlife Management Area provided mixed evidence on the relationship between Russian olive, nesting magpies, and nest predation. The findings suggest that managers should carefully consider the risks of accepting or introducing trees in historically treeless areas.

Hooks, R. F., Oaks, W. R. 1986. 'King Red' Russian-olive. HortScience 21: 1242-3.

Lesica, P., Miles, S.1999. Russian olive invasion into cottonwood forests along a regulated river in north-central Montana. Canadian Journal of Botany 77(8): 1077-83. ABSTRACT: The occurrence of introduced Russian olive trees and native cottonwood trees along the lower Marias River, north-central Montana, below the Tiber Dam, was mapped. Tree sizes, densities, and ages also were measured in low-terrace and high terrace habitats. The Russian olive is most abundant near domesticated plantings, but occurs along the entire study area. It can sprout under mature cottonwoods. Beavers had damaged 77% of the cottonwoods in low terrace sites but only 22% of the Russian olives showed beaver damage. Cottonwood establishment has been limited to lower terrace sites since the dam was built. Beavers inhibit mature cottonwood canopy development near the river but do not affect Russian olive invasions. In time, riparian cottonwood forests will be replaced by Russian olives.

Royer, T.V., Monaghan, M.T., Minshall, G.W. 1999. Processing of Native and Exotic Leaf Litter in Two Idaho(U.S.A.) Streams. Canadian Journal of Botany 77(8):1077-1083. ABSTRACT: Russian olive trees are an exotic species commonly found along streams in Idaho. These trees appear to be replacing the native cottonwood trees. Because leaf litter processing is an important function of streams, the leaf chemistry and processing rates of Russian olive leaves vs. native riparian leaves in two Idaho streams (one hard- and one soft-water) were compared. Bags of air-dried leaves were weighted and placed in stream riffles for 30 d, then analyzed. Stream chemical and physical parameters also were measured. Russian olive leaves had higher nitrogen concentrations compared with native leaves. In the hardwater stream, processing rates were not different among leaf species. In the softwater stream, olive leaves were degraded at a significantly slower rate than native leaves were. Eventual replacement of native trees with Russian olives could slow the rate of leaf processing in streams, although the effect may vary among streams.

Shaforth, Patrick B., Auble, G. T., Scott, M.L. 1995. Germination and establishment of the native plains cottonwood (Populus deltoides Marshall subsp. monilifera) and the exotic Russian- olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia L.). Conservation-Biology 9 (5): 1169-1175. ABSTRACT: Russian-olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia) is a small Eurasian tree that has escaped from cultivation and become naturalized, primarily along watercourses throughout the western United States. We examined germination and establishment of Russian-olive and plains cottonwood (Populus deltoides), the principal native riparian tree of the Great Plains, under a range of experimental moisture and light conditions. The fewest seedlings established under the driest conditions, seedling biomass was predictably lower in the shade, root-to-shoot ratios were higher for cottonwood, higher in the suit, and higher under drier conditions. Several interactions were also significant. The timing of germination and mortality varied between plains cottonwood and Russian-olive: cottonwood germinated in mid-June in all treatments in a single pulse with

234 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... subsequent mortality, the timing and amount of Russian-olive germination differed substantially across treatments with little net mortality. Differences in life-history traits of these species, including seed size, viability, and dispersal, help explain treatment differences. Russian-olive will likely remain an important component of riparian communities along both unregulated and regulated western rivers because it succeeds under conditions optimal for cottonwood establishment and under many conditions unfavorable for cottonwood. Furthermore, many western states still encourage planting of Russian-olive, and control techniques tend to be labor- intensive and expensive.

Stoleson, S.H., Finch, D.M. 2001. Breeding bird use of and nesting success in exotic Russian olive in New Mexico. Wilson Bulletin (Lawrence, Kans.) 113 (4): 452-455. ABSTRACT: The utility of the Russian olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia) to breeding birds in New Mexico was investigated. E. angustifolia is an exotic tree that has invaded riparian zones throughout much of the U.S. Relative rates of usage, nest success, and cowbird parasitism of birds breeding in Russian olive were compared with birds nesting in native tree species in an area where Russian olive is uncommon. Some birds were found to preferentially utilize Russian olive, but nest success was similar for nests in Russian olive and native species. Nests of the willow flycatcher (Empidonax traillii) were also found to be significantly more likely to be parasitized by the brown-headed cowbird (Molothrus ater) when placed in Russian olive, but nest success was not significantly different. The findings may not apply to sites where Russian olive is common

Leafy spurge Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Euphorbia esula

Anderson, G. L., Delfosse, E. S., Spencer, N. R. 2003. Lessons in developing successful invasive weed control programs. Journal of Range Management 56 (1): 2-12.

Bangsund, D.A., Nudell, D.J., Sell, R.S. 2001. Economic analysis of using sheep to control leafy spurge. Journal of Range Management 54 (4):322-9.

Bangsund, D. A., Leistritz, F. L., Leitch, J. A. 1999. Assessing Economic Impacts of Biological Control of Weeds: The Case of Leafy Spurge in the Northern Great Plains of the United States. Gt Plains Res, 3(1):21-37. ABSTRACT: Direct and indirect economic impacts of leafy spurge infestations in North Dakota grazing lands are evaluated. The extent of such weedy infestations on pasture and wild land, and the degree to which the outputs of both types of land are curtailed by spurge infestation are estimated. Direct economic impacts of altered outputs/losses and secondary economic effects on other sectors of the economy are determined using input-output analysis. Such impacts appear to be substantial, and document that other sectors in addition to livestock producers can be affected. There is a potential for large increases in these impacts in the future unless spurge invasions are controlled.

Fellows, D.P., Newton, W.E. 1999. Prescribed fire effects on biological control of leafy spurge. Journal of Range Management 52 (5): 489-493.

Ferrell, M.A., Whitson, T.D., Koch, D.W., Gade, A. E. 1998. Leafy spurge (Euphorbia esula) control with several grass species. Weed Technology 12 (2): 374-380. ABSTRACT: Studies were established near Devil's Tower in Crook County, WY, to determine the potential of 11 grass species to compete with leafy spurge as an alternative to repetitive herbicide treatments. Of the 11 species, 'Bozoisky' Russian wildrye and 'Luna' pubescent wheatgrass showed the most promise for successful competition with leafy spurge and were selected for further study. Pubescent wheatgrass limited percent canopy cover of leafy spurge to

235 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... 10 and 15% or less in tilled and no-till plots, respectively, 7 and 10 yr after seeding. Russian wildrye limited percent canopy cover of leafy spurge to 21% or less in tilled and 7 and 27% in the no-till plots, respectively, 7 or 10 yr after seeding. The control plots not seeded to a forage grass averaged 55% leafy spurge canopy cover.

Lym, R. G., Messersmith, C.G. 1985. Leafy spurge control with herbicides in North Dakota: 20- year summary. Journal of Range Management 38:149-54

Lym, Rodney G. 1998. The biology and integrated management of leafy spurge (Euphorbia esula) on North Dakota rangeland. Weed Technology 12 (2): 367-373. ABSTRACT: Leafy spurge, a long-lived perennial, grows in many habitats, from floodplains to grasslands and mountain slopes. The plant emerges in early spring and produces showy, yellow bracts that appear in late May. The true flowers emerge in mid-June. The plant spreads by both seeds and roots and contains a white sticky latex that deters grazing by many animals. Dicamba, 2,4-D, glyphosate, and picloram have commonly been used to control leafy spurge. Picloram plus 2,4-D is frequently used for leafy spurge control in North Dakota. Ten insect species for leafy spurge biocontrol have been released in North Dakota, the most successful have been the flea beetles, Aphthona nigriscutis, A. czwalinae, and A. lacertosa. The leafy spurge gall midge (Spurgia esulae) has been most successful near wooded areas. Herbicides combined with either the leafy spurge flea beetles or gall midge have controlled leafy spurge better than either method used alone. Grazing with sheep or goats is a cost-effective method for controlling leafy spurge top growth in large infestations. Grazing combined with fall-applied picloram plus 2,4-D reduced leafy spurge density more rapidly and maintained control longer than either method used alone. Several grass species are competitive with leafy spurge including 'Rebound' smooth brome, 'Rodan' western wheatgrass, 'Pryor' slender wheatgrass, and 'Manska' pubescent wheatgrass. Cultivating twice each fall after harvest for 3 yr in cropland completely controlled leafy spurge. A successful long-term management program should be designed for specific situations and should include combinations of herbicides, insects, grazing, and/or seeding competitive species.

Rees, N.E., Spencer, N.R. 1991 Biological Control of Leafy Spurge. Westview Special Studies in Agric Sci & Policy Noxious Range Weeds: 182-192. ABSTRACT: The aggressive perennial weed leafy spurge, Euphorbia esula, which reproduces through root buds and seeds, pushes out the desirable forbs and grasses on rangelands used for grazing. Biological control of this noxious weed has been achieved through eight Eurasian insects currently approved for use and release in the U.S. These include a defoliating moth, a burrowing beetle, a fly that attacks the leaf tips, a moth that attacks the roots, and four beetle species which feed on the foliage and roots. Eight more species are undergoing clearance in the U.S., and twelve insects have been approved for use in Canada. A five-state research project on the establishment of the flea beetle and its impact on leafy spurge was initiated in 1990.

Trammell, M.A., Butler, J.L. 1995. Effects of exotic plants on native ungulate use of habitat. The Journal of Wildlife Management 59: 808-16. ABSTRACT: The effect of exotic plant invasion on the use of habitat by bison (Bos bison), elk (Cervus elaphus), and deer (Odocoileus spp.) was investigated. Leafy spurge (Euphorbia esula), smooth brome (Bromus inermis), Japanese brome (B. japonicus), and downy brome (B. tectorum) are exotic plant species that frequently dominate and displace native forage plants. Leafy spurge- infested grassland sites were used an average of 83 percent less by bison than noninfested sites. Leafy spurge also reduced habitat use by deer by {less than or equal to}70 percent. Bromegrass did not appear to affect habitat use by any of the ungulates.

Giant hogweed Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Heracleum

236 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... mantegazzianum

Andersen, U.V., Calov, B. 1996. Long-Term Effects of Sheep Grazing on Giant Hogweed (Heracleum mantegazzianum). Hydrobiologia 340(1-3):277-284. ABSTRACT: Since the 1960s, giant hogweed has invaded much of Denmark, and now occurs in both riparian and non-riparian areas. The long-term effects of sheep grazing as a control for giant hogweed were studied. After two years of grazing in an infested meadow, giant hogweed cover was greatly reduced and native meadow vegetation was beginning to regenerate. After seven years of grazing, giant hogweed was eliminated completely, although species diversity in the meadow still was low. A germination test of soil from the meadow did not produce any giant hogweed seedlings, while soil from adjacent stands produced numerous giant hogweed seedlings. Seed viability also was tested. Seven years of grazing appears to be sufficient to eradicate giant hogweed.

Caffrey, J. M. 2001. The management of giant hogweed in an Irish river catchment. Journal of Aquatic Plant Management 39(1): 28-32. ABSTRACT: Giant hogweed (Heracleum mantegazzianum Sommier and Levier) is an alien plant that was introduced to Ireland as an ornamental in the late 19th Century. The banksides of rivers and streams are the preferred habitat for the plant and it is now a feature in many important angling catchments. The continued spread of this plant is a cause of concern because of its impact on human health and on the ecology of infested river corridors. As giant hogweed populations can only be perpetuated by seeds, most control strategies aim to limit recruitment to future generations and to deplete the seed bank reserve. Trials conducted in Ireland and in Europe have revealed the sensitivity of the plant to herbicidal treatment using glyphosate. Based on research conducted in Ireland a four-year treatment program, using glyphosate, was formulated. Prior to 1998 no coordinated attempt to eradicate giant hogweed from a catchment had been undertaken. To investigate the feasibility, and logistics, of managing this hazardous plant in a discrete river catchment, a control program on the Mulkear River catchment (670 km2) was undertaken by the Office of Public Works. Field surveys indicated that an area of circa 35 km2 within the catchment was overgrown with giant hogweed. Weed treatment commenced in March 1998 and continued through 1999 and 2000. With almost three of the four-year treatment schedule complete, the preliminary results are very encouraging. The benefits to the local community and the overall ecology of the river and riparian habitats are discussed.

Davies, D. H. K., Richards, M. C. 1985. Evaluation of herbicides for control of giant hogweed (Heracleum mantegazzianum Somm & Lev.), and vegetation re-growth in treated areas. Annals of Applied Biology 106 (supp): 100-1.

Tiley, G. E. D., Dodd, F.S., Wade, P.M. 1996. Heracleum mantegazzianum Sommier & Levier. The Journal of Ecology 84 (2): 297-319. ABSTRACT: The characteristics of Heracleum mantegazzianum Sommier & Levier, whose common names include giant cow parsnip, wild rhubarb, and cartwheel flower, are reviewed. The plant, which is an alien species naturalized throughout much of the British Isles, is described in terms of its geographic and altitudinal distribution, habitat, community structure, response to biotic factors, response to environment, structure and physiology, phenology, floral and seed characters, herbivory and disease, and history.

Water spinach, swamp Ipomoea morning-glory Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida aquatica

237 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Jain, S. K., Gujral, G. S., Vasudevan, P.1987. Potential Utilization of Water Spinach (Ipomoea aquatica). Journal of Sci Ind Res 46(2):77-78. ABSTRACT: Water spinach is an aquatic weed of the morning glory family common to Asia. As eradication of the weed is difficult, attention has been focused on its exploitation as a biomass resource. Water spinach grows without much effort, as a result of which it is favored by farmers. The plant has a high protein content and can be used as animal feed. This aquatic weed can also scavenge organic and inorganic components from aqueous media, rendering it useful in wastewater treatment systems. In tests it has shown high absorption capacity for nitrates and heavy metals.

Misra, G., Das, N. 1969. Studies on the Control of Aquatic Weeds of Orissa-Response of Pistia Stratiotes L., Spirodela Polyrhiza Schleid, and Ipomoea Aquatic Forsk to Hormone Herbicides. Hyacinth Control Journal 8(1):40-41.

Raloff, J. 1998. Zapping curbs alien spinach [irradiation of water spinach will prevent cuttings from rooting and spreading the plant, research by Thai K. Van]. Science News 154(4): 54. ABSTRACT: Scientists may have found a way to limit the spread of water spinach, or Ipomoea aquatica. Thai K. Van at the U.S. Department of Agriculture's Aquatic Weed Research Unit in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, suggests that radiation may be the answer. Van and colleagues recorded that a 500-Gray dose of radiation causes samples of the plant to lose their rooting ability. The dose of radiation used is still only half the amount permitted under federal law to curb spoilage in fresh produce.

Van, T. K., Madeira, T. 1998. Random amplified polymorphic DNA analysis of water spinach (Ipomoea aquatica) in Florida. Journal of Aquatic Plant Management 36(2): 107- 111. ABSTRACT: The genetic relationship between three biotypes of water spinach (Ipomoea aquatica Forsk.), including one ‘upland’ agricultural cultivar and two floating wild biotypes collected from Hillsborough County, Florida, were evaluated using Random Amplified Polymorphic DNA (RAPD) markers. Forty-eight decamer primers were screened, eighteen of these were informative and yielded 188 resolvable bands, of which 58 (31%) were polymorphic. Five primers produced unique DNA fingerprints useful for identification of the biotypes and fingerprints of the biotypes from two primers are presented. Phenetic analysis of the banding patterns grouped the three biotypes within unique clusters which bootstrap analysis further confirmed. Furthermore, while there is bootstrap evidence that the ‘Cultivated’ type is distinct, there is no evidence that the cultivated variety has diverged from the wild types to any greater extent than the wild types are different from each other. Marker variation occurs mainly between the biotypes (78%) which may reflect the limited number of farmers, limited wild type introductions, and frequent clonal reproduction, but also reflects the severely limited sample size.

Ivyleaf morningglory, Mexican Ipomoea morningglory Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida hederacea

Holloway, J.C. Jr., Shaw, D.R. 1996. Effect of herbicides on ivyleaf morningglory (Ipomoea hederacea) interference in soybean (Glycine max). Weed Science 44: 860-4.

Holloway, J.C. Jr., Shaw, D.R. 1995. Influence of soil-applied herbicides on ivyleaf morningglory (Ipomoea hederacea) growth and development in soybean (Glycine max). Weed Science 43: 655-9.

238 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Prosch, S. D., Kapusta, G. 1983. Ivyleaf morningglory (Ipomoea hederacea) control with herbicides in soybeans (Glycine max). Weed Science 31: 23-27.

Stinchcombe, J.R. 2002. Environmental dependency in the expression of costs of tolerance to deer herbivory. Evolution 56 (5):1063-7. ABSTRACT: The expression of costs of tolerance to deer herbivory in the ivyleaf morning glory (Ipomoea hederacea) was investigated. The defense strategy of plant tolerance to natural enemy damage minimizes the effects of damage in fitness, and there is evidence that constraints on the evolution of this tolerance are likely. In the case of the ivyleaf morning glory, there were costs to tolerance of deer herbivory in the form of negative genetic correlations between deer tolerance and fitness in the absence of damage. These costs were detected only when insect herbivores were present. The maintenance of tolerance at intermediate levels may be facilitated by such environmental dependency in the expression of costs.

Tall morningglory, common morningglory Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Ipomoea purpurea

Scher, J.L., Holbrook, N.M., Silk, W.K. 2001. Temporal and spatial patterns of twining force and lignification in stems of Ipomoea purpurea. Planta 213 (2):192-198.

Simms, E.L., et. al, 1994. Costs and benefits of plant responses to disease: resistance and tolerance. Evolution 48: 1973-1985. ABSTRACT: A quantitative-genetic analysis was used to assess the fitness costs to Ipomoea purpurea associated with resistance to different isolates of Colletotrichum dematium, the causative agent of anthracnose. No direct fitness costs could be attributed to anthracnose resistance, contradicting one of the major assumptions of models of the evolution of plant resistance to disease. Between different disease environments, however, plant-fitness trade-offs unrelated to resistance were detected. Tolerance, or the ability to partly compensate for fitness decrements caused by disease, did incur a fitness cost. In the absence of disease, half-sib families that were more tolerant of disease exhibited lower fitness.

Tiffin, P. 2002. Competition and time of damage affect the pattern of selection acting on plant defense against herbivores. Ecology 83 (7): 1981-1990. ABSTRACT: The effects of competition and the timing of herbivore damage on the expression and pattern of selection acting on plant defense against herbivores were investigated. Seven hundred twenty plants from 24 full-sib families of the common morning glory (Ipomoea purpurea) were grown in one of 2 competitive environments. Herbivory negatively affected plant fitness in both competitive environments and was more detrimental in the high- and low- competition environments. Early- and late-season damage were more detrimental than midseason herbivore damage. Fitness was more negatively affected by herbivore damage in the high- and low-competition environments, however, competition did not affect the pattern of selection acting on defense traits. There was no significant difference between the patterns of selection acting on either resistance or tolerance to early-, mid-, or late-season herbivory.

Lamium Henbit Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida amplexicaule

Baskin, J.M., Baskin, C.C., Parr, J.C. 1986. Field emergence of Lamium amplexicaule L. and L. purpureum L. in relation to the annual seed dormancy cycle. Weed Research 26: 185-190.

239 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Baskin, J.M., Baskin, C.C. 1984. Effect of temperature during burial on dormant and non-dormant seeds of Lamium amplexicaule L. and ecological implications. Weed Research 24: 333-339.

Blackshaw, R.E., Brandt, R.N., Entz, T. 2002. Soil temperature and soil water effects on henbit emergence. Weed Science 50 (4): 494-497.

Lantana Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Lantana camara

Cilliers, C. J., Neser, S. 1991. Biological control of Lantana camara (Verbenaceae) in South Africa. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 37:57-75.

Duggin, J. A., Gentle, C. B. 1998. Experimental evidence on the importance of disturbance intensity for invasion of Lantana camara L. in dry rainforest-open forest ecotones in north-eastern NSW, Australia. Forest Ecology and Management 109 (1-3):279-292.

Gentle, C. B., Duggin, J. A. 1997. Lantana camara L. Invasions in Dry Rainforest--Open Forest Ecotones: The Role of Disturbances Associated with Fire and Cattle Grazing. Australian Journal of Ecology 22(3): 298-306. ABSTRACT: Results from a field testing program were used to assess the impacts of fire and cattle grazing on the onset of invasions of Lantana camara L. in dry-rainforest-open forest ecotones in the gorges of the Macleay River, NSW, Australia. The suitability of disturbed patches for germination, survival, and growth of the invasive species was determined based on a factorial integration of burning, biomass removal, soil scarification, and fertilization processes. The impacts of these processes were then associated with changes in microclimate and the availability of resources. Germination was strongly enhanced by burning, biomass removal, and soil scarification. Biomass production of L. camara was substantially boosted by treatment combinations that reduced vegetation cover and shading.

Hannan-Jones, M.A. 1998. The seasonal response of Lantana camara to selected herbicides. Weed Research 38 (6):413-23.

Sharma, O.P. 1988. How to Combat Lantana (Lantana camara L.) Menace?--a Current Perspective. Journal of Sci Ind Res 47(10):611-616. ABSTRACT: The plant Lantana camara L. has encroached upon pasture and forest areas in tropical and subtropical regions. Introduced in India in the early 19th century as an ornamental species, Lantana is now a problem in crop production, forestry, and animal husbandry. Mechanical, cultural, chemical, and biological eradication efforts to combat Lantana infestations in India are reviewed. The plant holds potential for harvesting and use for bioenergy, development of bioherbicides, biopesticides, and for medicinal purposes.

Trujillo, E.E., Norman, D.J. 1995. Septoria leaf spot of lantana from Ecuador: a potential biological control for bush lantana in forests of Hawaii. Plant Disease 79: 819-821.

Leucaena Leucaena Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida leucocephala

Felker, P., Wiesman, C., Smith, D. 1988. Comparison of seedling containers on growth and survival of Prosopis alba and Leucaena leucocephala in semi-arid conditions. Forest Ecology and Management 24: 177-182.

240 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Foroughbakhch, R., Hauad, L. A., Cespedes, A. E. 2001. Evaluation of 15 indigenous and introduced species for reforestation and agroforestry in northeastern Mexico. Agroforestry Systems 51(3): 213-21. ABSTRACT: The coast of the Gulf of Mexico is characterized by dry regions with high variation in climatic conditions. This area is rich in drought-tolerant or subhumid species. The species that are potentially useful for reforestation, regreening, agroforestry activities and the production of timber, fodder, fuelwood and human food have been overexploited, resulting in the gradual decrease and degradation of their populations. This study was undertaken in order to suggest ways of improving the regeneration of these species. Fifteen native and exotic multipurpose tree species of low dry shrubland planted in monoculture in four randomized blocks. Measurements of various growth parameters, volume of trees, fodder potential and agroforestry uses over 15 years were evaluated. Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh., E. microtheca F. Muell., Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit. (exotic species), Acacia farnesiana (L.) Wild and Parkinsonia aculeata L. (native species) tend to have better characteristics in terms of growing annual rate, economic value and management schemes, while Prosopis glandulosa Torr. and Helietta parvifolia (Gray) Benth. (native species) did not establish well due to biotics problems which arose under plantation conditions. Acacia rigidula Benth., A. wrightii Benth. and two Pithecellobium spp. (native species) had intermediate yields of great interest since their multipurpose potential is the best of all 15 species. The forage potential of the exotic species (483-1684 kg DM/ha/year) were notably superior to native species (76-721 kg DM/ha/year). The firewood production volume varied between averages of 0.3-1.2 (native species) and 0.4-2.5 m3/ha/year (exotic species).

Gathaara, G.N., Glumac, E.L., Felker, P. 1991. Three-year growth studies of Leucaena leucocephala (1094) and L. pulverulenta (1001) at two spacings in Texas. Forest Ecology and Management 40: 189-98.

Harrman, N.A. 2000. Leucaena (Book Review). Economic Botany 54(1): 124.

Jones, R. M., Bunch, G. A. 2000. A further note on the survival of plants of Leucaena leucocephala in grazed stands. Tropical Agriculture 77 ( 2): 109-110.

Japanese ligustrum, Japanese dodder, Ligustrum Japanese privet Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida japonicum

Dirr, M.A. 1993. Ligustrum japonicum is better than you think. Nursery manager 9 (8): 24. ABSTRACT: Summary notes that a large portion of the gardening public wants dark green color, durability and resilience in its plants.. traits that are deeply embedded in the genes of the unheralded Japanese privet

Kuehny, J.S., Miller, W.B., Decoteau, D.R. 1997. Changes in carbohydrate and nitrogen relationships during episodic growth of Ligustrum japonicum Thunb. Journal of the American Society for Horticultural Science v. 122 (September 1997) p. 634-41.

Steinberg, S.L., Zajicek, J.M., McFarland, M.J. 1991. Short-term effect of uniconazole on the water relations and growth of Ligustrum. Journal of the American Society for Horticultural Science 116: 460-464.

241 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Chinese privet Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Ligustrum sinense

Baugh, T., Baugh, P. 1999. The Meadow at White Oak. Land and Water 43(3):55-56. ABSTRACT: The restoration of a privately held parcel of land in Chattanooga County, Georgia, required the removal of a dense stand of Chinese privet and nonnative honeysuckle and the establishment of a meadow on the bottomlands. Using manual equipment, the privet was cleared in three months, although herbicide applications were later required to limit the growth of emerging seedlings. Native plants began to recolonize the meadow, including grasses and small shrub or tree species. Annual rye was seeded to demarcate the boundaries of the meadow. The next phase of restoration will involve the harvest, identification, and expansion of native grass patches, as well as continual control of the privet.

Bowen, B. 2002. The Biggest Threat to Natural Areas: Invasive Exotic Pest Plants. Conservationist 68(1): 14-19. ABSTRACT: Large-scale invasions of exotic weeds species have altered many of Tennessee's registered natural areas. Japanese Honeysuckle, Chinese privet, winter creeper, vinca, shrub honeysuckle, and ailanthus are among the most aggressive invaders. Scientists have monitored the invasions in critical areas, tracking the speed with which landscapes are altered. Kudzu is a particularly significant threat to public lands in Tennessee, as well as throughout the southeast. A national strategy for noxious plant control is the subject of the National Invasive Species Council, which recently published its strategy to implement public policy addressing these problems.

Matlack, G.R. 2002. Exotic Plant Species in Mississippi, USA: Critical Issues in Management and Research. Natural Areas Journal 22(3): 241- 247. ABSTRACT: The Delphi method was used to develop a consensus on the status and implications of invasive plant species in Mississippi and the other Gulf States. The consultative process engaged practitioners from many disciplines. The species posing the greatest threats were identified as kudzu, which can rampantly cover natural vegetation, Chinese privet, which survives in most environments and disperses broadly, Chinese tallow, which has spread rapidly in Louisiana and Texas, and cogongrass, which is highly flammable and significantly alters fire dynamics. Research and management strategies must address identifying the dispersal and reproductive mechanisms, evaluating chemical and mechanical controls, and public education.

Morris, L.L., Walck, J.L., Hidayati, Siti N. 2002. Growth and Reproduction of the Invasive Ligustrum Sinense and Native Forestiera Ligustrina (Oleaceae): Implications for the Invasion and Persistence of a Nonnative Shrub. International Journal of Plant Sciences 163 (6): 1001-10.

Stromayer, K., Warren, R.J., Johnson, A. Sydney. 1998. Chinese privet and the feeding ecology of white-tailed deer: the role of an exotic plant. The Journal of Wildlife Management 62(4): 1321-9. ABSTRACT: The seasonal importance of the exotic shrub Chinese privet (Ligustrum sinense) to foraging white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) was investigated in Chickamauga Battlefield Park, Georgia. The study found that Chinese privet is an important component of the fall and winter diets of the deer in this park and that it may act as a nutritional buffer during years of acorn scarcity. The value of the privet as a deer forage must be balanced against the threat that it poses to biodiversity conservation.

Steinberg, S.L., Zajicek, J.M., McFarland, M.J. 1991. Short-term effect of uniconazole on the water relations and growth of Ligustrum. Journal of the American Society for Horticultural Science 116: 460-464.

242 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Japanese honeysuckle Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Lonicera japonica

Baugh, T., Baugh, P. 1999. The Meadow at White Oak. Land and Water 43(3):55-56. ABSTRACT: The restoration of a privately held parcel of land in Chattanooga County, Georgia, required the removal of a dense stand of Chinese privet and nonnative honeysuckle and the establishment of a meadow on the bottomlands. Using manual equipment, the privet was cleared in three months, although herbicide applications were later required to limit the growth of emerging seedlings. Native plants began to recolonize the meadow, including grasses and small shrub or tree species. Annual rye was seeded to demarcate the boundaries of the meadow. The next phase of restoration will involve the harvest, identification, and expansion of native grass patches, as well as continual control of the privet.

Bowen, B. 2002. The Biggest Threat to Natural Areas: Invasive Exotic Pest Plants. Conservationist 68(1): 14-19. ABSTRACT: Large-scale invasions of exotic weeds species have altered many of Tennessee's registered natural areas. Japanese Honeysuckle, Chinese privet, winter creeper, vinca, shrub honeysuckle, and ailanthus are among the most aggressive invaders. Scientists have monitored the invasions in critical areas, tracking the speed with which landscapes are altered. Kudzu is a particularly significant threat to public lands in Tennessee, as well as throughout the southeast. A national strategy for noxious plant control is the subject of the National Invasive Species Council, which recently published its strategy to implement public policy addressing these problems.

Miyake, T., Yahara, T. 1998. Why does the flower of Lonicera japonica open at dusk?. Canadian Journal of Botany 76 (10): 1806-11.

Schierenbeck, K.A., Mack, R.N., Sharitz, R.R. 1994. Effects of herbivory on growth and biomass allocation in native and introduced species of Lonicera. Ecology 75:1661-72. ABSTRACT: Growth and biomass allocation patterns of an invasive vine, Lonicera japonica, and its native congener, L. sempervirens, were compared for 3 herbivory treatments in the southeastern U.S. The objectives of the study were to determine the comparative levels of herbivory between the 2 honeysuckles, to ascertain if the 2 species differ significantly in their growth and biomass allocation in the absence of herbivory, and to evaluate the existence of seasonal effects of herbivory and their subsequent interaction with growth and biomass allocation. There was a total biomass accumulation and greater allocation to leaves in L. japonica, suggesting a compensatory response to herbivory. L. japonica also exhibited lower herbivory in its new range when compared with its congener.

Schweitzer, J.A., Larson, K.C. 1999. Greater Morphological Plasticity of Exotic Honeysuckle Species May Make Them Better Invaders than Native Species. Journal of the Torrey Botanical Society 126(1):15-23. ABSTRACT: Characteristics that may contribute to the success of introduced plant species in new areas are investigated. The morphological plasticity of an invasive introduced honeysuckle vine, Lonicera japonica, was compared with that of a native congener, Lonicera sempervirens. Morphological plasticity was tested in plants receiving or not receiving climbing supports. L. japonica had greater responses in more characters than did L. sempervirens, in terms of decreasing internode length, doubled internode numbers, and a 43% increase in shoot biomass for plants with no climbing support. Such plasticity may allow L. japonica to place plant modules actively to exploit favorable microhabitats and improve plant fitness over that of native species.

243 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Stransky, J.J. 1984. Forage yield of Japanese honeysuckle after repeated burning or mowing. Journal of Range Management 37: 237-8.

Vellend, M. 2002. A Pest and an Invader: White-tailed Deer (Odocoileus virginianus Zimm.) as a Seed Dispersal Agent for Honeysuckle Shrubs (Lonicera L.). Tennessee Conservationist 68(1):14-19. ABSTRACT: The role of white-tailed deer in the dispersal of seeds from honeysuckle shrubs was examined in five mature forest stands in central New York. Feces from all five stands contained seeds of this alien invasive plant species. Seeds were found in 66 of 72 pellet groups, averaging 62 seeds per group. A 76% germination rate was determined in one stand, compared with 81% for fresh seeds. Seedlings were also observed growing out of feces in the stands. This data indicates that the spread of honesuckles in native forests is fostered by deer, as well as by birds.

Lotus Lotus Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida corniculatus

Alison, M. W. Jr., Hoveland, C. S. 1989. Birdsfoot trefoil management. Root growth and carbohydrate storage. Agronomy Journal 81:739-45.

Alison, M. W. Jr., Hoveland, C. S. 1989. Birdsfoot trefoil management. Yield, quality, and stand evaluation. Agronomy Journal 81: 745-9.

Garcia-Diaz, C. A., Steiner, J. J. 2000. Birdsfoot trefoil seed production: II. Plant-water status on reproductive development and seed yield. Crop Science 40 (2): 449-456.

Garcia-Diaz, C. A., Steiner, J. J. 2000. Birdsfoot trefoil seed production: III. Seed shatter and optimal harvest time. Crop Science 40 (2): 457-462.

Garcia-Diaz, C. A., Steiner, J. J.1999. Birdsfoot trefoil seed production: I. Crop-water requirements and response to irrigation. Crop Science 39(3): 775-783.

Warwick, K.R., Taylor, G. 1995. Contrasting Effects of Tropospheric Ozone on Five Native Herbs Which Coexist in Calcareous Grassland. Global Change Biology 1(2): 143 – 151. ABSTRACT: Five chalk grassland species--Anthyllis vulneraria, Cirsium acaule, Festuca ovina, Pilosella officinarum, and Lotus corniculatus--were screened for sensitivity to ozone in controlled environment chambers with both chronic and acute O[3] fumigation regimes. Results from the chronic exposure experiments indicated that four of the five species were influenced significantly by the treatment, but that the nature of the effect differed depending on species and possibly on family. The largest percentage reductions in both root and shoot mean relative growth rate were observed in L. corniculatus and A. vulneraria. In the acute-exposure study, the most obvious and detrimental visible symptoms were found following exposure of A. vulneraria to a single 7-h acute episode of O[3], while significant leaf flecking was also observed for leaves of L. corniculatus. The different responses of the herbs to O[3] may be manifested as changes in community structure.

Wipfli, M.S., Wedberg, J.L., Hogg, D.B.1990. Cultural and chemical control strategies for three plant bug (Heteroptera: Miridae) pests of birdsfoot trefoil in northern Wisconsin. Journal of Economic Entomology 83: 2086-91.

Purple loosestrife Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Lythrum salicaria

244 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Agren, J. 1996. Population size, pollinator limitation, and seed set in the self-incompatible herb Lythrum salicaria. Ecology Washington D.C. 77 (6): 1779-1790. ABSTRACT: In reward-producing animal-pollinated plants, small populations are likely to be less attractive to pollinators than large populations. The likelihood of pollinator limitation of seed production should therefore increase with decreasing population size. I documented the number of flowering plants and plant fecundity in 18 populations of the self-incompatible, tristylous herb Lythrum salicaria within an archipelago in northern Sweden in two consecutive years. To test the hypothesis that a positive correlation between population size and seed set is due to a higher degree of pollinator limitation in small than in large populations, I performed supplemental hand- pollinations in eight (1993) and 13 (1994) of the study populations. To test the hypothesis that common mating types are more likely than rare types to experience inadequate pollination, I compared the natural level of seed production and the effect of supplemental pollination in different style morphs in the five populations in which gtoreq 10 plants per morph were included in the experiment. There was no significant correlation between population size and plant size in terms of number of floral shoots or number of flower-producing leaf nodes per shoot. However, there was a positive relationship between population size and seed production per flower and between population size and total seed number per plant. In contrast, there was no significant correlation between population size and seed production of flowers that had received supplemental pollination. In both years, the difference in mean seed production per flower between hand-pollinated flowers and controls decreased with increasing population size. In two of five populations, the effect of supplemental pollination differed significantly among morphs. Seed production was more likely to be pollinator limited in long-styled than in short-styled plants, but this difference could not be attributed to a preponderance of the long-styled morph in the studied populations. Results of the supplemental hand pollinations indicate that the positive correlation between population size and seed production is a function of insufficient pollen transfer in small populations. Additional demographic studies are needed to determine to what extent the reduced level of seed production in small populations limits the growth of young populations, and to what extent it may threaten the local persistence of L. salicaria.

Blossey, B., Schroeder, D., Hight, S.D., Malecki, R.A. 1994. Host specificity and environmental impact of two leaf beetles (Galerucella calmariensis and G. pusilla) for biological control of purple loosestrife (Lythrum salicaria). Weed-Science 42 (1): 134-140. ABSTRACT: Many prime wetlands in North America have been degraded following encroachment by the exotic plant purple loosestrife. Conventional methods are unsuccessful in providing long-term control. Host specificity studies demonstrated the suitability of two leaf beetles, Galerucella calmariensis and G. pusilla, as biological weed control agents. Adults oviposited only on plants within the genus Lythrum. The only species other than purple loosestrife where adult feeding and oviposition occurred and that supported successful larval development was winged lythrum. Swamp loosestrife and winged lythrum may be vulnerable to limited attack by newly emerged teneral adults. Evaluation of the potential environmental impact of the two leaf beetles showed that benefits of an introduction outweigh potential risks to winged lythrum or swamp loosestrife. Their field release was approved in 1992.

Blossey, B., Schroeder, D. 1995. Host Specificity of Three Potential Biological Weed Control Agents: Attacking Flowers and Seeds of Lythrum salicaria (Purple Loosestrife). Biological Control 5 (1): 47-53. ABSTRACT: Lythrum salicaria is a Eurasian herbaceous perennial that has become a serious invader of wetlands in the United States and Canada. Dense monospecific stands replace a diverse native flora resulting in the degradation of these wetland habitats. There are presently no satisfactory means of control. Biological control offers the most promising method of resolving

245 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... this problem. A root-mining weevil and two leaf-feeding chrysomelids from Europe were released in North America in 1992. The host specificity of three additional flower- and seed- feeding species was investigated. The two weevils, Nanophyes marmoratus and N. brevis, have a wide geographic and ecological range. Both develop exclusively on Lythrum salicaria within its native European range and were found to be highly host specific during screening tests. Minor adult feeding was observed in no-choice tests on a few other species within the Lythraceae. Successful larval development was restricted to purple loosestrife. The only known field host of the third species, the gall midge Bayeriola salicariae, is purple loosestrife. Oviposition and successful larval development of B. salicariae in cages and the open field occurred on potted test plants of another three Lythrum species. The introduction of N. marmoratus and N. brevis into North America is expected to further reduce seed output and lessen the competitive ability of purple loosestrife. Their introduction was approved in 1994.

Hight, S.D., Drea, J.J., Jr. 1991. Prospects for a classical biological control project against purple loosestrife (Lythrum salicaria L.). National Areas Journal 11(3): 151-157. ABSTRACT: Purple loosestrife, Lythrum salicaria , was introduced into North America from Europe at the beginning of the nineteenth century. The plant has progressively spread westward and now occurs throughout the northern half of the United States and southern Canada. It aggressively invades wetlands and displaces native vegetation. The high cost and transitory nature of various chemical and cultural control methods have led to the development of a classical biological control program against purple loosestrife. Research has shown that three phytophagous European insects - a weevil, Hylobius transversovittatus , and two leaf beetles, Galerucella calmariensis and G. pusilla - are very host-specific and highly damaging to the plant. These insects are being considered for release into North America in an attempt to control L. salicaria. If these insects are as effective as research indicates, the outlook for successful classical biological control against purple loosestrife is excellent.

Piper, G.L. 1994. Biological control of the wetlands weed purple loosestrife (Lythrum salicaria) in the Pacific northwestern United States. Int. Symp. on Aquatic Weeds: Management and Ecology of Freshwater Plants, Dublin (Ireland), 1994. Hydrobiologia 340(1-3): 291-294. ABSTRACT: Purple loosestrife (Lythrum salicaria) is an Eurasian perennial hydrophyte that has become naturalized in wetlands and in and along waterways throughout temperate North America. The ecological integrity of such areas is threatened by rapidly forming monotypic infestations that displace valued flora and diminish critical fish and wildlife habitat. The inability of physical, cultural, and chemical methods to provide adequate control of the weed has led to the development of an insect-based biological control program. The first field releases of the bud and leaf feeding beetles, Galerucella calmariensis and G. pusilla, and a root-mining weevil, Hylobius transversovittatus, were made in the United States and Canada in 1992. A total of 4740 Galerucella spp. adults were released in central Washington during 1992 and 1993 at eight sites and 471 H. transversovittatus egg inoculation were made in 1993 at three locations. Establishment of both Galerucella spp. was confirmed and Hylobius colonization was achieved.

Thompson, D.Q. 1991. History of purple loosestrife (Lythrum salicaria L.) biological control efforts. National Areas Journal 11(3): 148-150. ABSTRACT: After a relatively slow beginning on the northeastern maritime coast, purple loosestrife (Lythrum salicaria L.) has spread across temperate North America to the Pacific Coast. It has displaced native wetland vegetation in pastures, marshes, and riparian meadows. Thus far, all methods of cultural, mechanical, and chemical control have proven unsatisfactory for widespread use in natural areas. An attempt to establish a biological control program in the late 1960s failed because there was not enough information to justify the cost of the program, and because regional interest was low in this weed, which was so well-established as to seem part of

246 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... the natural setting. Subsequent research on purple loosestrife continued part-time and consisted of field surveys and literature searches to establish the background of the weed and its potential impact on native biota.

Horehound, Marrubium white horehound Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida vulgare

Lippai, A., Smith, P.A., Price, T.V. 1996. Effects of temperature and water potential on germination of horehound (Marrubium vulgare) seeds from two Australian localities. Weed Science 44: 91-99.

Pugnaire, F.I., Haase, P., Puigdefabregas, J. 1996. Facilitation between higher plant species in a semiarid environment. Ecology 77 (July 1996): 1420-1426. ABSTRACT: The relationship between the leguminous shrub Retama sphaerocarpa and the understory herb Marrubium vulgare in a semiarid region was examined. R. sphaerocarpa was found to strongly improve its own environment and to facilitate the growth of M. vulgare and other species underneath its canopy, while also benefiting from its understory herbs. The interaction between the 2 species was indirect and related to differences in soil characteristics and to enhanced nutrient availability under shrubs relative to plants growing on their own. This mutual benefit is best termed facultative mutualism, with each partner benefiting from greater availability of resources in the "island of fertility" that results from their interaction.

Young, J.A., Evans, R.A. 1996. Germination of white horehound (Marrubium vulgare) seeds. Weed Science 34 (Mar): 266-270.

Medicago Black Medic Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida lupulina

Norcini, J.G., Aldrich, J.H., Martin, F.G. 1997. Preemergent control of common vetch (Vicia sativa L.) and black medic (Medicago lupulina L.). Journal of Environmental Horticulture 15 (3):149-152.

Pavone, L. V., Reader, R. J. 1985. Reproductive schedule of Medicago lupulina (Leguminosae) in a patchy environment. Canadian Journal of Botany 63:2044-2048.

Pavone, L. V., Reader, R. J. 1985. Effect of microtopography on the survival and reproduction of Medicago lupulina. The Journal of Ecology v. 73 (July 1985) p. 685-94.

Melaleuca, punktree, cajeput, Australian Melaleuca Paperback Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida quinquenervia

Bolton, K.G.E., Greenway, M. 1997. A Feasibility Study of Melaleuca Trees for Use in Constructed Wetlands in Subtropical Australia. Water Science & Technology 35 (5): 247-254. ABSTRACT: The genus Melaleuca, which originated in dynamic wetland environments in Australia, is comprised of around 250 species. Three species--M. quinquenervia, M. alternifolia, and M. leucadendra--were evaluated in pots and in a constructed wetland in terms of growth, biomass, and nutrient partitioning. Results showed that Melaleuca tissues exhibit low nitrogen and phosphorus concentrations compared to other wetland plants. While M. quinquenervia exhibited about half the growth rate of M. alternifolia, it had twice the litterfall. Since relatively

247 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... large amounts of P were bioaccumulated and stored in the senescent leaves, M. quinquenervia was found to be much more efficient in partitioning biomass nutrients to the sediment sink, since these senescent leaves were the first to be discarded as litterfall.

Burrows, D.W., Balciunas, J.K. 1999. Host-Range and Distribution of Eucerocoris suspectus (Hemiptera: Miridae), a Potential Biological Control Agent for the Paperbark Tree Melaleuca quinquenervia Myrtaceae). Environmental Entomology 28(2): 290-299. ABSTRACT: The feasibility of using a home range biocontrol agent for control of the Australian paperbark tree in Florida was studied. The tree, a serious economic and environmental pest in Florida, is a native of Australia, where the native leaf-blotching bug feeds on young leaves and shoots and kills tissue around the feeding site. Laboratory studies suggest that six nontarget plants could be at risk from introduction of the bug in Florida, but field surveys do not reveal use of these plants as field hosts. In field searches, feeding damage was observed only on the paperbark tree except in one case where minor damage was observed on Lumnitzera racemosa trees adjacent to a heavily damaged paperbark tree. The bug's narrow host range, broad habitat tolerances, and extensive damage ability to the paperbark tree make it an attractive choice for biocontrol.

Rayachhetry, M.B., Van, T.K., Center, T.D. 1998. Regeneration potential of the canopy-held seeds of Melaleuca quinquenervia in south Florida. International Journal of Plant Sciences 159 (4): 648-654. ABSTRACT: The viability and germinability of canopy-stored seeds from paperbark trees (Melaleuca quinquenervia) growing in south Florida habitats with differing hydroperiods were studied. Fifteen percent of the seeds collected were embryonic, 50 percent of embryonic seeds were viable, and 73 percent of viable seeds were germinable after 10 d. Seeds from permanently flooded habitats had a greater tendency to be embryonic than those from dry or seasonally flooded habitats (18 vs. 14 percent), but, overall, seed viabilities and germinabilities among the 3 habitats were comparable. The proportions of embryonic seeds among infructescence positions within each habitat were the same, but viability and germinability varied with infructescence age, being lowest in the oldest positions.

Chinaberry, pride of India, Indian lilac Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Melia azedarach

Batcher, M.S. 2000. Element Stewardship Abstract for Melia azedarach (Chinaberry, Umbrella tree). The Nature Conservancy. ABSTRACT: Element Stewardship Abstracts (ESAs) are prepared to provide The Nature Conservancy's Stewardship staff and other land managers with current management related information on species and communities that are most important to protect or control. The abstracts organize and summarize data from many sources including literature and from researchers and managers actively working with the species or community.

Everitt, J.H., Escobar, D.E., Neck, R.W. 1989. Using color-infrared aerial photography to distinguish chinaberry (Melia azedarach L.) infestations in southern and south-central Texas. The Texas Journal of Science 41 (3): 265-272.

Haller, J.M. 1993. Chinaberry, mahogany's unsung cousin. Pacific horticulture 54 (2): 59-61.

Sha, Y.S., Wang, C., Zhang, J.N. 1986. Isolation, culture and pathogenicity of dieback of chinaberry caused by bacteria-like organism. Journal of South China Agricultural University 7 (3): 21-27.

248 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Tourn, G. M., Menvielle, M. F., Scopel, A. L., Pidal, B. 1999. Clonal Strategies of a Woody Weed: Melia azedarach. Plant and Soil 217(1-2): 111-117. ABSTRACT: The Chinaberry tree (Melia azedarach) was introduced to Argentina and has become an aggressive invader, now found in about 60% of the El Palmar National Park in varying densities and degrees of invasion. Previous research revealed vegetative reproduction capacity in M. azedarach from roots and stumps following physical damage, but the traits associated with invasion success have not been studied. The clonal architecture and vegetative growth strategies in plants collected from disturbed and undisturbed areas of the park were studied. The trees are characterized by a monopodial trunk that produces tiers of orthotropic monopodial branches. A tap root with woody primary lateral roots shows plagiotropic growth typically in the top few centimeters of the soil profile. Root buds occur in all plagiotropic root cuts when incubated under controlled conditions. Root suckers grow from differentiated parenchymatous cells produced by meristematic activity in the cambial zone. The ecological implications of clonal reproduction from such invasive capacity are discussed.

Yang, R. Z., Tang, C. S. 1988. Plants Used for Pest Control in China: a Literature Review. Economic Botany Jul-Sep 1988 42(3): 376-406. ABSTRACT: Plant material used for pest control may alleviate the burden of heavy reliance on synthetic pesticides. In China, the tradition and knowledge of herbal medicine, combined with a short-lived organized effort of using indigenous pesticidal plants, resulted in an accumulation of literature in the 1950s. A table outlining 267 pesticidal plants provides a glimpse of the Chinese experience. Three plants are detailed: tripterygium wildfordii, melia azedarach, and stellera chamaejasme.

Cultivated Four- O'Clock, Marvel of Peru Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Mirabilis jalapa

Kambhampati, M.S., Williams, L. 2001. Phytoremediation of Lead-Contaminated Soils Using Mirabilis jalapa (L.). ABSTRACT: The ability of Mirabilis jalapa to remediate lead-contaminated soil was investigated, using EDTA as a chelating agent. Lead and EDTA were added five weeks after initial planting and three weeks prior to harvesting. Results showed that neither EDTA nor Pb significantly impacted shoot or root growth. Lead concentrations in plant shoots increased with increasing concentrations of EDTA, while the amount of Pb in roots decreased with increasing EDTA concentrations, indicating effective transport to the aboveground biomass.

Niesenbaum, R.A. 1999. The effects of pollen load size and donor diversity on pollen performance, selective abortion, and progeny vigor in Mirabilis jalapa (Nyctaginaceae). American Journal of Botany 86 (2): 261-268. ABSTRACT: The influence of pollen competitive environment on pollen performance (pollen germination, stigmatic penetration, and pollen tube growth rate), the maturation or abortion of initiated fruit, seed size, and seedling vigor was explored by manipulating the size and diversity of stigmatic pollen loads on Mirabilis jalapa. All aspects of pollen performance significantly increased with the number of pollen grains on a stigma or pollen tubes in a style, but was not influenced by the diversity of pollen donors. Plants tended to mature single-ovulate fruits that came from flowers where pollen load size and diversity were greatest and aborted those where these were lowest. No plants from seeds resulting from pollinations with a single pollen grain survived, but other fitness measures were mostly determined by maternal plant. The data suggest that pollen performance is influenced by pollen competitive environment, and both the genetic

249 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... diversity of the pollen load and number of competing pollen tubes are important determinants of seed/fruit abortion.

Parrella, G. 2002. First report of Parietaria mottle virus in Mirabilis jalapa. Plant Pathology 51 (3): 401.

Eurasian watermilfoil, Myriophyllum spike watermilfoil Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida spicatum

Abernethy, V. J., Sabbatini, M. R., Murphy, K. J. 1994 (1996). Response of Elodea canadensis Michx. and Myriophyllum spicatum L. to Shade, Cutting and Competition in Experimental Culture. Hydrobiologia 340 (1-3): 219-225. ABSTRACT: Responses of two similar aquatic weeds--Elodea canadensis and Myriophyllum spicatum--to various management regimes were studied under laboratory conditions. Both were exposed to artificial stress, disturbance, and interspecific competition. Although both are classified as competitive disturbance-tolerance species, their responses to disturbance (cutting) and competition (in mixed and pure cultures) differ significantly. Responses to stress (e.g., shade) were less different. The different tolerances are important to consider in developing weed control measures based on stress and disturbance. M. spicatum showed significant biomass loss when competing with E. canadensis, and was only poorly tolerant of shade stress. Applying disturbance-based control to E. canadensis is likely to worsen the weed problem. Consideration of the differential responses of individual aquatic plant species to pressures on their survival and reproduction could lead to a better understanding of their susceptibility to control measures.

Barrat-Segretain, M. 2001. Biomass allocation in three macrophyte species in relation to the disturbance level of their habitat. Freshwater Biology 46 (7): 935-945. ABSTRACT: 1. The hypothesis was tested that perennial plants surviving in habitats frequently disturbed by floods should demonstrate the ability to escape the frequently scoured surficial zone by using refugia located deeper in the substrate. As a consequence, they should allocate more biomass to their underground parts than when growing in rarely disturbed habitats. 2. The allocation of biomass of three aquatic macrophytes (Berula erecta, Groenlandia densa, Myriophyllum spicatum) to their different organs (underground and above-ground parts) was measured in former river channels organized along a gradient of scouring flood disturbances. 3. For each species, biomass allocation to underground parts varied between sites: from 10.2 to 37.5{percent} in B. erecta, from 14.9 to 31.1{percent} in G. densa and from 8.4 to 23.2{percent} in M. spicatum. It was correlated to the flood disturbance level of the site for B. erecta and M. spicatum but not for G. densa. No relationship was found between biomass allocation to underground parts and sediment richness. 4. The plasticity in biomass allocation of these three macrophyte species appears to be an adaptation to the variability in environmental conditions and implies difficulties in the classification of plant primary strategies, when this type of plasticity is ignored.

Boylen, C., Eichler, L.W., Madsen, J.D. 1999. Loss of Native Aquatic Plant Species in a Community Dominated by Eurasian Watermilfoil. Hydrobiologia Nov 15, 1999, 415: 207-211. ABSTRACT: The alien Eurasian watermilfoil, Myriophyllum spicatum, was first observed in Lake George, NY, in 1985. Colonization of this species in the lake and eventual dominance over and elimination of native aquatic plant species has been documented. Monitoring through 1997 showed that watermilfoil has expanded in all directions in dense growth, impeded only by physical barriers (e.g., water depth limits or unsuitable sediment type). Native species richness and abundance have declined in association with the watermilfoil expansion.

250 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Creed, R.P.J. 2000. Is there a new keystone species in North American lakes and rivers? Oikos 91 (2):405-408. ABSTRACT: The effect of introduction of the aquatic plant Eurasian water-milfoil Myriophyllum spicatum on the herbivorous weevil Euhrychiopsis lecontei (Dietz) in aquatic communities in North America was investigated. E. lecontei attacks M. spicatum in North America. The importance of this weevil in North American aquatic communities has changed with the introduction of the water milfoil: This weevil appears to have become a new a novel keystone species in numerous freshwater communities.

Engel, S. 1995. Eurasian watermilfoil as a fishery management tool. Fisheries 20 (March):. 20-27.

Sheldon, S.P. , Jones, Kristina N. 2001. Restricted gene flow according to host plant in an herbivore feeding on native and exotic watermilfoils (Myriophyllum: Haloragaceae). International Journal of Plant Sciences 162 (4): 793-799. ABSTRACT: Components of gene flow in a native weevil, Euhrychiopsis lecontei, occurring on its 2 host plants, Myriophyllum spicatum and M. sibiricum, were investigated. Analysis involved examination of whether weevils oviposited preferentially on the same host species on which they were reared and of the outcome of crosses between weevils on different host plants. Weevils that switched over to a newly introduced host plant species may have higher values for some fitness traits than those that did not, and the fact that weevils on a new host exhibited greater host fidelity than those on the native host indicates that those that have switched become specialized on the new host. Furthermore, outbreeding depression between weevils from different hosts was evident and may indicate genetic differentiation.

Strand, J.A., Weisner, Stefan E. B. 2001. Morphological plastic responses to water depth and wave exposure in an aquatic plant (Myriophyllum spicatum). The Journal of Ecology 89 (2): 166- 75. ABSTRACT: 1 We investigated morphological responses of the submerged macrophyte Myriophyllum spicatum L. to water depth and wave exposure when grown in the same substrate at two sites in two eutrophic lakes. Periphyton production was 4-8 times higher at sheltered than at wave-exposed sites and its influence was further investigated in a glasshouse experiment. Morphological responses in both experiments were compared by allometric analyses, with shoot weight as covariate. 2 In the field study, plants shoots exhibited similar responses (increased plant height and branch length, and decreased branch number) to sheltered conditions as to deep water. The partitioning between above-and below-ground biomass however, differed, with below- ground decreasing with an increasing water depth, but increasing or remaining unaffected at sheltered compared with exposed conditions. 3 In the glasshouse experiment, plant responses to water depth were similar to those in the field study. Furthermore, plant height increased when plants were overgrown with periphyton. 4 High production of periphytic algae at sheltered sites appears to cause light limitation of macrophytes. However, other factors such as nutrient uptake also appears to determine morphological responses. At sheltered sites, where leaf nutrient uptake is reduced by abundant periphyton and thick boundary layers, plants allocate more biomass to roots. At deep and wave-exposed sites, the absence of periphyton allows plants to take up nutrients through their leaves and allocation of biomass to shoots increases photosynthesis. 5 Overall, relative allocation to shoot and root biomass appears to be primarily controlled by nutrient availability, whereas allocation of available shoot biomass to particular structures is controlled by light availability.

Branched Orobanche broomrape, hemp Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida ramosa

251 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... broomrape

Joel, D.M. 2000. The Long-Term Approach to Parasitic Weeds Control: Manipulation of Specific Developmental Mechanisms of the Parasite. Crop Protection 19(8-10): 753-758. ABSTRACT: Parasitic weeds, such as the witchweed root parasites and broomrape, are a nearly uncontrollable threat to world agriculture. Knowledge of the biology of such weeds would assist in developing control methods. Seed conditioning and germination, haustorium formation, penetration into host tissues, maturation of the haustorium, and seed production in parasitic weeds are described. All of these stages can be targeted for control mechanisms. For example, research on gibberellin normally synthesized during seed conditioning can be inhibited to prevent parasitism in host crop roots. Other examples of root parasite control by targeting enzymatic penetration of haustorium into host tissues and germination stimulation also are considered.

Dhanapal, G. N., Struik, P. C., Timmermans, P. C. J. M., ter Borg, S. J. 1998. Post-Emergence Control of Broomrape with Natural Plant Oils. Journal of Sustainable Agriculture 1998 11(4): 5 –12. ABSTRACT: Several natural plant oils were compared for their ability to control broomrape (a root parasite common in tobacco crops in India). Field trials showed that need, coconut, and sunflower oils had knockdown effects on the bud part of the broomrape within 2-3 days of application. Castor and niger oils killed the buds within 3-4 days, and mustard oil took five days to kill the buds. Coconut and sunflower oils killed the broomrape stem more quickly than other oils. None of these oils were phytotoxic to tobacco. Natural plant oils offer a cheap, environmentally acceptable, and effective alternative to chemical control.

Dhanapal, G. N., Struik, P. C., Udayakumar, M., Timmermans, J. M. 1996. Management of Broomrape (Orobanche spp.) - A review. Journal of Agronomy and Crop Science 175:335- 359.

Foy, C. L., Jain, R., Jacobsohn, R. 1989. Recent approaches for chemical control of broomrape (Orobanche spp.). Reviews in Weed Science 4:123-152.

Irmaileh, B.E.A. 1994. Nitrogen reduces branched broomrape (Orobanche ramosa) seed germination. Weed Science 42: 57-60.

Kasrawi, M. A., Abu-Irmaileh, B. E. 1989. Resistance to branched broomrape (Orobanche ramosa) in tomato germplasm. HortScience 24: 822-824.

Lolas, P.C. 1986. Control of broomrape (Orobanche ramosa) in tobacco (Nicotiana tabacum). Weed Science 34: 427-430.

Lolas, P.C. 1994. Herbicides for control of broomrape (Orobanche ramosa L.) in tobacco (Nicotiana tabacum L.). Weed Research 34: 205-209.

Mitich, L. W. 1993. Orobanche-The Broomrapes. Weed Technology 7:532-535.

Musselman, L. J. 1980. The biology of Striga, Orobanche, and other root-parasitic weeds. Annual Reviews of Phytopathology 18:463-489.

African rue Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Peganum harmala

252 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Decraene, L. P. Ronse, De Laet, J., Smets, E. F. 1996. Morphological studies in Zygophyllaceae. II. The floral development and vascular anatomy of Peganum harmala. American Journal of Botany 83: 201-215. ABSTRACT: Floral development and vascular anatomy are investigated in Peganum harmala, emphasizing its unusual androecium with 15 stamens. Sepals arise successively, petals emerge simultaneously with five antesepalous stamens. The five stamen pairs arise in the space between the petals and the antesepalous stamens. The gynoecium arises from three carpel primordia with evidence of two reduced carpels. Placentae are axile and each bears two double rows of ovules. A weakly developed nectary surrounds the base of the ovary. The antepetalous stamen traces diverge from a common supply to petals and sepal laterals, independent of the antesepalous stamen traces. The androecium of Peganum is described as a derived obdiplostemonous form, differing from the complex haplostemonous androecium of Nitraria. "Congenital dedoublement" cannot adequately explain the origin of the paired antepetalous stamens, two stamens can arise either by the splitting of a common primordium or independently, and both ways of inception are best understood as extremes of a gradation. The systematic position of Peganum is discussed in relation to other Zygophyllaceae using a cladistic analysis with Ptelea (Rutaceae) and Quassia (Simaroubaceae) as outgroups. The basal division in the Zygophyllaceae is between Peganum and the rest of the family.

Buckthorn plantain, Plantago narrowleaf plantain Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida lanceolata

Berendse, F. 1983. Interspecific competition and niche differentiation between Plantago lanceolata and Anthoxanthum odoratum in a natural hayfield. The Journal of Ecology 71: 379-390.

Case, A.L., E.P. Lacey, & R.G. Hopkins. 1996. Parental effects in Plantago lanceolata L. II.: anipulation of grandparental temperature and parental flowering time. Heredity 76:287- 295.

Klus, D.J., Kalisz, S., Curtis, P.S. 2001. Family- and population-level responses to atmospheric CO2 concentration: gas exchange and the allocation of C, N, and biomass in Plantago lanceolata (Plantaginaceae). American Journal of Botany 88 (6) 1080-1087. ABSTRACT: To ascertain the inheritance of responses to changing atmospheric CO2 content, we partitioned response to elevated CO2 in Plantago lanceolata between families and populations in 18 families in two populations. Plants were grown in 35 Pa and 71 Pa partial pressure of CO2 (pCO2) in open-top chambers. We measured above- and belowground mass, carbon (C), nitrogen (N), hexose sugar, and gas exchange properties in both CO2 treatments. Families within populations differed in mass, mass allocation, root: shoot ratios, aboveground percentage N, C: N ratio, and gas exchange properties. The CO2 X family interaction is the main indicator of potential evolutionary responses to changing CO2. Significant CO2 X family interactions were observed for N content, C: N ratio, and photo synthetic rate (A: instantaneous light-saturated carbon assimilation capacity), intercellular CO2 concentration, transpiration rate (E), and water use efficiency (WUE = A/E), but not for stomatal conductance. Families differed significantly in acclimation across time. The ratio of A in elevated vs. ambient growth CO2, when measured at a common internal CO2 partial pressure was 0.79, indicating down-regulation of A under CO2 enrichment. Mass, C: N ratio, percentage, C ({percent}C), and soluble sugar all increased significantly but overall {percent}N did not change. Increases in {percent}C and sugar were significant and were coincident with redistribution of N aboveground. The observed variation among populations and families in response to CO2 is evidence of genetic variation in response and therefore of the potential for novel evolutionary trajectories with rising atmospheric CO2.

253 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Lacey, E.P. 1996. Parental effects in Plantago lanceolata L. I.: a growth chamber experiment to examine pre- and postzygotic temperature effects. Evolution 50: 865-878. ABSTRACT: A study investigated the causes and potential consequences for the evolution of life-history traits in the plant Plantago lanceolata L. The pre- and postzygotic temperatures of both parents of controlled crosses were manipulated in a growth chamber experiment. The data suggest that temperature is involved in both genetically based and environmentally induced parental effects and that parental temperature may hasten the evolutionary change rate in flowering time in natural populations of this plant.

Lacey, E.P., Herr, D. 2000. Parental effects in Plantago lanceolata L. III. Measuring parental temperature effects in the field. Evolution 54 (4): 1207-17. ABSTRACT: Parental temperature effects were measured in Plantago lanceolata. The results of a combined growth chamber-field experiment indicated that parental environment influences offspring fitness in natural populations of P. lanceolata by affecting the life-history traits that contribute most strongly to fitness.

Skinner, R. H., Gustine, D.L. 2002. Freezing Tolerance of Chicory and Narrow-Leaf Plantain. Crop Science 42 (6): 2038-2043.

Stamp, N.E., Bowers, M.D. 1996. Consequences for plantain chemistry and growth when herbivores are attacked by predators. Ecology 77: 535-549. ABSTRACT: Plant-herbivore interactions were investigated in the presence and absence of 2 levels of 2 different types of invertebrate predators. To examine the tritrophic-level interactions, a system was developed that consisted of 2 lepidopteran species (Junonia coenia Hubner and Spilosoma congrua Wlk.) that vary in feeding specialization on narrow-leaved plantain (Plantago lanceolata L.) and that were subjected to predation by wasps (Polistes fuscatus Fabricius) and stink bugs (Podisus maculiventris (Say)). The 2 herbivore species were found to have different effects on the plantain's concentration of the iridoid glycosides aucubin and catalpol. In addition, the concentration of the iridoid glycosides and plant mass were indirectly affected by predation of the herbivores by wasps and stink bugs.

Van Tienderen, P.H., Van Der Toorn, J. 1991. Genetic differentiation between populations of Plantago lanceolata. I. Local adaptation in three contrasting habitats. The Journal of Ecology 79: 27-42.

Van Tienderen, P.H., Van Der Toorn, J. 1991. Genetic differentiation between populations of Plantago lanceolata. II. Phenotypic selection in a transplant experiment in three contrasting habitats. The Journal of Ecology 79: 43-59.

Broadleaf plantain, common plantain Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Plantago major

Lotz, L.A.P. 1990. The relation between age and size at first flowering of Plantago major in various habitats. The Journal of Ecology 78: 757-771.

Poorter, H., Pot, S., Lambers, H. 1988. The effect of an elevated atmospheric CO2 concentration on growth, photosynthesis and respiration of Plantago major. Physiologia Plantarum 73: 553- 559.

Taylor, H. J., Bell, J. N. B. 1992. Tolerance to SO2, NO2 and their mixture in Plantago major L. populations. Environmental Pollution 76 (1): 19-24.

254 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... ABSTRACT: Populations of the herbaceous species Plantago major L. sampled in a polluted site and clean site of the UK were exposed to nitrogen dioxide alone or in combination with sulfur dioxide. The evolution of tolerance to either pollutant or their combination was investigated. The plant population from the polluted site showed smaller growth reductions induced by the pollutant mixture than the population from the clean site. No differential response in terms of foliar injury was detected after acute fumigation with both pollutants, but the polluted site population was the most sensitive to NO[2] alone. Selection for tolerance to SO[2] does not confer tolerance to NO[2] alone or to the pollutant mixture.

Zheng, Y., Lyons, T., Barnes, J. 2000. Effects of ozone on the production and utilization of assimilates in Plantago major. Environmental and Experimental Botany 43(2): 171-180. ABSTRACT: The effect of developmental age on plant responses to ozone was studied in a sensitive population of Plantago major held in controlled environment chambers. Photosynthesis and assimilate utilization were measured in individual leaves, as were leaf gas exchange and non- structural carbohydrate content, after 28 and 42 d of ozone exposure. Daily carbon budgets showed that at younger growth stages, net carbon dioxide assimilation rates and the amount and relative proportion of newly fixed carbon exported in the light were reduced in ozone-treated plants. Non-structural carbohydrates accumulated in leaves during the day. Pollution effects on plant growth were consistent with leaf carbon metabolism changes. Despite an observed compensatory growth response, plants had reduced biomass and fewer seeds per plant following ozone exposure.

Polygonum Steward cespitosum var. Smartweed Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida longisetum

Sultan, S. E., Wilczek, A. M., Hann, S. D. 1989. Contrasting ecological breadth of co-occurring annual Polygonum species. The Journal of Ecology 86 (3): 363-383. ABSTRACT: 1 Understanding the relative distributions of ecological generalists vs. specialists requires precise characterization of the environmental ranges of closely related taxa. The ecological breadth of four annual species in the genus Polygonum was determined from field measurements taken from five natural populations per species in a common geographical range. 2 Significant early and late-season differences among the species were found for available light (photosynthetically active radiation) at canopy and mid-canopy levels, and for soil temperature, moisture availability, macronutrient content, pH, cation exchange capacity (CEC) and structure, at two depths. Field sites within each species also differed significantly for these variables. 3 The field distribution of P. persicaria covers the broadest range of habitats, from moderate shade with very dark microsites to full insolation, cool to very warm soils, flooded to dry moisture conditions, and organic, high-nutrient to nutrient-poor soils. 4 Polygonum lapathifolium is comparatively intolerant of shade, particularly early in the growth season. Although this species occurs in flooded to moderately dry conditions and in poor as well as rich soils, its moisture and nutrient ranges do not include such low extremes as those of P. persicaria, and its range of soil temperatures is also narrower. 5 Polygonum cespitosum is restricted to low-light habitats and to consistently moist soils that do not flood. The species is, however, found in a moderately broad range of soil types and macronutrient availabilities. Polygonum cespitosum occurs in extremely low-light habitats that are evidently beyond the shade tolerance of the other species. 6 Polygonum hydropiper is restricted to high-light sites with highly organic, consistently very moist or flooded soils. Unlike its congeners, this species can tolerate flooded soils during seedling establishment. The species is limited to soils with high early nitrate and calcium content, moderate CEC, and pH close to 6.0, but tolerates a broad range of soil temperatures. 7 The occurrence of spatial and temporal environmental variability within as well as among field populations of Polygonum

255 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... species suggests that tolerance of such variability may result from individual phenotypic plasticity rather than from ecotypic adaptation of entire populations.

Japanese knotweed, Polygonum Mexican Bamboo Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida cuspidatum

Adler, C. 1993. Growth and dispersal strategies and associations of the neophyte Polygonum cuspidatum with special regard to mowing. Tuexenia (13): 373-397. ABSTRACT: This paper deals with growth and dispersal strategies of the neophyte Polygonum cuspidatum, as well as its phytosociological association and the phenological development of accompanying plants on mowed and non-mowed plots. The effects of mowing on Japanese Knotweed are also considered. - Generative dispersal strategy: mapping of the distribution of plants with pistillate and staminate flowers in the Black Forest and Freiburger Bucht (Baden- Wurttemberg/Germany) shows a much greater abundance of pistillate plants of this dioecious species. Propagation by seeds should produce staminate and pistillate plants in equal proportions. In addition, seedlings are hardly ever found in the field. Germination experiments prove that seeds of Polygonum cuspidatum germinate well under greenhouse conditions. From these results we conclude that generative propagation and dispersal of Japanese Knotweed plays a minor role in the study area. Growth strategy and vegetative dispersal: after morphological analysis we distinguish three types of rhizomes: stolons which grow radially from the mother plant, older and thicker rhizomes, and basal tubers which also serve as storage organs. Above-ground and below- ground organs of Polygonum plants were harvested on 3 experimental plots. A maximum biomass production of 25 kg fresh weight was measured on one square meter. Distribution of assimilation products shows that rhizomes amount to 2/3 and above-ground organs to 1/3 of total plant biomass. Two strategies of vegetative dispersal are distinguished: a. underground invasion of adjacent areas by stolons, which grow about 50 cm per year. b. establishment of new clones at some distance from the mother plant by spreading of rhizome fragments, which can sprout if they have a minimal length of 1-1.5 cm and at least one node. 74 phytosociological releves describe the association of Polygonum cuspidatum on mowed and unmowed sites, mostly along rivers. Mowing of Japanese Knotweed over several years is evaluated positively: on the one hand the phenological data and phytosociological releves on sites dominated by Polygonum show an increase in the number of co-occurring species. On the other hand, the biomass of the storage organs of this invasive plant seems to be decreasing through which we expect a long-term decimation by continued mowing.

Baker, R. M. 1988. Mechanical control of Japanese knotweed in an S.S.S.I. Aspects of Applied Biology 16:189-192.

Beerling, D. J., Bailey, J. P., Conolly, A. P. 1994. Biological Flora of the British Isles - Fallopia japonica (Houtt.) Ronse Decraene (Reynoutria japonica Houtt., Polygonum cuspidatum Sieb. & Zucc.). Journal of Ecology 82: 959-979.

Hirose, T., Kitajima, K. 1986. Nitrogen uptake and plant growth. Effect of nitrogen removal on growth of Polygonum cuspidatum. Annals of Botany 58: 479-86.

Hirose, T. 1986. Nitrogen uptake and plant growth. An empirical model of vegetative growth and partitioning. Annals of Botany 58: 487-96.

Roblin, E. 1988. Chemical control of Japanese knotweed (Reynoutria japonica) on river banks in South Wales. Aspects of Applied Biology 16:201-206.

256 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Scott, R., Marrs, R. H. 1984. Impact of Japanese knotweed and methods of control. Aspects Appl. Biol. 291-296.

Suzuki, J.I. 1994. Growth dynamics of shoot height and foliage structure of a rhizomatous perennial herb, Polygonum cuspidatum. Annals of Botany, London 73 (6): 629-638. ABSTRACT: The growth dynamics of shoot populations of Polygonum cuspidatum were investigated at the Houei crater (approx. 2380 m above sea level) on the south-eastern slope of Mount Fuji. At this study site, a genetic individual of this species produces a population of shoots in the form of a patch occupying a certain ground area. Generally, genetic individuals are located away from each other and hence there is little interaction between individuals. A large-sized individual occupying 31.2 m-2 ground area with shoots, a medium-sized individual (5.6 m-2) and a small-sized individual (1.4 m-2) were selected for this study. In each individual, growth was investigated at the shoot level. The results were analyzed based on the diffusion model. Early in the growing season in 1990, there was little difference in LAI (leaf area index) and shoot density between the individuals. Shoots of the small- and medium-sized individuals showed size- independent height growth, whilst those of the large-sized individual showed size-dependent height growth. Consequently, small-sized shoots of the small- and the medium-sized individuals had greater RGRs of shoot height growth than those of the large individual at the early stage. As a result, in the small- and medium-sized individuals, cv (coefficient of variance) and skewness of shoot height decreased with time. Increases in cv and skewness of shoot height were found in the large-sized individual. The size-independent growth pattern of shoot height in the small- and medium-sized individuals during early growing stages is different from the growth pattern of non-clonal plant species, in which plant height growth is positively size-dependent. The existence of a regulatory mechanism of shoot height growth is suggested for the small- and medium-sized individuals. The foliage structure of the large-sized individual was different from that of the medium- and small-sized individuals. The foliage structure of small- and medium-sized individuals was similar to the theoretical "optimal foliage structure" of plants In clonal plant species, a genetic individual occupies a certain ground area with its shoots. Therefore, "optimal foliage structure" per unit ground area brings about maximization of photosynthetic rate for a genetic individual, which is consistent with the maximization of fitness at the level of the individual plant.

Curltop Smartweed, Polygonum curlytop knotweed Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida lapathifolium

Askew, S.D., Wilcut, J.W. 2002. Pale smartweed interference and achene production in cotton. Weed Science 50 (3): 357-363. ABSTRACT: Field studies were conducted at two North Carolina locations to determine the effect of interference between pale smartweed and cotton on plant growth and productivity. Pale smartweed remained shorter than cotton until at least 70 d after cotton planting. However, pale smartweed grew over twice as tall as cotton and produced considerable dry biomass by cotton harvest. Pale smartweed biomass per plant was not affected by weed density up to 3.5 plants m-1 of row when grown with cotton. Cotton competition reduced pale smartweed dry biomass per plant at least 400{percent}. The relationship between pale smartweed and cotton percent yield loss was described by the rectangular hyperbola model with the asymptote (coefficient a) constrained to 100{percent} maximum yield loss. The estimated coefficient i (yield loss per unit density as density approaches zero) was 29 {plus or minus} 4 and 23 {plus or minus} 4 in 1998 and 2000, respectively. Pale smartweed achene production was also described by the hyperbolic function. Estimated achene production of smartweed at 1 plant m-1 cotton row was 63,000 and 25,000 achenes m-2 in 1998 and 2000, respectively.

257 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Mitich, L.W. 1998. Pale Smartweed (Polygonum Lapathifolium L.) and Other Polygoniums. Weed Technology 12(3):560-562.

Mile-a-minute weed, Asiatic Polygonum tearthumb Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida perfoliatum

Stevens, W.K. 1994. Invading weed makes a bid to become the new kudzu [Polygonum perfoliatum, also known as mile-a-minute weed]. New York Times (Late New York Edition) (August 16 1994). ABSTRACT: Polygonum perfoliatum, an annual with pale green triangular leaves and iridescent blue fruit, is threatening to rival the South's ubiquitous kudzu. Known variously as mile-a-minute weed, minute weed, and tearthumb, the plant grows at a rate of about 6 inches a day, forms tangled mats 20 to 25 feet high, and overwhelms and kills other vegetation in its path. It has spread from Pennsylvania into the upper South in the past decade, and botanists fear it could spread to Florida, where it would likely become a perennial.

Wheeler, A. G. Jr., Mengel, S.A.1984. Phytophagous insect fauna of Polygonum perfoliatum, an Asiatic weed recently introduced to Pennsylvania. Annals of the Entomological Society of America 77 (March): 197-202.

Purslane, little Portulaca hogweed Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida oleracea

Monks, D. 2001. Pest of the month: common purslane. American Vegetable Grower 49 (11): 6.

El-Keblawy, A., Al-Ansari, F. 2000. Effects of site of origin, time of seed maturation, and seed age on germination behavior of Portulaca oleracea from the Old and New Worlds. Canadian Journal of Botany 78 (3): 279-287.

Ellis, D. R., Guillard, K., Adams, R. G. 2000. Purslane as a living mulch in broccoli production. American Journal of Alternative Agriculture 15 (2): 50-59.

Santos, B.M., Dusky, J.A., Stall, W.M. 1998. Phosphorus effects on competitive interactions of smooth pigweed (Amaranthus hybridus) and common purslane (Portulaca oleracea) with lettuce (Lactuca sativa). Weed Science 46 (3): 307-312.

Selfheal, Healall Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Prunella vulgaris

Miller, T. E., Winn, A. A., Schemske, D. W. 1994. The effects of density and spatial distribution on selection for emergence time in Prunella vulgaris (Lamiaceae). American Journal of Botany 81:1-6. ABSTRACT: We investigated the effects of both overall density and variation in local density on the relationship between emergence time and final biomass in Prunella vulgaris. The relationship between emergence time and final biomass was used to quantify the pattern of selection on emergence time. Seeds were planted in flats in three different spatial distributions (hexagonal, random, high variance) at each of three overall densities (308, 769, and 3,077 seeds/ m2). Individual seedlings were marked upon emergence, and their final biomass was determined after 90 days of growth. With increasing overall density, mean plant biomass decreased, but the coefficient of variation in biomass and the magnitude of directional selection for early emergence

258 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... increased. Increasing variation in the spatial distribution of the plants had no effect on mean plant biomass but did significantly increase the coefficient of variation in biomass at both low and medium densities. Both the magnitude of directional selection and the curvature in the relationship between emergence time and final biomass tended to increase with increased variation in the spatial distribution. Our results suggest that both overall plant density and the spatial distribution of individuals can affect the pattern of selection on plant traits.

Winn, A.A. 1988. Ecological and evolutionary consequences of seed size in Prunella vulgaris. Ecology 69: 1537-1544.

Winn, A.A., Werner, P.A. 1987. Regulation of seed yield within and among populations of Prunella vulgaris. Ecology 68:. 1224-1233.

Kudzu, Japanese arrowroot Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Pueraria lobata

Dickens, R., Buchanan, G. 1971. Influence of time of herbicide application on control of kudzu. Weed Science 19(6):669-671.

Ellis, D. 1995. Barbarians at our gates. American horticulturalist. 74(3) Mar.: 6-7.

Keung, W.M., Vallee, B.L. 1998. Kudzu root: an ancient Chinese source of modern antidipsotropic agents. Phytochemistry 47 (4): 499-506. ABSTRACT: Kudzu (Pueraria lobata) is one of the earliest medicinal plants used in traditional Chinese medicine. It has many profound pharmacological actions including antidipsotropic (antialcohol abuse) activity. Although both the roots and flowers of kudzu, Radix and Flos puerariae, respectively, have been used to treat alcohol abuse safely and effectively in China for more than a millennium, their true efficacy, active constituents, sites and mechanisms of action have never been critically examined. Recently, we have demonstrated that a crude extract of Radix puerariae suppresses the free-choice ethanol intake of ethanol-preferring golden Syrian hamsters and have identified two of its isoflavones, daidzin and daidzein, that account for this effect. Since then, we and other investigators have confirmed these findings in rats that were either trained or genetically bred to prefer and consume large amounts of ethanol. This article summarizes recent progress on the pharmacological and biochemical studies of the antidipsotropic isoflavones isolated from Radix puerariae.

Miller, J. H., Boyd, E. 1983. Kudzu: where did it come from and how can we stop it? Southern Journal of Applied Forestry 7(3):165-169.

Miller, J. H. 1988. Kudzu eradication trials with new herbicides. Proceedings of the Southern Weed Science Society 41:220-225.

Romm, H. J.1953. The development and structure of the vegetative and reproductive organs of kudzu. Iowa State College Journal of Science 27(3):407-419.

Tanner, R.D., Hussain, S.S., Hamilton, L.A., Wolf, F.T. 1979. Kudzu (Pueraria lobata): Potential agricultural and industrial resource. Economic Botany 33 (4): 400-412.

Zidack, N.K. , Backman, P.A. 1996. Biological control of kudzu (Pueraria lobata) with the plant pathogen Pseudomonas syringae pv. phaseolicola. Weed science 44 (3): 645-649.

259 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... ABSTRACT: Pseudomonas syringae pv. phaseolicola formulated with an organosilicone surfactant was tested as a potential bioherbicide for kudzu. Greenhouse studies were performed to determine the effect of kudzu plant age and leaf age on disease severity and growth of the bacterium inplanta. Eight-week-old plants were more diseased 4 wk after spraying and had a higher potential for regrowth 7 wk after spraying than 12-wk-old plants. Young leaves developed water-soaked lesions earlier than older leaves and supported higher populations of bacteria. Data from field experiments at two separate locations indicated that single applications in late spring were as effective as multiple applications in early spring and were enhanced by repeat application. Three months after the beginning of the experiment, extensive regrowth occurred for all bioherbicide treatments and no differences were noted between treatments and the nontreated control.

Annual Rapistrum bastardcabbage Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida rugosum

Cousens, R., Armas, G., Baweja, R. 1994. Germination of Rapistrum rugosum (L.) All. from New South Wales, Australia. Weed Research 34: 127-35.

Castorbean Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Ricinus communis

Bianchini, M., Pacini, E. 1996. The caruncle of Ricinus communis L. (castor bean): its development and role in seed dehydration, rehydration, and germination. International Journal of Plant Sciences 157: 40-48. ABSTRACT: The cytophysiology of the Ricinus communis caruncle was examined from the fifth day following pollination until seed maturity. The caruncle is composed of epidermal and parenchyma cells. The surface area of the epidermal cells was found to increase between 10-15 days following pollination (DAP) but to remain largely unchanged after 15 DAP, whereas the parenchyma cells increased in size and their walls thickened during seed development. In the course of development, many starch grains appeared and gradually decreased in number, being nearly totally absent at maturity, when reserves were composed mostly of lipids. Unlike the rest of the seed, the epidermis of the caruncle has no cuticle. Further assessment revealed that dehydration, rehydration, and germination were all facilitated by the presence of the caruncle, which absorbed and temporarily retained water, conveying it to the rest of the seed. This allowed seeds with caruncles to germinate in conditions that were not wet enough for seeds without caruncles.

Wackers, F. L., Zuber, D., Wunderlin, R. 2001. The effect of herbivory on temporal and spatial dynamics of foliar nectar production in cotton and castor. Annals of Botany 87(3): 365-70. ABSTRACT: The effects of feeding Spodoptera littoralis(Boisd.) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) larvae on the quantity and distribution of extrafloral nectar production by leaves of castor (Ricinus communis) and cotton (Gossypium herbaceum) were investigated. Following larval feeding, the total volume of nectar secreted by foliar nectaries increased 2.5- and 12-fold, respectively. As HPLC-analysis showed no difference in sugar composition between extrafloral nectar from insect-damaged and control plants, it can be concluded that the plants increased the secretion of carbohydrates in response to herbivory. In damaged castor leaves, the amount of sugar excreted through extrafloral nectaries represented approx. 1 of the leaf's daily assimilate production. Induction of nectar production was mainly restricted to the damaged leaf, although a weaker systemic response was found in adjacent younger leaves. Spatial and temporal patterns of induced nectar production could help plants to optimize indirect defense by concentrating the recruitment of predators and parasitoids on the site, and at the time, of attack.

260 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Macartney rose Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Rosa bracteata

Dickinson, V.M., Arnold, K.A. 1996. Breeding biology of the crested caracara in south Texas. Wilson Bulletin (Lawrence, Kans.) 108 (Sept): 516-523. ABSTRACT: The breeding biology of 6 nesting pairs of crested caracaras (Caracara plancus) in south Texas was studied. All nests were built below the nest-support canopy, and 4 nests were found in Macartney rose (Rosa bracteata). Eggs from successful first nesting attempts hatched between February and April, and fledging occurred between April and June. Two of the pairs laid a second clutch in June, but the nestlings were killed by red imported fire ants (Solenopsis invicta). Neither young nor adults were seen in the natal area by August. Nest building and courtship lasted 21 days on average. Incubation, nestling dependency, and post-fledgling dependency averaged 30, 56, and 33 days, respectively. Overall nesting success was 45.7 percent, the success of first nestings was 72.6 percent.

Garoian, L., Conner, J. R., Scifres, C. J. 1984. Economic evaluation of fire-based improvement systems for Macartney rose. Journal of Range Management 37: 111-115. Meyer, R.E., Bovey, R.W. 1984. Response of Macartney rose (Rosa bracteata) and understory vegetation to herbicides. Weed Science 32: 63-67.

Multiflora rose Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Rosa multiflora

Amrine, J. W., Jr., Stasny, T. A. 1993. Biocontrol of multiflora rose. In Biological Pollution: The Control and Impact of Invasive Exotic Species: 9-21.

Bryan, W. B., Mills, T. A. 1988. Effect of frequency and method of defoliation and plant size on the survival of multifloral rose. Biological Agriculture and Horticulture 5:209-214

Crowe, F.J. 1983. Witches' broom of rose: A new outbreak in several states. Plant Dis. 67: 544-546.

Epstein, A.H., Hill, J.H., Nutter Jr., F.W. 1997. Augmentation of Rose Rosette Disease for Biocontrol of Multiflora Rose (Rosa multiflora). Weed science 45(1): 172.

Fawcett, R.S. 1980. Today's weed-multiflora rose. Weeds Today 11(1): 22-23.

Hindal, D. F., Wong, S. M. 1988. Potential biocontrol of multiflora rose, Rosa multiflora. Weed Technology 2:122-131.

Terada, M., Kageyama,Y., Konishi, K. 1997. The relationship between growth of a rose plant and its nutrient and water uptake in hydroponic culture. Journal of the Japanese Society for Horticultural Science 66 (1): 149-155. ABSTRACT: To develop a new method of fertigation in cut flower production of roses, the relationships between plant growth and its nutrient and water uptake and the ratio of cut flower to plant growth were investigated. Two-year-old rose plants, cv. Sonia and Carl Red, grafted on Rosa multiflora Thunb. were grown hydroponically for about a year. The overall plant growth was determined by weighing separately cut flowers, prunings, defoliated leaves, roots, trunks, and old leaves. The growth rate decreased immediately after harvesting cut flowers and pruning. On a long term basis, however, the growth rate was slower in summer than in other seasons. Growth in 'Sonia' plants was faster than that in 'Carl Red' plants. After flower production had become stable, the ratio of cut flowers to plant growth on a fresh weight (FW) basis was always about 40% in both cultivars. The amounts of nutrients absorbed per 100 g increments of plant FW in both cultivars were about N: 0.70 g, P: 0.10 g, K: 0.40 g, Ca: 0.17 g, and Mg: 0.04 g. The amount of

261 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... nutrients absorbed per 100 g cut flowers were 2.5 times greater than those on per plant FW basis. 'Sonia' plants absorbed 2-3 liters of water in winter, 4-5 liters in spring and fall, and 8-9 liters in summer per 100 g FW. 'Carl Red' plants absorbed more water than 'Sonia' plants. The concentration of nutrient absorbed by the plant (nutrient/water) was lower in summer than in winter, and that of 'Carl Red' was nearly 80% of 'Sonia' The amount of nitrogen absorbed by 'Sonia' plant was about 230 ppm in winter, 145 ppm in spring and fall, and 110 ppm in summer. The amounts of P, K, Ca, and Mg uptake by plants were on the average 14, 60, 24, and 6 percent of N, respectively.

Curly dock, sour dock, yellowleaf dock Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Rumex crispus

Hatcher, P.E., Ayres, P.G., Paul, N.D. 1995. The effect of natural and simulated insect herbivory, and leaf age, on the process of infection of Rumex crispus L. and R. obtusifolius L. by Uromyces rumicis (Schum.) Wint. New-Phytologist 130 (2): 239-249. ABSTRACT: The development of uredinia of Uromyces rumicis (Schum.) Wint. was studied on Rumex crispus L. and R. obtusifolius L. plants inoculated in the laboratory. Fewer uredinia developed on leaves injured by simulated insect herbivory, those fed upon by Gastrophysa viridula Degeer (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae), and young, incompletely expanded leaves, than on uninjured, fully expanded control leaves. The effect of simulated herbivory and leaf age on the process of U. rumicis infection was investigated using Calcofluor staining and epifluorescence microscopy. Simulated insect herbivory reduced significantly the proportion of sporelings producing appressoria and the proportion of sporelings with appressoria that entered the substomatal cavity. In R. obtusifolius, leaf injury also reduced the proportion of penetration hyphae that formed substomatal vesicles. The proportion of sporelings that produced intercellular hyphae in injured leaves was reduced by 58% in R. crispus and 89% in R. obtusifolius. G. viridula feeding induced similar resistance in R. obtusifolius leaves. Simulated insect herbivory reduced both uredinial density and the area occupied by intercellular hyphae by between 65% and 89%. Injury had a greater effect than leaf age on sporelings in the pre-haustorial stages of development. However, the total area occupied by intercellular hyphae in young leaves was reduced by between 42% and 78% compared to mature leaves, owing to a lower uredinial density and, in R. obtusifolius, also to a significant reduction in the size of individual uredinia.

Hongo, A. 1989. Survival and growth of seedlings of Rumex obtusifolius L. and Rumex crispus L. in newly sown grassland. Weed Research 29: 7-12.

Hongo, A. 1989. Transplant survival of Rumex obtusifolius L. and Rumex crispus L. in three old reseeded grasslands. Weed Research 29: 13-19.

Hume, L., Cavers, P. B. 1983. Resource allocation and reproductive and life-history strategies in widespread populations of Rumex crispus. Canadian Journal of Botany 61:1276-1282.

Russian thistle Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Salsola kali

Schmidt, S.K., Reeves, F. B. 1898. Interference between Salsola kali L. seedlings: implications for plant succession. Plant and Soil 116 (1): 107-110.

Pakeman, R. J., Lee, J. A. 1991. The ecology of the strandline annuals Cakile maritima and Salsola kali. II. The role of nitrogen in controlling plant performance. The Journal of Ecology 79: 155-165.

262 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Chinese tallow tree, popcorn tree Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Sapium sebiferum

Barrilleaux, T.C., J.B. Grace. 2000. Growth and invasive potential of Sapium sebiferum (Euphorbiaceae) within the coastal prairie region: the effects of soil and moisture regime. American journal of botany. 87(8): 1099-1106. ABSTRACT: The introduced tree Sapium sebiferum (Euphorbiaceae) is considered a serious threat to the preservation of the coastal prairie region of Louisiana and Texas, although it is currently uncommon in the western part of the region. The objective of this study was to evaluate the potential effects of location, soils, and available moisture on the growth and survival of S. sebiferum in coastal prairie. In a field experiment, S. sebiferum mortality was significantly greater at a western site than at central and eastern sites. The greatest mortality and least growth of surviving plants occurred on a soil from the western region, regardless of site. A greenhouse study also found that S. sebiferum growth was lowest on the western soil. Watering frequency significantly affected S. sebiferum growth, except on the western soil. Sapium sebiferum growth responded to both nitrogen and phosphorus additions for all soils. Soil analyses revealed the highest sand, sodium, and phosphorus contents, and much higher electrical conductivity in the western soil. It is concluded that the soil examined from the western region is unfavorable for S. sebiferum growth, though not to the extent to preclude S. sebiferum completely. Evidence suggests that soil salinity may be the primary cause of the poor S. sebiferum growth at the western site.

Bruce, K.A., G.N. Cameron, P. Holcombe. 1995. initiation of a new woodland type on the Texas coastal prairie by the Chinese tallow tree (Sapium sebiferum (L.) Roxb.). Bulletin of the Torrey botanical club. 122(3) Jul-Sep.: 215-225. ABSTRACT: The chronosequence method (stand ages 0-20 years) was used to study the invasion of the Upper Coastal Prairie of Texas by the Chinese tallow tree and to learn whether this exotic plant would be replaced by native woodland species. This invasion marked a dramatic transformation of community structure. Dominance of life forms shifted rapidly (<10 years to canopy closure) as graminoids and forbs were replaced by trees and shrubs during succession. Size-frequency distributions of the trees showed that stands were not even-aged. Many stands in the oldest three age classes exhibited descending monotonic tress size distributions. Because Chinese tallow produces seeds soon after establishment, it seems likely that the rapid increase in density was the result of initial trees acting as seed sources. The most common native trees that appeared in the survey were generally small-seeded inhabitants of local riparian areas, e.g., hackberry (Celtis laevigata), elm (Ulmus Americana), green ash (Fraxinus pensylvanica), and yaupon (Ilex vomitoria). Low densities of these species indicated slow invasion rates compared to that of tallow. Currently, stands are virtually monospecific. However, the non-tallow species showed a significant increase in density with stand age which suggests that these woodlands may become more diverse in the future.

Correll, D.S., H.B. Correll. 1941. A collection of plants from Louisiana. American midland naturalist. 26(1) Jul.: 30-64.

Jones, R.H. 1993. Influence of soil temperature on root competition in seedlings of Acer rubrum, Liquidambar styraciflua and Sapium sebiferum. American midland naturalist. 130(1) Jul. 116-126. ABSTRACT: Acer rubrum (L.) (red maple), Liquidambar styraciflua L. (sweetgum) and Sapium sebiferum (L.) Roxb. (Chinese tallowtree) seedlings were planted, two per pot, in pure and mixed species combinations. Pots were allocated to two soil temperature regimes: one with an average

263 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... daily maximum and minimum of 31 and 21 C, and the other heated to a daily maximum and minimum of 34 and 31 C. within pots, roots were allowed to commingle but shoots were separated to minimize competition for light. After 96 days, total mass of Liquidambar and Acer were not significantly affected by the species of competing plant or by soil heating. However, total mass of Sapium was significantly affected by an interaction of species and heat. When pots were heated: (1) growth of Sapium in interspecific competitive environments increased relative to growth in intraspecific pots, and (2) the competitive ability of Sapium in mixed species pots increased. Competitive responses were not clearly related to root surface area or root weight ratio.

Jones, R.H., K.W. McLeod. 1989. Shade tolerance in seedlings of Chinese tallow tree, American sycamore, and cherrybark oak. Bulletin of the torrey botanical club. 116(4) Oct-Dec.: 371- 377. ABSTRACT: Dry mass and net photosynthesis (Ps) were measured for first-year seedlings of Chinese tallow tree (Sapium sebiferum (L.) Roxb.)), American sycamore (Platanus occidentalis L.), and cherrybark oak (Quercus falcate var. pagodifolia Ell.) grown in 5 and 100% full sunlight. In 5% light, tallow tree exceeded sycamore and oak dry mass and Ps, while in full sunlight both tallow tree and sycamore exceeded oak. Compared to the other species, tallow tree supported more perennial tissue per unit of leaf dry mass. These results are consistent with the observation that Chinese tallow tree can establish under closed canopies and grow rapidly in full sunlight.

Schinus Brazilian Pepper Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida terebinthifolius

Devine, B. 1999. Clear-cut mission [Florida Keys Invasive Exotics Task Force]. Nature Conservancy 49 (4): 12-17. ABSTRACT: The Florida Keys Invasive Exotics Task Force is working to reverse the damage done to native species in the islands. Invasive species have resulted in 42 plants and 27 animal species being federally listed as endangered or threatened. The task force, which comprises 22 entities including The Nature Conservancy and federal, state, and county groups, is currently working on clearing exotic species from West Summerland. Thanks to the efforts of volunteers, including several waves of Boy Scouts, all of the exotics should be gone by the end of 1999 and the replanting of natives should be well underway.

Doren, R. F., Whiteaker, L.D., LaRosa, A.M. 1991. Evaluation of Fire as a Management Tool for Controlling Schinus terebinthifolius as Secondary Successional Growth on Abandoned Agricultural Land. Environmental Management 15(1):121-129. ABSTRACT: Studies were instigated to evaluate the efficiency of using controlled fires to clear abandoned Florida farmland of Schinus terebinthifolius, a woody weed native to South America. The study site was a section of the Everglades Natl Park, and the study involved burning as needed every one or two years from 1979 to 1985. One plot was left unburned as a control. Results indicated little variation between the burned sites and the control. It was concluded that burning was not an effective management tool for this area in controlling S. terebinthifolius.

Ewe, S.M.L., Sternberg, L. 2002. Seasonal water-use by the invasive exotic, Schinus terebinthifolius, in native and disturbed communities. Oecologia 133 (4): 441-448.

Li, Y., Norland, M. 2001. The role of soil fertility in invasion of Brazilian pepper (Schinus terebinthifolius) in Everglades National Park, Florida. Soil Science 166 (6): 400-405. ABSTRACT: Brazilian pepper (Schinus terebinthifolius Raddi), an exotic invasive plant, is native to South America. In south Florida, this plant has invaded abandoned agricultural lands, poorly managed pastures, roadsides, and canal banks extensively. The "Hole-in-the Donut

264 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... (HID)", approximately 4000 ha within the Everglades National Park, is a major site of invasion of this exotic plant. This area was previously short hydroperiod prairie and pineland, but it is now a monospecific stand of Brazilian pepper. It has been hypothesized that this transformation is related to rock-plowing soil (crushing the limestone bedrock to increase soil depth) and to intensive vegetable production 25 to 70 years ago. The objectives of this study were to compare the chemical and physical differences of soils from four land uses (undisturbed land, rock-plowed farm land, non-rock-plowed farm land, and restored land) and the mineral nutrient contents of Brazilian pepper and sawgrass (Cladium jamaicense Crantz). Farming in the HID area changed the soil chemical properties significantly through rock-plowing and the application of agrichemicals necessary for commercial vegetable production. Rock-plowing increased the percentage of rock fragments and the soil pH. Total concentrations of nutrients (N, P, Zn, and Cu) in soils were elevated in both rock-plowed and non-rock-plowed farm lands. Plant-available nutrients in soil of rock-plowed farm land increased about 3 times for P, 6 times for Zn, and 10 times for Cu. As a result of the increased soil fertility, concentrations of P and Zn in Brazilian pepper leaves were 5 and 3 times higher, respectively, than those in sawgrass. High correlation coefficients between leaf P and total and plant-available P in soils indicate that P enrichment in farmed soils facilitated the invasion of Brazilian pepper in this area.

Olmsted, I., Yates, S. 1984. Florida's pepper problem. Garden (Bronx, N.Y.) 8 (May/June): 20-23. ABSTRACT: The marshes and estuaries of Everglades Nat'l Park are protected resources of this national biological preserve. The extensive estuarine zone mangrove forest supports a diverse range of Flora and fauna. However, the Brazilian pepper plant, Schinus terebinthifolius, has invaded the swamp areas and poses serious implications for the integrity of the mangrove wilderness. The pepper plant has been cultivated as an ornamental shrub, but has recently escaped and is spreading rapidly in areas of the swamp that have been disturbed by lightning or hurricanes. The difficulties inherent in limiting such infestations and eliminating pepper plant populations are attributed to the plant's weed-like tolerance of adverse conditions and high investment costs of such a program.

Schuch, U.K., Pittenger, D. R., Barker, P. A.. 2000. Comparing effects of container treatments on nursery production and field establishment of trees with different root systems. Journal of Environmental Horticulture 18 (2): 83-88.

Toops, C. 1986. The tree that's changing the Everglades. American Forests 92 (Feb): 26.

Sweetbroom; licorice weed Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Scoparia dulcis

Jain, Rakesh; Singh, Megh. 1989. Factors affecting goatweed (Scoparia dulcis) seed germination. Weed Science 37 : 766-770.

Sicklepod, java bean Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Senna obtusifolia

Bararpour, M.T., Oliver, L.R. 1998. Effect of tillage and interference on common cocklebur (Xanthium strumarium) and sicklepod (Senna obtusifolia) population, seed production, and seedbank. Weed Science 46 (4): 424-431.

Bridges, D.C., Walker, R.H. 1985. Influence of weed management and cropping systems on sicklepod (Cassia obtusifolia) seed in the soil. Weed Science 33:800-804.

265 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Bridges, D.C., Walker, R.H.1987. Economics of sicklepod (Cassia obtusifolia) management. Weed Science 35: 594-598.

Retzinger, E.J.J. 1984. Growth and development of sicklepod (Cassia obtusifolia) selections. Weed Science 32: 608-611.

Sherman, M.E., Thompson, L. Jr., Wilkinson, R.E. 1983. Sicklepod (Cassia obtusifolia) management in soybeans (Glycine max). Weed Science 31: 622-627.

Taylor, S.E., Oliver, L.R. 1997. Sicklepod (Senna obtusifolia) seed production and viability as influenced by late-season postemergence herbicide applications. Weed Science 45: 497-501.

Walker, R.H., Patterson, M.G., Hauser, Ellis. 1984. Effects of insecticide, weed-free period, and row spacing on soybean (Glycine max) and sicklepod (Cassia obtusifolia) growth. Weed Science 32:702-706.

Walker, H.L., Boyette, C.D. 1985. Biocontrol of sicklepod (Cassia obtusifolia) in soybeans (Glycine max) with Alternaria cassiae. Weed Science 33: 212-5.

Coffee Senna, Senna septic weed Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida occidentalis

Higgins, J.M., Walker, R.H., Whitwell, T. 1986. Coffee senna (Cassia occidentalis) competition with cotton (Gossypium hirsutum). Weed Science 34: 52-66.

Blessed milk thistle, spotted Silybum thistle Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida marianum

Austin, M. P., Fresco, L. F. M., Nicholls, A. O.1988. Competition and relative yield: estimation and interpretation at different densities and under various nutrient concentrations using Silybum marianum and Cirsium vulgare. The Journal of Ecology 76: 157-171.

Dodd, J. 1989. Phenology and seed production of variegated thistle, Silybum marianum (L.) Gaertn, in Australia in relation to mechanical and biological control. Weed Research 29: 255-263.

Moscow, D., Lindow, S. E., 1989. Infection of milk thistle (Silybum marianum) leaves by Septoria silybi. Phytopathology 79:1085-1090.

Pook, E. W. 1983. The effect of shade on the growth of variegated thistle (Silybum marianum L.) and cotton thistle (Onopordum sp.). Weed Research 23: 11-17.

Ray, C.C. 1997. Milk thistle. New York Times (Late New York Edition) (Jan 14) p. C7. ABSTRACT: A letter questions the beneficial or toxic effects of milk thistle tea, which is claimed to be good for the liver. No harmful effects have been reported from the use of milk thistle tea, which contains chemicals called flavones that seem to benefit the liver. However, flavones are not very water soluble and are poorly absorbed through the gastrointestinal tract. Moreover, the flavone concentration in the tea is much reduced, relative to the levels found in the plant. It is likely that the flavones would only be medically effective if they were concentrated

266 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... and injected. Indeed, there have been clinical reports of therapeutic benefits with a milk thistle extract called silymarin.

Tyler, V.E. 1988. This weed is a potent healer [milk thistle]. Prevention (Emmaus, Pa.) v. 50 no. 10 (October 1998) p. 79-80. ABSTRACT: Milk thistle (Silybum marianum), which is viewed as a weed in some places, is unequaled as a liver protector. There is no approved drug in America that can protect liver cells from poisonous substances and promote regeneration of damaged liver cells, but milk thistle can do both. In the 1960s, German scientists isolated a combination of active ingredients from the plant's seedlike fruit, naming the extract silymarin. Research has now proven silymarin's value in preventing and treating such liver problems as cirrhosis and hepatitis. Five health benefits that can be obtained from milk thistle are described, and information on using the plant extract is provided.

False Jerusalem Solanum Cherry Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida capsicastrum

Raj, S. K., Srivastava, K. M., Aslam, M. 1988. Occurrence of a strain of eggplant mottled crinkle virus in Solanum capsicastrum in India. Plant Pathology 37: 599-603.

Carolina Solanum horsenettle Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida carolinense

Frank, J.R. 1990. Influence of horsenettle (Solanum carolinense) on snapbean (Phaseolus vulgaris). Weed Science 38: 220-223.

Hackett, N.M., Murray, D.S., Weeks, D.L. 1987. Interference of horsenettle (Solanum carolinense) with peanuts (Arachis hypogaea). Weed Science 35: 780-784.

Mena-Covarrubias, J., Drummond, F.A., Haynes, D.L. 1996. Population dynamics of the Colorado potato beetle (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) on horsenettle in Michigan. Environmental Entomology 25: 68-77.

Nichols, R.L., Cardina, J., Lynch, R.L. 1992. Insects, nematodes, and pathogens associated with horsenettle (Solanum carolinense) in bermudagrass (Cynodon dactylon) pastures. Weed Science 40: 320-325.

Wise, M.J., Sacchi, C.F. 1996. Impact of two specialist insect herbivores on reproduction of horse nettle, Solanum carolinense. Oecologia 108 (2) 328-337.

Silverleaf Solanum nightshade Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida elaeagnifolium

Boyd, J. W., Murray, D. S., Tyrl, R. J. 1984. Silverleaf nightshade, Solanum elaeagnifolium, origin, distribution, and relation to man. Economic Botany 38: 210-217.

Gmira, N., Douira, A., Bouhache, M. 1998. Ecological grouping of Solanum elaeagnifolium: a principal weed in the irrigated Tadla plain (central Morocco). Weed Research 38 (2): 87-94.

Hoffmann, J. H., Moran, V. C., Impson, F. A. C. 1998. Promising results from the first biological

267 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... control programme against a solanaceous weed (Solanum elaeagnifolium). Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 70 (2-3):145-150.

Olckers, T., Zimmermann, H. G. 1991. Biological control of silverleaf nightshade, Solanum elaeagnifolium, and bugweed, Solanum mauritianum, (Solanaceae) in South Africa. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment 37: 137-155.

Parker, P.E. 1986. Nematode control of silverleaf nightshade (Solanum elaeagnifolium), a biological control pilot project. Weed Science 34(supp): 33-34.

Smith, B.S., Pawlak, J.A., Murray, D.S. 1990. Interference from established stands of silverleaf nightshade (Solanum elaeagnifolium) on cotton (Gossypium hirsutum) lint yield. Weed Science 38: 129-133.

Tropical soda apple Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Solanum viarum

Akanda, R.U., Mullahey, J.J., Shilling, D.G. 1996. Environmental factors affecting germination of tropical soda apple (Solanum viarum). Weed Science 44: 570-574.

Core, J. 2002. ARS Researchers Winning Battle With Noxious Weed. Agricultural Research 50 (1): 12 –13. ABSTRACT: The invasive and exotic tropical soda apple has consumed over a million acres of farmland, forests, and urban lands in the southeastern states. The seed is spread through the ingestion of its sweet fruit by cattle, as well as through composted manure, sod, hay, and seed. Wildlife also spread the seed. The plants are also known to host viruses that plague cucumber, and potato, tomato crops. The weed, a member of the nightshade family, is now federally listed as noxious. A biological control agent must be host-specific, as many food crops are also nightshades. Fungal pathogens are an option.

Patterson, D.T., McGowan, Mi., Mullahey, J.J. 1997. Effects of temperature and photoperiod on tropical soda apple (Solanum viarum Dunal) and its potential range in the U. S. Weed Science 45: 404-408.

Reddy, G., Krishnan, R., Chandravadana, M. V. 1991. Planting density and arrangement for higher berry and solasodine yields in Solanum viarum, rectangular vs. square spacing. Tropical Agriculture 68: 279-283.

Sphenoclea Chickenspike Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida zeylanica

Hirai, N., Sakashita, S., Sano, T., Inoue, T., Ohigashi, H., Asakawa, Y., Harada, J., Fujii, Y.. 2000. Allelochemicals of theTropical Weed Sphenoclea zeylanica . Phytochemistry 55: 131-140.

Common chickweed Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Stellaria media

Grundy, A. C. 1997. The influence of temperature and water potential on the germination of seven different dry-stored seed lots of Stellaria media. Weed-Research 37 (4) 257-266. ABSTRACT: Experiments were made on seven dry-stored seed lots of Stellaria media (L.) Vill to assess the effect of water potential and temperature on germination. These seed lots were from

268 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... different sources and their age ranged from freshly harvested to 5 years in dry storage. Germination was recorded at regular intervals at five constant temperatures (5-25 degree C) in all combinations with eight water potential regimes (from 0 to -1.4 MPa). The results showed that seed lot had a significant effect on the percentage, rate and spread of germination. Differences in germination behaviour in the seed lots appeared to be related to the durations of dry storage. Freshly harvested seed exhibited signs of dormancy, with the lowest percentage and longest mean germination time. Seed lots that had been in dry storage for more than 1 year took increasingly longer to germinate, particularly under less favourable conditions. In contrast, germination percentages were highest in the 3-year-old seed. The constant temperature and water potential achieving maximum germination was independent of seed lot, as was the water potential achieving the highest germination rates. However, the temperature achieving the highest germination rate was dependent on seed lot. The spread in germination time was largest for the freshly harvested and oldest seed samples. Rates of germination against temperature over the range of water potentials studied were complex.

Lutman, P. J. W., Bowerman, P., Palmer, G. M. 2000. Prediction of competition between oilseed rape and Stellaria media. Weed Research 40(3): 255-269.

Matsumoto, H., Kashimoto, Y., Warabi, E. 1999. Basis for common chickweed (Stellaria media) tolerance to oxyfluorfen. Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology. 64 (1): 47-53. ABSTRACT: Common chickweed (Stellaria media Vill.) is one of the major weeds in upland and orchard in Japan and has been known to be a species poorly controlled by diphenyl ether herbicides. Laboratory experiments were conducted to determine the physiological basis of the plant's tolerance to the diphenyl ether herbicide oxyfluorfen (2-chloro-4-trifluoromethylphenyl 3- ethoxy-4-nitrophenyl ether). Uptake, translocation, and metabolism of the herbicide, sensitivity of the action site, porphyrin accumulation, and tolerance to singlet oxygen in common chickweed were compared with slender amaranth (Amaranthus viridis) and large crabgrass (Digitaria adscendens), oxyfluorfen-sensitive species. Common chickweed showed a little visible herbicide injury to 10 muM of sprayed oxyfluorfen, while the herbicide significantly reduced the fresh weight of large crabgrass and slender amaranth at 1 muM. Uptake of 14C following (14C)oxyfluorfen application to the adaxial surface of the second leaf for 2h was similar for common chickweed and large crabgrass, although the initial rate was greater in large crabgrass. No translocation of the herbicide out of the treated leaf was observed in either species. The major part of absorbed 14C was identified as unmetabolized oxyfluorfen in common chickweed and large crabgrass 24 h after application. The herbicide caused protoporphyrin IX accumulation in slender amaranth and large crabgrass. In contrast, no accumulation of the photosensitizing tetrapyrrole was observed in common chickweed. When excised leaf disks of slender amaranth and large crabgrass were treated with the herbicide, the porphyrin accumulation occurred faster than in intact plants. However, no accumulation was detected in leaf disks of common chickweed. Furthermore, vacuum infiltration of oxyfluorfen solution into the leaf disks of common chickweed did not promote the porphyrin accumulation. Protoporphyrinogen oxidase, the target enzyme of the herbicide, in common chickweed was inhibited by oxyfluorfen in vitro. The plant was also more tolerant to the singlet oxygen generating agent, rose bengal, than the susceptible species. However, tolerance of common chickweed to oxyfluorfen is considered to be due mainly to the mechanism which prevents protoporphyrin IX accumulation.

Turkington, R., Kenkel, N.C., Franko, G.D. 1980. The Biology of Canadian Weeds. 42. Stellaria Media (L.). Canadian Journal Plant Science 60:981-92.

Turner, D.J. 1985. Improved control of Stellaria media (L.) Vill in leys with Trifolium repens, using bentazone and benazolin with additives. Weed Research 25: 289-299.

269 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Saltcedar, Tamarix tamarisk Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida ramosissima

Cleverly, J.R., Smith, S.D., Sala, A. 1997. Invasive capacity of Tamarix ramosissima in a Mojave Desert floodplain: the role of drought. Oecologia 111: 12-18.

Dudley, T.L., DeLoach, C.J., Lovich, J.E., Carruthers, R.I. 2000. Saltcedar Invasion of Western Riparian Areas: Impacts and New Prospects for Control. Wildlife Management Institute Transactions of the Sixty-Fifth North American Wildlife and Natural Resource Conf Mar 24-28 345 – 381. ABSTRACT: The invasion of nonnative plants into the riverine ecosystems of dry regions poses a major threat to endangered habitat and species. The invasion of saltcedar (tamarisk) is one such ecological disaster in the riparian zones of the Southwest. This examination of the invasion considers the history of the introduction and spread of saltcedar, its impacts on the ecosystem, the effects of human actions in sustaining the spread, traditional control efforts, the potential for biological control, the potential for re-establishment of native vegetation following the removal of saltcedar, and the risk of biological control strategies to the endangered willow flycatcher.

Ellingson, A.R., Andersen, D.C. 2002. Spatial correlations of Diceroprocta apache and its host plants: evidence for a negative impact from Tamarix invasion. Ecological Entomology 27 (1) (February 2002) p. 16-24. ABSTRACT: 1. The hypothesis that the habitat-scale spatial distribution of the Apache cicada Diceroprocta apache Davis is unaffected by presence of the invasive exotic saltcedar Tamarix ramosissima was tested using data from 205 1-m2 quadrats placed within the flood-plain of the Bill Williams River, Arizona, U.S.A. Spatial dependencies within and between cicada density and habitat variables were estimated using Moran's I and its bivariate analogue to discern patterns and associations at spatial scales from 1 to 30 m. 2. Apache cicadas were spatially aggregated in high- density clusters averaging 3 m in diameter. A positive association between cicada density, estimated by exuvial density, and the per cent canopy cover of a native tree, Goodding's willow Salix gooddingii, was detected in a non-spatial correlation analysis. No non-spatial association between cicada density and saltcedar canopy cover was detected. 3. Tests for spatial cross- correlation using the bivariate IYZ indicated the presence of a broad-scale negative association between cicada density and saltcedar canopy cover. This result suggests that large continuous stands of saltcedar are associated with reduced cicada density. In contrast, positive associations detected at spatial scales larger than individual quadrats suggested a spill-over of high cicada density from areas featuring Goodding's willow canopy into surrounding saltcedar monoculture. 4. Taken together and considered in light of the Apache cicada's polyphagous habits, the observed spatial patterns suggest that broad-scale factors such as canopy heterogeneity affect cicada habitat use more than host plant selection. This has implications for management of lower Colorado River riparian woodlands to promote cicada presence and density through maintenance or creation of stands of native trees as well as manipulation of the characteristically dense and homogeneous saltcedar canopies.

Friederici, P. 1995. The alien saltcedar. American Forests 101: 44-47. ABSTRACT: In the 200 years since its introduction to the Southwest, saltcedar has established itself along numerous rivers and reservoirs. Biologists and land managers say that the trees-- species from the tamarisk family native to southern Eurasia--degrade wildlife habitat, ruin the recreational amenities of riparian areas, waste scarce water, and increase floods' severity. The negative impact has been greatest in imperiled desert ecosystems. Botanists have usually attributed the plant's phenomenal spread to its aggressive growth and prolific reproduction, but

270 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... ecologists question why an explosion in growth did not occur until the turn of the century. Duncan Patten of Arizona State University believes that saltcedar exploited such changing environmental conditions as grazing and dam building, which put native species at a disadvantage. Some large-scale efforts to control the plants have been successful, though no one envisions eliminating saltcedar from North America.

Gaskin, J.F., Schaal, B.A. 2002. Hybrid Tamarix widespread in U.S. invasion and undetected in native Asian range. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 99 (17): 11256-11259. ABSTRACT: The identity, origins, and population structuring of 2 Eurasian species of Tamarix that have invaded the U.S. were investigated. Tamarix, or saltcedar or tamarisk, species have rapidly spread to dominate over 600,000 riparian and wetland hectares and constitute one of the worst biological invasions of the U.S. DNA sequence analysis of a nuclear gene, phosphoenolpyruvate carboxylase (PepC), from T. chinensis and T. ramosissima yielded 58 haplotypes from 269 native and invasive specimens. A gene genealogy was constructed from these haplotypes, and only 4 haplotypes were found to be common to both the U.S. and Eurasia. The most common plant in the U.S. invasion was a hybrid combination of 2 species-specific genotypes that were geographically isolated in their native Eurasian range, less extensive hybrids also exist in the invasion. The presence of potentially novel hybrids in the U.S. shows how imported exotics can alter the population structures of species and contribute to invasions.

Glausiusz, J. 1996. Trees of salt [can beavers and bugs control the tamarisk in the American West?]. Discover 17 (March 1996) 30. ABSTRACT: Researchers agree that biological control is the best solution to the problem of the overabundance of tamarisk trees in the American West. Tamarisks were introduced to the West more than two centuries ago and have since colonized at least a million acres of riverbank in Utah, Colorado, Arizona, New Mexico, and Wyoming, replacing indigenous species almost everywhere they have spread. Recent research, however, offers reasons for hope in the struggle against the trees. One reason is beavers, which have been found building dams from tamarisks in a Colorado River tributary. In so doing, they may be making the riverbank environment more favorable for willows and for all the wildlife associated with willows. The second reason is bugs: A study of insects imported from Israel and China shows them to be eager feeders on tamarisks, and researchers are hoping to release these insects into the wild soon to see what they can do.

Levine, C. M., Stromberg, J. C. 2001. Effects of Flooding on Native and Exotic Plant Seedlings: Implications for Restoring South-Western Riparian Forests by Manipulating Water and Sediment Flows. Journal of Arid Environments 49(1): 111-131. ABSTRACT: During periods of high flow, most unregulated streams in the southwestern U.S. carry large sediment loads. Sediment deposited during flood events can damage or kill young seedlings. However, as seedlings grow larger, they become more resistant to the impacts of flood events. Natural sedimentation processes are interrupted on dam-regulated streams. Findings are reported from tests enacted to evaluate the impacts of flooding on native and exotic plant seedlings in the region. Tests were enacted on three native woody species and one exotic species, including Baccharis salicifolia, Populus fremontii, Salix gooddingii, and Tamarix ramosissima. Samples of these plants were raised in greenhouse pots. Seedlings were then buried by sediment at different age intervals up to 90 days. Implications for restoration efforts are considered.

Raloff, J. 2000. Living routes to toxic routs. Science News 158 (5):77. ABSTRACT: Two recent papers suggest biological means of removing perchlorate, a potentially carcinogenic pollutant found in jet fuels, explosives, and some fertilizers, from the environment. In the July 10 Science of the Total Environment, Urbansky et al. suggest planting salt cedar

271 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... (Tamarix ramosissima), or tamarisk, along polluted waterways. These trees draw salt from the water, including perchlorate. In the July 15 Environmental Science & Technology, Miller and Logan describe a new bioreactor consisting of a 10-centimeter-high cylinder packed with glass beads that support perchlorate-degrading bacteria.

Sher, A.A., Marshall, D.L., Gilbert, S.A. 2000. Competition between native Populus deltoides and invasive Tamarix ramosissima and the implications for reestablishing flooding disturbance. Conservation Biology 14(6): 1744-1754. ABSTRACT: Competition between Populus deltoides and Tamarix ramosissima at the seedling stage was investigated. Reintroduction of flooding in the southwestern U.S. is being put forward as a means of reestablishing P. deltoides, but flooding can also promote establishment of an introduced, invasive species, T. ramosissima. The investigation was conducted to aid in characterizing the process by which T. ramosissima may invade and to determine the potential ability of P. deltoides to establish itself when under such competitive pressure. Seedlings of both plants were planted in 5 ratios at 3 densities for a total of 15 treatments. The results indicated that, even in the presence of an invader that positively responds to disturbance, reestablishment of historical flooding regimes and post-flood hydrology can restore the ecosystem by promoting its dominant plant species.

Zavaleta, E. 2000. The economic value of controlling an invasive shrub. Ambio 29 (8): 462-467. ABSTRACT: The economic effects of tamarisk (Tamarix sp.), an invasive woody shrub, on societally valued ecosystem services in its naturalized range were investigated. Tamarisk species were deliberately introduced to North America from Eurasia as ornamental plants, windbreaks, and erosion-control agents in the mid-19th century but have now invaded most riparian areas of the arid and semiarid western states. The costs to the region of lost water supplies and flood protection caused by tamarisk were compared to the expense of mounting a regional campaign to eliminate tamarisk and restore native riparian plant communities. The results demonstrated that eradicating an established invader could require huge expenditures but that an eradication campaign could also generate net economic gains, in addition to considerable ecological and societal benefits.

Water chestnut Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Trapa natans

Groth, A.T., Lovett-Doust, L., Lovett-Doust, J. 1996. Population density and module demography in Trapa natans (Trapaceae), an annual, clonal aquatic macrophyte. American Journal of Botany 83:1406-1415. ABSTRACT: The effects of population density on module demography were studied in Trapa natans L., an annual aquatic macrophyte capable of extensive clonal propagation. At low density, the floating plants produced ten times as many ramets (clonal offshoots) as those at high density. Module mortality occurred at three levels: leaf, ramet (shoot), and genet (genetic individual). There was 100-fold variation in the size of nuts containing germinable seeds. In early summer there was a highly significant linear relationship between dry mass of nuts and the total mass of ramets that each had produced. In early summer most (73-83{percent}) of the variation in total plant biomass was attributable to variation in initial nut size. However the significance of initial nut size was diminished later in the season. The great success of the exotic weed T. natans at colonizing and monopolizing an aquatic habitat is a function of its highly productive clonal growth response to low-density conditions, combined with greater proportional allocation of biomass to reproductive structures, resulting in greatly increased nut production at low initial density. The species appears able to develop and maintain a population at extremely high density: plant buoyancy and the production of large, well-protected nuts allow rapid early growth from the sediment each year and early pre-emption of the water surface.

272 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Mazumdar, B.C. 1985. Water chestnut--the aquatic fruit: cultivation in India. World Crops 37 (March 1985): 42-45.

Menegus, F., Cattaruzza, L., Scaglioni, L. 1992. Effects of oxygen level on metabolism and development of seedlings of Trapa natans and two ecologically related species. Physiologia Plantarum 86: 168-172.

Puncturevine, Texas sandbur, Mexican sandbur Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Tribulus terrestris

Squires, V.R. 1979. The biology of Australian weeds. 1. Tribulus terrestris L. Journal of the Australian Inst. of Agric. Sciences 179: 75-82.

White Clover Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Trifolium repens

Almeida, J.P.F., Luscher, A., Frehner, M., Oberson, A. and Nosberger, J. 1999. Partitioning of P and the activity of root acid phosphatase in white clover (Trifolium repens L.) are modified by increased atmospheric CO2 and P fertilisation. Plant and Soil 210: 159-166.

Barrett, Juliana Panos, Silander, John A., Jr. 1992. Seedling recruitment limitation in white clover (Trifolium repens; Leguminosae). American Journal of Botany 79(6): 643-649.

Dale, H., Press, M.C. 1998. Elevated atmospheric CO2 influences the interaction between the paraxitic angiosperm Orobanche minor and its host Trifolium repens. New Phytologist 140: 65-73.

Harberd, D. J. 1963. Observations on natural clones of Trifolium repens L. New Phytology. 62: 198- 204.

Manderscheid, R., Bender, J., Schenk, U., Weigel, H.J. 1997. Response of biomass and nitrogen yield of white clover to radiation and atmospheric CO2 concentration. Environmental and Experimental Botany 38: 131-143.

Nijs, I., Impens, I., Behaeghe, T. 1989. Effects of different CO2 environments on the photosynthesis-yield relationship and the carbon and water balance of a white clover (Trifolium repens L. cv. Blanca) sward. Journal of Experimental Botany 40: 353-359.

Persian Clover; Trifolium reversed clover Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida resupinatum

Thompson, Donald J.; Stout, Darryl G.. 1997. Mixtures of Persian clover with Italian ryegrass or barley-Italian ryegrass for annual forage. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 77 : 579-585.

Jansen, P. I.; Ison, R. L. .1996. Population dynamics of Trifolium balansae and T. resupinatum in self-regenerating pastures. I. Seed and plant densities and dry matter yield. The Journal of Applied Ecology 33 : 1241-1250.

Jansen, P. I.; Ison, R. L.; Cousens, R. D.. 1996. Population dynamics of Trifolium balansae and T.

273 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... resupinatum in self-regenerating pastures. II. Predicting long-term persistence from a demographic model. The Journal of Applied Ecology 33 : 1251-1256.

Corn Speedwell Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Veronica arvensis

Baskin, J.M., Baskin, C.C. 1983. Germination Ecology of Veronica arvensis. Journal of Ecology 71: 57-68.

Driss-Ecole, D., Cottignies, A., Jeune, B. 1994. Increased mass production of Veronica arvensis grown on a slowly rotating clinostat. Environmental and Experimental Botany 34: 303-310.

Janssen, J.G.M. 1973. Effects of Light, Temperature, and Seed Age on the Germination of Winter Annuals Veronica arvensis L. and Myosotis ramosissima Rochel ex. Schult. Oecologia (Berlin) 12: 141-146.

King, T.J. 1975. Inhibition of Seed Germination Under Leaf Canopies in Arenaria serpyllifolia, Veronica arvensis, and Cerastium holosteoides. New Phytologist 75: 87-90.

Chinese & Japanese wisteria Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida Wisteria sinensi

Bir, R.E. 2000. America's wisterias. American Gardener 79 (3): 43-47. ABSTRACT: American species of the floriferous wisteria vine offer gardeners a compact alternative to their Asian cousins. Two species of wisteria are native to North America, the Kentucky wisteria, Wisteria macrostachya, and the American wisteria, W. frutescens. Both species and their cultivars produce beautiful displays of flowers, and although they are not as spectacular as their Asian relatives, they are more easily managed and far less invasive. Advice on growing wisteria is provided, and a sidebar lists suppliers

Bubel, N. 1985. Wisteria: stronghold of garden beauty. Horticulture 63: 38-40.

Swain, R. 2000. Wrestling with wisteria [training wisteria vines, step-by-step]. Horticulture 97 (2): 74-75. ABSTRACT: An illustrated guide on training ornamental wisteria vines on free-standing posts in order to limit the vine's rampant growth and redirect its energies into an annual spring show.

Thomas, L. K. Jr. 1993. Chemical grubbing for control of exotic wisteria. Castanea 58(3):209- 213.

Common cocklebur, rough Xanthium cocklebur Plantae Magnoliophyta Magnoliopsida strumarium

Bararpour, M.T., Oliver, L.R. 1998. Effect of tillage and interference on common cocklebur (Xanthium strumarium) and sicklepod (Senna obtusifolia) population, seed production, and seedbank. Weed Science 46 (4): 424-431.

Doran, D.L., Andersen, R.N. 1976. Effectiveness of Bentazon Applied at Various Times of the Day.

274 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Weed Science 24(6): 567-570. ABSTRACT: Bentazon was applied postemergence to common cocklebur and velvetleaf at various times of the day in growth chamber and field studies and to soybeans in field studies. Soybeans were tolerant of bentazon at any time of day when treated. Poor control might occur, however, following applications in late evening, night, or early morning.

Monks, D. 2000. Pest of the month: common cocklebur. American Vegetable Grower 48(5): 36.

Tranel, P.J., Wassom, J.J. 2001. Genetic relationships of common cocklebur accessions from the United States. Weed Science 49(3): 318-325. ABSTRACT: DNA fragment analysis, based on amplification of intersimple sequence repeats by the polymerase chain reaction (ISSR-PCR), was used to assess genetic relationships of 217 U.S. accessions of common cocklebur. Twenty-four polymorphic markers were generated from six primers. Analysis of genetic similarity by clustering procedures resulted in separation of the accessions into two main clusters. Accessions within these two clusters were designated as either northern or southern genotypes. Forty-four of 48 accessions analyzed from Washington, Michigan, Iowa, and Ohio were northern genotypes, whereas 67 of 68 accessions analyzed from Mississippi, Arkansas, South Carolina, and North Carolina were southern genotypes. Accessions from Kansas, Missouri, and Illinois included 40 and 56 northern and southern genotypes, respectively, indicating a transition zone. In Illinois, accessions collected from northern and southern counties tended to be northern and southern genotypes, respectively. We conclude that much of the genetic variation among U.S. common cocklebur accessions is distributed along a latitudinal gradient. Reprinted by permission of the publisher.

Weaver, S.E., Lechowicz, M.J. 1983. The biology of Canadian weeds: Xanthium strumarium L. Canadian Journal of Plant Science 63: 211-225.

Wills, G.D. 1976. Translocation of Bentazon in Soybeans and Common Cocklebur. Weed Science 24(6): 536-540. ABSTRACT: Translocation of carbon-14-labeled bentazon and toxicity of nonradiolabeled bentazon were determined for common cocklebur and soybeans. Significantly greater carbon-14 movement and herbicide toxicity occurred in common cocklebur growing in wet soil at field capacity than they did in dry soil near the wilting point. In common cocklebur, a trend exists toward greater bentazon toxicity and carbon-14 translocation at high temperature and high relative humidity than at low temperature and low relative humidity. Translocation of carbon-14 was primarily acropetal in both common cocklebur and soybeans. Herbicide movement was affected by leaf maturity, with the greatest movement of carbon-14 resulting from carbon-14 bentazon applied to the most mature cocklebur leaf near the base of the shoot and to soybeans at the youngest fully expanded leaf near the apex of the shoot.

Zimmerman, J.K., Weis, I.M. 1984. Factors affecting survivorship, growth, and fruit production in a beach population of Xanthium strumarium. Canadian Journal of Botany 62: 2122-2127.

Japanese Lygodium climbing fern Plantae Pteridophyta Filicopsida japonicum

Burks, K.C. 1998. Japanese Climbing Fern – No Problem? Think Again. Wildland Weeds 2(1):15.

Hipps, C.B. 1989. Japanese climbing fern. Horticulture 67: 38-39.

275 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Mueller, R.J. 1983. Indeterminate growth and ramification of the climbing leaves of Lygodium japonicum (Schizaeaceae). American Journal of Botany 70: 682-690.

Sugai, M., Takeno, K, Furuya, M. 1977. Diverse Responses of Spores in the Light-Dependent Germination of Lygodium Japonicum. Plant Science Letters 8:333-338.

Valenta, J. T., Zeller, M., Leslie, A. 2001. Glyphosate Controls Japanese Climbing Fern in Experimental Plots (Florida). Ecological Restoration 19(2):118-119.

Old world climbing fern, small leaf Lygodium climbing fern Plantae Pteridophyta Filicopsida microphyllum

Beckner, J. 1968. Lygodium Microphyllum, Another Fern Escaped in Florida. American Fern Journal 58(2):93-94.

Burks, K.C. 1998. Japanese Climbing Fern – No Problem? Think Again. Wildland Weeds 2(1):15.

Mirsky, S. 1999. Floral Fiend [Old World climbing fern invades Florida]. Scientific American. 281(5): 24. ABSTRACT: The Old World climbing fern, Lygodium microphyllum, is the latest plant to invade Florida. Thirty years ago, the fern was unknown at Jonathan Dickinson State Park in Hobe Sound, just north of West Palm Beach, and limited to a small pocket on the Atlantic coast, a 1993 survey found 11 percent of the park infected, and the fern now extends across southern Florida from the Atlantic Ocean to the Gulf of Mexico, its spores likely blown across by prevailing winds. The fern wreaks havoc by choking off trees from their light supply, and when fires start, explains Michael Lott, a graduate student at Florida Atlantic University, it explodes the dry material into the tree canopy. To avoid large-scale herbicide spraying, which would destroy local vegetation, Robert W. Pemberton of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in Fort Lauderdale is looking to biocontrols--insects that eat the fern in its native habitat.

Nauman, C. E., Austin, D. F. 1978. Spread of the Exotic Fern Lygodium Microphyllum in Florida. American Fern Journal 68(3):65-66.

Pemberton, R.W., Ferriter, A. P. 1998. Old World Climbing Fern (Lygodium Microphyllum), a Dangerous Invasive Weed in Florida. American Fern Journal 88(4):165-175.

Pemberton, R.W. 1998. The Potential of Biological Control to Manage Old World Climbing Fern (Lygodium Microphyllum), an Invasive Weed in Florida. American Fern Journal 88(4):176- 182.

Stocker, R.K., Ferriter, A., Thayer, D., Rock, M., Smith, S. 1997. Old World Climbing Fern hitting South Florida below the Belt. Wildand Weeds (Winter): 6-10.

Common salvinia, water spangles Plantae Pteridophyta Filicopsida Salvinia minima

Dickinson, M.B. 1998. Competition among small, free-floating, aquatic plants. The American Midland Naturalist 140 (1): 55-67. ABSTRACT: The surface cover of three species of small, free-floating, aquatic plants in a beaver swamp was monitored for 1 yr. Simultaneous experiments at the same site quantified competitive

276 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... relationships among these species in different seasons. In the summer competition experiment, Salvinia minima grew rapidly and had negative effects on the relative change in cover of both Azolla caroliniana and Spirodela punctata. Relative change in cover of S. minima increased when it was grown with S. punctata, but only when A. caroliniana was not present. A negative correlation in the swamp between cover of S. minima and S. punctata, the two most abundant species during the summer, is consistent with the strong competitive effects of S. minima in the summer competition experiment. During the autumn competition experiment, S. minima had a negative effect on A. caroliniana's relative increase in cover. This effect, however, was not competitive and was caused by an herbivore of S. minima that switched to A. caroliniana as S. minima's growth slowed in the autumn. Total cover of small, floating, aquatic plants was lowest in the autumn. Salvinia minima, the best competitor for surface space during the summer experiment, is also the largest species, the most difficult to sink and the most buoyant once submerged. Competition has an important, but limited, role in this community. The effects of competition on surface area were seasonal, and the striking gains in cover of Salvinia minima during the summer were reversed by its relative intolerance of winter conditions and its higher reduction in cover during floods. Apart from late summer, cover of S. punctata was by far the highest throughout the study period, despite S. minima's competitive ability.

Gallardo, M.T., Ascher, J.R., Collier, M.J., Martin, B.B., Martin, D.F. 1999. Effect of cattail (Typha domingensis) extracts, leachates, and selected phenolic compounds on rates of oxygen production by salvinia (Salvinia minima). Journal of Aquatic Plant Management 37.

Jacono, C.C., Davern, T. R., Center, T.D. 2001. The adventive status of Salvinia minima and S. molesta in the southern United States and the related distribution of the weevil Cyrtobagous salviniae. Castanea 66(3):214-226.

Landry, G.P. 1981. Salvinia Minima new to Louisiana American Fern Journal 71(3):95.

Peck, J.H. 1999. Salvinia Minima in Arkansas. American Fern Journal 89(3):215-216.

Giant salvinia, kariba weed Plantae Pteridophyta Filicopsida Salvinia molesta

Barrett, M. 2002. Noxious Weed Threatens Cameron Parish. Coast & Sea 10 (1): 8-9. ABSTRACT: The invasive plant Giant Salvinia has been spreading in Cameron Parish, Louisiana. This aquatic species lives on the surface of freshwater lakes and ponds. The aggressive species threatens the drainage and irrigation systems for the region, as well as the intakes and exteriors of outboard motors. As it grows, it forms a mass that blocks dissolved oxygen necessary to healthy ecosystems. Angling, duck hunting, and alligator movement in the summer are blamed for the spread of this weed. Control methods include herbicidal sprays and cold winter weather.

Everitt, J. H., C. Yang, R. J. Helton, l. H. Hartmann, M. R. Davis. 2002. Remote sensing of giant salvinia in Texas waterways. Aquatic plant management. 40: 11-16. ABSTRACT: Giant salvinia (Salvinia molesta mitchell) is an invasive aquatic fern that has been discovered at several locations in southeast Texas. Field reflectance measurements were made on two classes of giant salvinia [green giant salvinia (green foliage) and senesced giant salvinia (mixture of green and brown foliage)] and several associated species. Reflectance measurements showed that green salvinia could be best distinguished at the visible green wavelength, whereas senesced giant salvinia could generally be best separated at the near-infrared (NIR) wavelength. Green giant salvinia and senesced giant salvinia could be detected on color-infrared (CIR) aerial

277 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... photographs where they had pink and grayish-pink or olive-green image responses, respectively. Both classes of giant salvinia could be distinguished in reflectance measurements made on multiple dates and at several locations in southeast Texas. Likewise, they could be detected in CIR photographs obtained on several dates and at widely separated locations. Computer analysis of a CIR photographic transparency showed that green giant salvinia and senesced giant salvinia populations could be quantified. An accuracy assessment performed on the classified image showed an overall accuracy of 87.0%.

Jacono, C.C. 1999. Salvinia molesta (Salviniaceae) new to Texas and Louisiana. Sida 18(3): 927-928.

Jacono, C.C., Davern, T. R., Center, T.D. 2001. The adventive status of Salvinia minima and S. molesta in the southern United States and the related distribution of the weevil Cyrtobagous salviniae. Castanea 66(3):214-226.

Julien, M. H., A. S. Bourne, R. R. Chan. 1987. Effects of adult and larval Cyrtobagous salviniae on the floating weed salvinia molesta. Journal of applied ecology. 24(3) de.: 935-944. SUMMARY: (1) Experiments were conducted in field cages to assess the effects of adult and larval Cyrtobagous salviniae Calder & Sands (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) on Salvinia molesta D.S. Mitchell (Salviniaceae) growing under different conditions of temperature and availability of nitrogen. (2) Adult C. salviniae fed meristematic tissues in buds and on young leaves and roots (probably meristematic tissue) of S. molesta. Larvae tunneled through buds, rhizomes and roots. (3) destruction of meristematic tissues was compensated for by increased development of buds, but compensation was complete only at high levels of nitrogen availability. (4) Adult feeding for 14 days did not reduce relative growth rate (RGR) of ramets or of whole plant weight. Though roots were destroyed by adults, compensatory growth maintained the RGR of root weight. (5) The plant was not able to compensate for ramets killed by larvae destroying vascular tissues. RGRs were reduced by 0.0018 ramets per ramet per day and 0.0014 g per g per day by each larvae present during the period from hatching to pupation, on plants initially containing seven ramets and four buds.

Kam-Wing, L., Furtado, J.I. 1977. The Chemical Control of Salvinia Molesta (Mitchell) and Some Related Toxicological Studies. Hydrobiologia 56 (1): 49-61. ABSTRACT: Four herbicides were tested as potential controls of Salvinia molesta: paraquat, diquat, tok E-25, and dalapon. The toxicities of the four herbicides to three aquatic organisms associated with S. Molesta in the aquatic environment were tested. The herbicides were sprayed aerially, and their phytotoxic effects were assessed visually. Tok E-25 is the most toxic, while the others are relatively safe. Paraquat and diquat are the most promising choices for use.

Oliver, J. D.1993. A review of the biology of Giant Salvinia (Salvinia molesta Mitchell). Journal of Aquatic Plant Management. 31: 227-231.

Room, P. M., P. A. Thomas. 1986. Population growth of the floating weed salvinia molesta: field observation and a global model based on temperature and nitrogen. Journal of applied ecology. 23(3) Dec.: 1013-1028. SUMMARY: (1) Salvinia molesta Mitchell causes serious problems in many tropical countries by forming thick mats on the surface of freshwaters. Some of these problems have been solved by biological control using the beetle Cyrtobagous salviniae Calder & Sands (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). (2) Intrinsic rates of growth by S. molesta were measured every week over periods of from 16 weeks to 2 years at seven sites located near the equator to 33°S. the rates varied between zero, at the most southerly site in winter, up to 0.17 leaves per leaf per day (0.16 g/g-d). (3) Self-crowning when the water surface was just completely covered, 50% shading, and

278 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... one adult C. salviniae per five ramets of S. molesta, reduced intrinsic growth rates by 0.04, 0.03, and 0.005 g/g-d respectively. (4) Among the sites, intrinsic rates of growth and net assimilation rates were generally significantly correlated with air temperature and NPK content of the plant. In contrast, leaf weight ratio, top/root ratio and ramet weight were generally negatively correlated with the same variables. (5) Intrinsic growth rates, when adjusted for temperature effects using a relationship found in earlier controlled-environment studies, had a relationship with the nitrogen content of the plant very similar to that found in controlled-environment studies of the effects of nitrogen. (6) A model, based on the above relationship with N-content and controlled environment studies of the effects of temperature, explained between 40% and 80% of the variance in intrinsic growth rate observed at the different sites. There was little effect on the amount of variance explained if the model was driven by water temperatures calculated from observed air temperatures or by water temperatures calculated from latitude and date, and by mean temperatures or hourly temperatures interpolated from daily maxima and minima. Adding sunshine and P-content of the plant did not increase the fit of predicted to observed rates of growth. (7) At one site, the intrinsic growth rate was shown to be limited by the seasonal progression of temperature to a smooth annual cycle onto which were superimposed shorter frequency peaks and troughs resulting from the sequence: rainfall, runoff, elevated concentration of N in lake water, elevated concentration of N in tissues of S. molests, increased rates of growth by the plant. (8) A model was built to predict rates of growth for any latitude, altitude, time of year and nitrogen content of the plant. Predicted mean annual growth rates were presented for latitudes between zero and 50 C and four different nitrogen contents.

Room, P.M. 1988. Effects of temperature, nutrients, and a beetle on branch architecture of the floating weed Salvinia molesta and simulations of biological control. The Journal of Ecology. 76(Sept): 826-48.

Room, P.M., Thomas, P.A. (1986) Population growth of the floating weed Salvinia molesta: field observations and a global model based on temperature and nitrogen. The Journal of Applied Ecology. 23(Dec): 1013-1028.

Sale, P.J.M., Orr, P.T., Shell, G.S. (1985) Photosynthesis and growth rates in Salvinia molesta and Eichhornia crassipes. The Journal of Applied Ecology. 22(Apr): 125-137. SUMMARY: (1) Net carbon exchange was measured in communities of the floating aquatic macrophytes Salvinia molesta and Eichhornia crassipes. Maximum rates of carbon dioxide uptake were 20-23 mg/dm2 (water surface) h and 30-35 mg/dm2 h respectively. These occurred in well- developed communities in mid-summer, when irradiance and temperatures were at their highest. These rates are poor to mediocre compared with those of crop plants under similar conditions. When the leaf laminae were removed from a canopy of Eichhornia, leaving only the bulbous green petioles, the total carbon dioxide uptake dropped by 88%, although the surface area of the petioles was almost equal to the single surface area of the laminae. (2) Both net carbon uptake in the day and efflux at night were fairly constant when related to unit of water surface area covered by the plant community, while the plant biomass per unit area had only a small effect on exchange rates. (3) Measured changes in dissolved inorganic carbon in the water accounted for only a small part of the total carbon dioxide exchange for the community, especially for Salvinia. (4) Both species had high relative growth rates and short doubling times with respect to both dry weight and leaf areas when they were in uncrowded conditions. When plants became competitive with their neighbors these growth rates dropped rapidly, biomass per unit water surface area increased, and the plants proceeded to further developmental phases. However, all the while the plants could float into open water they remained in a vigorous colonizing phase with a high rate of new leaf production and many active meristems. Throughout this time they maintained high and constant relative growth rates and a low biomass per unit water surface area. (5) These two

279 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... emergent macrophytes are often regarded as noxious weeds because of their ability to cover large water surfaces very rapidly. It is concluded that this ability depends not on any intrinsic photosynthetic advantage compared to other plants, but on their free-floating habit and many branched growth pattern which enables them to remain in an active vegetative form until the water surface is covered.

Thomas, P. A., Room, P. A.1986. Taxonomy and control of Salvinia molesta. Nature 320: 581-584.

280 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... IV. Invasive Pathogens

The citations listed below represent the results of a literature review conducted by the Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project. The citations are associated with aquatic and terrestrial pathogens. When available, the abstracts are included.

Common Name Kingdom Phylum/Division Class Genus species

Ichthyophthirius Ich Protista Ciliophora Oligohymenophorea multifiliis

Dickerson, H. W., Evans, D. L., Gratzek, J. B. 1986. Production and preliminary characterization of murine monoclonal antibodies to Ichthyophthirius multifiliis, a protozoan parasite of fish. American Journal of Veterinary Research 47 : 2400-2404.

Ewing, Margaret S., Kocan, Katherine M., Ewing, S. A. 1988. Ichthyophthirius (Ciliophora): population studies suggest reproduction in host epithelium. The Journal of Protozoology 35 : 549-552.

Ewing, Margaret S., Kocan, Katherine M. 1986. Ichthyophthirius multifiliis (Ciliophora) development in gill epithelium. The Journal of Protozoology 33 : 369-374.

Ewing, Margaret S., Kocan, Katherine M., Ewing, S. A. 1986. Critical periods in development of Ichthyophthirius multifiliis (Ciliophora) populations. The Journal of Protozoology 33: 388- 391.

Ewing, Margaret S., Kocan, Katherine M., Ewing, S. A. 1985. Ichthyophthirius multifiliis (Ciliophora) invasion of gill epithelium. The Journal of Protozoology 32 : 305-310.

Noe, Jane G., Dickerson, Harry W. 1995. Sustained growth of Ichthyophthirius multifiliis at low temperature in the laboratory. The Journal of Parasitology 81 : 1022-1024.

Pyle, Stephen W., Dawe, Donald L. 1985. Stage-dependent protein composition in the life cycle of synchronous Ichthyophthirius multifiliis, a ciliate fish parasite. The Journal of Protozoology 32 : 355-357.

Vibrio Vibrio Protista Proteobacteria Gammaproteobacteria parahaemolyticus dePaola, Angelo, Kaysner, Charles A., Bowers, John. 2000. Environmental investigations of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in oysters after outbreaks in Washington, Texas, and New York (1997 and 1998). Applied and Environmental Microbiology 66(11) : 4649-4654. dePaola, Angelo, Hopkins, Linda H., Peeler, James T. 1990. Incidence of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in U.S. coastal waters and oysters. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 56 : 2299- 2302.

281 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... Ellison, Robin K., Malnati, Erika, Depaola, Angelo. 2001. Populations of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in retail oysters from Florida using two methods. Journal of Food Protection 64 (5): 682- 686. ABSTRACT: Vibrio parahaemolyticus is a naturally occurring estuarine bacterium that is often associated with gastroenteritis in humans following consumption of raw molluscan shellfish. A number of studies have investigated the environmental distribution of V. parahaemolyticus, but little is known about the levels of this organism during distribution of oysters or at the point of consumption. Duplicate samples of shellstock oysters were collected monthly (September 1997 to May 1998) from the same four restaurants and three wholesale seafood markets in the Gainesville, Fla. area and analyzed for total V. parahaemolyticus densities using two methods: a standard MPN method (BAM-MPN) and a new direct plating procedure (direct-VPAP). Both methods employed an alkaline phosphatase-labeled DNA probe (VPAP) targeting the species- specific thermolabile hemolysin (tlh) gene to confirm suspect colonies as V. parahaemolyticus. The highest monthly geometric mean V. parahaemolyticus density was observed in October of 1997 ({similar}3,000/g) with similarly high values during September and November of 1997. From December 1997 to May 1998 mean densities were generally less than 100/g, falling to {similar}10/g in February and March. A strong correlation (r = 0.78) between the direct-VPAP and BAM-MPN methods for determining V. parahaemolyticus densities in market-level oysters was observed. The direct-VPAP method was more rapid and precise while the BAM-MPN was more sensitive and may better recover stressed cells. The utilization of the VPAP probe for identification of V. parahaemolyticus sharply reduced the labor for either method compared to biochemical identification techniques used in earlier V. parahaemolyticus surveys.

Gooch, J. A., DePaola, A., Bowers, J. 2002. Growth and survival of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in postharvest American oysters. Journal of Food Protection 65 (6): 970-974.

Hara-Kudo, Yukiko, Nishina, Tokuhiro, Nakagawa, Hiroshi. 2001. Improved method for detection of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in seafood. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 67 (12): 5819-5823.

Pace, John, Chai, Tuu-Jyi. 1989. Comparison of Vibrio parahaemolyticus grown in estuarine water and rich medium. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 55 : 1877-1887.

Sarkar, B. L., Nair, G. Balakrish, Banerjee, A. K. 1985. Seasonal distribution of Vibrio parahaemolyticus in freshwater environs and in association with freshwater fishes in Calcutta. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 49 :132-136.

Watkins, W. D., Cabelli, V. J. 1985. Effect of fecal pollution on Vibrio parahaemolyticus densities in an estuarine environment. Applied and Environmental Microbiology 49:1307-1313.

Wong, Hin-Chung, Peng, Po-Yen, Lan, Shang-Lun. 2002. Effects of heat shock on the thermotolerance, protein composition, and toxin production of Vibrio parahaemolyticus. Journal of Food Protection 65 (3): 499-507. ABSTRACT: Vibrio parahaemolyticus, an important seafood-associated enteropathogen, usually encounters different adverse conditions in its native or food-processing environment, and the stresses resulting from these conditions may affect the survival of this pathogen and thus change its risk with regard to food hygiene. In this study, we investigated the thermotolerance of V. parahaemolyticus under sublethal heat shock and characterized this response by examining the changes in protein profiles and toxin production. Logarithmically grown cells heat shocked at 42{degree}C for 30 min were more resistant to thermal inactivation at 47{degree}C than were unshocked cells. After the 25{degree}C culture was heat shocked, 24 species of proteins were

282 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... induced, while 13 species were inhibited, as indicated by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. DnaJ-, GroEL-, and GroES-like proteins with molecular sizes of 47, 62, and 12 kDa, respectively, were detected by immunoblotting with antibodies raised against the Escherichia coli proteins. During 1 to 8h of heat shock, GroEL-like protein was produced in substantial amounts and was present in the periplasmic and extracellular fractions, while DnaJ- and GroES-like proteins were present mainly in the total cellular fraction. DnaK-like protein was not detected; nevertheless, the presence of the dnaK-like genetic element was revealed by Southern blotting. Production of thermostable direct hemolysin, the major virulence factor in V. parahaemolyticus, was enhanced in the cells heat shocked at 42{degree}C but not in those heat shocked at 37{degree}C.

Taura Syndrome Family = Virus (TSV) Picornaviridae; Genus unassigned

Argue, Brad J., Arce, Steve M., Lotz, Jeffrey M. 2002. Selective breeding of Pacific white shrimp (Litopenaeus vannamei) for growth and resistance to Taura Syndrome Virus. Aquaculture 204 (3/4): 447-460.

Bonami, J.R., Hasson, K.W., Mari, J., Poulos, B.T., Lightner, D.V. 1997. Taura syndrome of marine penaeid shrimp: characterization of the viral agent. Journal of General Virology 78:313- 319.

Brock, J.A. 1997. Special topic review: Taura syndrome, a disease important to shrimp farms in the Americas. World Journal of Microbiology and Biotechnology 13:415-418.

Garza, J.R., Hasson, K.W., Poulos, B.T., Redman, R.M., White, B.L., Lightner, D.V. 1997. Demonstration of infectious Taura Syndrome Virus in the feces of seagulls collected during an epizootic in Texas. Journal of Aquatic Animal Health 9:156-159.

Hasson, K.W., Lightner, D.V., Poulos, B.T., Redman, R.M., White, B.L., Brock, J.A.E, Bonami, J.R.. 1995. Taura syndrome in Penaeus vannamei: demonstration of a viral etiology. Diseases of Aquatic Organisms 23:115-126.

Zarain-Herzberg, Martha, Ascencio-Valle, Felipe. 2001. Taura syndrome in Mexico: follow-up study in shrimp farms of Sinaloa. Aquaculture 193 (1/2): 1-9.

White Spot Family and Syndrome Virus Genus (WSSV) Unassigned

Nadala, E.C.B., Jr., P. Loh. 1998. A comparative study of three different isolates of white spot virus. Dis Aquat Org. Vol. 33:231-234.

Sahul Hameed, A. S., Murthi, B. L. M., Rasheed, M. 2002. An investigation of Artemia as a possible vector for white spot syndrome virus (WSSV) transmission to Penaeus indicus. Aquaculture 204 (1/2): 1-10.

Sahul Hameed, A. S., Yoganandhan, K., Sathish, S. 2001. White spot syndrome virus (WSSV) in two species of freshwater crabs (Paratelphusa hydrodomous and P. pulvinata). Aquaculture 201 (3/4): 179-186.

Sahul Hameed, A. S., Charles, M. Xavier, Anilkumar, M. 2000. Tolerance of Macrobrachium

283 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ...... rosenbergii to white spot syndrome virus. Aquaculture 183 (3-4): 207-213.

Oak wilt Fungi Ascomycota Sordariomycetes Ceratocystis fagacearum

Appel, D.N. 1995. The oak wilt enigma: perspectives from the Texas epidemic. Annual Review of Phytopathology 33:103-118.

Appel, D.N. 1994. Identification and control of oak wilt in Texas urban forests. Journal of Arboriculture 20: 250-258.

Appel, D.N., Maggio, R. C. 1984. Aerial survey for oak wilt incidence at three locations in central Texas. Plant Disease 68: 661-664.

Davis, N.D. 1995 Saving the trees that kill each other [oak wilt in Austin, Tex.]. American Forests 101 Jan/Feb: 35-38.

Davies, Christopher S. 1992. Environmental Management of Oak Wilt Disease in Central Texas. Environmental Management--Springer-Verlag 16(3): 323-333. ABSTRACT: Oak wilt disease--caused by the fungus Ceratocystis fagacearum--is one of the most destructive tree maladies in the U.S., and recovery is not known to occur naturally. Because oak wilt disease cannot be totally eradicated, it must be suppressed whenever possible. The geographic distribution and patterns of disease transmission are described in central Texas. To prevent centers of infection from expanding, early detection is essential. Preventive measures can take either of two paths: roots can be severed ahead of the pathogen by trenching, and diseased oaks must be removed, firewood must be handled properly, and wounds on healthy trees must be treated immediately. From the viewpoint of cost and prevention, trenching is the most effective method of checking the disease within live oak stands. The implementation of preventive measures in Texas is described.

Eiber, Thomas G. 1997. Protecting Urban Forest Ecosystems with GIS: Assessing Oak Wilt Risk. GIS 97 Conf Proc: Integrating Spatial Info Technol for Tomorrow, Vancouver, BC, Canada (GIS World Inc). Fen 16-17:197-199. ABSTRACT: Data on oak wilt occurrences and suppression activities in urban forests in a 1.9 million acre project area have been captured in a geographic information system (GIS) since 1988. Large-scale maps are generated for participating communities with the location and status of each infection locus. The efficacy of programs designed to curb the incidence of the fungal disease in urban forests can be weighed by use of the oak wilt density and the resource exposure GIS-generated indices. The costs and benefits of suppression programs can be assessed, and the risk of inducing new infection centers from construction damage during May and June can be predicted.

Everitt, J.H., Escobar, D. E., Appel, D. N. 1999., Using airborne digital imagery for detecting oak wilt disease. Plant Disease 83 (6): 502-505.

Lewis, R. 1985. Temperature tolerance and survival of Ceratocystis fagacearum in Texas. Plant Disease. 69: 443-444

Shelstad, D., Queen, Lloyd, French, David. 1991. Describing the spread of oak wilt using a geographic information system. Journal of Arboriculture 17: 192-9.

284 Appendix B. Galveston Bay Invasive Species Risk Assessment Project Bibliography ......

Wilson, A.D., Lester, D. G. 2002. Trench Inserts as Long-term Barriers to Root Transmission for Control of Oak Wilt. Plant Disease 86(10) Oct.: 1067-74.

Wilson, Dan A. 2001. Oak Forests: A Potential Threat to Southern and Western Oak Forests. Journal of Forestry 99(5) May: 4-10. ABSTRACT: The prevalence of the highly destructive disease of oak wilt is associated with changes in the ecology of the eastern and midwestern oak forests, as a function of changes in stand composition, forest management, and the dissemination of pathogens by human activity. This review of the disease and its hosts considers the potential for the disease to spread further into the southern and western forests. A closer examination of an oak wilt epidemic in Texas provides information on alternatives for disease suppression.

285